Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 36629CITY SECRETARY QJ "J· ~ r{) CONTRACT NO . ~C>C'/ ---------- CONTRACT Between CITY OF FORT WORTH and TAS ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, L.P. For Emergency Response Services for Environmental Spill Response Services Environmental Management Department January 2008 02-14-08 A09:51 IN City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 1/8/2008 DATE: Tuesday, January 08 , 2008 LOG NAME: 52EMERSPILLRESP REFERENCE NO.: **C-22606 SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of Contracts to Provide Emergency Spill Response Services with Eagle Construction and Environmental Services , L.P., and TAS Environmental Services , L.P . RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to enter into two separate contracts for emergency spill response services with Eagle Construction and Environmental Services , L.P ., and TAS Environmental Services, L.P. The not to exceed amount for each contract is $24 ,999 .00 per year. DISCUSSION: The City of Fort Worth has used environmental services contracts since 1994 for emergency spill response . These contractors are called out on an "as needed" basis for emergency spill response at all facilities and locations in and under the control of the City of Fort Worth , and in those instances where the health and welfare of the general public could be affected . A request for proposal was advertised in the Fort Worth Star-Telegram on September 24 and October 1, 2007 . The following firms submitted bids on October 11, 2007 : Eagle Construction and Environmental Services , L.P .; Protect Environmental Services ; and TAS Environmental Services, L. P. The proposals received were evaluated based on a pre-determined combinat ion of qualitative and quantitative (point) measures. These measures included, but were not limited to , evaluation of such factors as experience, qualifications , cost, and technology methods . City staff also conducted a facility audit of all contractors responding . The unit prices to be paid under these contracts have been reviewed by staff and deemed reasonable . The City has chosen two contractors to assure the availability to respond immediately to health and safety emergencies . The cost of the emergency spill response will be based on the fee schedule included in the proposal. Total expenditures under both agreements will not exceed $49 ,998 per year . Neither vendor is guaranteed any work under the terms of thE:se agreements . These contracts will be for the period beginning February 1, 2008, and ending January 31 , 2009, with the option to renew for two additional one-year periods . Renewal options do not require specific City Council approval, provided that the City Council has appropriated sufficient funds to satisfy the City 's obligations during the renewal term . FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Finance Director certifies that funds are available in the current operating budget , as appropriated, of Logname: 52EMERSPILLRESP Page 1 of 2 the Environmental Management Fund. TO Fund/Account/Centers Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Originating Department Head: Additional Information Contact: Logname: 52EMERSPILLRESP FROM Fund/Account/Centers R103 539410 0524101 Libby Watson (6183) Brian Boerner (6647) Michael Gange (6569) $49,998 .00 Page 2 of2 CITY SEC RETARY DJ_ J . fY1 CONTRACT NO. ~@::,C,/ ----=------- STATE OF TEXAS § § § COUNTIES OF TARRANT § DENTON AND WISE § CONTRACT FOR EMERGENCY RESPONSE SERVICES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SPILL RESPONSE SERVICES WITH TAS ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, L.P. This CONTRACT is entered into by and between the City of Fort Worth, Texas , a home- rule municipal corporation situated in Tarrant , Denton and Wise Counties , Texas, hereinafter called "City" acting herein through Carl Smart, its duly authorized Acting Assistant City Manager, and TAS Env ironmental Services , L.P. acting herein by and through AJCO , L.L.C., its dul y authorized General Partner, hereinafter called "Contractor." WHEREAS, the City desires to hire a professional firm kno wledgeable and experienced in prov iding environmental spill emergency response services ; and WHEREAS , the Contractor has represented that it is staffed with personnel knowledgeable and experienced in pro viding environmental spill emergenc y respons e se rvice s ; and WHEREAS, on January 8, 2008 , the City Council appro ved the execution of this Contract by M&C C-22606. WITNESSETH: NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and benefits of this Contract, the City and the Contractor agree as follows : I. DEFINITIONS In this contract, the follo wing words and phrases shall be defined as follo ws : A. City 's Representative means the Director of the Environmental Management Department or such designee. B. Contract Document means this Contract and all attachments referenced herein including but not limited to the Contractor 's Response to the RFP DEM07-11 :ERS . Emergency En vironmen ta l Spill Response Services Contract CRL02.l l .08v3 Page I C. D. Deliverable Document means a report, photograph, or an mv01ce that shows the completion of one of the work tasks and/or subtasks. Environmental Damages shall mean all claims, judgments, damages, losses, penalties, fines, liabilities (including strict liability), encumbrances , liens, dosts, and expenses of investigation and defense of any claim, whether or not such claim is ultimately defeated, and of any good faith settlement or judgment, of whatever kind or nature, contingent or otherwise, matured or unmatured, foreseeable or unforeseeable , including without limitation reasonable attorney 's fees and disbursements and consultant's fees , any of which are incurred as a result of handling, collection, transportation, storage, disposal, treatment, recovery, and/or reuse of waste pursuant to this contract, or the existence of a violation of env ironmental requirements pertaining to , and including without limitation: 1. Damages for personal injury and death, or injury to property or natural resources; 2. Fees incurred for the services of attorneys, consultants, contractors, experts , laboratories and all other costs in connection with the investigation or remediation of such wastes or violation of environmental requirements including, but not limited to , the preparation of any feasibility studies or reports of the performance of any cleanup, remediation, removal, response , abatement, containment, closure , restoration or monitoring work required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision, or otherwise expended in connection with the existence of such wastes or violations of environmental requirements, and including without limitation any attorney 's fees, costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this contract or collecting any sums due hereunder; and, 3. Liability to any third person or governmental agency to indemnify such person or agency for costs expended in connection with the items referenced in sub-sect ion 2 of this Section. E. Environmental requirements shall mean all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, rules , ordinances, codes, licenses, permits, orders, approvals, plans , authorizations, concessions, franchises , and similar items, of all governmental agencies , departments, commissions, boards, bureaus , or instrumentalities of the United States, states, and political subdivisions thereof and all applicable judicial, administrative , and regulatory decrees, judgments, and orders relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation: 1. All requirements, including, but not limited to , those pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation, and remediation of emissions , discharges, releases, or threatened releases of hazardous materials, pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances , materials, or wastes whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater, stormwater, or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use , treatment, storage, Eme rgency Environmental Spill Response Services C ontract CRLO 1.14. 08v2 Page2 disposal, transport, or handling of pollutants , contaminants, or hazardous or toxic substances, materials , or wastes , whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature ; and 2 . All requirements pertaining to the protection of the health and safety of emplo yees or the public. F. Hazardous materials means those materials defined as hazardous by the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S .C . § 1801 et seq. G. Hazardous substance means any substance designated pursuant to 33 U.S.C . § 1321 (b )(21 )(A); an y element, compound, mixture , solution, or substance designated pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 6921 , the Solid Waste Disposal Act (but not including an y w a ste the regulation of which under the Solid Waste Disposal Act has been suspended by Act of Congress ; any toxic pollutant listed under 3 3 U .S .C. § 1317(a); any hazardous air pollutant listed under 42 U .S.C. § 7412 , the Clean Air Act; and an y imminently hazardous chemical substance or mixture with respect to which the Administrator has taken action pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 2606. The term does not include petroleum, including crude oil substance under any of the abov e references , and the term does not include natural gas , natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas , or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). H . Hazardous waste means any solid waste identified or listed as a hazardous waste by the administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency pursuant to the federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq ., as amended. I. Notice to Proceed means oral notice by an authorized representative of the Environmental Management Department that directs the Contractor to mobilize to the work site. J. Oil means any kind of oil in any form , including , but not limited to , petroleum, fuel oil, crude oil , or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure , sludge , oil refuse , and oil mixed with waste. K. Order of Cessation means notice , either oral or written, from the City 's Representative to immediately halt further work under this Contract. L. Pollutant means dredged spoil; solid waste; incinerator residue; filter backwash; sewage (including sewage from boats); garbage; sewage sludge ; munitions; medical wastes ; chemical wastes; biological materials; toxic materials; radioactive materials ; heat, wrecked or discarded equipment; rock; sand; cellar dirt ; industrial , municipal , recreational , agricultural and other waste ; and certain characteristics of wastewater ( e.g., pH, temperature , TSS , turbidity , color, BOD, COD , toxicity, or odor). M. Proposal Documents means the Request for Proposal DEM07-011 :ESR and all ancillary documents required to be submitted with the proposal. Emergency Environmenta l Spill Response Services Contrac/ CRLO l .14.08v2 Page3 N. Respond within one hour means that within one hour after notification and authorization for action by City , Contractor shall be at the work site with sufficient personnel, materials , and equipment necessary to effectuate an adequate response. The adequacy of the response shall be determined in the sole reasonable judgment of the City. 0. Responsible Party means the owner or operator of a vehicle, pipeline, or facility from which there has been a release or a threatened release of toxic or hazardous substances, materials , or wastes; oil or petroleum substance ; pollutants; or contaminants. P. RFP means the City 's Request for Proposals DEM 07-11 :ERS dated September 19 , 2007. Q. Subcontract means a contract between the Contractor for this project and another person or company for any task defined in the scope of work. A purchase order is also considered a subcontract. II. TERM The initial term of this Contract shall be for a period of twelve (12) months , beginning on the date this Contract is fully executed. City shall have the right to renew this Contract under the same terms , conditions, and for the same compensation for up to two (2) consecutive one (1) year renewal terms. The City may renew this Contract by the City Manager executing a renewal agreement and City Council appropriating the funds. Provided, however, the term of this contract shall be extended for such period of time as may be necessary for the Contractor to complete any work that is in progress. III. SCOPE OF CONTRACTOR'S SERVICES A. Contractor shall perform in a good and professional manner the services listed in this Contract, as described in the Contractor's response to the RFP attached as exhibit A and incorporated into this contract as if fully set forth herein. Any conflict between such documents and the main body of this contract shall be governed as follows: the terms of this contract shall prevail, followed by the terms of the request for proposal , and then followed by the Contractor's response. B. Contractor shall respond WITIDN ONE HOUR of the receipt of the Notice to Proceed to a release or threatened release of toxic or hazardous substances , materials , or wastes; oil or petroleum substance; pollutants; or contaminants, and WITHIN ONE AND HALF-HOURS shall provide the necessary personnel, materials , and equipment for an adequate response. The adequacy of the response shall be determined by the sole reasonable judgment of the City. C. Upon request by the City , Contractor shall collect samples and have analytical testing performed to assist in the characterization and profiling of waste for disposal. All Emerge ncy E nvironmental Spill Resp on se Se rvices Contract C RLOJ .1 4. 08v2 Page 4 analytical testing shall be performed at the laboratory designated by the City. The cost for analytical testing shall be the responsibility of the City. D. Contractor shall obtain appro v al from the City for the servicing of profiled waste and make arrangements for disposal if the waste is Class II Non-Hazardous Waste. If the waste is either Hazardous or Class I Non-Hazardous Waste , the Contractor shall contact the City to make arrangements for disposal through the City's hazardous w aste contractor. E. Contractor shall assist the Fort Worth Fire Department, under Fire Department command direction, in confined space entry or reactive chemical ordinance until command is passed from Fire Department to other City staff control. F. Contractor shall prov ide on-site remediation of wastes as requested, including, but not limited to bio-remediation. G. Contractor shall provide transportation of hazardous and non-hazardous solid and liquid wastes to the appropriate disposal location. Contractor shall also provide all the labor, materials , and equipment necessary for the remo v al , packaging, transporting and disposal of spill , abandoned waste , and other env ironmentally hazardous materials on an as- needed basis. H. Contractor shall prov ide sorbent products to the City on an as-needed basis . I. Order of Cessation: 1. City may issue an Order of Cessation under the following circumstances: a. Contractor has entered into an agreement with the Responsible Party for remediation services at the work site. In such ev ent, City shall have no further responsibility to the Contractor after the agreement with the Responsible Party has been executed and the City has been pro v ided a copy of such agreement ; b. The Responsible Party has entered into an agreement with another contractor to perform remediation services at the work site , and that contractor has arrived on scene ; or c. At any time City determines that the work 1s being carried out m a hazardous or unlawful manner. 2. After being given an Order of Cessation pursuant to l .b. above , Contractor shall cancel its response if in route to the scene or take all appropriate steps to turn control of the remediation over to the Responsible Party 's contractor. Emergency Environmen ta l Spill Response Services Contract CRLO J.14.08v2 Page 5 3. After being given an Order of Cessation pursuant to 1.c. above , Contractor shall immediately turn control of in-use containment or sorbent products over to City, and perform demobilization activities . J. Following an Order of Cessation or completion of response action, Contractor shall provide a comprehensive report of the actions taken on behalf of the City of Fort Worth within five (5) days. The written report shall include a summary of all actions including final cleanup and the name of the City employee who initially contacted the Contractor for response. This report shall accompany the invoice submitted for the work. Contractor shall further provide City with fully executed copies of Waste Manifests within 30 calendar days of waste shipments. No payment shall become due and payable until all pertinent Waste Manifests have been delivered to the City. Contractor shall provide all paperwork and documentation needed to complete waste shipments. K. Contractor certifies that it has and will maintain during the term of this Contract, current and appropriate federal, state, and local licenses and permits to perform the work described in the Contract Documents. In addition, Contractor agrees to require any of its subcontractors used to perform this Contract to have and maintain current and appropriate federal, state and local licenses and permits to perform this contract; and L. Contractor certifies that it has and will maintain the required insurance listed in Article VIL IV. SCOPE OF CITY SERVICES The City agrees to perform the following services: A. Designate a City representative to provide timely direction to the Contractor, render City decisions and to accompany Contractor to the work site; B. Coordinate with City facilities, City departments, and any tenants ; C. Provide site access; and D. Arrange, coordinate, and take any and all actions reasonably necessary to obtain and secure ingress and egress to emergency response sites. Contractor herein agrees that it will attempt entrance to an emergency response site only upon authorization by the City. V. SUBCONTRACTORS If Contractor desires to subcontract any service(s) listed under Article III, "Scope of Contractor's Services" of this Agreement, Contractor agrees to obtain the City's written acceptance of such subcontractor(s) before allowing any subcontractor(s) to perform designated service or services. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the City's written Emergency Environmental Spill Response Service s Contract CRLOl ./4.08v2 Page 6 acceptance of any and all of the Contractor's subcontractors used in the performance of this agreement shall be grounds for automatic termination. In addition, Contractor acknowledges that City may , at City's own discretion, perform on-site audits of all proposed subcontractors ' facilities in order to determine acceptability of the Subcontractor(s). VI. COMPENSATION A. In consideration for the work performed by Contractor under this contract, City shall pay Contractor a sum not to exceed $24,999. In the event of a disputed or contested billing, only that portion so contested will be withheld from payment, and the undisputed portion will be paid. The City will exercise reasonableness in contesting any bill or portion thereof. No interest will accrue on any contested portion of the billing until mutually resolved. B. At the end of each month that this Contract is in effect, Contractor shall provide City a written report detailing the total amount paid to date , any retainage held by the City , and an itemized list of work in progress in order that the City can assess the need to amend this contract to provide for an increase in the maximum fee allowable. C. Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to Contractor is caused by City's failure to provide information, if any , which it is required to do provide under this agreement. When extra compensation is claimed, a written itemized statement detailing any and all justifications for delays incurred shall be presented to the City. VII. INSURANCE Contractor shall be required to have insurance coverage as detailed below. Contractor must provide Certificates of Insurance in the amounts and for the coverages required to the Environmental Management Department. A. Insurance coverage and limits: 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance $1 ,000 ,000 each occurrence $2 ,000 ,000 aggregate 2. Professional Liability Insurance -NOT APPLICABLE. 3. Automobile Liability Insurance: Coverage on vehicles involved in the work performed under this Contract: $1 ,000 ,000 each accident A commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned , hired and non-owned. Liability for damage occurring while loading, Emergency E nv ironmental Spill Resp on se Se rvice s Contract CRLOJ .14.08v2 Page 7 unloading and transporting materials collected under the Contract shall be included under this policy. 4. Worker's Compensation Coverage A: statutory limits Coverage B: $100 ,000 each accident $500,000 disease -policy limit $100 ,000 disease -each employee 5. Environmental Impairment Liability (EIL) and/or Pollution Liability $2,000,000 per occurrence. EIL coverage( s) must be included in policies listed in subsections 1 and 2 above; or, such insurance shall be provided under separate policy(s). Liability for damage occurring while loading, unloading and transporting m~terials collected under the contract shall be included under the Automobile Liability insurance or other policy(s). B. Certificates of Insurance evidencing that the Contractor has obtained all required insurance shall be delivered to the City upon Contractor's execution of the Contract. C. Applicable policies shall be endorsed to name the City as an Additional Insured thereon, as its interests may appear. The term City shall include its employees, officers, officials, agents , and volunteers as respects the contracted services. D. Certificate(s) of Insurance shall document that insurance coverage specified herein are provided under applicable policies documented thereon. E. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements. F. A minimum of thirty (30) days notice of cancellation or material change in coverage shall be provided to the City. A ten (10) days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. Such terms shall be endorsed onto Contractor's insurance policies. Notice shall be sent to Brian Boerner, Director, Environmental Management Department, City of Fort Worth, 1000 Throckmorton St., Fort Worth, Texas 76102. G. Insurers for all policies must be authorized to do business in the state of Texas or be otherwise approved by the City; and, such insurers shall be acceptable to the City in terms of their financial strength and solvency. H. Deductible limits, or self-insured retentions, affecting insurance required herein shall be acceptable to the City in its sole discretion; and, in lieu of traditional insurance, any alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups must be also approved. Dedicated financial resources or Letters of Credit may also be acceptable to the City. Emergency Environmental Spill Response Services Contract CRLOJ . 14. 08v2 Page 8 I. Applicable policies shall each be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City as respects the contract. J. The City shall be entitled, upon its request and without incurring expense, to review the Contractor's insurance policies including endorsements thereto and, at the City's discretion, the Contractor may be required to provide proof of insurance premium payments . K. The Commercial General Liability insurance policy shall have no exclusions by endorsements unless the City approves such exclusions. L. The City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of any insurance premiums required by the contract. It is understood that insurance cost is an allowable component of Contractor's overhead. M. All insurance required above shall be written on an occurrence basis in order to be approved by the City. N. Subcontractors to the Contractor shall be required by the Contractor to maintain the same or reasonably equivalent insurance coverage as required for the Contractor. When subcontractors maintain insurance coverage , Contractor shall provide City with documentation thereof on a certificate of insurance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event a subcontractor's insurance coverage is canceled or terminated, such cancellation or termination shall not constitute a breach by Contractor of the Contract. A. B. VIII. INDEMNIFICATION GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION. CONTRACTOR DOES HEREBY RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, REIMBURSE, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS, FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITY, CLAIMS, SUITS, DEMANDS, OR CAUSES OF ACTIONS WHICH MAY ARISE DUE TO ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PERSONAL PROPERTY, OR PERSONAL INJURY, AND/OR DEATH OCCURRING AS A CONSEQUENCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT, WHEN SUCH INJURIES, DEATH, OR DAMAGES ARE CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, OR EMPLOYEES, OR THE JOINT NEGLIGENCE OF CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, OR EMPLOYEES, AND ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION: CONTRACTOR DOES HEREBY RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, REIMBURSE, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS, AGAINST ANY AND ALL ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGES AND THE VIOLATION OF ANY AND ALL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Emergency Environmental Spill Response Services Contract CRLOl.14. 08v2 Page9 RESULTING FROM THE REMOVAL, PACKAGING, TRANSPORTING AND DISPOSING OF ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PURSUANT TO THIS CONTRACT. C. The obligations of the Contractor under this Section shall include , but not be limited to , the burden and expense of defending all claims , suits and administrative proceedings (with counsel reasonabl y appro ved by City), even if such claims , suits or proceedings are groundless , false , or fraudulent , and conducting all negotiations of any description, and paying and discharging , when and as the same become due , any and all judgments, penalties or other sums due against such indemnified persons. D. Upon learning of a claim, lawsuit, or other liability that Contractor is required hereunder to indemnify , City shall provide Contractor with reasonably timely notice of same. E. The obligations of the Contractor under this Section shall survive the expiration of this Contract and the discharge of all other obligations owed by the parties to each other hereunder. F. In all of its contracts with subcontractors for the performance of any work under this contract, Contractor shall require the subcontractors to indemnify the City in a manner consistent with this Article VIII. G. In the event City receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either 1. submits to the City satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved; or 2. provides the City with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. IX. WARRANTY Contractor warrants that it understands the currently known hazards and suspected hazards that are present to persons , property and the environment by providing the environmental spill emergency services as detailed in the RFP and Contractor's response to the RFP . Contractor further warrants that it will perform all services under this Contract in a safe , efficient and lawful manner using industry-accepted practices , and in full compliance with all applicable state and federal laws governing its activities and is under no restraint or order which would prohibit performance of services under this Contract. Eme rgency Environmenta l Sp ill Response Services Contract C RLOl ./4.08v2 Page IO X. LICENSES AND PERMITS A. Contractor certifies that on the day work is to commence under this Contract and during the duration of the Contract, it shall have and maintain current valid and appropriate federal and state licenses and permits necessary for the provision of services under this Contract. B. Contractor also certifies that if it uses any subcontractor in the performance of this agreement, that such subcontractor shall have and maintain current valid and appropriate federal , state and local licenses and permits neces sary for the provision of services under this Contract. XI. TERMINATION A. City may terminate this Contract without cause by giving 30 days written notice to Contractor, provided that such termination shall be without prejudice to any other remedy the City may have. In the event of termination, any work in progress will continue to completion unless specified otherwise in the notice of termination. B. If the City terminates this Contract under sub-section A of Paragraph XI , City shall pay Contractor for all services performed prior to the termination notice. C. All completed or partially completed original documents prepared under this contract shall become the property of the City when the Contract is terminated, and may be used by the City in any manner it desires; provided, however, that the Contractor shall not be liable for the use of such documents for any purpose other than as described when requested. D. In the event either party defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under this Contract, misrepresents to the other a material fact, or fails to notify the other party of any material fact which would affect the party's performance of its obligations hereunder, the non-defaulting party shall have a right to terminate this Contract upon giving the defaulting party written notice describing the breach or omission in reasonable detail. The defaulting party shall have a thirty (30) day period commencing upon the date of notice of default in which to effect a cure. If the defaulting party fails to effect a cure within the aforesaid thirty (30) day period , or if the default cannot be cured , the Contract shall terminate as of the date provided in the notice of default. XII. DEFAULT A. Contractor shall not be deemed to be in default because of any failure to perform under this Contract, if the failure arises from causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of Contractor. Such causes shall include acts of God; acts of the public Eme rgency Environmental Sp ill Response Services Contract CRLOl.14.08v2 Page II enemy; acts of Government, in either its sovereign or contractual capacity; fires; flood ; epidemics; quarantine restrictions; strikes; freight embargoes ; and unusually severe weather. B. If at any time during the term of this Contract the work of Contractor fails to meet the specifications of the Contract documents , City may notify Contractor of the deficiency in writing. Failure of Contractor to correct such deficiency and complete the work required under this Contract to the satisfaction of City within ten (10) days after written notification shall result in termination of this Contract. Contractor shall pay all costs and attorneys fees incurred by City in the enforcement of any provision of this Contract. C. The remedies provided for herein are in addition to any other remedies available to City elsewhere in this Contract. XIII. RIGHT TO AUDIT A. Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be prov ided adequate and appropriate workspace in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Article. City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. B. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontractor agreements hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all subcontractor facilities , and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article City shall give subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C. Contractor and subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor and/or subcontractor for the cost of copies at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. XIV. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, and not as an officer, agent, servant or Emergency Environmenta l Spill Respon se Se rvices Contract CRLOJ ./4.08v2 Page 12 employee of the City. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive control of ahd the exclusive right to control the details of all the work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing same, and shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents , servants , employees , contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees. The doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply as between City and Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between City and Contactor. xv. NON-DISCRIMINATION A. During the performance of this Contract, Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex or national origin, except where religion, sex or national origin is a bona fide occupational qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of the Contractor. Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. B. Contractor also agrees that in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of this Contract, that Contractor is an equal opportunity employer. C. Notices, advertisements , and solicitations placed in accordance with federal law, rule or regulation shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose of meeting the requirements of this Section. XVI. GOVERNING LAW The City and Contractor agree that the laws of the State of Texas shall govern the validity and construction of this Contract, except where preempted by federal law. XVII. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES NOT WAIVED In no event shall the making by the City of any payment to Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by the City of any breach of covenant, or any default which may then exist, on the part of Contractor, and the making of any such payment by the City while any such breach or default exists shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to the City with respect to such breach or default. Any waiver by either party of any provision or condition of the contract shall not be construed or decreed to be a waiver of any other provision or condition of this Contract, nor a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same provision or condition, unless such waiver be expressed in writing by the party to be bound. Emerge ncy Environmental Spill Resp onse Services Contract C RLOl .14.08v2 Page 13 XVIII. MODIFICATION No modification of this Contract shall be binding on Contractor or the City unless set out in writing and signed by both parties. Modifications shall be in the same format as the final specification showing the change or addition of a task, project schedule , deliverable document(s ), and schedule of payments. XIX. ENTIRETY This Contract, the Contract documents and any other documents incorporated by reference herein contain all the terms and conditions agreed to by the City and Contractor, and no other contracts , oral or otherwise , regarding the subject matter of this contract or any part thereof shall have any validity or bind any of the parties hereto. xx. ASSIGNMENT The City and Contractor bind themsel ves and an y successors and assigns to this contract. Contractor shall not assign, sublet , or transfer its interest in this Contract without written co n sent of the City. Nothing herein shall be construed as creating any personal liability on the part of any officer or agent of the City , nor shall it be construed as giving any rights or benefits hereunder to an yone other than the City and Contractor. XXI. NOTICE Notices required to be made under this Contract shall be sent to the following persons at the following addresses ; provided , ho wever, that each party reserves the right to change its designated person for notice , upon written notice to the other party of such change: If to City: Written notice shall be sent to: Brian Boemer, Director Environmental Management Department 1000 Throckmorton Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (817) 392-6647 ; FAX (817) 392-6359 Eme rge ncy Env ironm en tal Sp ill Response Services Cont ract CRLO J.14.08v2 Page 14 If to Contractor: Name of Company: TAS Environmental Services , L.P . Name of Contact Person: J. Sa 1 zer _.:....,_--=c"'-'-'=-='------------ A d dress: 3929 Cal i fornia Parkway Fort Worth, TX 76119 Telephone : 817-535-7222 Fax 817-535-8187 XXII. VENUE Should any action , real or asserted , at law or in equity, arise out of the terms and conditions of this Contract, venue for said action shall be in Tarrant County, Texas . XXIII. SEVERABILITY The provisions of this Contract are severable ; and if for any reason any one or more of the provisions contained herein are held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the inv alidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this contract, and this contract shall remain in effect and be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained in the contract. XXIV. AUTHORIZATION The undersigned officer and/or agents of the parties hereto are properly authorized officials and have the necessary authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the parties hereto , and each party hereby certifies to the other that any necessary resolutions extending such authority have been duly passed and are now in full force and effect. E mergency Environmen ta l Sp ill Response Services Contract CRL02. l l .08v3 Page 15 IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this agreement in triplicate originals in Tarrant County, Texas. City of Fort Worth APPROVED A S T O F O RM U\AA ~ R. Rei;~ Chri sta R . op ez Assistant City Attorney ATTEST: Coatract Date Emergency Environm ental Spill Response Services Con tra ct CRL02 . I l .08v3 TAS E n v ironmental Servic es, L.P. By: A~C, its General Partner Jay Salzer, u,1>11~1 &M..,, WITNESS: Name : Tve.so,... A. Dec..ll~ ---------~- Title: --~H~V~m~et/\_~R-~_SQ~l)(~c.e_s __ CORPORA TE SEAL: ~ TERESA A. Di:t;I\ER ··-;1 (~,~:.;) MY COMMISSION EXPIR ES Ii 1,,;;;; • .,,,1.r._. :.w: .. ::.~_-;;;;, -----Apri--1s_. 20_1;.j;o~;;;;;;;..JJ Page 16 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A. Labor Code §406.96 (2000), as amended , Contractor certifies that it provides workers' compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management Project DEM 07-11 : Emergency Response Services for Environmental Hazards . STA TE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT CONTRACTOR T AS Environmental Servi~::r By: ___ j __ S_0-_l2-_e_r ___ _ Title .Pre 5/den~ of +he G p ---~~~------------ Date I /20J o6 -----'-1,.__-'-+,~.__ ________ _ § § § Before me , the undersigned authority , on this day personally appeared J $a_.1 -z..et'" , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrum_ent, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of :Ir-+s ~ h v lror, m el\M ~cJI ces l P for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. Given Under My Hand and Seal of Office this 2ll day of Jan U0fj , 20 (j r3 Jts• T 1 . "'i TERESA A. D1:\JKER I MY COMMISSION EXPIRES .Aprl 16, 2010 Notary Public in and for the State of Texas Cert . # 07 8934 -60-11 5 TH E C ITY O F FO RT WORT H IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement On this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend, or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon . CANCELLATION NOTICE The CANCELLATION NOTICE on the CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE is amended to include the following wording: The Insurance Companies may cancel the described policy(ies) by mailing or delivering ten (10) days written notice of cancellation to the Named Insured for: (1) Non Payment of premium or (2) any other circumstance permitted by state law or policy conditions. ADDITIONAL INSURED DISCLAIMER Coverage for Additional Insureds can vary significantly from policy to policy and thus Additional Insured status does not guarantee protection for all losses. Coverage is subject to actual policy terms and conditions. GENERAL LIABILITY POLICY INCLUDES THE CITY OF FORT WORTH AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED WHEN REQUIRED BY WRITIEN CONTRACT BUT ONLY WIT H RESPECT TO LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OPERATIONS PERFORMED BY THE NAMED INSURED. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY POLICY INCLUDES THE CITY OF FORT WORTH AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED WHEN REQUIRED BY WRITIEN CONTRACT BUT ONLY WITH RESPECT TO LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF A PE RSON FOR WHOM LIABILITY COVERAGE IS AFFORDED UNDER THIS POLICY . GENERAL LIABILITY, AUTOMOBILE LIABILIT Y AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION POLICIES INCLUDE WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF FORT WORTH WHEN REQUIRED BY WRI TIEN CONTRACT BUT IN NO E VENT SHALL SUCH COVERAGE EXCEED THE LIMI TS , TERMS, OR CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY. UMBRELLA COVERAGE : COVERAGE FOLLOWS FORM WITH PRI MARY POLICIES . ACORD 25-S (7/97) Page 2 of 2 Ft. Worth 817.535.7222 Environmental Management PROJECT: DEM 07-11: ERS EMERGENCY RESPONSE SERVICES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS October 11, 2007 Prepared by: Tll Environmental 3929 California Parkway E . Fort Worth, TX 76119 p) 817.535.7222 f) 817.535.8187 San Antonio 210.496.5310 Dallas 972.638.9700 Austin 512.990.9033 TAS Environmental Services L.P. CITY OF FORT WORTH EMERGENCY RESPONSE SERVICES DEM 07-11:ERS 1. 2. 3. 4 . 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12 . 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 10/11/2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS Proposal Document Checklist Acknowledge of Receipt of Addenda Scope of Work Technology Description Cost Contractor Information and Qualifications Subcontractor Information and Qualifications Proposed Disposal Facilities Financial Statement Bonds M/WBE Utilization Requirements Statement of Residency Nondiscrimination Prevailing Wage Rates Insurance Certificates Contractors Responsibilities Contractors Legal and Compliance History Health and Safety Program Manuals (l)E!.J'!,!n ental Services L.P. 2.1. Proposal Document Checklist All Pro posal Documents, including this checklist, must be completed in full and submitted in a sealed envelope, in the requ ested order, to be considered a resp o nsive subm ittal. Proposal Documents Initial if Included 1. Propos al Document Checklist 2. Acknowledgement of Receipt of Addenda 3. Scope of Work 4. Technology De sc ription 5. Cost 6. Contractor Information and Qualifications 7. Sub contractor Information and Qua lifi ca ti ons 8. Propo sed Disposal Facilities 9. Financial Statement 10. Bonds 11 . M/WBE Utilization Requirements 12. Statement of Residency 13. Nondiscrimina tion 14. Preva iling Wage Rates 15. Insurance Certificates 16. Contractor's Responsibilities 17. Contractor 's Legal and Compliance History 18. Health and Safety Program Manuals understand that all of these items will be reviewed, and any items not included may result in my proposal being considered non-responsive. Signature Name Tit le Company Date & T/JJ C #t,,r~rJI//J,fll'hl/7/ /0. ll 7 2-2 2.2. Acknowledgement of Receipt of Addenda 2.2 .1. Check if applicab le __ The undersigned ack nowledges the receipt of the following addenda to the Request for Proposal, and has atta che d all addenda followi ng this page . (Add lines if nece ssary). Addendum Number 1 (Date received) Addendum Number 2 (Dat e received) Addendum Number 3 (Date received) 2.2.2 . Check if applicable / The undersigned acknowledges the receipt of no addenda to the Request for Proposal. Signature Company J" S,\u-r Name Date Title 2-3 2.3. Scope of Work Proposals are being accepted by the City of Fort Worth for the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform emergency response services for spills, abandoned wastes, and other environmental hazards as deemed necessary by the City . Services required may include providing analytical, disposal, consulting, and remediation services for spill control at all facilities and locations under the control of the City (owned, non-owned, &/or leased), including structures, rights-of-way, storm sewers, surface water bodies, and illicit narcotics laboratories. The City will enter into Contract with a minimum of one Provider for this service. The number of Contracts to be awarded will depend upon the adequacy of the Proposals submitted , and the City 's determination of the ability of the Providers to provide the necessary services. There will be no guaranteed minimum work under any contract awarded, however a maximum not-to-exceed amount of $24,999 will be in place. Under this Contract, the Provider shall have the following responsibilities: • Respond WITHIN ONE HOUR of being notified by the City to a release or threatened release of toxic or hazardous substances, materials, or wastes; oil or petroleum substance; pollutants; or contaminants. WITHIN ONE AND HALF-HOURS provide the necessary personnel, materials, and equipment for an adequate response . The adequacy of the response shall be determined by the City in its sole reasonable judgment. • If requested by the City, collect samples and have analytical testing performed to assist in the characterization and profiling of waste for disposal. All analytical testing shall be performed at a Laboratory designated by the City. • Negotiate approval with the City for profiled waste and make arrangements for disposal if the waste is Class II Non-Hazardous Waste. If the waste is either Hazardous or Class I Non-Hazardous Waste, the Provider shall contact the City to make arrangements for disposal through the hazardous waste disposal company under separate contract with the City. • Assist the Fort Worth Fire Department, under Fire Department command direction, in confined space entry or reactive chemical ordinance until command is passed from Fire Department to other City staff control. • Provide on-site remediation of wastes as requested (such as bio-remediation). • Have the capability to provide transportation of hazardous and non-hazardous solid and liquid wastes. • Provide sorbent products to the City on an as-needed basis; and At the conclusion of all response actions, provide a comprehensive report of the actions taken on behalf of the City of Fort Worth in a timely manner. This one-page (minimum) report shall include a summary of all actions including final cleanup and the name of the City employee who initially contacted the Provider of response. This report shall accompany the invoice submitted for the work. 2-4 Environmental Services L.P. 2.4. Technology Description • Methods for e nsuring that the C ity has access to t he Prov ide r's serv ic e s 24- hours per da y , seven days a we e k; TAS Environm e ntal L.P. (TAS) is a 24-hour emergency response co m pa ny that has established a solid reputation for timely , rel iable, and efficient e mergency response service s . Our phones are answered 24-hours a day, 365 days a year by a trained , professional staff that will provide the appropriate personnel to respond accordingly . TAS has a resource coordinator, emergen cy response supervisors , ·and environmen tal techn icians on ca ll and ready for rapid deployment at a ll ti mes . • Methods for conducting on-site hazcat analysis of wa st es ; TAS professionals use a HazTech Systems Kit™ for identifying or characterizing any unknown substance encountered during an emergency response. Experienced personnel are able to utilize this kit to categorize the unknown, or potentially hazardous substances accurately while in the field . The ability to make these determinations quickly and accurately can be critical for the safety of our employees and could be necessary to protect the public health . HazCat analysis of unknowns while in the field can also eliminate any delays or unnecessary costs associated with laboratory analytical testing . TAS also utilizes a Spilfyter™ Wastewater classifier system for categorization of unknown liquids . • Methods for ensuring Provider has 24-hour access to the following equipment: drum moving equipment, CAT 963 fron t-end loader or equivalent, motorized road broom, vacuum truck, 30 or 40 yard roll-off box, 21,000 gallon frac tank , Bobcat 743 or equivalent , photo-ionization detector (PIO); TAS has an inventory of emergency response equipment that includes drum dollies and fork lifts for moving drums, a skid-steer loader with broom attachment for road sweep ing , a fleet of 4-80 barrel and 4-130 barrel vacuum trucks , numerous (over 40) roll-off boxes of all sizes and roll-off trucks to transport them , a 21 ,000 gallon frac tank , a Caterpillar skid-steer loader that is equivalent to a Bobcat 743 , and several photo -ionization detectors , as well as various other meters and monitors . All of this equipment is readily available at our Fort Worth facility at 3929 E. California Parkway . TAS also has arrangements for emergency mob ilization of a front end loader equivalent to a CAT 963, or any other heavy equip ment that might be necessary through a local equipment rental company with three locations in Tarrant County. DEM07 -ll:ER S Sectio n 2.4 Page 1 of 4 (· C.ONFIDEN TiAL • General procedures used to respond to and facil itate the removal of any chemical spill or any potentially hazardous material or waste; TAS employees possess a weal t h of practical field experience in emergency response situations . Additionally , TAS has a full array of state of the art equipment and technology to aid in the safety, effectiveness, and efficiency of spill response . All TAS emergency response personnel have rece ived a minimum of forty hours training in Hazardous Materials Management as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 and a minimum of eight hours training in Confined Space Training and Rescue Training as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.146. Additionally, our personnel are trained in First Aid and CPR by National Safety Council. In general, the first action in any emergency response spill situation is to mitigate the source of the spill , or contain and prevent the spread of material into the surrounding environment. Once the spill has been contained, the next general procedure is to begin remediation, usually achieved by removal of spilled materials . TAS takes great care in selecting the proper Personal Protective Equipment for each incident to minimize risk and ensure employee safety . Storage options and disposal methods for all potentially hazardous materials or wastes are also evaluated . Safety is our top priority. • Methods of assisting the C ity in the preparation of waste profiles, manifests, and landbans to ensure compliant disposal of wastes; TAS has well established relationships with numerous waste disposal facilities throughout North Texas . TAS personnel have the experience and knowledge to handle waste disposal challenges in a timely and effective manner, with an emphasis placed on eliminating any potential liability to our customers. Required semi-annual training keeps TAS employees abreast of the changing rules and regulation regarding the transport and disposal of wastes . In regards to waste disposal, it is of utmost importance to fully understand the codes, regulations, and documentation that is required to make the waste disposal process run efficiently. At TAS, we have the knowledge and experience to ensure that the any disposal needs that may arise from emergency response calls are handled in the most professional manner. D EM07 -11 :ERS Section 2.4 CONFIDENTIAL Page 2 of 4 TAS Environmental Services L.P. • Methods for decid i ng w hen to con d uct re medi ation of was te disposal sites a nd how re mediat io n (such as bio-reme d iation ) will be don e; In respo nd ing to eme rg ency situat ions , TAS typi ca lly pre sen ts a co uple of differe nt rem edia t io n op t ions to the cli ent. Dec isions are mad e base d o n levels of co nta m inat ion , a cc es si bi lity to the site , rem edia ti on tim efra me, and a cost - benefi t a nalysis. In g en eral , the most pract ical options are (1) ex cav at ion a nd disposal of contami na ted soil , with subsequent backfill with cle an, im po rt ed soil; and (2) in -situ bio -remed iation. When a decision is made to utilize the disposal and ba ckfill opt ion for remediation , TAS w i ll excavate the contaminated soil , us ing con fi rmat ion sampling to ensure that t he entire extent of the contamination ha s been excavated . Th is soil will generally be loaded into end dump trucks or roll-off boxes. In certain circumstances, such as situations that require analytical testing to determine t he waste classification for disposal, the contaminated so i l will be stockpiled on-site and encapsulated in poly sheeting. Any open excavations will be barricaded for safety purposes. T AS will import fill materials to backfill the excavation and place the fill in lifts and compact to specifications . When a decision is made to utilize the bio-remediation option on a contaminated site, TAS will typically cons t ruct an earthen remediation cell and line it with poly sheeting. The contam inated material is placed within the cell and treated with a microbial agent that breaks down , degrades , and digests the hydrocarbon contaminates within the soil. Typically a series of treatments is required to reduce contaminate levels in the soil to meet EPA or TCEQ guidelines . With each additional treatment the microbial agents are re-applied and the soil is mixed and aerated to expedite the remediation process . If the spill resulted in only shallow contam i nation of the soil , then bioremediation can also take place in-situ. This is a similar process as described above can be executed without building the poly-lined remediation cell. • Methods through which transportation of hazardous and non-hazardous solid and liqu id wastes will be provided ; T AS is a licensed hazardous materials transporter with the United States Environmental Pro tection Agency and the US Department of Transportation. TAS is also licensed as a Hazardous Material Transporter by the Texas DOT, as well as possessing licenses by the TCEQ for transportation of both solids and sludge . TAS transports sol id wastes in covered and poly-lined roll-off boxes. Va cuum trucks are utilized for any contaminated liquids or rinse water. In addition, TAS also provides stainless steel equ ipment for the transportation of acid ic or corrosive liquids . D EM07 -11:ERS Section 2.4 Page3of4 CONFIDENTIAL TAS Environmental Services L.P. • Methods for providing sorbent products to the City on an as-needed basis (a list of sorbents and associated costs should be provided in Section 2. 7 Cost Estimate). TAS maintains the largest inventory in North Texas of a variety of sorbent products and is able to deliver to the City large or sm all quantities of clay absorbent, hydrocarbon sorbent boom, petroleum sorbent pads, chemical sorbent pads, chemical sorbent boom, and/or microbial agents (MicroBlaze, MicroBlaze Out, PetroClean) for remediation of hydroca rb on contamination . • Any unique capabilities Provider has that could be beneficial to the City 's emergency spill response program. T AS Environmental holds certification from the United States Coast Guard as an Oil Spill Response Organization (OSRO) and certification from the Texas General Land Office as a Discharge Cleanup Organization as related to the Oil Pollution Act of 1990. TAS Environmental provides training exercises and actual spill response to. all of the major oil companies as well as providing Emergency Response Services to numerous mun icipalities and private firms throughout the state of Texas . TAS customers have grown accustomed to our high quality emergency response services which now accounts for approximately 70% of our business. Our clients include the City of Arlington, City of Grand Prairie, City of Austin, Garland Power and Light, Texas Instruments, as well as numerous others. TAS has provided the highest quality of service to our customers and has developed a reputation for quality and dependability. We have become an industry leader by maintaining a rigorous regimen of equipment maintenance and personnel training. TAS takes these steps so that when an emergency situation arises, we are ready to respond. DEM07-11:ERS Section 2.4 CONFIDENTIAL Page 4 of 4 TAS Environmental Services L.P. CONFIDEN TIAL Add additional sheets as necessary. A ll categories may not be required fo r completion of this contract. Be s ure to indicate a descript ion of the type of superviso r, techn ici an, etc. LABOR TYPE PRICE/ HOUR Principal Manager P(o~e,+ M.iniqer \\€a I hr Supervisor y V H-a2.M ~t / E. f2.. i:; '-\ / h r" Supervisor Supervisor Site Safety Officer '"\ I> / hr Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) \\S-I \...r Scientist Ch e mist \\SI h<' Scientist Geologist l\ ':> / hf'" Scientist Hydrologist , , s-/ hr Scientist Biologist ll'S° /hr" Engineer Technician \-\ )-i-"1at I~~ ;L\ I hr" Technician E., v ,pm en+ Op~(aio, ~"/he Technician I I . Technician Specialist O,spo~a I Coo..-~i"1hr -;~ I hr Specialist Clerical 'J:,eltl C,\,t( "-'?'Z-/ hr Other Fc>("em1., L\O I h, Overtime (indicate days and /'t\ .. f lp:'30 -O"l:JO ,ate l( (.S-hours overtime will be S~-\-~ S"" -ALL J.l RS ho", ly charged) . Markup ~,..-' oa<~ end~r~ + l'J-0 /, I , COfRENTIAL PPE Type Price/ Unit Boot ies w+r)( 7.z.p /p,ir Boots Acid Resistant • I B'S / p-ir . Boots R" bbef" Sttd -tC)~J 50 / Dl! it" Overshoes Gloves lat(., s~pl,f t:\ loves I /pair , . ...J s."~ I p~ir Gloves l.e~~her- Gloves Neop<ene s.~s /p">i r Gloves ~,·+c;te, ~."o I p;i< Gloves fe-h-i>+lt, 'PVC i.,o /po-;r Gloves 6,\\ler Sh,elA 7.rc rs I p~i.,. Gloves ' Glove Liners (. t> t\-o"' \ /pair Level "A" Suit Kappler Responder S'So I ~~h. Level "A" Suit . Level "A " Suit Level "A" Suit Level "B" Su it Kappler CPF IV 2'i0 /~e.h Level "B" Suit \!Cippl,t(' C,f'F 3 tto / ~ch Level "B" Suit . Level "C" Suit \c!,,:, (;) \,t(" t.:Pf'Z-"\ s / eae.\,i Level "C" Su it I ' \lioo\u· Cf F.i ».sf) /eat-~ Splash Suit .. tove<"~l\ s. \\ /e,p~ hit\<. Saranex Suit ' Tyvek Suit ye toi~tJ \,) I \\ooA i u~ 15 /tie-h COflOTIAL 2-8 Materials Typ e Price/ Unit Absorbent Clay 7 / ;"o l\> baq Absorbent Oil Boom r:.," ,c 10' 'l C, I ba le ( 4 bC>1>rr1~ Absorbent Oil Pad "10 I bale. /,.,o o.aJ~ , ~ , Absorbent Vermiculite ~t / 5"0 )6 b;a Absorbent (.,\,e~; I'.~ t P,tl~ 11' o I h-, ,,, /tOb o~J~> Absorbent () i I '5~m B '' 1 lD , 17~ /halt-/.it~~ Absorb e nt te \\ -" -Sb<6 '2-6 I >o lb-b~tt , Wipes (.. lo+"'-7S I bDX j Lime 501b.Bag to / b~<\ Sodium Hypochlorite Gallon 5' 1 · ""\ \':,'(\ AFFF Drum (?,/,) l, \00-/t1(\)'{Y\ AFFF 5 gallon pail /'1 '/.) s 2.. so IP~,\ Decon Supplies Brush l~·~C I e.at-~ . Decon Supplies Pails l~·SI> l ~A Decon Supplies Pools IS' / ~e" Decon Supplies Plastic Sheeting '1..0'-,. roo'"' h m L ,oo / co\\ Plastic Sheeting Plastic Sheeting Pump 1'' o,~ph<ie\m {fv'\1-J ~".SD / .J.1v Pump "" 8S ,50 /J;~ 2!' '"T<a ~'-' P\I~ p Pump 3.'' t>,a9~<i4m (f11S) 1io I Jay r Samplers Coliwasa ..., zc, / eie.'n Samplers 60:l Simp\~"'" K,t 3t., I J1v Samplers -.J . I Other CONFIDENTIAL 2-9 Cont a iners Type Price/ Unit Bu cket DOT / plastic 5" Ay \ \o~ lt> I e.aeh Bu cket DO T / Meta l 5 ~a\\""' '2.t:> 'ecle.h Bu cke t Dru m 1A1 54: /taeh. Drum 1H 1 5'\ ,~t,h. Drum Pol y salvage '1~ '1~l\Oh '2.0 16; / t.a.~k Drum Steel s al vage S5' ~\\th t &o / eae" D rum St ee-l . S~ '¥\ , o IT st-/teleh Drum Po ly, S5' ~~l; o/T S'\: ,~e,'h. Drum fe> \y' 30 ~i l ' 0 IT +s I ~at-"k. Drum poly, 15~ ~al, t,, lr S'\ /~aeh Boxes bi'} lo<A 64 b;v Yi<J \to /eae-~ Box es Bi ;haza<A Bo~ ti.~ /e~ch Roll off 10 Yd ;j -ta""pul 111 / day Roll off 20 Yd 3 ta<peJ It) / Jay f<o\\ o tC B~ Li""< ?>O /U?h CONFIDENTIAL 2-10 Monitor Equ ipme nt Tvpe Pric e/ Unit PIO e'\O I ~y M,'(\; ~e. PIO ' lA l\-<o fot ;tt;Ri e, "'.5 / J.,y Oxyge n Meter I lOO / Ja y OVA ' 1'S / ~y OVA . Ex plosim ete r T ritecto r Multiple Gas Detecto r 4-~3$ ~,:l-tf"' l\'2. 'iO I J.,y Detecto r Tube s u I t),.au_tr C\O /e- pH Mete r .., 35 /J8y pH Pa pe r . ~.so/ 'oo-,. Haz Cat Anayl sis 30 I ea"-' *~~t DO Meter 35" / AiY Sub-s urface So il Sampler \~O I . I ·~~\-t Mf.(c.1A1\/ V"Afb< A,,~/u'1.e't" Ar,-.ori) cheM~c.1 \ 2:Z.S / Ja .'/ I I I • Oe+t,.\-o-r T"be'? ~~e 2.i l t-; . 2-11 Mobile Equip me nt Type Price/ Unit Emergency Resp onse Veh icle &o\yt~ \ 'Z'I~ to..-~Ii. ~"'~ '?,1S / a';)-/ Mi le age no c.ha"'le Crew Truck , ,1. >o I J.11 M il eag e l'\O thir~e Utility Vehicle ATv , 4 w \.\.ul 210 / d#'f Mileage no tl,~1".,e.. Trailer ~oc,Soe.nu"-2-4 'eqvipt,V~1 '{o { d;;y .. 4\0 I J~y Trailer 7,J) I &ooW\ T~~l.er Vacuum Truck ~o t,b\ 10 I..,,. Bobcat ~ kitl.-s+e.~-r load,r-320 /A1y Backhoe / Loader Cat 4\lo 430 /tlay Excavator (;~ ?J07 430 I Jay . Rubber Tire Loader To~~ Dee<e ~lf~ 'i~o / a,y Tractor . Tractor Tiller ~\c.\&. .. s~ttr-mc.k lo,,((" 4-30 /J.~ u,/ t,\\-,.,.. AJ.l.~ .. 1 .. -.. .. t . Motorized Street Sweeper I /Jay s1';J 4~trw! b(ooM i3o . V 3 t.lAtl t,\ T<u, "-\~C) b\,l i; I hr CONFJDENTIAL 2-12 Material Type Price/ Unit Compress o r A;" . t\O psi. t, l / J.1y Compresso r Z" k y J rJu lie, tSS / Jay Pump 1" D,ap\.\,aj M 'I i.t. So I J ay Pump 7. '' Tt-;6~ l'v mp ss.'io I Jay Pump 2 1 ' Fl•~~,"~ Wa~h R, rhp l'-1 C, / d~'/ Pump z" l4ydf".1~L'~ P"tt\i> l&'i I Jay Pump l'' b,1p\,r;~m, la.-~V\ SS· so I d.i'/ Pump Z'' o,ar~~W\, Poly r3,S /diy Pump 2 11 S·bi n \ess Di~<i~~ '2.10 I J.ay Pump ; 11 b iap\ir,~"' lf;D I ~hy Boat ~b\-&~t, l'S'I/J/ rno~ ~7 / ei~y Boat Fl1t 'Be>at, \<E/ fJJ/o rno+or lo6 /Jot Boat Boat E3~90A'h I Pi.oow, I -Q.Qen, .. ~k°iil"mlr\t 'Bi,o rn t8 ,, ,. 3; I t1r-J~ Boo~ Boom Cot\~iir\~t l,ooM 11.." I . 13 / t'.\--d;ly Boom Mi>'\~ '&~rt1 () .a.o I ft-Jay Boom Skimmer DYvm Sk~mmtr. 1D 4PM s~~ / J,t Skimmer ...., ' Ac.mt. 3~-Tlti. ~1$ P.~ ~~ tS5 / J;y CONADEN TIAL 2-13 Material Type Price/ Unit Blower ~"Pu.S 22~ I J.~1 . . . 2.5 / J.~y Blowe r L~;t Aug e r \~ a"~ 41 ~.ef' VI J.~y Au ge r ..., ' Gen e rator 4 k.W t:t5 /J,y Drum de-header 45 / day Lights . Light plant hi°')... ;y1\,-(w'\s; +y \i~t--h~, '" I A~y Post hole digger -- Pressure washer f<9;ltf" mo'-\ntl~ 1,.SO / J.1j Pressure washer walk. bihi~ su·"~\,e..-J"?,l; / J'iy Reactive chemical carrier I Remote drilling apparatus Fire suit 6\AY\'u< ~e,i.,-tf>o I dav Non-sparking tool kit "' ( 7,-f tJy . Vacuum l.\ r1'A / M-t-('clA.<'/ '4t"v m 2-;so I div I I Vacuum we+ /Jn 50( J;1 Vacuum I I CONADENTIAL 2-14 Other E ui mentor Su lies T e ''A'' ,, & '' ~ l'' -z,o ( k Sl!)A bME.?-,oo Ca,~,i \ 0 OC>t> ~CTOR: Signature Company Name Tit le COtfllNTIAL 2-15 2.5 COSTS ADDENDUM In the event that T AS personnel, equipment , or materials are requested by the City that are not specifically mentioned in the cost sheets provided by the City, TAS will invoice according to the attached rate schedule. TAI Environmental Services L.P. 3929 California Parkway E. Fort Worth, TX 76119 (817) 535. 7222 or (888) 654.0111 f (817) 535.8 187 RESPONSE RATE SCHEDULE DOMESTIC s ENV! RON!V!ENI'AL Respon se Rate Schedule Domestic TABLE OF CONTENT S Schedul e Rev . January 2006 SPILL PERSONNE L PHONE LIST ............................................................................................................... iii Autom otive Equi pment .................................................................................................................................. iv Fu el Surch arge .............................................................................................................................................. iv Equipm e nt Decontamination/ Washout ........................................................................................................ iv Ha z-Mat Rates .............................................................................................................................................. iv Insurance ...................................................................................................................................................... iv Pers onnel .................................................................................................................................................... iv Rep lacement of Dama ged or Contaminated Equipm ent .............................................................................. iv Roll -Off Boxes ............................................................................................................................................... iv Stand-By Rates .............................................................................................................................................. v Sub contract Services/ Th ird -Party Services .................................................................................................. v Tax es ............................................................................................................................................................. v Term s ............................................................................................................................................................. v Place of Performance .................................................................................................................................... v Travel , Lodging a nd Per Diem ....................................................................................................................... v PERSONNEL ................................................................................................................................................ 1 EQUIPME NT ................................................................................................................................................. 1 Auto motive Equ ip ment ............................................................................................................................ 1 Co mmunications Equipment .................................................................................................................... 2 Conta inmen t Boom .................................................................................................................................. 2 Haz-Mat Equipment ................................................................................................................................ 2 Marine Equipment .................................................................................................................................. 2 Miscellaneous Equipment ........................................................................................................................ 2 Mon itoring Equ ipment ............................................................................................................................. 3 Persona l Protective Equ ipment ................................................................................................................ 4 Boots ................................................................................................................................................... 4 Gloves ................................................................................................................................................. 4 Respiratory Protection ......................................................................................................................... 4 Pum ps a nd Hoses .................................................................................................................................... 5 S ampling and Testi ng Equ ipment and Supp lies ..................................................................................... 5 Storage .................................................................................................................................................... 6 MATERIAL .................................................................................................................................................... 6 Ch emicals ................................................................................................................................................ 6 Miscell ane ous Material ............................................................................................................................ 6 Sorbent Material ....................................................................................................................................... 7 -ii-CONFIDENTIAL TA S ENVIRONMENTAL FO RT WORTH Response Rate Schedule Domestic SPILL PERSONNEL PHONE LIST Phone: (817) 535-7222 / (888) 654-0111 Fax: (817) 535-81 87 NEXTEL 142*16884*11 142 *16884*1 4 Sh a ne Thompson Ro bert Briggs DALLAS Phone: (972) 638-9700 Jeremy McEntire Cas Sommerfeldt SAN AN T O N I O Phone: (210) 496-5310 / (888) 818-5310 Glynn Schmidt David Edwards Forrest Zolczer AUSTIN Phone: (512) 990-9903 Jim Chappell Greg Grimes Fax: (972) 638-9702 NEXTEL 14 2*16884*8 142*41 *5961 Fax: (210) 496-5312 NEXTEL 142*16884*3 142*850 *11 142*16884*29 Fax: (512) 990-0033 NEXTEL 142 *53135 *2 142*16884*22 -iii - Sch edule Rev. Janu ary 2006 MOBILE (8 17) 614-5983 (817) 825-9583 MOBILE (214) 226-1164 (214) 882-5961 MOBILE (210) 219-7348 (210) 669-5286 (210) 669-3101 MOBILE (512) 563-6748 (512) 963-5549 CONADENTIAL s ENVIRONMENTAL Response Rate Sc hedule Domestic Automotive Equipment Sched ule Rev. January 2006 Automotive Equipment Hourly Rates c harges are portal to portal. A four (4 ) hour minimum ti me will be charged o n a ll call-ou ts . A mil eage charge of $0.50 w ill be ad d ed for al l a ut omotive equipment automobiles and pick-up trucks. Fuel Surcharge Due to the continu al ris e a nd fall of fuel costs , the Fuel Surcharge Guideline will be applied to all transport ation in vo ice ite ms. The weekly Retail On-High wa y Diesel Prices published by the Energy Information Administrat ion (webs ite http://tonto.eia.doe.gov/oog/info/wohdp/diesel_detail_report.asp) w ill be utilized to determine the fuel surcharge for the specific date of service. If your invoice must be proc essed prior to the clos e of that week, the prior weekly published fuel cost rate will be utilized. Equipment Decontamin at ion / Washout Tim e and Material charges are portal to portal and will continue through decontamination and/o r washout of any and all equipme nt used on the job. Haz-Mat Rates Haz-Mat rates will be charged when the material being dealt with has a hazard rating of two or greater on the NFPA 704 labeling system or hazardous mate ri al identifying system, or if a job requires the use of respiratory protection. Insurance The rates in this RATE SCHEDULE include insurance coverage for Worker's Compensatio n, General Liability, Pollution and Automobile Liability. A Certificate of Insurance will be forwarded upon request. These rates do not include work performed under th e U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers Act (33 USC ss 901-950). For work performed under this statute , an additional 69% surcharge per $100.00 of wages will be assessed on labor only. Personnel Expe rienced consulting, supervisory, technical instructor and equipment operating personnel are available for complete emergency spill response and spill cleanup operations and vacuum service, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Normal hours of operation are from 0730 (7:30 a.m.) through 1600 (4 :00 p.m .) daily , Monday through Friday. All labor charges will be in accordance with TAS Environmental Services L.P. service receipts . Charges for personnel are portal- to-portal. T AS Environmental Services L.P. will invoice for personnel and the time required to mobilize, service, repair, and restock all vehicles and equipment used in the performance of the services for customer. Overtime for personnel will be charged at time and a half between 1600 (4 :00 pm) through 0730 (7:30 am) Monday through Thursday; weekends from 1600 (4:00 p .m .) Friday through 0730 (7:30 am) Monday. DOUBLE TIME RATES will be charged for all National Holidays. 4-Hour Minimum Service Charge On All Labor Call-Outs. In the event TAS Environmental Services L.P. responds to a request from Customer and/or on behalf of Customer for record gathering and/or litigation support services, Customer will pay for personnel provided and/or requested in the amount corresponding to the personnel designation in the rate sheet. Replacement of Damaged or Contaminated Equipment If, during performance of a service and/or services for a customer, equipment and/or material sustain damage which renders the equipment and/or material beyond repair or renders decontamination impossible, said equipment and/or material will be subject to a replacement charge at TAS Environmental Services L.P .'s cost plus 20% unless said damage was sustained as a result of misuse by TAS Environmental Services L.P . personnel. Roll-Off Boxes Roll-Off Box delivery a nd pickup charges vary according to the distance from the site location. The cost for roll-off box liners is $50.00 each . Box liners a re not mandatory , but if the roll-off box requ ires cleaning at the end of the rental period , the customer will incur the cleani ng charges. -iv -CONFIDENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL Response Ra te Schedule Domestic Stand-By Rates Schedule Rev. January 2006 Stand-By Rates wi ll be equal to th e daily rates in this sc hedu le unl ess oth erwis e ag reed to in writing on a c ase -b y-case basis . Full rates will app ly fo r personnel and per d iem . Subcontract Services/ Third-Party Service s When TAS En viro nmental Services L.P.'s equipment is avail able , TAS En vironmenta l Services L.P . w ill us e and bill Custom e r for said equipmen t at rates published in the rate schedule. For any ite m th at is identified on TAS Envi ro nm e ntal Se rvices L.P .'s rate sh ee t and which T AS acquires through or from a third party vendor or suppli er, Customer will pay to T AS Environmental Services L.P. the hi g he r ofT AS Environmental Services L.P .'s rate or TAS Environm enta l Services L .P.'s cost plus a 20 % handling charge. A 20 % handling charge will apply and be invoiced for all shipping and tran spo rt ation of equipment, materials and goods reg ardless of whether suc h equipment, materials and goods appear on TAS Environm e nt al Services L.P.'s rate schedule. In addition, for all item s not listed on TAS Environmental Services L.P.'s rate schedule, includin g but not limited to personnel , equipment, materials and goods, laboratory services, testing services , damage waivers and/or other services, said items will be billed at T AS En vironmental Services L.P.'s cost plus a 20% handling charge. Cost, as used herein , is defined as the amount invoiced to T AS Environm ental Services L.P . by a third-party supplier of material and/or goods and/or material and/or labor and/or equipment and /o r services. Taxes All domestic federal, state and municipal taxes, except income taxes and ad-valorem taxes, now and hereinafter imposed with resp ec t to services rendered , to rental equipment, to the processing , manufacture , repair, and to the delivery and transportation of equipment and supplies will be added to and become part of the total price payable by the Customer. If a Customer claims an exemption from payment of Texas Sales and Use Tax, the Customer will be required to render an Exemption Certificate or a Resale Certificate to T AS Environmental Services L.P. for said exemption to apply to the services rendered . If for any reason the services rendered result in the assessment of foreign income taxes , excise taxes, or other fees alleged as owing to a foreign state or government, the Customer will pay directly the amount of any assessment or fee . In the event Company pays any such foreign tax or fee directly, Customer will promptly reimburse Company for same. Terms The term of payment for all invoices is Net Payment Due Immediately Upon Receipt of invoice in United States Dollars (US$). The balance of any invoice not timely paid will accrue a finance charge computed at the periodic rate of one and one-half percent (1 .5%) per month (18% per annum) beginning on the first day of the first month following any delinquency. Customer is obligated to make payment to TAS Environmental Services L.P. at its principal office at 3929 California Parkway E., Fort Worth, TX 76119, in Tarrant County, Texas. Place of Performance The procurement ofTAS Environmental Services L.P.'s services may not be in the same county as the work site area. Customer is obligated to make payment to TAS Environmental Services L.P. in Tarrant County, Texas for services provided . Because this agreement has been procured in Tarrant County, Texas and is being managed and administered from TAS Environmental Services L.P .'s central office in Tarrant County, Texas, this agreement is being performed in Tarrant County, Texas . The validity, interpretation and performance of the services and payment and the contents herein are to be interpreted and enforced pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas and any suit in Gonnection herewith will be filed in Tarrant County, Texas . Travel, Lodging and Per Diem For all e mployees who do not reside in the local commuting area for the work site , TAS Environmental Services L.P. will be reimburs ed for costs incurred for employee travel to and from the work site on the basis of TAS Environmental Services L.P .'s incurred costs plus 20% for all commercial transportation . A minimum Per Diem charge of $90.00 per day for all employees who do not reside in the local commuting area of the work site will be due for e ach day that such employee is present in the locale of the work site . -v-CONADENTIAL @ TA Schedu le Re s ponse Rate Schedule . ENVIRONMENTAL Domestic Rev . January 200 6 PER S-1001 PERS-1 002 PERS-1003 PERS-100 4 PERS-1005 PERS-10 05 -H M PERS-10 0 7 PERS-1007-HM PERS-100 9 PERS-10 12 PERS-101 3 PERS -10 14 PERS-1014-HM PERS -1015 PERS-1015 -HM PERS-1016 -HM PERS-1016-TO PERS-1016 -TS PERS-1017 PERS-101 9 PERS-1020 AUT0-1001 AUT0-1004 AUT0-1005 AUT0-1007 AUT0-1008 AUT0-1010 AUT0-1011 AUT0-1013 AUT0-1018 AUT0-1019 AUT0-1023 AUT0-1024 AUT0-1024-B AUT0-102 8 AUT0-1025 AUT0-1026 AUT0-1029 FORT WORTH -SAN AN T O NI O -DALLAS -AUSTIN P ERSONNEL Hourly Rate Regular Overt im e ProjecUOperations Manager ................................................................ . Healt h & Saf ety Ma nage r ..................................................................... . Site Manage r/Superin tenden t. .............................................................. . Sit e Safe ty Offic e r ............................................................................... .. Supervisor ........................................................................................... .. Superviso r, Haz -Mat. ............................................................................ . Forem an ............................................................................................... . Forema n , Haz -M at. ............................................................................... . Industrial Hygiene Tec hnician .............................................................. . Rescue Technic ia n ............................................................................... . Res ource Coord inato r .......................................................................... . Opera to r, He avy Eq ui pme nt ................................................................. . Op erator, Heavy Equipment, Haz-Mat ................................................ .. Op e rator , Respo nse Equipment. .......................................................... . Ope rator, Response Eq uipment, Haz-Mat .......................................... .. Technician , Haz-Mat ............................................................................ . Technician/Operator ............................................................................. . Technician , Sampling ........................................................................... . Field Clerk ............................................................................................ . Di sposal Coord i nator ............................................................................ . Proj ect Accountant ............................................................................... . EQUIPMENT A uto motive Equipment 130 .00 105 .00 75.00 60.0 0 60 .00 80 .00 45.0 0 60 .00 50 .00 55 .00 45.00 45.00 60 .00 40.00 55 .00 50 .00 40.00 50.00 35 .00 40.00 70 .00 192 .50 16 5.00 110.00 87.50 90 .00 117 .50 65.00 87.50 72.50 80 .00 65.00 65.00 87.50 57.50 80.00 72 .5 0 57.50 72.50 50.00 57 .50 102 .50 Hourly Rate Super Sucker, 80 bbl Capacity (See No te).......................................................... 175.00 Vacuum Truck , 80 bbl Capacity (See Note)......................................................... 80 .00 Vacuum Truck , 130 bbl Capacity (See Note)....................................................... 85 .00 Roll-Off Truck (See Note)..................................................................................... 80 .00 Meyers Unit, Truck Mounted (See Note ).............................................................. 65.00 ATV , 4-Whee l ...................................................................................................... . ATV Util ity Trailer ............................................................................................... . Back hoe ............................................................................................................. . Pic k-Up Truck , 1 ton or smaller ........................................................................... . Pick-Up Truck , 1 ton, Haz-Mat Quick-Response Unit ......................................... . Pick-Up Truck, 1 ton, 4 x 4 ................................................................................. .. Skid-Steer Loader ............................................................................................... . Skid -Steer Loader, Broom Attachment. ............................................................... . Trailer , Haz-Mat Response /Command ................................................................ . Tra il er , Boom , 20 ' ................................................................................................ . Trailer , Equipment Haul e r, Gooseneck , 24 ' ........................................................ . Trail er, Haz-Mat Respo ns e , 24' ........................................................................... . CONFIDENTIA L All rat es listed in this sched ule are subject to change without notice . 1 of 7 Da ily Rate 230 .00 80.00 430.00 125 .00 200 .00 225 .00 355.00 150.00 500 .00 100 .00 100 .00 350 .00 Schedule ENV!RONME'Nl'AL Response Rate Schedule Domestic Rev . January 2006 AUT0-10 33 AUT0-1035 AUT0-1030 AUT0-1021 AUT0-10 32 AUT0-10 34 COM M-1001 COMM-1002 COMM-100 3 CO MM -100 4 COMM-1007 COM M-1010 CBM-100 1 CBM-1002 CBM-1003 CBM-1004 CBM-100 6 CBM-1005 CBMA-18 CBMA-22 CBMA-40 MSE-1005 HMS-1003 HMS-1004 HMS-1005 MSE-1025 HME -1005 MSE-1018 MAR-1001 MAR-1002 MAR-100 3 MAR-1004 MAR-1005 MAR-100 6 MAR-1007 MAR-1008 Automotive Equipment (Cont) Trailer , Ha z-Mat Transfer .................................................................................... . Trailer, Rescue/Emergency Resp onse ................................................................ . Trailer , Response , Oil Respon se ........................................................................ . Trailer, Response , 18' ......................................................................................... . Trailer , Ut i lity ....................................................................................................... . Tru ck, Bobtail ...................................................................................................... . Communications Equipment Ce llular Telephone (Each) ................................................................................. .. Computer, Laptop/De sktop w/Printer ................................................................. .. Fax Mach ine ........................................................................................................ . GPS , Hand Held .................................................................................................. . Radio Portable ..................................................................................................... . Command Trailer , 40' ......................................................................................... .. Containment Boom Containment Boom, 48 " Offshore ....................................................................... .. Containment Boom, 42 " Offshore ....................................................................... .. Containment Boom , 36 " ...................................................................................... . Containment Boom , 18 " ...................................................................................... . Containment Boom, 12 " ..................................................................................... .. Mini -Boom ........................................................................................................... . Boom Anchor, 18 lb ........................................................................................... : .. Boom Anchor, 22 lb ............................................................................................. . Boom Anchor, 40 lb ............................................................................................. . Haz-Mat Equipment Daily Rate 500 .00 200.0 0 30 0 .00 225 .00 100 .00 35 0 .00 Daily Rate 30.00 130 .00 30.00 30.00 30 .00 800 .00 Daily Rate 11 .00 ft/day 11.00 ft/day 8 .00 ft/day 1.50 ft/day 1.25 ft/day 1.00 ft/day 23 .00 /day 27 .00/day 45 .00/day Daily Rate Betz Emergency Off-Loading Valve ..................................................................... 505.00/day Chlorin e Emergency Kit "A".................................................................................. 505.00 /day Chlor in e Emergency Kit "B" .................. .............................................. .................. 755.00/day Chlorine Emergency Kit "C" .................................................................................. 1 ,005.00/day Transfer Equipment .................................................... ....... ............. .......... ........ ... 505.00/day Vacuum Cleaner, Stainless Steel , Mercury, HEPA .............................................. 255.00/day Decontamination Kit (Personnel , Pool , Bru sh, Buck et, Deg reaser), Each........... 55 .00 Marine Equipment Airboat ................................................................................................................. . Deck Barge , 30', w/twin 150hp engines , radar .................................................... . Fast Response Boat , 30 ', w/twin 200hp engines , radar , 14 bb l store cap .......... . Flat Boat, w/o motor ........................................................................................... .. Flat Boat , 14' to 16 ' w/motor ................................................................................ . Piroque ................................................................................................................ . Fast Response Boa t, 17' to 23' .......................................................................... .. Work Boat , 24 ' ..................................................................................................... . Daily Rate 750.00 805 .00 805.00 120 .00 230.00 35 .00 255 .00 505.00 CONFIDENTIAL All rates listed in this schedule are subject to change without notice. 2 of 7 MS E-1006 MS E-1 006-1 MSE-1007 MSE -1008 MS E-1009 MSE-1049 MSE -1011 MS E-1012 MSE-1045 MSE-1048 MSE-1013 MSE-1015 MSE-1036 MSE-1016 MSE-1017 MSE-1019 MSE-1020 MSE-1046 MSE-1024 MSE-1026 MSE-1027 MSE-1029 MSE-1030 MSE-1001 MSE-1031 MSE-1032 MSE-1033 MSE-1034 MSE-1035 MTE -1014 MTE-1021 MTE-1022 MTE-1001 MTE-1004 MTE-1005 MTE-1006 MTE-1007 MTE-1008 MTE-1015 MTE-10 34 MTE-1009 MTE-1020 MTE-100 3 MTE-1011 MTE-1012 MTE-10 36 MTE -1010 MTE-1018 MTE-1037 AS Schedule ENVIRONMENTAL Response Rate Schedule Domestic Rev. J anuary 2006 Miscellaneous Equipment Camera , Digital .................................................................................................... . Ph oto-Processing, Digital Camera, Eac h Frame ................................................. . Camera, Video, Event Recording ........................................................................ . Cargo Li ghts ........................................................................................................ . Chain Saw ........................................................................................................... . Compresso r, Air, 11 .8 cfm, 90 psi output ............................................................ . Compressor, Hydraulic , 2 " ................................................................................... . Confined Space Rescue K it ................................................................................ . Copp us Blower, Small ......................................................................................... . Coppus Blower, Large ......................................................................................... . Drum Dolly ........................................................................................................... . Dr um Gripp e r , Forklift. ......................................................................................... . Drum Head Vacuum ............................................................................................ . Drum Pum p , Poly ................................................................................................ . Drum Sling , .......................................................................................................... . Generator w/work lights ....................................................................................... . Generator, 4 kw ................................................................................................... . Hand Too l (Pitc h Fork , Rake , Shovel, Squeegee , etc) ........................................ . Pressure W ashe r , 3 ,000 psi or less .................................................................... . Saw, Air Powered ................................................................................................ . Saw , Portab le ...................................................................................................... . Sewer Plug .......................................................................................................... . Spraye r , Pump, Hand-Held ................................................................................. . Stainless Steel Stinger, 2 " ................................................................................... . Steam Clean er (3,000 psi or less) ....................................................................... . Vacuum Cle ane r , WeUDry .................................................................................. . Vapor Lights, High Intensity ................................................................................ . Weed Eater ......................................................................................................... . Wheelbarrow ....................................................................................................... . Monitoring Equipment 3M 3500 Pas sive voe Monitoring Badges .•........................................................ 25mm Particulate Sampling Cassette ................................................................. . 37mm Three Piece HEPA Particulate Sampling Cassette .................................. . 4-Gas Meters ....................................................................................................... . Anemometer I Mass Air Sensor .......................................................................... . Audio Dosimeter .................................................................................................. . Black Light, Mercury Detection ............................................................................ . Crow con Monitor, 5 gas ...................................................................................... . Drager CMS Unit ............ : .................................................................................... . Drager Pump ....................................................................................................... . FID Detector, Handheld ....................................................................................... . Infrared Sen sor .................................................................................................... . Intrinsically Safe Thermometer ............................................................................ . Jerome Mercury V apor Analyzer ......................................................................... . pH Meter .............................................................................................................. . Photoionization Detector (P IO ), MiniRae ............................................................. . Photoionizati on Detector, Ultra (PI O), Ultra MiniRae .......................................... . Radiation Monitor ................................................................................................ . Sen sodyn e Pu mp ................................................................................................ . FID Detector Hydrog en Refill .............................................................................. . All rates listed in this schedule are subject to change without notice. 3 of 7 Daily Rate 55.00 3.00 255 .00 25.00 80 .00 190.00 205.00 150.00 55.0 0 250.00 30.00 105 .00 50.00 30 .00 30.00 125.00 105.00 22.00 275.00 80 .00 80 .00 105 .00 35.00 55.00 275.00 55 .00 70 .00 80.00 30 .00 Daily Rate 40.00 9.00 10 .00 125 .00 80 .00 80.00 45 .00 155 .00 305 .00 35.00 300 .00 30.00 20 .0 0 250.00 35 .00 100.00 105.00 80.00 35.00 30 .00 CONADENTIAL PPE-1005 PPE-100 6 PPE-1007 PPE-1020 PPE-10 30 PPE-100 8 PPE-1035 PPE-1010 PPE-1021 PPE-1022 PPE -1023 PPE-1024 PPE-1026 PPE-1027 PPE-1034 PPE -1033 PPE-1002 PPE-1003 PPE-1004 PPE-1011 PPE-1012 PPE-1013 PPE-1029 PPE-1015 PPE-1016 PPE-1018 PPE-1019 HME-1001 HME-1002 HME-1013 HME-1012 HME-1011 HME-1003 HME-1004 HME-1007 HME-1009 HME -1008 HME-1010 PPE-1028 PPE-1031 PPE-1032 TA S chedule ENVIRONMENTAL Respons e Rate S chedule D omes t ic Rev . J anu ary 2006 Personal Protective Equipment Bunk er G ear (Pan ts , Coa t , Gloves , Helmet , Boo ts) ............................................ . Ch es t W aders ..................................................................................................... . Coo l Vest ............................................................................................................. . Ha rn ess, Safety, w/lanya rd ................................................................................. . Safety Life line ...................................................................................................... . C ove ralls , Pol y-C oa ted Tyvek Hood and Boo ts , Each ....................................... . Coveralls, Nome x, Disposable, Each .................................................................. . Coveralls , Tyvek , Each ........................................................................................ . Level A, Responder, Each ................................................................................... . Level B , Fully-En capsulated (CPF 4 ), Each ........................................................ . Level B, En cap sulated (CPF 3), Each ................................................................. . Level C, Hood, Boot, Splash Guard (CPF 2), Each , (Tape Seam) ..................... . Level C, Hood, Boot (CPF 2), Each , (Sewn Seam ) ............................................. . Level C , Hood , Boot (CPF 1 ), Each ................................................................... .. Level D, PPE , Each ............................................................................................ . Slicker Suit, Rain, Each ....................................................................................... . Boots Boot, Chemical, NFPA Approved, Pair ................................................................ . Boot, Rubber, Steel-toe , Pair .............................................................................. . Boot ies , Late x , Pair ............................................................................................. . Gloves Glove , Latex, Sample, Pair. ................................................................................. . Glove, Leather, Pair ............................................................................................ . Glove, Neoprene , Pair ......................................................................................... . Glove, Nitrile, Inner, Pair ..................................................................................... . Glove, Nitrile , Outer, Pair .................................................................................... . Glove , Petroflex, Pair .......................................................................................... . Glove, "Silver Shield", Pair ................................................................................. .. Glove Liner, Cotton , Pair ..................................................................................... . Respiratory Protection Air Regulator ....................................................................................................... . Breathing Air Cylinder ......................................................................................... . Breathing Air Compressor ................................................................................... . Breathing Air Compressor Cool Pack .................................................................. . Breathing Air Hose, 50 ' Section .......................................................................... . Escape Mask ....................................................................................................... . Escape Pack ....................................................................................................... . Full-Face Respirator ............................................................................................ . Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) .................................................... .. Half-Face Respirator (Organic Mask , Disposable), Each .................................. . Half-Face Respirator w/o cartridges, Each ........................................................ . Respirator Cartridge , HEPA, Each .................................................................... .. Respirator Ca rtridge , HEPA/OV/AG, Pair ........................................................... . Respirator Cartridge, Mercury Vapor, Pair .......................................................... . All rates listed in this schedule are subject to change without notice. Daily Rate 200 .00 50 .00 55 .00 30.00 20 .00 Unit Rate 17.00 30 .00 12.00 945 .00 240 .00 100 .00 90 .00 50 .00 25.00 35 .00 25 .00 Unit Rate 95.00 55.00 8.00 Unit Rate 1.10 6.25 6.25 1.10 4 .00 4.00 8.50 1.10 Unit Rate 55.00lday 15.00/day 505 .00lday 55.00/day 20.00/day 30.00/day 150.00/day 30.00/day 200.00/day 30 .00 17.50 10.00 30.00 35 .00 4 of 7 CONFIDENTIAL Schedule ENVIRONMENTAL Response Rate Schedule D omes tic Rev. January 2006 PUMP-1001 PUMP-1004 PU MP-1007 PUMP-1002 PUMP-1003 PUMP-1005 PUMP-1006 PUMP-1010 PUMP-1009 PU MP-1012 PU MP-1011 M SE-1038 MSE-1040 MSE-1043 M SE -1044 MSE -1050 MSE-1047 MSE-1051 MSE-1052 MTE-1023 ST-1 003 ST-1004 ST-1017 ST-1007 ST-1009 ST-1010 ST-1011 ST-1014 ST-1015 ST-1016 ST-1018 SKIM-1 001 SKIM-1002-70 SKIM-1003-20 SKIM-1005 SKIM-1006 Pumps and Hoses Pump , 1" Diaphragm ........................................................................................... . Pump , 2 " .............................................................................................................. . Pump, 2 " Acme Mdl 39 -G 4 Fl oa ting W as h Pump .............................................. .. Pump , 2 " Blackmere Va ne , (Hydraulic) ............................................................... . Pump , 2 " Diaphragm, Carbon ............................................................................. . Pump , 2" D ia phra gm, Poly .................................................................................. . Pump, 2 " Stainles s Steel Diaphragm .................................................................. . Pump , 3 " .............................................................................................................. . Pum p, 3" D iaphragm .......................................................................................... .. Pump, 4" .............................................................................................................. . Rebuild Kit, Diaphragm Pump ............................................................................. . Hos e , Chemical Resistant, 2 " x 20 ' ..................................................................... . Hos e, Fire, 50 ' secti on, cotto n jacket .................................................................. . Hose , Suction/Discharge , 2" x 20' ....................................................................... . Hose , Suction/Discharge , 3" x 20' ....................................................................... . Hose , Suction/D ischarge , 4" x 20' ....................................................................... . Hose , 6" ADS ...................................................................................................... . Hose , Air, 50 ' ....................................................................................................... . Hose , Pressure Washer, 50 ' ............................................................................... . Sampling and Testing Equipment and Supplies Ch emsti cks / Chemstrips ..................................................................................... . Drum Thief Sampling Tub es ................................................................................ . Haz-Cat Sampling Kit , per test ............................................................................ . Hydrocarbon Test Kit. .......................................................................................... . Mercury Test Kit .................................................................................................. . Personal Sampling Pump .................................................................................... . Pipettes, Glass .................................................................................................... . pH Paper (Roll or Box ) ........................................................................................ . Sample Jars ........................................................................................................ . Sample Storage ................................................................................................... . Soil Sampling Kit ................................................................................................. . Auger/Split Spoon Sampler ................................................................................. . Skimmers DiscOil Skimmer, w/Power Pack ......................................................................... . Drum Skimmer, 70 gpm ....................................................................................... . Drum Skimmer, 20 gpm ...................................................................................... .. Skimmer, Acme Mdl 39-TG4, Gasoline Powered ................................................ . Skimmer, Acme Mdl 39-T, Vacuum/ or Douglas Engineering Skim Pak ............ . Daily Rate 105 .00 95 .00 155 .00 205 .00 95 .00 150.00 255.00 125 .00 200 .00 175.00 400 .00 Unit Rate 25 .00 55.00 13.00 15.00 20 .00 3.00 15.00 25.00 Unit Rate 30 .00 21.00 40.00 52.00 230 .00 55.00 7 .00 25 .00 10.00 20.00 40 .00 150.00/day Daily Rate 2,255 .00 605 .00 455.00 205.00 155.00 CONFIDENTIAL All rates listed in this schedule are subject to change without notice. 5 of 7 TAS Schedule ENVIRONlv!ENI'AL R esp ons e Rate Schedule Domestic R ev. J anu ary 2006 STR-10 08 STR-100 3 STR-10 04 ST R-1005 STR-1 006 STR-1007 STR-100 9 MSS-BA50 MSS-CAUSOD55DRY MSS-CITRIC50B TAS-DGR1 MSS-DRYBSTR TAS-MRED MSS-1004 T AS-MAGOXl-50 TAS-MBELSC1 TAS-MBELSC5 T AS-MBELSC55 TAS-MBOL5 T AS-BCC#1-1 TAS-BCC#1-5 T AS-BCC#1-55 TAS -SA50D MSS-SB50 TAS-SODHCH MSS-1002 MSS-1008 MSS-1013 TAS-FD30 TAS-FD55 MSS-1011 MSS-1012 TAS-LP5 TAS-PD30 TAS-PDOH55 TAS-PDTH55 TAS-OP95 TAS-OP110 TAS-CTSD55 TAS-OTSD55 TAS-SOP85 TAS-SOP110 Storage Frac T ank, 10,000 gl (Compa ny Owned) ............................................................ . Roll-Off Box, O pen Top ....................................................................................... . Ro ll-Off Box , Roll Top ......................................................................................... . Roll-Off Bo x , Vacuu m Box .................................................................................. . St orage Tan k, Poly, 500 g l ca paci ty ................................................................... . Tarp , Roll-O ff Box ............................................................................................... . Tote, Poly , 250 g l ................................................................................................ . MATERIAL Chemicals Bor ic Acid, 5%, 50 lb bag .................................................................................... . Caustic Soda, Pe arls, 50 lb bag .......................................................................... . Citric Acid, 50 %, Grade B, 575 lb drum ............................................................... . Degreaser/Solve nt, 1 gl container ....................................................................... . Dry Booster, 1 lb ................................................................................................. . Degreaser, 1 g l .................................................................................................... . Kolar Safe , 1 gl .................................................................................................... . Magnesium Ox ide (50 lb bag) ............................................................................. . Micro-Blaze , Emergency Liquid Spill Control , 1 gl ............................................. .. Micro-Blaze , Emergency Liquid Spill Control , 5 gl .............................................. . Micro-Blaze, Emergency Liquid Spill Control, 55 gl drum ................................... . Micro-Blaze Out , Firefighting Agent, 5 gl. ............................................................ . Petro-Clean, Sp ill Control Liquid, 1 gl ................................................................. . Petro-Clean , Spill Control Liquid, 5 gl ................................................................. . Petro-Clean , Spill Control Liquid , 55 gl drum ................................................... ." .. . Soda Ash, Dense , 50 lb bag ............................................................................... . Sodium Bicarbonate, 50 lb bag ........................................................................... . Sodium Hypochlorite , Liquid , 1 gl. ....................................................................... . Miscellaneous Material Barricade Tape ............................................................................................. . Box Liner, Roll-Off Box ................................................................................. . Cubic Yard Box ............................................................................................ . Drum, Fiber, 30 gl. ........................................................................................ . Drum , Fiber, 55 gl. ........................................................................................ . Drum Liner, Plastic Bag , 55 gl x 6 ml , 50 per roll ......................................... . Drum Liner, Plastic Bag , 55 gl x 6 ml , each ................................................. . Drum, Poly, 5 gl , w/lid ................................................................................... . Drum , Poly, 30 gl , w/l id ................................................................................. . Drum , Poly, 0/H , RIC , w/fittings , 55 gl ......................................................... . Drum , Poly , T/H , w/bungs , 55 gl. .................................................................. . Drum, Poly , Overpack , 95 gl ........................................................................ . Drum , Poly, Overp ack, 110 gl ...................................................................... . Drum , Steel , T/H , 55 gl. ................................................................................ . Drum , Steel , 0 /H , RIC , 55 gl ........................................................................ . Drum , Steel, Overpack , 85 gl ....................................................................... . Drum , Steel , Overpack , 110 gl ..................................................................... . All rates listed in this schedule are subject to change without notice. Dail y Rate 35 .00 15 .0 0 35.00 60.00 35.00 13.00 20 .00 Unit Rate 10 1.50 55.15 1,053.40 51 .35 62 .50 14.20 35.00 50 .00 31 .50 157 .50 1732.50 220 .15 42.50 212.50 2 ,337 .50 27.80 41.20 7.10 Unit Rate 28 .10 55 .00 175.00 40 .0 0 45.00 100.00 2.00 20.00 50 .00 60.00 60 .00 225 .00 400.00 60 .00 60.00 200 .00 675.30 6 of 7 CONFIDENTIAL Schedule ENVIRONMENTAL Response Rate Schedu le Domestic Rev. Janua ry 2006 MSS-1001 MSS-100 9 MSS-1010 MSS -1003 MSS-1 014 MSS-100 6 MSS-1007 MSS-1005 TAS-BMC TAS-B51 0 TAS-B810 TAS-UB51 0 TAS -GS-25 TAS-GS-22 TAS-IR300 T AS-GATOR030 TAS-OSGP 30 TAS-P100 TAS-P200 TAS-UP100 TAS -UQ100 TAS-PIL 10 TAS -R144 TAS-OS15 TAS-OSB50 TAS-OSB100 TAS-0040 TAS-SPHAGSORB2 TAS-SW100 TAS-2950 Miscellaneous Material (Cont) Duct Tape , 2" x 60 yd .................................................................................. . Epo xy Stick, Sealant .................................................................................... . Heat Stress Suppli es .................................................................................... . Rags/Wipes , Colored, 50 lb box .................................................................. . Rope, Cotton , 1/4 " x 100' ............................................................................ . Rope, Polypro , 1 /2 " x 600 ' ........................................................................... .. Rope , Polypro , 1/4" x 600' ............................................................................ . Visquine Sheeting , 20' x 100 ' x 6 ml ........................................................... .. Sorbent Material BMC Absorb-N-Dry Absorbent ............................................................................ . Boom , Sorbent , 5" x 10 ', 4 boom bale ................................................................. . Boom , Sorbent, 8" x 1 O', 4 boom bale ................................................................. . Boom, Sorbent, Un iversal , 5" x 10 ', 4 boom bale ................................................ . Cell-U-Sorb, 20 lb bag ........................................................................................ .. Floor Gator, Granular, 50 lb bag ......................................................................... . Industrial Rug, Sorbent, 36 " x 300' ..................................................................... . Oil Gator, 30 lb bag ............................................................................................. . Oil Sponge, General Purpose , 30 lb bag ............................................................. . Pad, Sorbent, 17" x 19 " x 3/8 ", 100 pad ba le ...................................................... . Pad, Sorbent , 17" x 19" x 3/16 ", 200 pad bale .................................................... . Pad, Sorbent, Chemical, 100 pad bale ................................................................ . Pad, Sorbent, Universal, Gray, 17" x 19 " x 3/8 ", 100 pad bale ........................... .. Pillow, Sorbent , 14" x 25", 10 pillow bale ............................................................ . Roll, Sorbent, 38" x 144' x 3/8 ", 1 roll bale ......................................................... .. Snare, Viscous Oil , 30 count .............................................................................. .. Snare Boom, Viscous Oil , 50' ............................................................................ .. Snare Boom, Viscous Oil, 100 ' .......................................................................... .. Sorbent, All-Purpose, Oil-Dry .............................................................................. . Sphag Sorb , 2 cf x 24 lb bag .............................................................................. .. Sweep, Sorbent, 17" x 100', 1 sweep bale .......................................................... . Zorbent, Absorbent Material ............................................................................... .. Unit Rate 12 .60 14.45 15 .00 57.50 20.00 80 .00 32.00 120.00 Unit Rate 10.00 112 .26 198 .55 147.46 34 .10 29.65 306.10 49 .56 31 .63 79.20 83.60 115.00 115 .06 112 .09 158.73 66.00 81.13 205 .15 14 .19 46.48 121.66 68.75 CONFIDENT/AL All rates listed in this schedule are subject to change without notice. 7 of 7 2.6. Contractor Information and Qualifications Contractor shall submit the following items proving they are duly qualified an d capab le to fulfill and abide by the requirements listed herein . The documents listed below shall be included in this proposal submittal, in the same order as listed, following this page, bound within the response. 2.6 .1. Contractor shall provide company information including its c ompa ny na me, address, telephone number(s), email address and FAX number(s) for th e loca l office as well as the headquarters. 2.6 .2. Contractor shall attach an up-to-date and concise copy of its current Statement of Qualifications. 2.6 .3. Contractor shall provide at least four project references similar in scope and size to that of this Solicitation. Each project references shall include the following information: • Company's Name • Name and Title of Contact/Project • Email, Phone, and Address of Contact • Contract/Project Value • Brief Description of Service Provided 2.6.4. Contractor shall complete a staff matrix including the following information detailing the prov ider's personnel, their qualifications , and years of experience for staff that will be providing services associated with this Solicitation. • Position title and job function as associated with this contract, (President, Vice President, Project Managers, Technical Managers, Field Supervisors, etc.) • Name • Tasks to be performed in association with this contract • Certifications/Licenses • Total Years Experience • Length of emp loyment with your company 2.6 .5. Provide copies of any and all relevant licenses and certificates hel d by th e contractor and contractor's staff who will be assigned to this project. 2-16 TllS Environ.mental Services L.ll 2.6. Contractor Information and Qualifications 2 .6 .1. Contractor shall provide company information including its company name , address , telephone number(s ), email address and FAX number(s) for the local office as well as the headquarters . T AS Environmenta l Serv ices , L.P. 3929 E California Parkway Fort Worth , Tx 76119 Office : 817-535-7222 Fax : 817-535-8187 Email: tt ric e@taslp .com TAS · Environrnenta.l Services L. P. 2 .6.2 . Contractor shall attach an up-to-date and concise copy of its current Statement of Qualifications. TAS Statement of Qualifications is attached immediately fo ll ow ing this pa g e . Table of Contents Corporate Overview Page 2 Mission Statement Page 3 Emergency Respo nse Services Page 4 Environmental Remediation Services Page 5 Equipment Capab ilities Page 6 Equipment and Produ cts P age 12 Industrial Services Page 12 Waste Tra n sportation Page 13 Waste Management Page 13 Training Page 14 Ind ust rial an d Safety Services Page 14 L icenses and P ermits P age 15 Affilia t ions P age 16 Key Personn e l P age 17 TAS Environmental Services L.P. Corporate Overview TAS Environmental's professional staff possesses the necessary techni cal educat ion and experience to meet the challenges of today 's environmental industry. T AS Env iromnental offers its clients a wide range of services, we are a full service environmental company );> Spill Emergency Response );> Soil Excavation and Disposal );> Vacuum Truck Services );> Site Restoration and Site C los ure );> Roll-off Equipment );> Post-Closure Monitoring an d Maintenance );> Industrial Hygiene Consultation );> Industrial Cleaning Services for );> Confined Space Operations -oil storage tanks );> Soil Remediation -chemical storage tanks );> Chemical Lab Packing/Disposal -retention ponds );> Facility Maintenance of Hazardous Waste -pipelines );> Hazardous Materials Remediation -vessel drilling rigs );> Waste Transportation );> Hazardous Waste Management );> Facility Decontamination/Decommissioning );> Enviromnental Training With over 200 cumulative years of experience gained from responding to over 6,000 emergency responses and oil spills, TAS's personnel ensure the prevention of conflict and regulatory penalties and control costs by handling each situation in a safe, professional, and conscience manner. T AS Enviromnental holds certification from the United States Coast Guard as an Oil Spill Respons e Organization (OSRO) and certification from the Texas General Land Office as a Discharge Cleanup Organization as related to the Oil Pollution Act of 1990. T AS Environmental provides training exercises and actual spill response to all of the major oil companies . During the past years, T AS has provided personnel, equipment, supplies, and expertise for contaimnent and cleanup for all major oil spills that have occurred within the Gulf Coast region. TAS Page 2 of 19 Environme.ntal Services L,P. Mission Statement Our mission is to ensure the longevity of our company through repeat and referra l business achieved by customer satisfaction in all areas . To perform for our customers the highest le vel of quality environmen tal services at a fa ir price. To treat all employees fairly and in vo lve them in the qua l ity improvement process to insure responsiveness and cost effective work execut ion. To maintain the highest leve ls of professionalism, int egrit y, honesty and fairness m our relationships w ith our suppliers, subcontractors, professional associates and customers. TAS Page3ofl9 Environmental Services L.P. Emergency Response Services On land or water , oil spill or hazardous materials spi ll , T AS Environmental responds to any type of environmentally threatening in ciden t with . profess ional personnel to ensure a safe, effective, and regulatory compliant response, 24 hours /day , 7 days /week. TAS has four separate offices located strate g ically, Fo1i Worth, San Antonio, Dall as, and Austin, we have formed partnerships with other environmental companies for better coverage though-out the Southwest. T AS employs fully certified, extensively trained, and widely experienced personnel. Each Response Team is outfitted with state-of-the-art equipment and instrumentation. Understanding the codes and regulations, recognizing their implementations, and meeting their criteria is paramount when responding to an environmental emergency. TAS's knowledge and experience in this area greatly benefits its clients. Through the years, T AS has become very familiar with the regulatory agencies that write and enforce these laws. Subsequently, T AS understands all of the issues involved when managing an environmental emergency. TAS's professional reputation has earned respect from agencies such as the: > United States Environmental Protection Agency > Texas Commission on Environmental Quality > Texas Department of Public Safety > Federal Emergency Management Agency > Texas Department of Parks and Wildlife > United States Department of Transportation > United States Coast Guard > Department of Defense > Department of the Interior > Department of Energy > Texas Department of Transportation > Texas General Land Office Practical field experience coupled with superior equipment enable T AS to dispatch an appropriate response to any emergency within minutes of the call. TAS is quick to mitigate the spill, i.e. contain and prevent the spread of material 'into the surrounding environment. A timely, safe, and cost conscience response minimizes the impact to the surrounding environn1ent, and therefore, limits expense and liability to the client. Each TAS responder is well disciplined in proper material handling, communications, safety, and quality awareness. Emergency Response services include, but are not limited to: > Railcar Derailments > Barge Leaks > Fuel Spills > Confined Space Rescue > Acid Spills > Explosives > Truck Roll-Overs/Transfers > Chemical Releases > Natural Disaster Response > Oil Spills > Plant Emergencies > Biohaza rdous Containn1ent and Cleanup TAS Page 4 of 19 Environmental Services L.P. Environmental Remediation Services T AS provides a comprehensive scope of capabilities and experience in the remediation of environmentally impaired sites. When budgets and scheduling are critical to the successful conclusion of the project, teamwork is essential in achieving that end . The Company employs a strong, seasoned team of veterans experienced in handling hazardous materials in a safe, professional and successful manner. This team has been built by individually selecting personnel with unique capabilities and experience. Each team member is well disciplined in communication , safety, ingenuity, time, cost a nd quality awareness. Our supervisors work one- on-one with the client, which allows for grea ter agility in dealing with projects of all scopes and sizes. Our experience has shown that this "one-on-one" approach has reduced potential delay s, minimized costs and provided total client satisfaction. TAS can carefully estimate the anticipated costs of a project and establish the budgetary expense prior to initiation. This service and detailed scope often eliminates confl ict s and confusion during the project. T AS's Remediation services specialize in: > Bioremediation of Soils > Confined Space Operations and Tank Clean Outs > Groundwater Treatment > Underground Storage Tank Removal and Installation > Soil Excavation and Disposal > Facility Demolition and Decommissioning > Hazardous Materials Remediation > Hazardous Waste Neutralization and/or Stabilization > Abandoned Waste Remediation and Disposal > Facility Decontamination > Site Restoration and Site Closure > Spill Cleanup > Chemical Lab Packing/ Disposal > Waste Water Treatment > Post-Closure Monitoring and Maintenance > Utility Line Installations and Removals > Facility Maintenance of Hazardous Wastes > Drum Handling TAS's remediation teams have experience in conducting extremely complex and advanced procedures on operations involving all types of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. TAS Page 5 of 19 Environmental Services L.P. Equipment Capabilities Boom Name of Skirt Float Inventory Storage Manufacturer Model Number Size Size Length Lo cation (inches) (inches) (feet) ACME Prod ucts Co . Inc. "OK Corral 12 6 5000 Austin ACME Products Co . Inc . "OK Corra l 6 6 1000 Da ll as ACME Products Co. Inc. "Super Mini" 4 2.5 100 Dallas ACME Products Co. Inc. "OK Corral 12 6 1,550 Ft. Worth ACME Produ cts Co . Inc . "OK Corral 6 6 7 50 Ft. Worth ACME Product s Co. Inc . "Super Mini" 4 2.5 350 Ft. Worth ACME Product s Co. Inc. "OK Corral 12 6 850 Sa n Antonio ACME Produ cts Co. Inc. "OK Corral 6 6 450 San Antonio ACME Prod ucts Co. Inc . "Super Mini" 4 2.5 150 San Antonio Heavy Equipment/ Response Vehicles Name of Heavy Equipment/ Response Vehicles # of Storage Manufacturer Units Location Ford P/U Truck / 1 Ton -E merge ncy R esp onse 2 Au stin Chevrolet 4 x 4 P /U Truck / 1 Ton -Eme rgency Response 2 Austin Ford P/U Truck /F550 Emergency Response-Flat Bed 1 Austin 28 ft . Emergency Res ponse Traile r 1 A ustin Yamaha 4 Wh eeler / 4 WD 1 Austin 8 ft Utility Trailer 1 Austin Top Hat 16 ft Utility Trailer 1 Austin Ford P/U Truck / 1 Ton -Emergency Respons e 4 Dallas International Emergency Re s ponse Bobtail 1 D a ll as Wells Cargo 14 ft Emergency Response Trailer 1 Dallas C&S Trailer 16 ft Flatbed Trailer -Utility 1 Dallas Boat Trailer 1 Dallas Alkoda 3500 psi 14 ft Trailer -Pres sure Washer Tri -He ate d 1 Dalla s Dae Woo I Nissan Forklift 4 Dalla s DaeWoo 5000 lb Forklift 1 F t. Worth Kenworth Emergency Response Bobtail 1 Ft. Worth Ford P/U Truck / 1 Ton -Emergency Response 7 Ft. Worth Ford P/U Truck / F-550 Emergency Res ponse 1 Ft. W orth Chevrolet P/U Truck / 1 Ton -Emergency R esponse 1 Ft. Worth Kenworth Tractor Truck -Rolloff 1 Ft. Worih Kenworth Rollo ff Truck -Bo btail 1 Ft. W o rth ESP Rolloff Trail er , Double Hauler 1 Ft. Worth Modern Mfg 22 ft GN Trailer, Boat, 3 Deck 1 Ft. Worth C & S Trailer 16 ft Flatbed Trailer -Utility 1 Ft. W orth Wells Cargo 16 ft Emergency Resp onse Trailer 1 Ft. Worth Sooner 28 ft. GN Emergenc y Re sponse Trail er/Conm1and 1 Ft. W orth Gage 3500 psi 16 ft Trailer -Pressure W as her Tri - H eated 1 Ft. Worth TAS Page 6 of 19 Environmental Services L.P. Name of Equipment Type # of Storage Manufacturer Units Location C & S T ra il e r 14 ft Trailer -Tran sfe r Tra iler 1 Ft. Worth Boat Trailer 1 Ft. Wo1ih 24 f t. GN Flatbed Trailer -Utility 1 Ft. Wo1ih Bre co Rollo ff Box -20 yd 32 Ft. W01ih Brec o Rolloff Box -40 yd 12 Ft. Worth V .E. Ent e rpri ses 10,000 Gallon Frac Ta nk 2 Ft. Worth Ford P/U Truck / 1 Ton -Emergenc y Response 4 San Antonio We ll s Ca rgo 18 ft Emergency Res p on se Trailer 1 San Antoni o To p H a t 16 ft Trailer -Pre ss ure W asher 1 San Antonio M odem M fg . 22 ft GN Double Boat Hauler 1 San Antonio P ace An1 erican 28 ft GN Emergency Response Trailer 1 San Antonio C & S Tra iler 16 ft GN Flatbed Trailer -Utility 1 San Antonio T o p H a t 20 ft GN Ca ge Trailer 1 San Antonio Fo rd P/U Truck/F550 Em erge ncy Res ponse -Utility Bed 1 San Antonio C & S T ra il e r 24 ft GN Flatbed / Box (Combo) ER Trailer 1 San Antonio Kenw orth -2006 Rolloff Truck -Bo btail 1 San Antonio Miscellaneous Equipment Name of Equipment Type # of Storage Manufacturer Units Location Industri al Scientific 4 Gas Air (LEL,H2S,02,CO) 2 Austin Rae Systems PID Photo Ionization Detector (PID) 1 Austin Dra ger -CMS CMS 1 Austin MSA SCBA 4 Austin QRae Systems 4 Gas Air (LEL,H2S ,02,CO) 3 Dallas R ae Systems Photo Ionization Detector (PID) 1 Dallas Drager -CMS CMS 1 Dallas MSA SCBA 11 Dallas DBI / SALA Tripod with retrieveal device 2 Dallas QRae Systems 4 Gas Air (LEL ,H2S,02,CO) 2 Ft. Worth Rae System s Photo Ionization Detector (PID) 1 Ft. Worth Dra ge r -CMS CMS 1 Ft. Worth A ri zo na In strument s Jerome Mercury Vapor Analyzer 1 Ft. Worth FID 1 Ft. Worth MSA / Dra ger SCBA 16 Ft. Worth MS A Escape Pack 3 Ft. Worth DBI / SALA Tripod with retrieveal device 1 Ft. Worth QRae Systems 4 Gas Air (LEL,H2S,02,CO) 2 San Antonio Ra e Sys tem s Photo Ionization Detector (PID) 1 San Anton io Scott SCBA 5 San Antonio Scott Escape Pack 3 San Antonio DBI / SALA Tripod with retrieveal de v ice 1 San Antonio Sp ee d a ire Portable Air Compressor 1 Austin Multiquip 6K Generator 1 Austin TllS Page 7 of 19 E'nvironmenta l Services L.P. Name of Equipment Type # of Stora g e Man ufacturer U ni ts Location Echo C hainsaw -14 inch 1 Dall as Westward Po1iabl e Air Compresso r l Dallas Honda 6K Generator 1 Dall as Multiquip 6K Generator 1 Dallas Honda Pressure Washer -1200 p si 1 Dalla s Stihl Chainsaw -16 inch 2 Ft. Worth Stihl Chainsaw -25 inch 2 Ft. Worth Speedaire Portable Air Compressor 1 Ft. Worth Sullair Portable Air Compressor 2 Ft. Wo1ih Multiquip 1 OK Generator w / li ght tower 1 Ft. Worth Multiquip 6K Generator 3 Ft. Worth Multiquip 12K Generator 2 Ft. Worth Multiquip 3.6K Generator 1 Ft. Worth EPPS Pressure Washer -2000 psi 1 Ft. Worth Vanguard Pressure Washer -3500 psi / Heated 1 Ft. Worth Big Guy Walk Behind Scrubber PW Attachment 1 Ft. Worth Homelite Chainsaw -14 inch 1 San Antonio Honda Portable Air Compressor 1 San Antonio Briggs & Stratton Portable Air Compresso r 1 San Antonio Multiquip 6K Generator 2 San Antonio General / Kubota Pressure Washer -3500 psi / Heated 1 San Antonio Air Systems Intl. Coppus Ventilation Fan 1 Dallas Air Systems Intl 1390 cfm Air Blower 1 Dallas Goodall Rubber Chemical Hose -2 inch -Durodyne 130ft Dallas Goodall Rubber Petro Hose -2 inch 100ft Dallas Fire Extinguisher Fire Extinguisher ABC 9 Dallas Air Systems Intl Supplied Breathing Air Machine 1 Ft. Worth Air Systems Intl Regulator Box -Breathing Air Machine 1 Ft. Worth Air Systems Intl Cool Air Box -Breathing Air Machine 1 Ft. Worth Air Systems Intl Coppus Ventilation Fan 2 Ft. Worth Air Systems Intl 1390 cfm Air Blower 1 Ft. Wo1ih Negative Air Machine 2 Ft. Worth Goodall Rubber Chemical Hose -2 inch -Durodyne 200ft Ft. Worth Goodall Rubber Petro Hose -2 inch 800ft Ft. Worth Goodall Rubber Petro Hose -3 inch 600ft Ft. Worth Fire Extinguisher Fire Extinguisher ABC 27 Ft . Worth Nilfisk Mercury Vacuum l Ft. W orth Air Systems Intl Coppus Ventilation Fan 1 San Antonio Goodall Rubber Chemical Hose -2 inch -Durodyne 100ft San Antonio Goodall Rubber Petro Hose -2 inch 100ft San Antonio Fire Extinguisher Fire Extinguisher ABC 20 · San Antonio Johnson Boat Motor -25 hp Outboard 2 Austin Dayton Drum Head Vacuum 2 Dallas TAS Page 8 of 19 Environmenta l Services L.P. Name of Equipment Type # of Storage Manufacturer Units Location Homelite Box Blower 2 Dallas Portable Light Stand 3 Dallas Merc ury Boat Motor -25 hp Outboard 1 Dallas Pirojue Boat -10 ft -Fiberglass 1 Dallas Troy Built Weedeater 1 Dallas Dayton Drum Head Vacuum 3 Ft. Worth Calgon Carbon Filtration System 4 Ft. Worth Al\1S Subsurface Sampling Equipment 2 Ft. Worth Home lite Box Blower 4 Ft. Worth Portable Light Stand 3 Ft. Worth M ariner Boat Motor -30 ho Outboard 1 Ft. Worth M ariner Boat Motor -25 hp Outboard 1 Ft. Worth Pirnjue Boat -10 ft -Fiberglass 2 Ft. Worth R y obi Weedeater 1 Ft. Wo1th D ayton Dnnn Head Vacuum 1 San Antonio John D e ere Box Blower 1 San Antonio Po1table Light Stand 2 San Antonio Mercury Boat Motor -25 hp Outboard 1 San Antonio Homelite Weedeater 1 San Antonio Confined Space Box 3 Dallas Confined Space Box 2 Ft. Worth Confined Space Box 1 San Antonio Pallet Jack -5000 lb 1 Dallas Pallet Jack -5000 lb 1 Ft. Wo1th Pallet Jack -5000 lb 1 San Antonio Nilfisk HEPA Vacuum 1 Dallas Minuteman HEPA Vacuum 2 Dallas Minuteman HEPA Vacuum 2 Ft. Worth Minuteman HEPA Vacuum 1 San Antonio Rigid Wet I Drv Vacuum 1 Dallas Rigid Wet I Dry Vacuum 2 Ft. Worth Rigid Wet I Dry Vacuum 1 San Antonio Bunker Gear 4 sets Dallas Bunker Gear 6 sets Ft. Worth Bunker Gear 6 sets San Antoni o MSA Respirator 6 Austin MSA Respirator 18 Dallas MSA Respirator 25 Ft. Worth Scott Respirator 10 San Antonio Dallas Steel Drum Drum Overpack, 85 gal steel 20 Austin Dallas Steel Drum Drum Overpack, 85 gal steel 20 Dallas Dallas Steel Drum Drum Overpack, 85 gal steel 20 Ft. Wo1th Dallas Steel Drum Drum Overpack, 85 gal steel 20 San Antonio Page 9 of 19 ~TAS ~ E'nvironmental Services L.P. Pumps/ Equipment S u ction/ Mfg. Name of Model Number Disch . Pump Qty . S tora ge Location Manufacturer S ize Rate (inch es) (!!Dill) Wilden M-2 Poly 2 50 I Austin Wilden M-2 A luminum 2 50 I Austin Wilden M -8 Aluminum 2 180 1 Austin Yanma r L48AE-DEB 2 180 1 Aust in M u lti-Quip QP205SH 2 180 1 Dall as Multi-Quip QP202TH 3 250 1 Dallas ARO Inge rsollrand M -8 SS 2 180 1 Dall as ARO Inge rsollrand M -1 1 35 2 D a ll as ARO Ingersollrand M-2 I SS 1 50 1 D all as Multi-Quip QP40TH 4 350 1 Ft. Worth Wilden M76 1870 -M I S 2 250 1 Ft. Worth Honda WT30X 3 250 1 Ft. Worth Multi-Quip EY-15 2 180 1 Ft. Worth ARO Ingersollrand M-8 Poly 2 180 1 Ft. Worth Multi-Quip QP-202TH 3 200 1 Ft. Worth Yanmar L48AE-DEB 2 180 1 Ft. Worth ARO Ingersollrand M -8 SS 2 180 1 Ft. Wo11h Multi-Quip GX160 2 180 2 Ft. Wo11h ARO Ingersollrand M -1 1 35 2 Ft. Worth ARO Ingerso llrand M -2 1 50 1 Ft. Worth Tecumseh Floating Pumps 2 180 2 Ft. W orth ARO Ingersollrand (stainless steel) 666101-444 / M -1 1 35 1 Ft. Worth Wilden M-8 SS 2 180 1 San Antonio ARO Ingersollrand M -1 1 35 1 San Antonio ARO Ingersollrand M -1 SS 1 35 1 S an Antonio Yanmar L48AE-DEB 2 180 1 San Antonio Honda WT30X 3 250 1 San Antonio Vacuum Equipment M fg . Recovery Storage Ho se Name of Mode l S uction Rate Capacity Invent # of Storage Manu facturer N umber (inches) (1mm) (2:allon) (feet) Units Location Keith Hube r / Freightliner -2000 LN8000 28 200 3000 150 1 Austin Keith Huber / Freightliner -2000 LN8000 28 200 3000 150 2 Ft. Worth Volvo 28 200 50 00 150 1 Ft. Wo11h PressVac / Kenworth - 2004 28 200 3000 150 1 Ft. Wo11h TAS Page 10 of 19 Environmental Services L.R Response Boats Name of Model Number Horse Length/ # of Storage Location Manufacturer Power Beam Boats Lowe 1650 25 16' 2 Austin Aluma weld 1650 25 16' 1 Dallas Aluma weld 1650 30/25 16' 2 Ft. Worth Al umaweld 1650 25 16' I San Antonio A lumaweld 1450 25 14' 1 San Antonio Skimmer Equipment Mfg. Hose Size Name of Model Number Recovery Suction/ # of Storage Location Manufacturer Rate Discharge Units (gpm) (inches) Douglas Engin eering 4200SH Skim Pack 68 2 2 Austin Elastec Pneumatic Roll 180 2 1 Austin Douglas Engineering 4200SH Skim Pack 68 2 1 Dallas ACME Products Co., Inc. FS400ASK-39T 275 3 1 Ft. Worth Douglas Engineering 4200SH Skim Pack 68 2 2 Ft. Worth Elastec Pneumatic Roll 180 2 2 Ft. Worth Wacker Single Diaph Pump 3 1 Ft. Worth ACME Products Co ., Inc . FS400ASK-39T 275 3 1 San Antonio Sorbents Name of Model Number # Storage Location Manufacturer Int'! Permalite Corp. DICA18 -Particulate 30 Austin Complete Env PlOO-Pads 25 Austin Complete Env B510-Boom 20 Austin Complete Env B810-Boom 20 Austin Int'l Pennalite Corp. DICAl 8 -Particulate 30 Dallas Complete Env PlOO -Pads 25 Dallas Complete Env B510-Boom 20 Dall as Complete Env B810-Boom 20 Dallas Int'l Permalite Corp. DICA 18 -Particulate 50 Ft. Worth Complete Env PlOO -Pads 50 Ft. Wo1ih Complete Env B510-Boom 20 Ft. Worth Complete Env B810-Boom 20 Ft. Worth Int'! Pem1alite Corp. DICA18 -Particulate 30 San Antonio Complete Env PlOO -Pads 25 San Antonio Complete Env B510-Boom 20 San Antonio Complete Env B810-Boom 20 San Antonio TII.S Page 11 of 19 Environmental Services L.P. Equipment and Products T AS Enviromnental presents complete environmental solutions to its clients. Offerin g quali ty equipment and products at a reasonab le cost further ensu res that the client's needs are met . Well versed in the advantages and limitations of the industry's products , TAS inve nto ri es th e following items: >" Sorbent Material >" OPA-90 Spill Kits >" Containment Boom >" Response Trailers >" Skimmers >" Wastewater Equipment >" Overpack Drums >" Boom Reels >" Temporary Storage Tanks Industrial Services Routine maintenance, minor envirorunental incidents, and industrial tum-arounds are a regular part of petrochemical and hazardous materials operational activities. T AS Envirorunental offers services to ensure that these events are addressed and controlled timely and safely. >" Tank Cleaning >" Hydro Blasting >" Waste Water Treatment >" Remediation >" Lab Pack Services >" Soil Treatment >" Pit/Pond Closures >" Disposal >" Facility Demolition >" Dewatering/Filterpress >" Site Assessments >" Landfill Excavation/Closure >" Sewer Cleaning >" Acid/Base Neutralizations >" UST/AST Removals >" Vapor Extraction Systems >" Drum Identification and -soil and water Disposal TAS Page 12 of 19 Environmental Services L.P. Waste Transportation Experienced drivers and a diversified fleet of transport equipment haul many types of waste st reams includin g hazardous, nonhazardous, NORM, and NOW wastes. T AS supplies the industry with the following services: >-Vacuum Trucks >-Vacuum Boxes >-Tractor/Trailer Comb inat ions >-Roll-Off Boxes >-Bobtail Trucks >-Frac Tanks >-Super-Suckers Waste Management TAS E nvironmental provides turnkey waste management. TAS researches the most cost effective and environmentally so und methods for disposal. Disposal options can incl ude land fillin g, in situ treatment, neutra li za tion , bioremediation, stabilization, and other regulatory appropriate waste minimization processes. As an added benefit to its customers, TAS completes and submits all required documentation to the necessary offices and agencies. As mentioned above, waste streams include, but are not limited to , hazardous, nonhazardous, NORM , and NOW wastes. Services include: >-Profiling >-Manifesting >-Transportatio n >-Disposal Page 13 of 19 >-Lab Packing >-Treatment >-Stabilization TAS Environmental Services L.P. Training Adequate training help s to prevent an environmental incident from turning int o a major crisi s. OSHA o utlines and defines the le ga l training requirements for workers subjected to potentially hazardous situations. T AS specializes in three areas of training: Oil Spill , HazMat, and Confined Space Rescue. OSHA Classes are taught according the 29 CFR 1910. Other training classes are tailored to each client's needs and address client-specific w o rk policies. ~ 40 Hour Hazardous Waste Operations ~ 24 H ou r Emergency Response ~ 8 Hour Refresher ~ Confined Space ~ 16 Hour Incident Command ~ Confined Space Refresh er ~ Haza rdous Communications ~ Bloodbome Pathogens ~ Hazardous Material Transpo1iation ~ Containment Boom Deployment ~ Site Specific Training ~ First Aid and CPR ~ Vertical Rescue ~ H 2S ~ Low to High Angle Rescue Industrial and Safety Services T AS Environmental develops sound, practical, and customized Industrial Hygiene and Safety Programs for its clients. TAS helps to implement and offers technical suppo1i for all steps of the various plans. ~ Health and Safety Plans ~ Air Monitoring: Ambient, W orksite, Personnel (OSHA, EPA, NIOSH development methods) ~ Industrial Hygiene ~ Toxicology ~ OSHA Compliance ~ Program Development and Assessments (physical, chemical, a nd biological) T.llS Page 14 of 19 Environmental Services L .P. Licenses and Permits United States Environmental protection Agency (USEPA) Transpo1ier Registration United States Department of Transportation (USDOT) Motor Can-ier Registration Motor Ca rri er Registration Hazardous Materials 2007-2010 Interstate Commerce Commission Motor Carrier Hazardous Material and Freight ICC Single State ICC Registered States Arkansas Louisiana Oklahoma Texas State Permits Arkansas Oklahoma Texas Texas Texas Texas State Licenses Texas Fonn 2290 Fonn BOC-3 Fo 1111 E Fonn MCS-90 Page 15 of 19 Hazardous Material Transpo1ier Hazardous Material Transporter Texas Department of Transportation Asbestos Transp01ier TCEQ Transporter Solid TCEQ Sludge Transporter Asbestos Abatement Contractor He avy Highway Vehicle Broker Pennit Certification of Insuranc e Endorsement for Insurance TXR000061283 US DOT 1290853 052907552097PR MC501983P M194274 UPM-01290584 -0K 005936059C 400352 87605 23692 800822 TAS Environmental Services L.P. Affiliations To a id in the miti ga tion of environmental damage and to provide a larger responding force, TAS Environmental affiliates it self with the following organizations: >" Better Bu sin ess Bureau >" Dalla s I Fort Worth Council of Safety Professiona ls >" San Antonio Chamber of Commerce >" Industry Council on the Environment >" North Local Emergency Planning Committee for Collins, Dallas, Denton, Jolmson, Navarro , Parker, Tarrant, an d Wise Counties >" South Local Emergency Planning Committee for Bexar, Gu a da lup e, Bandera, Frio, Wil son, Atascosa, Medina, Victoria, DeWitt, Comal and many others >" National T ank Truck Carriers Association >" Petroleum Education Council >" San Antonio Council of Safety Professionals >" S.T.E.P . (Society of Texas Environmental Professional s) >" Texas Alliance of Energy Producers >" Texas Department of Health Authorized Asbestos Contractor >" Texas Petroleum Marketers Association >" TMT A (Texas Motor Transportation Association) Page 16 of 19 TAS Environmental Services L.P. Key Personnel J SALZER, President of the G.P., has over 21 years of experience in the emergency response and ha zardous waste management business. He has responded to over 5,000 eme rgenc ies in the last 1 7 years which has earned him numerous accolades from the petroleum-chemical industry for his work and management of emergencies. Mr. Salzer has supervised and managed emergencies including train derailments and truck accidents, tanker truck roll-overs /transfers, anhydrous ammo ni a sp ill s, sulfuric acid spi ll s, plant explosions and fires. Mr. Salzer's experience in emergency response has made him a capable le ader who can not only respond to the emergency , but also can control and manage the cleanup cost. JEREMMY S. MCENTIRE, North Texas Operations Manager, has over 14 years of applied Emergency Response experience. Mr. McEntire holds numerous certifications and is also an Intem1ediate Instructor through the Texas Commission on Fire Protection and a Certified Paramedic Instructor through the Texas Department of Health. Jeremmy has managed and responded to inc id ents involving train derailments, truck accidents, tank -truck rollovers / transfers , acid spills , pesticide spills, fires, and plane crashes. Mr. McEntire's organizational and detail oriented skills allow him to effectively manage budgets, equipment, and the ability to integrate new and creative ideas into the overall operation of T AS. MARK HOLLOWAY, Project Scientist, accumulated over 17 years of experience in the environmental field while employed with Koch Industries and Conoco Oil Company. Mr. Holloway has performed assessments of sites ranging from vacant land, commercial buildings, industrial facilities and production facilities. Experience has included site reconnaissance, review of historical documents, accessing conditions that were indicative of releases or potential releases, agency lists/files and report writing. Mr. Holloway has managed, performed and reviewed numerous Phase II site assessments. Phase II site investigations included sampling and ana ly sis of surface soil, core sampling of subsurface soil, groundwater monitoring and ground water we ll in sta llation . Mr. Holloway has managed the remediation of contaminated soil from spill sites through bioremediation, excavation and disposal. Mr. Holloway received his bachelors degree in Chemistry and Biology from Northwestern Oklahoma State University. TODD TRICE, Project Manager, has been involved in the management of environmental remediation projects for the past four years. Mr. Trice has extensive experience in the cost estimating, bid and proposal preparation, and project management of environmental remediation projects. Mr. Trice has successfully managed projects involving the removal of leaking underground storage tanks , installation of new fuel systems and US Ts, construction of bioremediation cells, excavation and disposal of contaminated soils, demolition and disposal of contaminated structures, as well as numerous tank cleaning projects. In addition to his project management experience, Mr. Trice has also been involved in environmental mapping projects utili z in g GIS /GPS technology, emergency response, and hazardous materials clean up. Mr. Trice received his bachelors degree in Environmental Science as well as completing the coursework for a Masters degree in Geosciences at Texas A&M University. Page 17 of 19 ~TAS ~ Environmental Services L.P. PETER F. SLAVIK, Corporate Health and Safety Manager, has been involved in the Environmental Health and Safety industry for 10 years. Mr. Slavik has an Associates Degree in Occupational Safety and Health and an Associates Degree in Hazardous Materials Management from Texas State Technical College. Throughout his collegiate and professional career Mr. Slavik has developed several Contingency Plans to include Environmental Response activities and has also developed a variety of OSHA compliant plans. Mr. Slavik has a ls o instructed on a variety of subjects including Hazardous Waste Awareness classes, Hazardous Material Shipping classes, Hazardous Communications classes, and Powered Industri al Truck classes. Mr. Slavik has been 40 hour HAZWOPER certified for 11 years and is cunently a Ce1iified as an Occupational Hearing Conservationist by the Council for Accreditation in Occupational Hearing Conservation. LARRY PUTMAN, Marketing, Business Development, has over 33 years working in industrial electronics manufacturing, assembly, and defense systems support. Mr. Putman brings to T AS 31 years experience as a hazardous materials specialist mana ging chemical manufacturing, material handling, warehouse/production design and layout, and tran spo rtation services. Larry has 16 years experience specializing the management of EPA Class I Hazardo us Waste and Texas Class 1, 2, and 3 non-hazardous wastes. CAS SOMMERFELDT, Operations Manager, has over 15 years experience in Waste Management, Commercial Remediation, Emergency Response, and Semi Conductor / Fabrication operations. Mr. Sommerfeldt spent 14 years at George A. Honnel Company in General Operations, helping to develop "CIP" systems, common in most food plants today. Cas then joined Trinity Industries, Railcar Repair and worked for environmental as a Project Manager. In 1993 he started at Texas Instruments as a Supervisor for the Decontamination / Emergency Response Team. While at T.l., he managed the waste bulk solvent system for the North Dallas Campus, along with overseeing the operations of the Recycling facility. Cas was also used as Project Manager for numerous site shutdowns. He also holds certification in Emergency Response, Industrial and Hazardous Materials Management, Confined Space Rescue, LockOut / TagOut, Asbestos and Mold removal. ROBERT W. BRIGGS, Operations Supervisor, has 21 years experience working with hazardous materials and as a firefighting instructor in the United Sates Navy. He has five additional years of experience working as an emergency responder for petroleum, chemical, blood borne pathogens and poison spills from TAS' Fort Wo1ih office. Additionally, Mr. Briggs has supervised numerous demolition, remediation and confined space projects at various semi- conductor facilities. He holds certificates in Hazardous Material Response, Confined Space/High Angle Rescue, Firefighting and Railroad Tank Car Safety and Transfer. JAMES BROWN, Operations Supervisor, holds an Associate Degree in Fire Technology. He is a Master Firefighter and a Paramedic in the state of Texas. He has 13 years of experience in the hazardous materials emergency response field. Mr. Brown has responded to train derailments, truck accidents, tanker truck roll-overs/transfers, and acid spills. Through his experiences in emergency response and firefighting, Mr. Brown ha s gained valuable leadership skills and acquired a high level of safety awareness. TAS Page 18 of 19 Environmental Services L.P. SHANE THOMPSON, Resource Coordinator, h as over 11 years of experience in the emergency response, environmental, and hazardous wastes businesses. Mr. Thompson is primar il y responsibl e for identifying, qualifying, and overseeing vendors for materials an d services. Hi s procurement talents and negotiating skills ensure that emergency response and remediation projects are conducted cos t-effecti vely and efficiently. Mr. Thompson 's years of field experience an d teclmic a l knowledge provides comprehensive support fo r the full range of response and remediation situat ions. He can supply th e client with a cost analysis, equipment specification directives, and emergency acquis ition capabilities . TAS Page 19 of 19 Environmental Services L.P. Tll Environmental Services L.:R 2 .6.3 . Contractor shall provide at least four project references similar in scope and size to that of this Solicitation . REFERENCE #1: City of Grand Prairie , Texas Emergency Response Contract -$100,000 / year Brief description: TAS provides Emergency Response services for the City of Grand Prarie . Contact: Phone : Address: Cindy Mendez 972.237.8225 P. 0. Box 534045 Grand Prarie, Tx 75053-4045 REFERENCE #2: Garland Power and Light Emergency Response and Remediation for Hazardous Materials Spills -$200,000 I year Brief description: TAS Environmental Services, L.P. (TAS) performs removal of and works on PCB and non-PCB transformers at various locations. This is an ongoing project in which TAS responds to the needs of GP&L when contacted and services are requested, including services at Generating Plants. TAS also performs spill site remediation and restoration. Contact: Phone: Address: James Bodine 214.543.6435 1720 Traffic Trail Garland, Tx 75040 REFERENCE #3 Texas Instruments Chemical Waste Management Services -$456,000 I year Contact: Phone: Email: Address : John Willis 972.927.3148 johnwillis@ti .c om 13500 Tl Blvd. P.O. Box 655474 Mail Station 3734 Dallas , Tx 75265 ,5 .Environme ntal Se rvices L.E REFERENCE #4: Andrews Tran s po rt Emergency Ser vic es Contract -$5 00,000 I yea r Bri ef descripti o n: TAS provides Emergency Response services for this local fuels tr a nsporter. TAS responds to truck roll-overs, unintention a l fuel releases and also provides remediation services when required. Contact: Phone: Email: Address: Mark Bliss, Vice President 817.498.6000 mbliss@andrews-transport.com P.O. Box 163469 Ft. Worth , Tx 76161 REFERENCE #5: City of Austin, Tx Annual Service Agreement for Emergency Remediation for Hazardous Materials Spills -$500,000 I year Brief description: TAS Environmental Services, L.P. (TAS) performs spill site remediation and restoration for transformer (PCB and non-PCB), hydraulic and substation spills, and Generating Plants. Provide the City with response and remediation services for acid spills, roadside spills, and marina spills. Provide the City with spill remediation to prevent leaching of contaminants into the Edwards Aquifer. Provide daily response coverage from the Austin office for transformer spills. Perform daily maintenance on environmental equipment. Contact: Phone: Email: Address : Eric Stager 512.322.6226 eric.stager@austinenergy.com City of Austin E. U. Department 721 Barton Springs Rd Austin, Tx 78704-1194 TllS Environme:ntal Services L.R 2 .6.4. Contractor shall complete a staff matrix. Name Title Experience Responsibilities J Salzer President 21 yrs Manage all TAS operations Jeremmy McEntire N. Texas 14 yrs Management of al l North Texas Operations Mgr operations Todd Trice Project 4 yrs Project Management, Manaqer Bid and Proposal Preparation Mark Holloway Project 13 years Regulatory Compliance, Scientist Technical Writing, Waste Disposal Pete Slavik Health and 10 years Develop and implement Health Safety Mqr and Safety Plans, Traininq James Brown Operations 13 years Supervise ER field activities Supervisor Bob Briggs Operations 25 years Supervise ER field activities Supervisor Cas Sommerfeldt Operations 15 years Supervise ER field activities Supervisor Larry Baker Operations 7 years Supervise ER field activities Supervisor Miguel Pagan Operations 3 years Supervise ER field activities Supervisor Shane Thompson Resource 11 years Dispatch Personnel and Coordinator Equipment for ER Response 11. Environmental Services L.B J SALZER, President of the G.P., has over 21 years of experience in the emergency response and haza rdous waste mana gement business . He has responded to over 5,000 emergencies in the last 17 years which ha s earned him num erous ac colades from the petroleum-chemical industry fo r hi s work and management of emergencies. Mr. Salzer has s up e rvised and managed emergencies including train derailmen ts and truck accide nts , tanker truck roll -overs/transfers, anhydrous ammonia s pills, sulfu ri c ac id spills , plant exp los ion s and fir es . Mr. Salzer's expe rience in emergency response ha s made him a capable leader who can not only respond to the emer gency, but also can control and manage the cleanup cost. JEREMMY S. MCENTIRE, North Texas Operations Manager, has over 14 years of applied Emergency Response experience. Mr. McEntire hold s numerous cetiifications and is also an Inte1mediate Instructor through the Texas Commission on Fire Protection and a Certified Paramedic Instructor through the Texas Department of Health . Jerernmy has managed and responded to incidents involving train derailments , truck acc idents, tank-truck rollovers / transfers, acid spills, pesticide spills, fires, and plane crashes. Mr. McEntire's organizatio nal and detai l oriented skills a llow him to effectively manage budgets, equipment, and the ability to integrate new and creative ideas into the overall operation ofTAS. TODD TRICE, Project Manager, has been involved in the management of environmental remediation projects for the past four years. Mr. Trice has extensive experience in the cost estimating, bid and proposal preparation, and project management of environmental remediation projects. Mr. Trice has successfully managed projects involving the removal of leaking underground storage tanks, installation of new fuel systems and US Ts, construction of bioremediation cells, excavation and disposal of contaminated soils, demo lition and disposal of contaminated structures, as well as numerous tank cleaning projects. In addition to his project management experience, Mr. Trice has also been involved in environmental mapping projects utilizing GIS /GPS technology, emergency response, and hazardous materials clean up. Mr. Trice received his bachelors degree in Environmental Science as well as completing the coursework for a Masters degree in Geosciences at Texas A&M University. PETER F. SLAVIK, Corporate Health and Safety Manager, has been involved in the Environmental Health and Safety industry for 10 years. Mr. Slavik has an Associates Degree in Occupational Safety and Health and an Associates Degree in Hazardous Materials Management from Texas State Technical College. Throughout his collegiate and professional career M r. Slavik has developed several Contingency Plans to include Environmental Response activities and has also developed a variety of OSHA compliant plans. Mr. Slavik has also instructed on a variety of subjects including Hazardous Waste Awareness classes, Hazardous Material Shipping classes, Hazardous Communications cla sses, and Powered Industrial Truck classes . Mr. Slavik has been 40 hour HAZWOPER cetiified for 11 years and is currently a Certified as an Occupational Hearing Conservationist by the Council for Accred itation in Occupational Hearing Conservation. Environmental Services L.H JAMES BROWN, Operations Supervisor, holds an Associate Degree in Fire Technology. He is a Master Firefighter and a Paramedic in the state of Texas. He has 13 years of experience in the hazardou s materials emergency response field. Mr. Brown has responded to train derailments , truck accidents, tanker truck roll-overs/transfers, and acid spills. Through hi s experiences in emergency response and firefighting, Mr. Brown has ga in ed va luabl e le adership skills and acquired a high level of safety awareness. ROBERT W. BRIGGS, Operations Supervisor, has 25 years experi ence working with hazardous materials and as a firefi ghting instructor in the United Sates Navy. He has nine additional years of experience working as an emergency responder for petroleum , chemical, blood borne pathogens and poison spills from TAS' Fort Worth office. Additionally, Mr. Briggs has supervised numerous demolition , remediation and confined space projects at various semi- conductor facilities. He holds certificates in Hazardous Material Response , Confined Space/Hi g h Angle Rescue, Firefighting and Railroad Tank Car Safety and Transfer. CAS SOMMERFELDT, Operations Manager, has over 15 years experience in Waste Management, Commercial Remediation, Emergency Response , and Semi Conductor / Fabrication operations. Mr. Sommerfeldt spent 14 years at George A. Hormel Company in General Operations, helping to develop "CIP" systems, common in most food plants today. Cas then joined Trinity Industries, Railcar Repair and worked for environmental as a Project Manager. In 1993 he started at Texas Instruments as a Supervisor for the Decontamination I Emergency Response Team. While at T.I., he managed the waste bulk solvent system for the North Dallas Campus, along with overseeing the operations of the Recycling facility. Cas was also used as Project Manager for numerous site shutdowns. He also holds certification in Emergency Response, Industrial and Hazardous Materials Management, Confined Space Rescue, LockOut / TagOut, Asbestos and Mold removal. SHANE THOMPSON, Resource Coordinator, has over 11 years of experience in the emergency response, environmental, and hazardous wastes businesses. Mr. Thompson is primarily responsible for identifying, qualifying, and overseeing vendors for materials and services. His procurement talents and negotiating skills ensure that emergency response and remediation projects are conducted cost-effectively and efficiently. Mr. Thompson's years of field experience and technical knowledge provides comprehensive support for the full range of response and remediation situations. He can supply the client with a cost analysis, equipment specification directives , and emergency acquisition capabilities. 2.6.5. A list of all licenses, permits and registrations possessed by TAS Environmental Services L.P. (TAS) is provided below: United States Environmental protection Agency (USEPA) Transpo1ier Registration United States Department of Transportation (USDOT) Motor Can-ier Registration Motor CaITier Registration Hazardous Materials 2007-2010 Interstate Commerce Commission Motor Carrier Hazardous Material and Freight ICC Single State ICC Registered States Arkansas Louisiana Oklahoma Texas State Permits Arkansas Oklahoma Texas Texas Texas Texas State Licenses Texas Form 2290 Fo1m BOC-3 FonnE Fonn MCS-90 Hazardous Material Transporter Hazardous Material Transporter Texas Department of Transportation Asbestos Transporter TCEQ Transporter Solid TCEQ Sludge Transporter Asbestos Abatement Contractor Heavy Highway Vehicle Broker Permit Certification of Insurance Endorsement for Insurance TXR000061283 US DOT 1290853 052907552097PR MC501983P Ml94274 UPM-01290584-0K 005936059C 400352 87605 23692 800822 2.7. Subcontractors Informa tion an d Qu a li ficati o ns Complete the following tab le listing eac h subco nt ractor an d th e ir prop os ed task associa ted with this contract. If subcontractors are to be utilized, the following information should be submitted for EACH subcontractor. 2.7.1 . Subcontractor's company name , address , email address, telephone number(s), and FAX number(s) for the local office as well as the headquarters. 2.7 .2. Subcontractors current Statements of Qualifications. 2.7 .3. Matrix including the following information detailing the subcontractor's personnel, their qualifications, and years of experience related to this RFP. • Position title and job function as assoc iated with this contract, (President, Vice President, Project Managers, Technical Managers, Field Supervisors, etc . .) • Name • Tasks to be performed in association with this contract • Certifications/Licenses • Total Years Experience 2. 7.4 . A copy of all relevant company and staff licenses and/or certifications. 2.7.5. Provider shall submit a Pre-Audit Package for each Class II or Grease Trap Waste Disposal subcontractor to be used under this Contract. All disposal firms must complete a pre-audit screening checklist and include it as a submittal under this section. Pre -Audits must be less than six (6) months old . NOTE: If the waste is either Hazardous or Class I Non-Hazardous Waste , the Prov ider shall contact the City to make arrangements for disposal through the haz a rdous waste disposal company under separate contract with the City . Tll 2.7 . Subcontractors Information and Qualifications Complete the following table listing each subcontractor and their proposed task associated with this co ntract. Subcontractor Arms trong Forensic Lab, Inc 330 Loch'n Green Trai l Arli ngton , Tx 76012 Phone: 817.275.2691 Fax : 817.275.1883 * *see attached SOQ United Equipment Rentals PO Box 19633A Newark, NJ 07195-0633 621 South Fwy, Fo1i Worth -(817) 332-4191 1720 Watauga Rd, Fort Worth -(817) 625-4445 5930 E Loop 820 S, Fort Worth -(817) 483-6411 Holt Cat 549 Jim Wright Fwy N Fort Worth, TX 76108 817.847.8 880 • Contact: Heath Blackmon Proposed Task Analytical Testin g Equipment Rentals Traffic Safety Equipment Rentals 10 years experience in the heavy equipment rental industry. DEM07-11:ERS Section 2.7 Environmental Services L.P. Alliance Trucking 2010 Century Center Bl vd Suite N Irving, TX 75062 Phon e : 972 .445 .1772 • Contact: Mark Gobe1i Transportation Se rvice s Twel ve years experience in the Dispatcher/Coordinator po siti on. A ll iance supplies us with End dumps for transportation of b ac kfill Materials. Baker Tanks P.O. Box 513967 Los Angeles, CA 90051-3697 10495 North Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177 817.232.8030 • Contact: Rick DaRuse Tank Rentals Has been in the industry for 10 years. Transportation and rental of roll-off boxes, frac tanks and vacuum boxes . Also , can supply water filtration equipment. DEM07-11:ERS Section 2.7 Armstrong~,. Forensic Laboratory, Inc. ~. Providing a World of Services 330 Loch'n Green Trail, Arlington, Texas 76012 s oice: SlT-215-2691 c ax: SlT-215-1 88 3 www.A c i ab.com E-mail: Ac i ab@Ac i ab.com Table of Contents --------------------------- Section Introduction ......................................................................................................................... 1 Experience ............................................................................................................................ 2 Quality Assurance ............................................................................................................... 3 Accreditation/ Certifications ............................................................................................. 4 Vitae of Key Personnel ....................................................................................................... 5 Policies and Procedures ..................................................................................................... 6 Section 1.0 Introduction Providing a World of Services Introduction -------------------------,----Section 1 Armstrong Forensic LaboratonJ, Inc. (Armstrong) is a full service analytical laboratory located in the h eart of the Dallas/Fort Worth area focused on the provision of quality client response and service. Armstrong's expertise is in comprehensive, analytical laboratory services that produce accurate, timely and cost effective tes t results a client can trust. Analyses performed by Armstrong assist their cli ents in evaluating the following issues: • Industrial Hygiene Assessment • Envirornnental/Hazardous Waste Monitoring • Fuel Identification and Source Crossmatching • Fire Debris Analysis • Failure Cause Analysis • Water Loss Assessment • Indoor Air Quality Assessment • General Chemical Analysis Armstrong staffs qualified scientists fully equipped to perform a wide range of analyses. In r::rr:nMQ ArP Wb(t'V fuQhl"\EQV OH D.rIILIEI.H wlth court-ready data to offer expert witness testimony. Both the civilian and criminal litigation throughout the r nites States rely on their years of experience interpreting and presenting data and conclusions. Sample handling policies (sample receipt, chain-of-custody, control, and disposition) are able to withstand the scrutiny of any courtroom. Armstrong is capable of providing field support and sample collection in all service areas. Armstrong is one of the few full service laboratories in the country that participates in emergency response actions. More than 25 years of service to private industries and government agencies structures ArP WbQ'VI--xFHII--Qt'ru~QIQ'iffl-IDHJ/oI IQ:lustrial hygiene, environmental analysis, and fire chemistry. Armstrong holds accreditations from the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) and the AIHA Environmental Lead Lab Accreditation Program (ELLAP), approval from the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), and a licens e from the Texas Department of Health (TDH) for airborne asbestos. The State of Texas certifies Armstrong as a Woman-I wned Business Enterprise (WBE) and a Historically r nderutilized Business (Hr B). In addition to the laboratory and consultation services provided, Armstrong has expanded their client support services to include: • Technical support for industrial hygiene and environmental monitoring protocols • Tedmical support for Hazardous Waste Sites • Indoor Air Quality and/ or Sick Building Syndrome Inspections • Technical support for Asbestos and Lead-Based Pa.int Inspection and/ or Abatement Projects • Food Chemistry Armstrong maintains a two-shift, six-day workweek WSrovKH:lUr RTI-QVwilli!:"oQW HrHulW. Section 2.0 Experience Providing a World of Services Experience -----------------------------Section 2 Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. is a multi-disciplinary, full service analytical laboratory that performs testing in forensic chemisby. Such areas are arson origin and cause investigation; chemistry analyses for environmental and industrial hygiene monitoring; microbiological monitoring; and health and safety services. Armsti·ong treats every case with the same individualized attention. Since no problem is insignificant, each problem demands a solution. Armstrong can provide those needed facts to find that solution. c orensic Chemistry Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. specializes in the recovery and identification of ignitable liquids used as accelerants under the supervision of Dr. Andrew T. Armstrong. Dr. Armstrong is a member of the American Society of Testing Materials E-30 Committee that is currently outlining the requirements for laboratory identification of ignitable liquids by Gas Chromatography /Mass Spectrometer. (Dr. Armstrong chairs the E-30.01 Committee.) In addition, he is a Fellow of the American Board of Criminalistics, a Fellow of the American Institute of Chemists and a Fellow of the American A~ademy of Forensic Sciences. Dr. Armstrong's exSertise IreTuently results In reTuests as a consultant and lecturer across the country. , t Is Armstrong's Intent to gbe the Fllent the most accurate chemistry possible. The highest standards are in use regarding care, custody and control, and if needed, storage of evidence. All reports are court qualified and supported by expert testimony as required. Such areas of expertise are: Fire and Explosion Investigation Failur e Cause Analysis General Chemical Analysis Product validation (compliance with industry standards) Tampering (foreign object identification) Chemical contamination Supply validation Industrial e ygiene Annstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. has continuously maintained its industrial hygiene laboratory (Ale A) accreditation since 1988 adding (Ale A) environmental lead (ELLArtj accreditation in 1995. Armstrong has become highly skilled in performing the analyses required for industrial hygiene assessments with state-of-tl1e-art instrumentation and approved methodology. Analyses for air and bulk samples include: Atomic Absorption (AA) and Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Conunon Metals by AA & ICm Common Metals by Graphite Furnace Mercury by Cold s apor Metals Scans by ICm Experience ----------------------------S ection 2 Gas Chromatography (GC) ooutine and non-routine organics (Standard aromatic & aliphatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, ketones, esters, chlorinated hydrocarbons and phenols) Sorbent tubes, passive dosimeters and bulk samples. Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometer (GC/MS) Identification of r nknown 1 rganics Confirmation for GC Analyses Indoor Air n uality Target Lists rresticides & e erbicides 3olynuFleil AromilIFHyGoIDEons (3AH's) Summa Canister Set-up Gravimetric Nuisance Dust o espirable Dust Total Dust t elding Fume High Peiformance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) Aldehydes Isocyanates rrhenols 3olynuFleil AromilIFHyGoIDEons (3AH's) Ion Chromatography (IC) Amines Anions/ Cations e ydrogen Sulfide Inorganic Acid Scans Sulfur Dioxide Microscopy Forensic Examinations Fiber Identification rmrticle Sizing and Count Mycology X-Ray Diffraction Air and Bulk Silica Samples Characteristics and Identification of unknown mixtures All methods utilized for industrial hygiene analyses are NII Se, 1 Se A or En:A procedures. In addition, Armstrong provides method development and modification when required. Experience ----------------------------Section 2 Microbiological Services Armstrong's GYersILieG servIFes IuRuG sDnSlrng and analysis of indoor environments for viable and non-viable bioaerosols and identification of biological sources of indoor air quality (IAn) problems that includes fungi (molds/yeast) and bacteria. Listings of successful projects reflect Armstrong's IEillty to il,Sroilh D wll villety of challenging environmental concerns using current industry practices and good laboratory practices. 1 ver the years, Armstrong has built a diverse clientele and works routinely to solve a wide range of potential and actual problems rnvolvrng rnCbor lli TuDity . Armstrong: s fumEined field and laboratory experience provides solutions to unique situations. Food testing se rvices are also included in the Armstrong's GYersILieG testrng Fil,IEilltles. Experienced and knowledgeable technical staff can perform food pathogen screening and confirmation. Such examples would be: Clo stridium perfringens , Escherichia coli 0157:e 7, List eria confirmation to species, Salm onella and Staphyloco ccu s aureus by MrrN or rrlate Method. Ale A EMLAmaccredite d in 2004. Environmental Armstrong performs water, soil and hazardous waste analyses in support of Superfund sites, goverrnnent [genFles' reTulrements ThG SrlYUe industries . Armstrong provides service s to municipal and wastewater plants to meet their regulatory requirements. Indusb.-ial clients, engineering firms and consultants utilize Armstrong to characterize waste from various sources. The r SE:m\ acknowledges Annstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc . as an environmental laboratory. Additionally , the Texas Commission on Environmental n uality (TCEn) certifies Armstrong. Armstrong has become highly skilled in performing analyses require with state-of-the-art instrumentation and approved methodology. Environmental analytical services include: Petroleum Storage Tank Services Total rreb.-oleum e ydrocarbon BTEu (Benzene, Toluene, Ethyl benzene, uylene) TCLmExtraction (Toxicity 01.aracteristic Leaching mocess) oCoA Metals Em Tl u (Extraction mocedure Toxicity Test Me thod) Total 1 r ganic e alogens Wastewater Handling Bl D (Bi och emic al 1 xygen Demand) 0 D (Chemical 1 xygen Demand) N itra tes 1 il & Gre as e Th N (Total h jeldall.l Nitrogen) TSS (Total Suspended Solids) Total Toxic 1 rganics Stonnwater Runoff Analyses miority nollutant Metals s olatile 1 r g anic Compounds Experience ----------------------------Section 2 Semi-s olatile I rganic Compounds Chlorinated nesticides Total I rganic Carbon Cyanide and n:heno ls National Primary & Secondary Drinking Water Standards, 40CFR141 & 40CFR143 Metals Anions (Nitrate, Nitrite, Fluoride) T rihalomethanes e erbicides Nationa l P rimary & Secondary Drinking Water Standards, 40CFR141 & 40CFR143 nesticides Turbidity Coliforms Corrosivity TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) Alkalinity All methods utilized for environmental analyses are Em\ and TCEn approved procedures. In addition, Armstrong provides method development and modification when required . e ealth and Safety Services Armstrong has provided I Se A Compliance support in several areas for over 20 years. Two (2) Certified Industrial e ygienists on staff at Armstron g provide clients detailed and comprehensive support. Armstrong has experience in the gener al practice of industrial hygiene with specific experience with Dl D contractors, hazardous waste site and field support for emergency response teams, and Cause & I rigin Investigators. Armstrong is capable of providing technical support in 1 Se A compliance and all related areas: e ealth and Safety mogram Development and/ or o eview; e ealth and Safety Training Development and/ or mesentation; Air Monitoring mo gram Development and/ or Technical Support; and I n -site Support and Expert t ih1ess Testimony . Below is a list of top!cs available at Armstrong. Program Development/Review Injury and Illness mevention e azt I pEo e ealth and Safety rrlans oespiratory motection Confined Space Entry Working Monitoring Program Development/Implementation Training e azt 1 pEo Certification and o efresher e azard Communication t ide o ange of Safety Topics All programs are customized to client specific information for a more pertinent presentation. Section 3.0 n uality Assurance Providing a World of Services Quality Assurance -------------------------Secti o n 3 Introduction Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc . (Annstrong) is a multi-disciplinary full servic e, analy ti cal laboratory offering services in forensic chemistry for origin and cause investigation, gen eral consulting in chemistry analyses, environmental chemisb.-y, specialty analyses (termed general analyses) and industrial hygiene. Armstrong has clear divisions of responsibility for chemists and technicians and divisions of analytical instrumentation designated for their use . Armstrong's facility design is for fast turn-around times, equipped with state-of-the-art instruments, and staffed with technical experts in order to generate reliable and d efensibl e data. Lab oratory Q u ality Assurance Quality Control qhe n uality Assurance n uality Control nrogram (n An C) provides v erification tha t d a ta generated from the lab is accurate and reliable. All levels of laboratory perso1mel fr om technicians to the management staff adhere to this program. Each test or instrument es tablishe s specific control parameters using a combination of duplicates, blanks, mab·i x spikes, mab·ix spike duplicates, blank spikes and calibration curves verified by a second source for routine analyses . qhe exact control parameters used for specific analy tes or tests dictate the m e thod or client contract, the nature of the analyte and the applicaEility of Armstrong's quality conb.-ol techniques to a specific group of analytes. qhe n uality Control a irector continually monitors then A/n C pystem on a daily basis. qhe i aboratory a irector must approve any changes or updates. Both the i aboratory a irector and then uality Conb.-ol a irector must sign off on changes resulting in immediate implementation. qhe annual a ecember audit reviews manuals, methods and processes . qhe nresident of Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. receives a written report of that audit's findings. Twice a year the n uality Control a irector conducts an internal sample performance evaluation using blind samples. qhe i aboratory a irector receives a written r eport of those results . Monthly meetings between the nresident and n uality Control a irector ensure open communication concerning quality control issues. qhe i aboratory a irector receives weekly verbal reports on quality control; yet, immediate notification of any problems as they occur. qhe insb.-ument operator makes daily reports on instrument conditions to management. Armstrong's QA/QC Program Eegins with its qualified personnel and commibnent to r eliable, defensible results. Approved methodology and written standard operating proce dures direc t the analyses performed . Armstrong personnel perform daily instrument che cks with all maintenance recorded. o eagents are ACp grade or better and standards are Nfpq certifi e d or traceable . qhe design of the n A/n C program at Armstrong provides v erification th a t d a ta generated by the laboratory is accurate, reliable and defensible . Section 4.0 Accreditations/Certifications P roviding a Wor ld of Serv i ces Accreditations/Certifications --------------------S ection 4 * muticipant in the American Board of Criminalistics (ABC) moficie n cy q e sting mogram * American pociety of qesting Materials, (ApqM) Committee E-FO * cellow of the American Academy of corensic pciences (AAcp) * cellow of the American fnstitute of Chemists (AfC) * cellow of the American Board of Criminalistics (ABC) * American fndush·ial e ygiene (Afe A), i aboratory Number: 101QP * fndustrial e ygiene i aboratory Accreditation mogram (fe i Arr} * Environmental i ead moficiency Analytical mogram; (Ei i AnJ * Environmental Microbiology moficiency Analytical mogram; (EMi Arr} * r .p. Environmental motection Agency (Em\) National i ead i aborato1y Accreditation mogram (Ni i Arr). * r .p . a epartment of Agriculture pail rrermit, Number p-1DOQ). * r .p . a epartment of gistice a rug Enforcement A dministration Controlled pubstance oegistration. * qexas a epartment of rrublic p:i.fety Controlled pubstance oegistration. * qexas a epartment of ptate e ealth pervices (qa pep): * Mold Analysis i aboratory i ABOlOT. * Mold Analysis Company ACl 0180. * ptate of q exas, qexas Building C mocure ment (qBnC) e istorically r nderu tili zed Business (e r B) cile Number: 05812. * North Cenh·al qexas oegional Certification Agency t oman-1 w n ed Business Enterprise (t BE) Certificate #t ct B190TQr050Q * pouth Central qexas oegional Certification Agency pmall, Minority, t omen Business Enterprise (pBE/t BE) mogram Certificate #20P-08-Pf50. * ca A o egistered Section 5.0 Vitae of Key Personnel Pro v iding a World of Serv ices Andrew T. ARMSTRONG, Ph .D. EDUCATION Ph.D., 1967, Analytical Chemistry, Louisiana State University, Baton Rou ge, Lo uisiana. MS., 1959, Chemistry, North Texas State University, Denton, Texas. BS., 1958, Chemistry, North Texas State University, Denton, Texas. PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION Certified Professional Chemist, American Institute of Chemistry. Fellow, American Institute of Chemists. Fellow, American Academy of Forensic Science. Fellow, American Board of Criminalistics, specializing in Fire Debris . Vita Page 1 of 4 Expert Witness in Criminal and Civil Courts in Texas, Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico , Oklahoma, Oregon, Tennessee, Wyoming, Washington, Puerto Rico, and Honduras . EXPERIENCE Founded Armstrong Forensic LaboratonJ, Arlington, Texas; 1978 . Associate Professor, University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, Texas; 1972-84. Assistant Professor, University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, Texas; 1968-72. Visiting Assistant Professor, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana; 1967-68. Post Graduate Residency, University of California, Los Angeles, California; 1966-67. FIELDS OF EXPERIENCE Dr. Armstrong is a co -founder and Senior Consultant of Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc., a private laboratory providing specialized testing on product formulation, analytical processing, product liabilities, environmental and industrial hygiene monitoring. Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. also provides consultation services in the areas of health, safety and OSHA compliance, detection and identification of ignitable liquids, origin and cause for industrial catastrophe, Indoor Air Quality and Environmental Site Assessment Surveys. Dr. Armstrong authored the first scientific papers on the use of dual, capillary columns for the identification of ignitable liquids by gas chromatography. He is a current member of the American 6RF1Hy' RI 7!-IM(g MIJ.M.ITD' E-30 CRP P JWtH.lHSRQ.,Ible for outlining the requirements for laboratory identification of ignitable liquids by Gas Chromatography /Mass Spectrometry. FIRE AND EXPLOSION Under the supervision of Dr. Armstrong, the laboratory speciali zes in the r ecov ery and id e ntifica ti on of ignitable liquids. Dr. Armstrong has been the primary consultant on ov er ten th o us a nd sus p ect fires/ explosions across the United States . Additionally, Dr. Armstrong has provided consulta ti o n services to origin and cause investigation for incidents ranging from petroleum industry ex pl osi ons to aeronautics and chemical manufacturing losses. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DU AlP ~ HSIJX}C oo-:ICilERUJRly'V \FR3HRI services to include environme ntal monitorin g in response to client requests for consultation services involving water and soil analysis and haz ardous waste identification. Consultation services provided by the laboratory have assisted clients ranging from municipal and wastewater plants, private industry, engineering firms, and government · · resolving and complying with Texas Commission on Environmental Quality ETCEQ) and Federal EPA regulatory requirements for waste characterization. The TCEQ has certified Andrew T. ARMSTRONG, Ph.D. and r ecognized the laboratory fo r th e se r v ic es they p rovide. Vita Pa ge 2 of 4 Dr. Armstrong h a s super v ised multimillion-dollar p rojec ts for the US Government and private industry in support of producti on as well as catastrophic loss projects. Armstrong Forensic LaboratonJ, Inc. was a co ntract laboratory for th e Super Conducting Super Collider during its initial start-up and throughout i ts life, prov iding enviro nmental analy ses as w ell as consultation on air quality and hazardous materi als rem oval at th e s ite . INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE SERVICES DU AlP w.R(g HSI.(p--G WH CIIBRUJil.fV \fR3H Rl services again, to include industrial hygiene, analytical, and field support s ervices. Under his direction, Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. received accreditation from the American Industrial Hygiene Association FAIHA) as a full service, general industrial h y giene laboratory. Armstrong Forensic LaboratonJ, Inc. also holds accreditation b y AIHA for analyses of airborne asbestos and by AIHA Environmental Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program ffiLLAP) for lead based paint services. The Texas Department of Health EI'DH) recognizes Armstrong Forensic LaboratonJ, Inc. as an accredited laboratory for airborne analyses. In addition, the EPA acknowledges Armstrong Forensic LaboratonJ, Inc . as an accredited laboratory. Dr. Armstrong provides on and off-site technical consultation in the areas of sampling method, sampling protocol, data interpre tation and remediation options. Much of the work involves determining appropriate sampling protocol and air monitoring m edia best suited to resolve th e issue from proj ect ske tch es and descriptions . Cli ents ask Dr. A rmstrong to perform analyses of air modeling data in support of lawsuits against industries and insurance carriers. Dr. Armstrong has performed various hazard assessments for chemical accidents and provided expert testimony in litigation situations reg arding origin and cause of industrial incidents. PRODUCT FORMULATION, PROCESSING, AND LIABILITY 8 (P{JDU A lP Vv\RQ?;'V GII.1-f%RQ Armstrong Forensic LaboratonJ, Inc. has d e veloped and validate d s ev eral analy tical m ethods for use in support of client proprietary studies. PRO-BONO PRESENTATIONS AND TOURS Dr. Armstrong is very active in the area of public education and awareness in the many areas supported b y the laboratory. For years, Dr. Armstrong and the laboratory h ave sponsored tours and e ducational programs for teachers and students in the Dallas/Fort Worth Metroplex. Each year Dr. Armstrong and Armstrong Forensic LaboratonJ, Inc . sponsors several science projects for area junior high and senior high school students allowing them access to testing equipment and expertise to assist in their projects . During the summer of 1996, the laboratory participated in the Vital-Link program for the City of Fort Worth. TRAINING 29 CFR 191lv.11 2MHazardous Waste Operati ons and Em ergenc y Response 4M1 our Certific a ti on ; g.u y 1995 !including annual refre shers 2Mll). 29 C FR 191lv.112M-Iazardous Waste Operations and Emergenc y Response Supervisor Training; March 1996. 29 CFR 191lv.11 46 Confu1 ed Space Entry / Attendant/Supervis or Training; March 1996 !including annual refr eshe rs to 2Mll). LECTURES AND PAPERS Dr. Armstron g h as w ritte n or presente d over 36 p a p ers throu gh o ut his ca reer. a udien ces is av a ila ble upon r equest. Andrew T. ARMSTRONG, Ph.D. REGIONAL SHORT COURSES ORGANIZED Through the local chapter of the American Chemical Society Gas chromatography April, 1991 Laboratory Automation April, 1984 Thermal Analysis March, 1983 Gas Chromatography /Mass Spectrometry April, 1981 pH and Ion Selection Instrumentation Infrared Spectroscopy Advanced Gas Chromatography Digital Processing for the Scientific Carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Infrared Spectroscopy Gas Chromatography High Pressure Liquid Chromatography Atomic Absorption SPONSORED RESEARCH October, 198M October, 1978 November, 1977 gme, 1977 November, 1976 October, 1976 April, 1976 November, 1975 September, 1975 Vita Page 3 of 4 Trinity River Bottom Sediment Reconnaissance Study, Fort Worth District Corps of Engineers , DACW 63-76 - C-M4M1976-1978 . Molecular Spectroscopy Studies of Oxyanion Salts. R. A Welch Foundation, 197M74. Charge Transfer Studies of 5-Membered Heterocycles. Organized Research Funds, 1969-197M SUPERVISED THESIS Identification of Trace Pesticides in Trinity River Muds, g:,hn Corn, August, 1978. Identification of Hydrocarbon Mixtures by Gas Chromatography through Retention Indexes. G. Pate, December, 1974. Molecular Spectroscopy Studies of Oxyanion Salts. G. F. Thomas, December 1973. New Method for Study of Charge Transfer Complexes. Benzenethiophene Furan-tetra-cyano-ethylene, g D. Pickle, 197M LEARNED AND HONORED SOCIETIES Alpha Chi Sigma President, Beta Eta Chapter, 1956-57. Phi Lambda Upsilon. American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Fellow . American Board of Crinunalistics, Fellow. American Chemical Society, Treasurer FW -D Sec., 1972-1973. American Industrial Hygiene Association. American Institute of Chemists, Fellow. American Society of Testing Materials Member, E-3:tvForensic Science Committee, Chairman, E-3.N.I\l Criminalistics. Coblentz Society . Education Comm., Chairman 1976-1984. International Association of Arson Investigators Andrew T. ARMSTRONG, Ph.D. Membe r, Forensic Sci enc e Committee, 199M present. LEARNED AND HONORED SOCIETIES, CONTINUED National Fire Protection Association . North Texas Association of Arson Investigators, A Texas Advisory Council on Arson. Task Forc e on Gas Chromatography /Mass Spectrometry in Fire Residue Analys is, 199M present. Tarrant Coun ty Advisory Council on Arson, Board Member, 1981-1987. Tarrant County Advisory Council on Arson, Treasurer, 1985-1987. American Indoor Air Quality Council, 2Ml, Corporate Sponsor. AWARDS AND HONORS Outstanding Alumni for Excellence in Chemistry, University of North Texas, April, 2W. Honorary Member, Tarrant County Fire and Arson Investigators Association, March, 2W. Vita Pnge 4 of 4 Salutes to Excellence Award, Dallas-Fort Worth Section, American Chemical Society, 21\M for Outstanding Achievements. ) II.H::KIH'V7HKQF[(CRP P rnM-IlRUExFHIB(fl-;IC!WRI HRu~) Il.HDI-$liNI-QHIQ.iD.y, 2001 . Recognition of Service to the Fire Training Academy, City of Denison Fire Department, December, 1994. Honorary Fire Chief, City of Houston Fire Department, In Recognition and Apprecia tion for Contribution, Service and Support to the Fi.re Service, October 1, 1992 Presidentlsl A ward, Houston Fire Figh ters Associatio n , for Exemplary Standards and Professionalism in Forensic Chemistry, October, 1989 Doherty Award, Fort Worth-D allas Section, American Chemical Society, for Outstanding Contribution to Education, 1982. White Helmet Award IHighest Civilian Award) Arlington Fi.re Department, 1977. Honorary Member, Arlington Fire Department, 1977. Outstanding Teacher, College of Science, 1976. PUBLICATIONS Dr. Armstrong has over 19 published works. A l is t of titles and publications is available upon request. KEY PROJECTS Project Manager, Major Railcar Manufacturer, Support for IDLH Sampling Program Development Sampling and Implementation, Dallas, Texas E.999). Multi-million Dollar Chemical Distribution Warehouse Loss, Project Manager for Laboratory and Consultation Support for Hazardous Waste Site Remediation and Cause C Origin Determination, Under Contract with Chemical Manufacturer, Houston, Texas. Super Conducting Super Collider Project, Under Contract with General Dynamics and Southwestern Bell Telephone, Sheppard Air Force Base, Waxahachie, Texas. Emergency Response Support to Pesticide Spill Remediation and Neighborhood Evacuation, Under Contract with Pesticide Manufacturer, Balch Springs, Texas. Proj ect Manager and Exper t Witness for Fire Debris Analysis and Origin C Cause Investigation, Under Contract with the United States Attorney Gene lID' 2 IIIFB WDJ<I(g~ D.C., Branch Dividian Complex, Waco, Texas . JohnM. Corn, MBA, MA EDUCATION ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1/ita Pn ge 1 of 4 MBA., 1984, University ofTexas in Arlington, Arlington, Texas. MA., 1978, Chemistry, University of Texas in Arlington, Arlington, Texas. BS., 1972, Chemistry, Baylor University, Waco, Texas. PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION Registered Sanitarian, State of Texas, 1982 -Present. American Industrial Hygiene Association, Environmental Lead Lab Accreditation Committee, 1991 -96 . North Texas Hazardous Materials Association. American Chemical Society. Expert Witness in Criminal and Civil Courts. EXPERIENCE Laboratory Director, Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. , Arlington, Texas; 1986 -Present. Chemistry Instructor, Tanant County gmior College, Fort Worth, Texas; 1978-88. Senior Chemist, CTEK Corporation, Dallas, Texas; 1977-86. Lab Supervisor, City of Garland, Garland, Texas; 1976-77 . FIELDS OF EXPERIENCE Mr. Corn is the Laboratory Director for Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc., a private laboratory providing specialized testing on product formulation, analytical processing, product liabilities, environmental and industrial hygiene monitoring. Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. also provides consultation services in the areas of health, safety and OSHA compliance, detection and identification of ignitable liquids, origin and cause for industrial catash·ophe, Indoor Air Quality, and Environmental Site A VvHM' }QAbulirfyV MU CRl(!Vlliponsibilities include project planning, scheduling, work projection, data collection and interpretation, and personnel management, including training and professional development of laboratory supervisors and staff. 8 Q::l{JMU CRl(!VQIJRf.RQ Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc. successfully met all requirements for laboratory accreditation by the American Industrial Hygiene Association FAIHA) in 1988. Additionally, Gull(g MU CRl(!VitQ.illiwill{ oo-ICilERillffi:y, Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc. KD/HSIXP-C IYw' professional services and qualifications to includeW\IHA Environmental Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program IELLAP), Texas Department of Health, Environmental Protection Agency, and Texas Commission on Environmental Quality EfCEQ). Mr. Corn served on th e ATHA ELLAP Conu11.ittee and lifHy}C \ID-IA \\RF11J.,fRQVEGwD£-. BDHJ7HKQ.F[D\chievement Award for his contribution and effort. Mr. Corn served as a site auditor for Laboratories applying for accreditation from the A IHA ELLAP for six years. FIRE AND EXPLOSION Mr. Corn is a senior consultant for Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc Fire Debris analysis. The laboratory specializes in the recovery and identification of ignitable liquids. Mr. Corn has been the primary consultant on thousands of suspect fires/explosions across the United States. Additionally, Mr. Corn has provided consultation services to origin and cause investigation for incidents ranging from petroleum industry explosions to aeronautics and chemical manufacturing losses. Mr. Corn is one of th e expert consultants at Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. available for courtroom testimony. John M. Corn, MBA, MA ----------------------Vita Pag e 2 of 4 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE AND ENVIRONMENT AL MONITORING Mr. Corn was th e primary lead on th e l a bora tor y r eceiving ac creditation from the AIHA as a full s ervi ce , gen eral indus h"ial h ygien e lab orator y . Under his supervision, Armstrong For ensic Laboraton;, Inc. has s u cce ss full y participate d in ei ght y ears of proficienc y testing. Each year, Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. r eceiv ed the hig h est rating le v el available from the AIHA. Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. services in this field include industrial hygiene, analy tical, and field support services. Under his direction, Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc. holds accreditations from AIHA for analysis of airborne as bes tos and b y AIHA Environmental Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program ffiLLAP) for lead based p aint services . Th e Texas De partment of H ealth ETDH) recognizes Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc. as an accr edited laboratory for airborne analysis. In addition, the EPA recognizes Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc. as an accr e dite d laboratory. 8 Q::J-UWH\uSIBru:RQ RI MU CRti) WHCilERlDRl:fV services include environmental monitoring in response to client requests for consultation services involving water, soil analysis, and hazardous waste identification. Consultation services provided by the laboratory have assisted clients ranging from municipal and wastewater plants, private industry, engineering firms, and government agencies in resolving and complying with Texas Commission on Environmental Quality ETCEQ) and Federal EPA regulatory requirements for waste characterization. The TCEQ has certified and recognized the laboratory for th e services they provide. Mr. Corn has been the primary consultant for multi-million dollar projects for the US Government and private industry in support of production as well as catastrophic loss projects. Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc. was a contract laboratory for the Super Conducting Super Collider during its initial start-up and throughout the life of the project, providing environmental analyses as well as consultation on air quality and hazardous materials removal at the site. Mr. Corn s erves as Project Manager on multiple client sampling projects providing on and off-site technical consulta ti on in the areas of sampling m e thodology, sampling protocol, data interpretation, and re mediation options. Much of the work involves determining appropriate sampling protocol and air monitoring m edia b est suited to resolve the issue from project sketches and descriptions. Clients ask Mr. Corn to p erform analyses of air modeling data in support of lawsuits against industries and insurance carriers . Mr. Corn has served as Project Manager for various hazard assessments for chemical accidents and provided expert testimony in litigation situations involving the determination of the origin and cause of industrial incidents. PRODUCT FORMULATION, PROCESSING, AND LIABILITY 8 Q::J-UMU CRlQVGlllfi,liRQ Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. has developed and validated several analy tical methods for use in support of client proprietary studies. PRO-BONO PRESENTATIONS AND TOURS Mt. Corn is very activ e in the area of public education and awareness in the many ar eas supporte d by th e laboratory. For years, th e laboratory has sponsored tours and educational programs for teachers and students in the Dallas /Fort Worth Metroplex. Each y ear Mr. Corn, through the sponsorship of the laboratory, supports several science projects for area junior high and senior high school students allowing them access to testing equipment and expertise to assist in their projects. During the summer of 1996 , the laborator y p articipated in the Vital-Link program for the City of Fort Worth. TRAINING 29 CFR 191Ml.2 MHazardo u s Waste Operati on s and Em erge ncy Resp ons e 4Mhour Certificati o n; gtly 1995 Encluding annu al refresh ers 2W). John M. Corn, MBA, MA LECTURES AND PAPERS ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 11ita Page 3 of 4 CR(Q -RKQM., "6[P SQQ; r:Q:; Evilil!JJRQRI AllERlQ-IBIRIJ-IR\lU', SU-Y-Q,M:; r:wtffi5 I-gIRQ9, E3A 4 ullJl¥ Control Conference, Sept 1999, Sept., 2W. CR(Q -RKQM., "6[P SQQ; r:Q:; Evilil!JJRQRI AII.ERlQ-IBIRIJ-IR\lU', Su-u-Q,M:; rw'KH7HD/WDMJ8 vlfilH-V Association Laboratory Analysts Meeting, March 2M,M:repeat March, 2W. CRlQ -RKQM., "/HC BJJJ-C 3IJQt\/3l.RMWQSJ-Wm3Cil(L SIBH.:m:; D/SD.Jt\Rl /HC ,QSJ-F\ffi.JCRulli-,l. GEBCO, Hurst, Texas, as scheduled 1994 -1999. Lowry, W. T., A T. Armstrnng, g,hn M. Corn, B. Ganse, L. giarez, g L. McDowell, Roger Owens, "Toxicological Investigation of LP Gas Explosion", presented at the National Meeting of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Cincinnati, Ohio, February, 199M Armstrong, A. T., g,hn M. Corn, Andrew D. Kocher and Michael A Armstrong, "Identification of Complex Mixtures via GC/MS/DS", presented at the 3rd International Symposium on Recent Advances in Ars on Analysis and Detection, National Meeting of the American Academy of Forensic Scie nc es, Cincinnati, Ohio, February 199M Armstrong, A T., g,hn M. Corn, Michael Armstrong, "Oil Analysis to Establish Motive in Vehicle Fires", Second International Symposium on Recent Advances in Arson Analysis C Detection, American Academy of Forensic Science and Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, February, 1988. Armstrong, A T., g,hn Corn, "Trinity River Bottom Sediment Reconnaissance Study", National American Chemical Society, Honolulu, Hawaii, April, 1979. PRESENTATIONS "MIFlREIIU:RQ.f.P IQJWIQ,~UAIIJEQ,rrn::p I-Qv. ,Q-QHIHJJRQ C~EIII-FW', Sl1-Jl-Q,l\CTQ2001, 2W. RESEARCH "Red uctive Cleavage of Alkyl Aryl Ethers with Sodium Borohydride"; 1972. "Identification and Quantitation of Phthalate Esters in Trinity River Bottom Sediment by GC /MS"; 1982. LEARNED AND HONORED SOCIETIES American Chemical Society . American Industrial Hygiene Association . North Texas Hazardous Materials Association. American Chemical Society. Member, AIHA, Environmental Lead Lab Accreditation Committee, 1991 -96. AWARDS AND HONORS Edward g Baier Technical Achievement Award, American Industrial H y giene Association, for Outstanding Contribution to the AIHA Environmental Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program; 1993. PUBLICATIONS Toxicological Investigation of Liquid Petroleum Gas Explosionw-Iuman Model for Propane/Ethyl Mercaptan Exposure., A T. Armstrong, W. T. Lowry, B. Garnse, g M. Corn, L. giarez, g L. McDowell, and R. Owens, g Forensic Sciences , fSCA, Vol. 36, No.2, pp 386-396 E.991). Quality of Water and Bottom Sediments in the Trinity River., AT. Armstrong and S. R. Qasim, g Com and B. L. g,rdon, Water Resources Bulletin, 1.§., 3, 533-531, E.98~ Trinity River Bottom Sediment Reco1mai.ssance Studv., Report to Fort Worth District Corps John M. Corn, MBA, MA ------------------------,--Vita Pn ge 4 of 4 of Engineers, Fort Worth, Tu. Contract No. DACW63-76-C-M4Iv,1with S. R. Qasim. KEY PROJECTS Multi-million Dollar Chemical Distribution Warehouse Loss, Support for Hazardous Waste Site Remediation and Cause C Origin Determination, Under Contract with Chemical Manufacturer, Houston, Texas. Proj ect Manager for tl1 e Super Conducting Super Collider Project, Under Contract with General Dynamics and Southwestern Bell Telephone, Sheppard Air Force Base, Waxahachie, Te xas. Project Manager for the Emergency Response Support Provided in Response to a Pesticide Spill Remediation and Neighborhood Evacuation along a North Texas Highway, Under Contract with Pesticide Manufacturer, Balch Springs, Texas. Fire Debris Analysis and Cause C Origin Investigation, Under Contract with the United States Attorney GHJ{IJJJ2 IIIFJ-:IWDJ<I(gm::} D.C., BlLQ:h Dividian Complex, Waco, Texas. Project Manager for Indoor Air Quality Projects and Field Sampling for Variety of Clients throughout Texas and otl1er states. Marion ARMSTRONG, MSPH, MBA, CIH EDUCATION MBA, 2W, Texas Christian University, Neeley School of Business, Fort Worth, Texas. V ita Page 1 of 8 MSPH, 1987, Industrial Hygiene, University of Utah, Rocky Mountain Center for Occupational and Environmental Health, Salt Lake City, Utah. BA. 1985, Chemistry and Philosophy, Austin College, Sherman, Texas. PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION Certified Industrial Hygienist !Certificate #5657), American Board of Industrial Hygiene; 1992. EXPERIENCE Vice President of Services, Annstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc., Arlington, Texas, 1999 -Present. Director of Health and Safety Services, Armstrong Forensic Laborato1y, Inc., Arlington, Texas, 1996 -1999. President, Armstrong Consultants for the Environment, Martinez, California 1995 -1996. Regional Manager of Health and Safety, Northern California Sites, International Teclmology Corporation, Martinez, California, 199M 1995. Division Industrial Hygienist, Defense Systems and Electronics Group, Texas Instruments, Incorporated, Dallas, Texas, 1987 -199M Laboratory Technician, Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc., Arlington, Texas, 1985 -1987, Summer Program. Laboratory Technician, Pierce and Birch Water Treatment Plant, Arlington, Texas, 1983 -1985, Part Time. FIELDS OF EXPERIENCE Ms. Armstrong is currently the Vice President of Services for Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc .. Her responsibilities include development, implementation, and marketing of programs that meet each IQ.TuIGuIIB'.1l{Yw'Q-tCV MV. AlP w.RQs \H.vH/IJ/P [Q::gI-URI 001P IlN-llQ; QJ:; RIIIFHWJII IJ/wHTIDI supervising the laboratory consulting staff. Ms. Armstrong is one of the Senior Consultants whose responsibilities include responding to client inquiries regarding industrial hygiene, employer health and safety, product health and safety, indoor air quality, as well as individual health and safety issues . Ms. Armsh·ong is responsible for overseeing the industrial hygiene field monitoring support operations which includesv\honitoring equipment calibration, maintenance and use, field application of monitoring systems, and record keeping for equipment calibration, maintenance, and client use. In addition to these responsibilities, Ms. Armstrong provides consultation services to outside Certified Indush·ial Hygienists and Indoor Air Quality Consultants in support of their projects. As a Senior Consultant for Armstrong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc ., her responsibilities include providing FRQJ.i~\Hi,IFH/RQilDDSI-fWRI \ID-ICDERIDRly'Vanalyses as well as field services in the areas of industrial hygiene, environmental, and indoor air quality investigation, monitoring, sample co lle ction, analysis, and data interpretation. Consultation services are provided to a large and varied clientele that includesv\private and public agencies, insurance carriers, property owners, private industry, private investigators, inspectors, investigators, consultants, plaintiff and defendant attorneys, individuals, and local, state and federal government offices. HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT, IMPLEMENTATION, AND MARKE Ms. Armstrong has over fifteen years of experience in the comprehensive practice of ind us 1al Marion ARMSTRONG, MSPH, MBA, CIH ----------~-----Vita Page 2 of 8 hygiene where she has had a successful career in development, implementation, and marketing of comprehensive health and safety programs . Ms. Armstrong h as fiv e years of experien ce as Regional Manager for H ea lth and Safety for fiv e Class I Hazardous Waste Sites undergoing closure, wKI-U-IIY\wD/ MV AlP ~'V lH8RQ.JEiill,f \,R Q--velop, implement, and monitor a comprehensive health and safety program for each facility. Ms. Armstrong has over ten additional years experience in th e g ene ral practice of industrial hygiene, providing compreh ensive h ealth and safety program development and suppor t, during which thr ee of tl1 ose years w er e for 17 independent facilities with a major defense contractor. Specific programs which Ms . Armstrong has developed, and supported implementation of, includeW Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response Health and Safety Program Hazard Communication Program Air Monitoring Program Res piratory Protection Program Medical Surveillance Program • Chemical Hygiene Plan Radiation Safety Program TRAINING PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT, IMPLEMENTATION, AND MARKETING Ms. A rmstrong has over twelve years experience in developing and conducting training courses for a wide variety of health and safety topics. Much of her e xperience has dealt with providing training certification for OSHA required training courses that includeW Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Res ponse Certification Hazard Communication Certification Indoor Air Quality Assessment Cons h·ucti on Safe ty Fire Safety Respiratory Protection Certification Confined Space Entry Certification Drilling Safety Electrical Safety Chemical Safety !General and Chemical Specific) • Driving Safety Bloodborne Pa thogen Awareness Ms . Armstrong is a certified OSHA trainer. She h as d evelope d independent training courses for OSHA compli ance. COMP ANY POLICY DEVELOPMENT AND INTERPRETATION Ms. Armstrong has over fifteen years experience in updating and developing company policies for health and safety compli ance. Most recently, she has developed h ealth and safety p olicies for clients seeking assis tance in OSHA compliance. Specific p oli cies includeW Hazard Communication Policy Marion ARMSTRONG, MSPH, MBA, CIH Respira tor y Protection Policy General Safety Policy and Procedure Generic Health and Safety Plan for Hazardous Waste Operations Site-Specific Health and Safety Plans Radiation Safety Policy Motor Vehicle Operation PROJECT MANAGEMENT Vita Pag e 3 of 8 Ms. Armstrong has over twelve years experience as a Project Manager and has served as Proj ec t Manager for several critical operations when health and safety were the highest priority. Ms. Armstrong was the consulting health and safety professional for investigation firms involved in the simultaneous investigation and cleanup of a chemical 01WEu\,IRQFRP S[Qr'V~WRJIM.{!Il-C DID hazardous waste site by loca l and state agencies. MV AlP \MR(g'VSlIP Uy IRFuVwD/RQWHKI-CTWIQ::; safety of the investigation teams entering the restricted work areas. In addition, Ms. Armsh·ong provided consultation services regarding OSHA field compliance and developed health and safety policies as required for the fieldwork. Ms. Armstrong has supervised and trained many field industrial hygienists and field tec hnicians on sampling techniques and industrial hygiene methodology and procedures. Many of the industrial hygienists have progressed into senior level and project management positions. Ms. Armstrong serves as Project Manager on multiple client sampling projects providing on and off-site technical consultation in the areas of sampling methods, sampling protocols, data interpretation, and remediation options. Much of the work involves determining appropriate sampling protocol and air monitoring media best suited to resolve the issue from project sketches and descriptions . Clients ask Ms. Armstrong to perform analyses of air modeling data in support and defense of lawsuits against industries and insurance carriers. Ms. Armstrong has served as Project Manager for various hazard assessments for chemical accidents and has provided expert opinion and interpretation utilized in liti gation si tuations involving the determination of the origin and cause of industrial incidents. Ms . Armstrong has provided expert opinion and critical interpretation of other PrRIHMRQJX:RQ.,urn;;QH reports includingW:ield investigations, sample collection methods, data interpretation, opinion and recommendations. RECORDS MANAGEMENT, DATABASE DEVELOPMENT, AND MARKETING Ms. Armstrong has been active in records management for over twelv e years and has d eveloped company and client specific Records Management Databases in the areas of industrial hygien e monitoring, environmental monitoring, and medicaO\liU,HillIQH MV AlP WRCg 'V lJ,SlRIFK KD! included regulatory compliance with field application to produce databases which are specific to the RJIQ,WQ-tev, ll-gu®Rly FRP S~u\HJIIDQ:ry. REGULATORY INTERPRETATION, AGENCY LIAISON, AND EXPERT TESTIMONY MV AlP WRCg'VHSHil-(fl-Ill,X; lHSRQJEiffi¥ ~Q-Yover fifteen years of interaction with regulatory agencies as company liaison and representative. Ms. Armstrong has successfully negotiated OSHA citations for significant reductions in fines as well as total setting aside of citations. Additionally, Ms. Armstrong has experience in deposition and expert tes timony. Marion ARMSTRONG, MSPH, MBA, CIH PRO-BONO PRESENTATIONS AND TOURS Vita Pag e 4 of 8 Ms. Armstrong has over fifteen years of experience in group presentation and tours including loc al, state and regional organiza ti onal meetings and elementary, junior high and high school presentations and tours on hazardous waste facility safety and health, industrial hygiene as a field of study, laboratory procedures and consultation techniques. Armstrong Forensic LaboratonJ, Inc . sponsors tours and educational programs for teachers and students in the Dallas/Fort Worth Metroplex . The laboratory participated in the Vital-Link Progr am for the City of Fort Worth during the summer of 1996. Ms. Armstrong has participated in the Expandi ng Your Hori zons Program sponsored by the Arlington Branch of the American Association of University Women FAAUW) since 1997. This program is an outreach program to young women in Grades 6 through 8 focusing on careers based in the sciences, math and engineering. TRAINING 29 CFR 191Ml.2MHazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response 4Mhour Certification; September 199Nlincluding annual refreshers 1991-2W). 29 CFR 191Ml.2MHazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response Supervisor Training; December 199M 29 CFR 191Ml.2MHazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response 24-hour Emergency Response Training; November 1993. 29 CFR 191Ml.46 Confined Space Entry/ Attendant/Supervisor Training; February 1994 Bncluding annual refreshers 1995 -2W). 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P Excavation Safety Training; March 1994 Bncluding annual refreshers 1995 -1999). 4tl1 International Indoor Air Quality Symposium -Current IAQ Practices World Wide; AIHCE, May 2M.M Asbestos Building Inspector; April 1996. Asbes tos Management Planner; April 1996. Basics of Financial Management; AIHCE, May 1996. Chemical Protection Practical Use in Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response; AIHCE, May 1994. Chemistry and Toxicology of Petroleum Hydrocarbons; AIHCE, May 1995. Designing Asbestos Abatement Projects; May 1996. Drilling Safety Training; March 1993 Bncluding annual refreshers 1994-1999). Fundamentals of Laboratory Ventilation; AIHCE, May 1998. Guidelines for the Determination, Remediation, and Prevention of Biological Contamination in Indoor Environments; AIHCE, May 1998 . Indoor Air Quality Advanced Diagnostics Issues, Tools and Concepts; Dallas, Texas, November 1998. Indoor Air Quality and HV AC Systems; AIHCE, May 1996. Indoor Envirornnent Conference; Washington, DC, April 1998. Industrial Hygiene Writing and Speak.ingW:oncise as News, Precise as Law; AIHCE, May 1997 . Laboratory Safety and Health -The Chemical Hygiene Plan and Experimental Hazard Review; AIHCE, May 1997. Lead Based Paint Abatement Project Design; May 1996. Minoorganisms in Indoor AirW Health Complaints Associated with Environmental and Occupational Settings; AIHCE, gme 2!\M. Nuclear Gauge Operator Training; October 1992. Marion ARMSTRONG, MSPH, MBA, CIR Vita Pn ge 5 of 8 Operation and Selec tion of Direc t Reading Combustible Gas C Organic Vapor Monitors; AIHCE, May 1995 . Planning, Executing and Evalu ating Emergency Response Drills; AIHCE, May 1994. Radiation Safety Officer Training; October 1992 . So lving Indoor Air Quality Problems in Hot and Humid Climates; AIHCE, May 2M.M Texas Asbes tos Health Protection Law; May 1996. The Fungal Ecology of Indoor Environments; AIHCE, May 1996. Training Development Course Efrain the Trainer); Augus t 1993. U.S. DOL OSHA Ins_tructor Course in Occupational Safety and H ealth Standards for the Consb·uction Industry Bt5Nij; December 1993. LEARNED AND HONORED SOCIEI'IES American Board of Industrial Hygienists, 1992-Present. American Conference of Governmental In d ustrial Hygienist; 1991 -Present. American Industrial Hygiene Association, Nati onal, 1993 -Present. American Industrial Hygiene Association, North Texas Chapter, 1996 -Present. American Indoor Air Quality Council, 2:NIJ -Present. Indoor Air Quality Association, National, 2MM Present. American Chemical Society; 1987 -Present. American Society of Safety Engineers, National, 1997 -Present. American Society of Safety Engineers, Southwest Texas Chapter, 1997 -Present. American Association of University Women, Arlington Branch, 1997 -Present. PRESENTATIONS AND LECTURES ",~UAIIJ4 uIID¥ -WKIJAfYWH5n.N 5I-Ilq>'"', SlH.H,]J\C il\EQ,IIR-M~V3-DI) MR©; BRRv\CrPS; Denver, Miami, Atlanta, Oklahoma City. "MR©; 5I-P ~ HRw W DHMP IQ-:I6uFH-W, SlH.H,]J\C il\EQ,IIR-M~V3-DI) MR©; BRRv\C[P S; Chicago, San Francisco, Miami, Denver, Orlando. "7 KHEQ-P y -WDMJ S u-YQ,M; IWID-I/ uP EI-IP IQV Association of Texas -Fort WRlW CI<I£1MJVM~Cy Meeting, Hurst, Texas, February 2W. "HUOC CRP P uQF[Jm:,', SlJ-U-Q,lle D\EQ,IIR-M~V3-DI) MR©; BRR\.'\C[P S; MIIP L,) CRUGQ -[Q.iDJr 2W. "MR©;, Q, H.Mg~ IQ:; A \\HM' }QNHRw W DHMP IQ-:I6uFH-W, IQ., IlM:; S lliJ-QMJDIVHD/ A \\RF!IlfRQ RI Municipal Health Officials ETAMHO) Annual Workshop; Fort Worth, Texas, November 2:NIJ . "MRC0;5I-P r~-C[Q, DR,VACRQ-1 " Su-YQ,M;I:WWfl RlW7HD/CI<I£\MJRI WHAP HJHQ,Qli\WID Hygiene Association 1-Day Se minar on Indoor Air Quality, March 2:NIJ. "WDMJ5 HIDM:; , A4 : WKCWYTI,\I:Q:; HRw ffi , CRD,v ml IYV' S IB,I-QM:; W BHIRU8 6A; ) RU\WRUN, 7HD/ Novem ber 2M.M "WDMJ5 HIDM:;, A4 : WKI:WY~ HRw ffi, Q-0).,y ml IYV' S lJ-Y-QM; W ClHl::ent Property Management; Dallas, Texas, Au gust 2M.M ''WDMJ5HID.te ,A4: WKIWYTI,\[Q:; HRw ffi , CHDwml IYV', SlHHJ,M; Dt\\,R Cl A ,Q-Jlu:QH,QI<Ru\rl Adj u sters; Dallas, Texas, March 2M.M "~IQ:;6IIHf ,~D/RW6FI-Q{, SlHHJ,M;at tl1e Foremos t Insurance Gro up Annual Seminar for Adj u s ters, Bandera, Texas , February 1999. 3 lHJQMJIJMffl-IMIQJil-fil HlgK 6FKRRO"HRIIltR A(gHJYRu,~ 6I-PTQ1J -AFJ<IH,I(g YRuUDUil'V'; Mansfield, Texas, February 1999. Marion ARMSTRONG, MSPH, MBA, CIH -----------------Vita Png e 6 of 8 "HI-II1Hr:o=;6 IJH5i, WtHIIW7)/IlgH/RW', presented at the Columbus, Georgia Seminar "5HSRCP(g vR DHD:ITffitVMIJ.MIIIT,(rIQ-QN A 7HP ASSlRIFK'' CffilP EuV, GI-Rlgm 1 Rvl-P EHJ 1998. "HI-IlW r:u; 6IJH5"' IRUWH2 UgIQ r:u; Clli\H,Q,HMgrnID /IlgH/RW6H-QlJRV, SlHJ-QJ£ I:JA\,llliWHW 7 H DI) lllf A~, Q, HMgDRUV A VvRFlDJRQ6I-P IQ1) / uEERFN 7 HD/, Miy 1997. "/HC BDJ--C 3IJQASl.RlitfWQS~3CDQ', SlHJ-QJ£ as part of Lead Inspector Course, GEBCO, H m st, Texas, as scheduled 1996-1999. "HI-IlW r:u; 6 01-1_¥ IRUWH2 UgIQ r:u; Clli \H, Q, HMgrnID / IlgH/ RW6H-QlJRV', S lHJ-Q,f,-C IJliM-IHRu ~IiQ Chapter, International Association of Arson Investigators, Annual Seminar, Houston, Texas, October 1996. "HI-IlW r:u; 6 DH5"' IRU\fil-!2 UgIQ r:u; Clli \H, Q, HMgDHl'.T, S T.H.H].,tC il\oo--IA Q)i.ID:il-P IQIJIRUOO--Il Hv Mexico Chapter, International Association of Arson Inv es tigators, Albuquerque, New Mexico, September 1996. "HD:D£VOC2\llli) I1H6HQ-I HI-Il1H r:u; 6IJH5i IRDOO-I,QJil.IQtf.AGM\\MJ , SIBJ-QM; DAOO-I) UH& A~ Seminar for the Adjuster, Annual Certification Training for Insurance Adjusters, Abilene, Texas, A ugust 1996. "51--gu®R(y 5 ffullfP }-QV IRU CRQ.Wi~ 2 SHnUQv' ,Q,R0Q /HC RU /HC C~ MDMIJJY, presented at the International Technology Corporation Annual Health and Safety Technical Exchange, Los Angeles , California, g.me 199 5. "C<IDN, HD:ITffitVWI:MM6IlM'-A BUH HrnM.y" Suesented at the International Technology Corporation Annual Health and Safety Technical Exc hange, Los Angeles, California, g.me 1991. "DHMP IQ:Jm:2 RI D CaJEl.IlfK2 MHlfilG IRUl rn.RgI-Q DlRxKHM~, SU-JJ.-QM:; DN\ffl-IAP HJF[Q Industrial Hygiene Conference and Exposition, Quebec, Canada; 1988 . SEMINARS AND SHORT COURSES Moisture Issues in New Construction. 1-Day Seminar developed and presented in conjunction with the Nor th Central Texas Council of Government Regional Training Center; Arlington, Texas, March 21\M . 8-/wur Ha zardous Waste Operations and Emergen cy Respo nse Refresher Training; Arlington, Texas, 2M,M1999, 1998, 1997, 1996. 8-l wur Ha zardous Was te Operations and E111ergeJ1C1J Response Sup ervisor; Arlington, Texas, 1999, 1998. 24-hour Ha zardous Waste Operations and Em ergency Response Worker; Arlin g ton, Texas, g.me 1999. 40 -h our Ha zardous Wast e Operations and EmergenC1J Respo nse Worke r; Arlington, Texas, g.me 1999 . Indoor Air Qua lihJ Seminar: Large Loss Proj ec t s. 1-Day Seminar developed and presented in conjunction with the North Central Texas Council of Government Regional Training Center; Arlington, Texas, gtly 2Nl.il . Water Related IAQ: Wha t is it and How do I dea l with it ?; presented to CNA Insurance In-house Adj us ters; Dallas, Texas, March 2MM Expanding vour Horizons in Ma th and Science; Universi ty of Texas a t Arlington, Arlington, Texas, 2Nl.il, 2I\1Ul41 999, 1998, 1997. COURSES DEVELOPED AND ORGANIZED Indoor Air Quality -Mold Remediation. Indoor Air Quality -Mo ld Related Risk. Fire Scene Safety. Hazardous Was te Operations and Emer gency Response; Initial 4lv1md 24-hour Training. Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response; Ammal 8-hom Refresher Training. Confined Space Entry; Entrant, Attendant, and Supervisor Training. Hazardous Was te Supervis or; Initial 8-h our Training. Marion ARMSTRONG, MSPH, MBA, CIR HI--UW rQ:; 6DJ--Ij' -A Mu::QsH'.JV5 HS RQJEI(J1¥. Sampling Plans and Protocols. Excavation Safety. Drilling Safety. Hazard Communication -Employee and Community Right to Know. Respiratory Protection. Hearing Conservation. Radiation Safety. PUBLICATIONS AND PUBLIC TESTIMONY Vita Page 7 of 8 Oral and Written Testimony presented to the Texas Department of Insurance, ,Q.uU::(JHCRP P IYvlThJ-IJV Hearing on Residential Property Policies for Mold and Other Fungi Losses; Austin, Texas, gme 2!\M. AlP w.R(g, M., "DHMP TQ),fRQRI DCillEillm:2MrWRGIRUl rn.RgH2DIRxia-IMRQ1RU!', MIMMJ/Rl 6Fl1-QH Thesis, University of Utah, Rocky Mountain Center for Occupational and Environmental Health, Salt Lake City, Utah; August 1987. KEY P ROJ ECT S Project Manager, IAQ and Surface Contamination Assessment Project, 4M3tory Multi-Residential Condominium Complex, Multi-million Dollar Emergency Response, Remediation and Build Back Effor t for Loss Due to Fire, Under Contract with Insurance Carrier; Houston, Texas 12.MI -2W). Project Manager, IAQ and Surface Contamination Assessment Project, 22 Campus Indep endent School District, Multi-million Dollar Emergency Response, Remediation and Build Back Effort for Loss Due to Hurricane, Under Contract with Insurance Carrier; Houston, Texas 12.l\M -2W). Project Manager, IAQ Assessment Project, 4M3tory Multi-Tenant Conm1ercial Building, Multi-million Dollar Emergency Response, Remediation and Build Back Effort for Loss Due to Tornado, Under Contract with Prime Contractor on behalf of the Insurance Carrier; Fort Worth, Texas 12.NI.M-2MI). Project Manager, City Wide Environmental Heavy Metal Contamination Assessment Project, Under Contract with Prosecuting Attorney; Gilmer, Texas E2~ Project Manager, 56,MMsqu are foot Retail Facility Microbial Related Contamination Assessment Project, Under Contract with Defending Attorney on behalf of the Retail Facility; Corpus Christi, Texas E2Nl.l!J. Project Manager, Support for IDLH Sampling Program Development Sampling and Implementation, Under Contract with Major Railcar Manufacturer; Dallas, Texas E.999). Project Manager, Medical Device Manufacturer, Multi-million Dollar Emergency Response, Remediation and Restoration for Loss Due to Fire, Under Contrac t with Insurance Carrier; Dallas, Texas E.997). Project Manager for Indoor Air Quality Projects and Field Sampling for Variety of Clients tluoughout Texas ]]J:; RWHX:i~(1996 -3 ffiHW Project Manager for Industrial Hygiene Projects and Field Sampling for Variety of Clients through out Texas ]]J:; RWHX:i~(l 996 -3 ffiHW Project Manager for OSHA Compliance Projects for Variety of Clients throughout Texas and other States (1996 -3ffiHW Independent Contractor, Multi-million Dollar Chemical Distribution Warehouse Loss , Support for Hazardous Waste Site Remediation and Cause C Origin Determination, Under Contract with Cause C Origin Investigation Firm; Houston, Texas E.994 -1995). Karen M. Deiss, B.S. EDUCATION ---------------------------Vita Pag e 1 of 2 B.S., 1982, Microbiology, Texas ACM Univ ersity, College Station, Texas. PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION American Soc iety for Microbiology EA.SM), 2MM Institute of Food Tedmologists HFT), 1994. Association of Analytical Communities International B\OAC), 1998. Expert Witn ess in Criminal and Civil Courts. EXPERIENCE Department Head, Consultant, Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, In c., Arlington, Texas; Aug, 21\M -Present. Senior Microbiologist, Professional Service Industries, Inc., Arlington, Texas; May 1992-gily 2W . Compliance Auditor, Di Giorno Foods Kraft General Foods, Hoover, Alabama; Sept, 199M gm, 1992 . Certified Laboratory Technician, Barber Ice Cream CRP S[Q,, BIIP I(g.K[p , ACilEIJ> O 2 FW983 -Aug, 1988 . Certified Laboratory Technician, Associated Milk Producers, Inc., Houston, Texas; Feb 1983 -Aug, 1983. FIELDS OF EXPERIENCE Ms . Deiss is the Microbiology Department Head and Senior Microbiologist for Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. Ms. Deiss has over nineteen years experience in analytical microbiology, mycology, laboratory operations, quality control protocol and procedures and client support. Her experience includesWaboratory analysis in accordance with published methodologies; indoor air quality; project management and operations; client support and li aison, FDA quality control and compliance, and personnel managem ent. Ms. Deiss is responsible for all operations within AlP vvW(g'VMlRREIRCRgy DH>IlW I-QM]ERU),R(,y GIJ,fl) review, the d evelopment and implementation of Laboratory Standard Operating Procedures, DI-vHRSP 1-QN,P SCBP I--QJJJJiRQ 5 I-vIHv, ax; 8 Sa:wIRI \ID--I/IERUJ,fil,y 'V4 uIIJW CRQ,\RCM[Q.l[O)J:; IQ house Health and Safety Policies and Procedures. Ms. DHYv H:SHm.HIQ 4 uIIJW A Wi.lil,)<1f 4 uIIJW Control }QA/QC) Methods and Protocol has helped Armstrong Forensic Laboratory develop a high level RI TuIIJW IQ IlIDDSHW RI \ID-IFRP S [Q,'V Eu\I.Q-ss . Ms. Deiss is responsible for the h·acking and scheduling of equipment m aintenance and repair, as well as Laboratory Standards preparation. Ms . Deiss actively participates in special projects r equiring specialized analytical methodology, data IQM$ lHKMRQ ax; 4 A/ 4 C GRFuP l-QhMRQl MV DHYv maintains close contact with clients in areas of sampling protocol, sample handling, analytical testing ax; aw> IQM$URMRQ MV DHYv lIQ;HRI ex perience beyond Microbiology includesWforensic investigation and evidence examination, indoor air quality sampling and real-time data collection, environmental monitoring and analytical methods, a nd gen eral chemistry . Additional responsibilities includeWnventory, project planning, .scheduling, w ork projection, data collection and interpretation, and p ersonnel management, including training a nd professi on a l development of laboratory technicians and staff. Ms. Deiss is currently leading the microbiology departrneQ/wR vID:--IQ·H\IU-DRI CDERUJRly [FFU-C]}f;M,RQ- microbio lo gy, mycology and related technical support. PRO-BONO PRESENTATIONS AND TOURS Ms. Deiss is very ac ti ve in the area of public ed ucation and awareness in th e many ar eas supported by the laboratory. For years, th e laboratory h as sponsored tours a nd educ ation al programs for teachers and students in the Dall as/For t Worth Me troplex. The laboratory supports several science projec ts fo r area junior high and senior hi gh school students a ll owing th em access to Karen. M. Deiss, B.S. ---------------------------Vita Pnge 2 of 2 testing equipment and expertise to assist in their projects . TRAINING McCrone Research InstituteWorensic Microscopy, April 2M4 Association of Analytical Communities International ISO 17M5 Training, February 2M,M Southwest Meat Association Hazard Analysis Critical Conh·ol Point Training, 1999. RESEARCH The Presence of Yersinia enterocolitica in Foods, 1982. LEARNED AND HONORED SOCIE'fIES American Society for Microbiology Association of Analytical Communities International Institute of Food Technologists KEY PROJECTS BioControl Collaborative Study for Presence of E. coli M57W7 in Food Products, 2M1 . Multi-laboratory research study to evaluate the performance of BioC~. FRCDD157:H7 SlRG.iFWIRlERWE<NHgKW hour testing and Association of Analytical Communities International approval. BioControl Collaborative Study for Listeria in Food Products, 2M-M Multi-laboratory research study to evaluate the performance of BiRC~ /lliMID 3 lRG.iFW for Association of Analytical Communities International Approval. Techra Collaborative Study for Salmonella in Food Products, 1996 . Multi-laboratory research study to HrililIJM\M-ISHIRlP IQBRI 7H1DV6IID IQiill)ECTha Kits for Association of Analy tical Communities International approval. Section 6.0 Policies and Procedures Pro v iding a World of Services ARMSTRONG FORENSIC LABORATORY LABORATORY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ORGANIZATION • Chairman, Board of DirectorsW • PresidentW • Senior Vice President and Technical DirectorW • Vice President ofServic esW • Laboratory DirectorW • Quality Assurance DirectorW • Microbiology ConsultantW • Office ManagerW ACCREDITATION:/CERTIFICATIONS Kay F. Armstrong, BS MT B\SCP) Benjamin N. Armstrong, BBA Andrew T. Armstrong, PhD, Fellow ABC Marion K. Armstrong, MSPH, MBA, CIH g:,lm M. Corn, MA, MBA David R. Anderson, MS Karen Deiss, BS g:,lm G. Rompf, BA ~ American Industrial Hygiene Association FAIHA), Laboratory NumberWlM413 Industrial Hygiene Laboratory Accreditation Program HHLAP). Environmental Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program EELLAP). Environmental Microbiology Laboratory Accreditation Program EEMLAP). ~ U.S . Environmental Protection Agency EEPA) National Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program E\TLLAP) ~ U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Permit, Number S-7M49. ~ U.S . Department of gistice Drug Enforcement Administration Controlled Substance Registration. ~ Texas Department of Public Safety Controlled Substance Registration. ~ Texas Department of State Health Services ETDSHS)W >" Mold Analysis Laboratory LABMM ~ Mold Analysis Company ACOM8M ~ State of Texas, Texas Building C Procurement ETBPC) Historically Underutilized Business H-IUB), File Number VM812. ~ North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency Woman-Owned Business Enterprise IWBE) Certificate #WFWB19M4vMM >" South Central Texas Regional Certification Agency Small, Minority, Women Business Enterprise JSBE/WBE) Program Certificate #2M-M-335M ~ FDA Registered FIELD EQUIPMENT Armstrong has a variety of field equipment available for rent. Convenient rental periods of 1-Day, 3-D ay, and 5-Day are available H.,onger upon request with quotation). Rental terms, conditions, and rates are forwarded upon request. TECHNICAL SUPPORT Technical Support is available Monday through Friday, 91M,,1a.m. -5'ir\Mp.m. After-hours messages and orders, call IB17) 275-2691 . For disaster level emergencies, call IB17) 821-2461 , 24 hours . MAILING ADDRESS Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. 330 /RFKQGlHQ7llO Arlingto n, Texas 76M2 VoiceW IB17) 275-2691 ) De (817) 275-1883 EmailW AFLab@A FLab.com WebW www.AFLab.com Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. G eneral Terms and Conditions for Services 1. Scope of ServicesW\r111strong Forensic Laboraton;, Inc." ARM STRONG" \!<IJID3HIRU' \uFK 6ERV ICES as specifically req ues ted by the CLIENT and which ARMSTRONG GFH3W "6ERV ICES" P H:Q/\t.!H\SHTI[F r:QlyltfIX)!Q.r~ative or other services pe rfo rmed by ARMSTRONG as se t forth in ARMSTRONG'S 3 lRS R\0:;:>4 uR~ C RQ,\ffi\RU3 UH-!/ ThW "CLIENT" u-IHJ/ \R oo-IS HlR:2 RUEu ',KJW!--QJiij', requesting the SERVICES. The o rd erin g o f SERVICES fr om ARMSTRONG, or th e re liance of ARMSTRO G'S SERVICES, shall co nstitute acceptance of ARMSTRONG'S General Terms a nd Conditions for services applicable at time of that agreement, r ega rdl ess o f a n y previously is su e d d ocument. Submission o f a Chain-of-Custody is accepted as a contract for SERVICES. 2. Proposals, Quotes and ContractsWARMSTRONG is often requested to provide an es timate of cos t for SERVICES. These estima tes will be provided base d on ARMSTRONG'S unde rsta nding of the CLIENT'S re quest and ARMSTRONG'S professio nal judgme nt w ith th e understanding tha t the es timate o r quote is n o t a ma ximum o r fi xe d -fee quotation. Certain w ell-d efined services 11!.g., specifi c ana ly tical tes ts ) a ll ow for a fixed-fee quote to be provided. It is ARMSTRONG'S p olicy that such fixed-fee quotes are limited to a na lytica l se rv ices o nly and do not include any data inte rpre tati o n or consultation time. 3. CLIENT 'S Duty to No tify ARMSTRONG Wl.ll parties a gree that Safety is of paramount importance. Any information ava il a ble to the CLIENT co n ce rning the proper handling or dangerous content o f samples submitted to ARMSTRONG will be provided to ARMSTRONG in a m os t urge nt manne r, to includ e bei11g provide d to ARMSTRONG prior to sample submission. 4. Analytical ServicesWARMSTRONG warrants that it will provide analytica l tes ting and related SERVICES in the highest standards as specified i11 ARMSTRONG'S Polici es and Proce dures Program . Internal quality control procedures are in place and acceptabil ity crite ria h a v e been established for ro uti11 e analyses. AR MSTRONG d oes n o t warrant that analytical or consul ting SERVICES provide d can o r will reso lve all questions or conce rns of the CLIENT. Exc essive concentrations may incur additional surcharges. 5. Regulat ory Reg u i ren1ent sWARMST RONG will provide analytical SERVICES utilizi11g m e thods appropriate to meet the CLIENT'S specific r egulatory requirements, as ARMSTRONG is made aware of such requirements. Otherwise, ARMSTRONG will provide analytical SERVICES utilizing guid elines mos t appropriate for the specifications as unde rs tood by ARMSTRONG in acco rdance with ARMSTRONG'S Policies and Procedures Program. 6. Field Samp ling and Assessment s Wrhe CLIENT sh all provide a clear Scope of SERVICES from whic h ARM STRONG w ill base its recommendations. CLIENT shall be responsible for all samples and ass essments of the si te, ma terials and SERV ICES performed by others to be time ly and properly performed in ac cor dance with the plans, specifica tio ns and contract d ocuments as specified by ARMSTRONG'S recommendations. 7 . T h ird Party RelianceW\Jothing under this Agreement, Contract or Quote shall be construed to give any other rights o r be nefits in the Ag ree m ent to anyone o ther than the CLIENT. All duties and responsibilities unde rtaken will be for th e sole and exclusive benefit of the CLIENT. 8. Conflicts of Int erest\,\I\RMSTRONG has pe rforme d routi11e, as we ll as specialized, work for many companies, organizations and individu a ls in a variety of m a tte rs . As suc h, ARMSTRONG must reta i11 the right to represe nt such C LI ENTS in the future, but every reasonable effort shall be ma d e to avoid conflicts of i11t e res t on any. specific ma tter. ARMSTRONG'S SERVICES will be conducted i11 a professional maime r and eac h specific proj ec t will be kep t separate fr om all o ther work d o ne. 9. Confidential itvW ARMSTRONG'S po li cy on co nfid enti a lity refl ects our und ers tandi11g that information concerning th e CLIENT'S co mpany, samples, analyses, and results are the sole property o f the CLIENT . This mfo rma tion is he ld in strictest co nfid ence. ARMSTRONG will release reports or case mformation o nl y to th e CLIENT o r a uthori zed agent of CLIE T. lM Reporting PolicyWAll re ports that are issu e d via e lec tronic transmission a re co nsidered pre liminary. Final re ports are is sued with original sig natures and are e mbossed with the approp riate Laboratory Seal. Repo rts d e live red via e-mail will be e ncrypted using Adobe® Acrobat® Ipdf) format or similar prog ram. 11. Payment WCLIENTS are required to pay at the time SERV ICES are requ es ted. lnvoici11g w ith reports and/or Credit is available fo r C LIE NTS with an acceptable credit his tory and an o ngoing re lationship with ARMSTRONG. CLIE NTS w ith an unacceptable credi t history o r who have had issu es rega r ding time ly pa y me n t will be AQ,!Qi}G"CDJ<2 Qy " uQ,ID,(,FKissu es are successfully resolved. All invo ic es issued are due and payable upon receipt by th e CLIENT. Invoices will be co nsidered Pas t Due after 3Mdays from the Inv oice Date. Fi11ance charges m ay be applied to any past due accounts. If an invo ice is submitted to a collection agency, all costs r:Q:;CDgllJrHIIJARF!Dl!Cwll,Jl':lYIVFRCD)FlfRQ \Roo-IH<lhQ"ilmwed by law, will be added to the to ta l fina l amount due. Failure to pay fo r SERV ICES will re nder the project file the prope rty of ARMSTRONG and will rel ease ARMSTRONG from any CLI ENT re lationship regarding th ose SERVICES. 12. Ret ainer and Prep avmentW:ertain SE RV ICES or projects may req uire a Retainer or Pre payment . The specific te rms of such an arrangement, including amount required; disbursement schedule; e tc., will be established on a case-by-case basis with full agreement between bo th ARMSTRONG and the CLIENT. 13 . Court and Witness FeesWI'ime spent in preparing fo r d eposition or tes timony will incur charges accord in g to ARMSTRONG'S curre nt Fee Schedu le at the time of occ urrence. Armstrong Forensic Laboratory, Inc. General Terms and Conditions for Services (continued) 14 . Turn A round Timev\Q Q -1(1) W RlNQ; Off \.!<IlIDiliQ-I IQ-G D/MRQJ::y \!;(lfugK) l.JGq,, 8:00 IT' -5:00 SP, 1-kRilQQ; QJRQD and s ta te holi day s . Standa rd turn around ti me HAT) fo r ro utine ana ly ti cal wor k shall be measured fr o m the da te o f recei pt for sa m p les r eceived befo re 2'\t\Mpm . O ther samples s ha ll h ave T A Ts m easu red fro m the n ex t wo rking day. Accelerated TA Ts may be req u este d for a n a d ditiona l s urch a rge. Ac tua l ana ly tica l TATs m ay be m ethod restr ictive. Se rvices requ iring ex te nded evening o r weekend work may incur add iti onal s urch a rges. 15 . Outside S ERVICESWARMSTRONG u ses a selec t li s t o f qua lified outs ide la bo ra to ri es to p e rfo rm an alyses no t availab le in-ho u se, fo r w hich ARMSTRONG is no t ce rtifi ed /li cen sed !wh en require d ), o r in order to m eet the CLIENT'S turn around time HAT). Unless s p ecifie d by the C LI ENT, ARMSTRONG will se lec t o uts id e SERV ICES b as ed o n q ua lity of work, cost a nd acc redita ti o n requ ire m ents. 16. Scheduling of S ERVI CESWTh e SERVICES o ff ere d by ARMSTRONG will be a ccomplis h ed in a time ly, co m pe te nt and profess iona l m a nne r. Th e C LIE NT mus t be a w a re tha t som e a nalyses ha v e limited h o ld tim es a nd m ay req u ir e rus h TA Ts to m eet those requirem ents . If excessive quantities o f sa mples fo r s imila r a n a lyses are s ubmitted over a sh ort pe r iod, ARM STRO NG may not be able to co mplete all a n a lyses within the u s ual time. ARMSTRONG will m a ke eve,y e ff o rt to n otify the CLIE NT when such d elays are a nticipa ted . 17. R e sponsibilityW ARMSTRONG is no t a construc ti on contracto r o r re m ed ia to r. ARMSTRO NG'S SERVIC ES shall n ot incl ud e d e te rmining, supe rvis ing o r imple m e n ting the m eans, m e tho ds, tecluuques, seque nces o r procedu res o f o n-s ite remedia tio n or r econstruction . ARMSTRONG sha ll no t be res p on s ible fo r eva lu a ting, re p o rting o r affec ting job co n diti ons concern ing hea lth, safety o r welfa re, unless s p ecifically liste d in Wfrl.3 lR!ilfVIV6FRS HRI WRlN ARMSTRONG d oes n o t acce pt the respons ib il ity fo r actions o u ts ide of ARMSTRO NG'S direct control. In the event of los t o r d a m age d s a mples, valu a ti on of said sa m p les, fo r purposes of re imburseme nt, will b e the cost of the m e dia only. 18. Insurance WA c ha r ge will b e a ssesse d to the C li ent in orde r to be listeG D/IQ" Aa:nflQJ:)QJIU-G ' ~IX¢' !Q-hlllJ'l-lSRafy, S!:f I:ECDI in adv ance, in accorda nce with the current Fee Sc h edule. As a m a tter o f ARMSTRONG FRliiRlDM:SOOf-y, "W DY I-URI 6uElRgL\~' IY n o t availa bl e. 19. Dispute Resolutionv\Given ARMSTRONG'S o ngoing re la ti o nship w ith its CLIENTS, and based o n o ur experien ce, we a nticipate tha t a ll disputes will be resolv ed amicably . In the ev ent o f any dispute or co ntrove rs y, regarding o r aris ing o u t o f the se rvices performed by ARMSTRONG a nd including dis putes re late d to bill ing a nd/or invoicing, it is agr eed tha t the sa m e sha ll be s u bj ec t to m e diation EHRlliD P u ~ [gU-HECDIP H;IDR!.J RURQ'-f Cl3SRIQJ.G Ey ~!~H AP H.IFIQ A lE~ A ~=mm::.2 "AAA", II [gu+P 1-~Wili reach e d . All unreso lved dis putes sha ll be subject to binding arbitration in Arlin g to n, Texas. T he arbitra tion sh a ll be administered by the Dallas offi ce of the AAA in accorda nce with its then current rules and procedures. 2M Sample Retention/DisposalW Comple te d samples will be dis p osed o f in acco rda n ce wi th ARMSTRONG'S Policies and Procedures Prog ram. An y samples o r m a teria ls submitte d to ARMSTRO NG, w KIFK KD.,HDQ--lM'\M:CDITP RuQ,'m "AFu\tip" KD.JJ£RuV waste w ill remain the pro p e rty a nd the res p o nsibility o f the CLIENT and as s u c h w ill be re turned to the CLIE NT a t the CLIENT'S expense. 21. Docume ntation RetentionW All d ocuments as sociated w ith a spec ific p rojec t w ill be m ainta ined in acco rda nce wi th ARMSTRONG'S Po licies and P rocedures P ro gram. T h ese procedures currentl y m eet o r exceed the app licable requireme nts of ARMSTRONG'S acc re diting agen cies. 22. TerminationWThe C LI ENT o r ARMSTRONG may request te rmina te SERV ICES a t any ti me. In the event of Te r mina ti on of SERVIC ES, C LIE NT will be inv oice d for a ll SERVICES initiate d o r co mple ted up to tha t d a te o f no tifica ti on o f ternuna tion. Upon terminatio n of our SERVICES, a nd pay m ent o f a ll invo ices re la ted to those SERV ICES, a lJ work p ro duc t accumula ted d urin g the course of A RM STR ONG'S w o rk with the C LI EN T will b e a va ila ble to the C LI EN T fo r a p e r io d o f time co mplia nt w ith ARM STRONG'S Poli cies and Procedures Program . 23 . Failure t o PayWa ilure to pay fo r any pa rt of an in voice will result in the a uto m a ti c re lease of ARMSTRONG from th e project as we ll as a n y p o tential conflic ts of interes t fo r ARMSTRONG w orking with future CLIENTS related to the sam e m a tte r. ARMSTRONG wi ll re tain ownership and contro l o f the fil e, a ll info rma ti on, docume ntatio n, sa m ples, evid e nce, work product and all o the r rela ted materials . No info rmation w ill be re leased to the CLIENT, o r the ir re p resenta tive, until p aym ent of all in vo ices a n d re s ulting pena ltie s has bee n settl ed. 24 . Choice of LawWThis agreem ent, a s w e ll as a ll SERV ICES p rovided by AR~ISTR ON G are perfo rmed in Texas and will be construed a n d interpreted in a m a nner consis tent w ith the laws o f T arrant Co unty a n d th e State of Texas. ,:·.-· ... ~.--·.··T··. -· . . . . ·.· ' :· •1 · • . /' • .._ •' \ I : • HIGHWAY ·TECHNOLOGIES . •, . . . ' . 7200 Jack Ntwell Bivd. S Fort Wort.b, Tc:xu.76113 PHONE:.(8i7) 5~8185:tx'r. 323 · FAX: (8 17) 590-0048 STATEMENT Of QUALIFICATION H ghway Techoologles ha< a la,ge and exteo,lve fleet that accompanies a hlghlY t<olned aod experienced team of . . . . traffic control spec:lallst'S. We can perform the ·most cornplicated ·proJecrs sarely, correctly, and on time. From the bidding process to job completion our contractors wlll be provided with. the best service, expertise, and equipment In the Industry. Whether the job includes permanent or temporary pavement marking or sign installation, complex work zone set up, flagging, intense sur;eillance, or .dynamic traffic control, you can depend on Highway Technologies .to get the job done correctly and cost effectively. We offer 24 hoi.ir Em~rgency Sel"Vice evary day of the year. THE BEST DIVERSIFICATION OF SERVICE OFFERINGS IN THE INDUSTRY • Traffic Control and Work Zone Set Up ·llfld MaintananC9--Safe, dependable, thorough • Pavement Mai:ltlng and Str1pino-Tempor.ary. parmaoant, and remcwal • Sign lnatallatlon-Regulatory, construction , street, rout mark.er, warn ing, temporary or permanent • Flagglni--A TSSA certified; highly 1rained professionals • Guard Rail lndallatlon-Expe.riGnood and pmfe1;slonal crews installing high quallty product • Traffic Control Plan._Clea~. ~cise, detailed plans meeting the high staridards set by the MUTCUD and local publ ic authorities • Federal, State, and Local MUTCUO Standards Consultlng-Experlence. knowledge. thorough undel"3lending, and loc:al e::q:>enise REFERJ:NCES: Texas Department of Transportation 571S Canyon Dr, P.O. Box '7368; Ama:rillq TX 79109 Zachry Constructicm Corporation 527 Logw.ood, San . Antonl-0; TX 78221 Austin Bridge and Road 6330 Commerce Dr., Suite 150, Irving, TX 75038 APAC, Inc. 900 Ashwood Pkwy, S~ite 700'. Atlanta, GA 3.0338 {-...:'BAK ER '-,c··)i -., ~ l_.,,,.,,. I "(~ f fOUPt,,tf Nf. SO( t.•n(J~ PRODUCTS CONTACT A bout Baker Qual ity Program Carne r Opportun ities Bake r Miles to nes W hy Bake r? APPLICATIONS ABOUT NEWS/EVENTS 1. Baker Reliability At BakerCorp we make comm itments, not excuses . Time and again we've built our reputation on do ing the impossib le. Once our people make an assurance, the ent ire Baker company is ready to support that co mm itm ent. Whether it's a speci al piece of equip ment, a mo dification or a rapid response, we've bui lt our business on co ming through for our customers over and over again . 2. Baker Expertise Nobody is more knowledgeable than Baker. Simply said , we provide smarter solutions . Looking at th e big picture enables our experts to provide the most effective comb ination of products to get the job done . Whether it's a single tank, pump, filtration, shoring un it , or an integrated system, our recommendation will match your needs ... perfectly . 3. Baker Commitment Our customers will tell you the biggest reason they consistently turn to BakerCorp is the commitment they feel at the local level. Our representatives get to know you and your business so that we can anticipate your needs and provide a level of service unchallenged industry-wide . We know our customers depend on us and we've got an entire company committed to ma intaining that trust . 4 . Baker Drivers l,)nlike other companies, we employ our own drivers, maintain our own fleet, and use special rigs for spec ific challenges. BakerCorp drivers are fully trained experts in equipment transportation , capable of positioning a tank into extraordinarily tight spaces and placing equipment for the best possible workftow. 5. Baker Wide Today, we are the largest, most exper ienced containment, pump and filtration company in the world with over 90 locations nationwide and international operations in Europe, Canada and Mexico. Our extensive network provides for 24x7 availability and helps minimize your transportation costs . With Bak erCorp , you get what yo u need , fast. 6. Baker Safe BakerCorp has a rigorous maintenance program patterned a~er ISO 9000 certification guidelines . This QMS program is unique lo Baker. It insures each and every one of our tanks is safe , inspected and of the highest quality each time it's ready for use by a customer. Our equipment is also designed and te sted to meet NESHAP and OSHA standards . FAQ 7. B a ker Tim e Yo u can se t you r clock by ii. We move faster and with more precision th a n a nybody e lse in the indust ry . Yo u ca n li te rally schedu le yo ur jobs, yo ur crews , yo ur who le sc hedule on Bake r time. 8. Baker Touch Do yo u ha ve specifi c applicati ons that requi re custom c onfig u rati o ns ? Baker experts ca n ad d valve s an d re-co nfi gure ha tches to ma ximiz e th e effecti ve ness of our ta nks and bes t mee t your exact needs. 9. Baker Depth We've got the largest inventory in the worl d, an d that en ables us to match the prop e r equipment to meet yo ur needs, e very time. BakerCorp offers a world-class inventory of ove r 18 .000 piece s of equipment-including steel and poly tanks, ro ll off boxes, pumps , filtration, shoring equipment and specialty equipment. Our bre adth of product rema ins unrivaled in the industry . 10. Bake r Tough BakerCorp provides the most durab le equipment in the industry, holding to only the highest material standards. Baker equipment stands up to your toughest challenges, day afte r day, no matter what the conditions . 11. Baker Resources No other company in the business invests more in their equipment than BakerCorp . We upgrade, implement. and purchase at a leadership pace, keeping our equipment at the vanguard so that you , the customer, en joy the best-performing and best-looking equipment anywhere. 12. Baker Tested Our methods, our equipment, our service record, the relationships we've built and cont inue to build, are time tested and time-honored. We deliver the expertise, reliability and commitment of an industry leader. 13. Baker Value People. Equipment. Solutions. -Partnering with BakerCorp on your projects means that you will work alongside professionals dedicated to providing quality solutions-integrated solutions that pull from a deep pool of talent, equipment and experience. It means that your challenges will be resolved using the most logical and comprehensive mix of tanks , pumps and filtration systems available anywhere. BakerCorp's depth of experience and reputation for innovative system design ensures your project will be brought to a successful conclusion-first time and every time. © Cop yri gh t. 20 0 7. Baker PRODUCTS CONTACT Abo ut Bake r Qua lity Program Caree r Opport unit ies Ba ker Miles to nes Why Baker? APPLICATIONS ABOUT NEWS/EVENTS INDUSTRY LEADING QUALITY ASSURANCE AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS Industry leading quality assurance and maintenance programs BakerCorp has established rigorous maintenance programs pattern ed after ISO 9000 certification guidelines. These QMS programs are exclus ive to BakerCorp and ensure that only equ ipm ent of the highest quality is released into the field . .. ' ' ii ·-. '\1 • TANKS LEVELi Visual in spection. Includes, but not limited lo: • Exterior structural integrity, support structure, weld seams • Valves. flanges, fill ports and fittings • Frac manifold and internal turn tube • Gel or jet line, steam coil, air lines/g lad hands • Front & rear interstitial cavity and valve operation • Front loading beams, 5th wheel plate and pin • Lights , re fl ectors and DOT consp icuity tape • Suspe nsion, hubs, tires. brakes, reserve tank and air lin es • Front, s ide and top hatch function and seal ab ility • Safety equipment: ladders/stairway/guardrails • T op rear interstitial cavity • Interior tank wall coating, structural integrity . weld seams • LLG com ponents, PN valve LEVEL II In addition to all poi nts in a Level I inspect ion . FAQ BAKER BACKS YOU WITH THREE LEVEL MAINTENAr PROGRAM these tes ts are performed: • NE SHA P te st perform ed on P N valves • Tank fi ll ed to br im with w ate r fo r 20 min utes and visua lly inspected fo r leak s L EV EL 11 1 In ad dition to all points in a Level I and II in spe ct io n , these tests are performed: • Ul trasoni c wall thick ness readings taken for all unlined tan ks-tank wa lls, flo or, and top PU M PS LEVEL I-B EFORE DELIVERY • Che ck coolant level • Check oil level in both crankcase and seal rese rvo ir • Ch eck oil p ressure w ith eng ine runn ing • Take vacuum level reading at 1500 RPM and 15 seco nds after eng in e is shut off • Make sure fuel tank is full • V is ual ly check t ires and inflation, pipe, hose and fitt ings, and fo r ge neral damage UPON DELIVERY : • Re v iew operation in structions w ith customer • Ch eck and record oil pressure • Ch eck an d record vacuum level reading again at 1500 RPM and 15 seconds after eng ine is shut off LEVEL II-UPON PICKUP • All Leve l I "Before Delivery " inspections • Visuall y inspect engine for external damage • Check engine hr. Number recorded on oil filte r • Inspect fu el system & electrical system • Ch ec k that RPM governor seal is intact • Make sure correct battery is installed • Chec k fo r Damage to suspens ion, jacks & hitch • En su re no liquid remains in the pump • Check for debris in vo lute • Check if cu st om er's requirements w ere satis fie d LEVEL Ill-MAINTENANCE CHECKUP AND SERVICE • Check oi l le vel s and change oil an d f ilter if ove r 250 ho urs on engine s ince last change • Check co ol ant le vel and add/rep lace if neces sary • Check an d clean fue l filte r, or replace if over 250 hours use • Ch eck altern ator belt and wi ring • Che ck and adju st fan bel t tension • Check air filter elemen t • Service battery -Top off electrolyte leve l/clean cables • Check all external bolts and nuts for tightness • Check & c lean crankcase vent • Visually check impelle r for debris or damage and re cord impeller wear • Check wea r plate clearances. • Check & clean NRV ball/flap pe r • Check oi l to mechanical seal • Check and lu bri cate volute d ra in to make sure valves are working freely • Check bearings for play -Adjust and grease if nee ded. • Check o il in speed reduction gea rb ox and replace if needed. • Check conditi on of tires for damage and proper wear and check and adjust tire pressure • Check wheel bearing s and adjust and grease as necessary. • Ch eck pintle hook & cha ins • Chec k condition of weld around coupler plate • Check fron t an d rear jacks for damage and to ensure lhey are functioning properly • Check fuel lin es fo r leaks & tank for water & debris • Perform eng ine run test • listen for any abnormal sounds. • Ch eck fan belt(s) for wear and vibration while running • Check fan(s) for clearance • Check oil pressure gauge/light • Check alternator gauge/light • Che ck engine coolant temperature gauge/light • Perform suction vacuum test • Pe rfo rm Sh ut Off (Dead Head) Pressure test Non -W e t Prime Pumps Only • Ch eck priming chamber & clean • Check compressor for carbon build-up if pump uses a piston-compressor • Remove and clean venturi nozzle if applicable • Remove housing screen & clean • Remove and clean sleeve & ball • Check air li ne for looseness and leaks • Check belt for wear and tension I FILTRATION LEVEL I-BEFORE DELIVERY • Visual inspection of entire system including influent and effluent connections as well as gaskets, fittings and hatches to make sure they are operating properly and meet job requireme nts • Load media if j ob requ ires UPON DELIVERY: • Review opera tion of bleed valve, drain valve and if applicable, isolation valve s with customer • Review plumbing-which is influent. effluent. and if customer is install ing piping, torque specs • Review any weather related issues like e xtreme heat or freezing tempe ratu res LEVEL II-UPON PICKU P • All Level I "Befo re Delive ry" inspections • Inspe ct inte rio r fo r li n ing condition and cle anli ness LEVEL Ill-MAINTENANCE CHECKUP • Pressure tes t fi lte r vesse ls using compres sed air. Che ck all co nnect ions and open ing s for leaks • Perfo rm an y necessary repai rs found in Level s 1-11 l11e Ci ty of Fort Worth Department of Environmental M anagement RCRA Hazardous Waste TSD Facility Audit Pre-Aud it Package For: Republic. Date: l 0-L-2.co:{ Please print or type each response. Supporting documentation should be attached to any section as is needed. /\T!ACHM.:N'r l . Pogc 1 of. G 2-18 ~U/UJ/ LUU ( ~u .uu ..J f L UL ( -J L .J ( II T1',\C HM8)1 l' l . P.a ge 2 of G Section 1: General Jr!fonn ation 1. Date Pre-Aud it Package completed: / 0 -c...f -2 0 0 f 2 . Primary Contact: Cv.n Y\.; 5 ~[~-;50,"1Cf rj Title: --~b~-~t1~,~------ 3 . Company Na me : c-sc Q~ spo.sa-( ,t--~d(l l / 4 .FacilityLocation: [ Q> ( Rq_ pu bUc. W0...'-r Po ];3" (4-va.,.LDY"\, Te~ as -JG:,~ 2 3 5.TelephoneNumber: '(14 -~21-5</I> FaxNumber: ell -lt,27~'341~ Sectio11. 2: Facility lrrfonnation 1. Is there a security system/fence around this facility? 'ie 5' Describe : 2 . Are security guards used? AJo If so, when? ------------~- 3. ls there an active landfill nearby? If so , what types of wastes are accepted? ------ DY\ l'f C SC 4_ What (if any) bodies of water Are nearby Rnd at whr.t distance arc they? 60 cd.1 tie / ( RR.se.c vo: C J t'.xJ ; l,_s '-qa( _I 4-{ 5 . Dcscribe,site fire-fi.ghtinj capabiliti es. . ( po O (_,....) C)..,11€..r""' Lrvc L'-- :5 o, I t Llva... Lon. V EO 2-1 9 .J. UI '-'-'1 L.UU I .J. U • WU Sectio n 3.-Federal and State Perm.its /ITTJ\CHM EN T 1 p .3 9e 3 er. G 1. List the name, address, and EPA and State ID numbers fo r all treatm ent, stor:a.ge , and d is posal facilities to be used for 1:bis project. Be sure to a rea ch copies of any permits to show each arc curn..'llt: TCEQ ePA ,~.oqB Ldfv-: 2 . At tach proof of your company's registration with the EPA an<l State agency. 3. What were the dates of the latest federal aud state 1nspections? Specifically, which agencie:s inspected? A _ !Cf Q /Vo v 2oo~ L/Jo /lLo V: 4 . What were the results of these inspections? Include a description of any violations and corrective actions . 5. Wlrnt is the status of your RCRA Part B permit? 6 . Please attach copies of your current insurance coverages . 2-20 -' f L U L r ..,J L...J ( Se.ct.ion 4: Employee Training i<TT.i\CHME:N'.l' 1 Page ~ of. • 1 . List the minimum quelifications of nll key positions that would handle wastes for this project. Include minimum college education, ccrti:fications, and or.her relevant tTaining: GM .. Tc ER_ CL'ls s A: -< e. ' . ' ~ ./2..f-\I l s Q ,.--- 2_ Attach resumes of key personnel who will be assisting with completion of this project . Section 5: Waste Inventory Control J _ Wha.t types of wastes are accepted/not accepted, and how are unacceptable wastes handled'? f C a..ss 1+2-1 t hdus.f.r,a. l 1 pcrs, i 2. In general, describe the methods used to characteri7.e wastesR .._ · . f ,o-dlf ;,'t;.:/!;o < = 'i:.,, c a . .,,-, ,d W., b l , c, pre,{; e 2-21 ..J ( LUL ( ...,JL-J ( Section 5: Wa s te .Inventory Control, continued l,TT /\CHMF.N T 1 Pa ge s of G 3. What method is u.sed to determine which treatment facility, landfill , or incinerator a w as te is sen t to? Csc__ 4. What procedures are used to ensure (verify) wastes are sent to their intended destination for disposE1.l, lTeatment, etc .? Section 6: Environmental Mo11;1ori:ng 1 . In general, describe your facility's groundwater monitoring progi·am. How many groundwater monitoring wells are on site? Number of wells down gradient and number up grad.ient? Include gronndwarcr monitoring for landfill$, incinerators, and tre.:itment facilities to be used for this project. IV@ --Z dow 6 2. In general, describe your facility's air monitoring program for air emissions. Include air monitoring for landfills , incinerators, and treatment facilities to be used for this project. "J'. te....-11 2-22 iu/U~I LUU( i o .uu ::J(L O L(~L~( Section 6: Environmenta.l Monitori,ig, continued 3. Bow is stonnwater mnoff / run-on manage .6cd... o .~'l'TI\CM M~NT ], P:t,ir. ( o; G 4. What is your groundwater monitoring compliance status? t W -fl.. Ll ~ n a~ S~!.~a.--+-Tc FQ ~ ,- .t-':::rilllt .No . M.'.)W 12 09 -3 TEXAS NATURAL RESO[RCE CONSERVATION COi\·TI'YITSSIO~- ·Name of Pe:wirree an.ct Site Owner: · Faciliry Name: Classification of Sice: Wastes to be Accepted: P!::~.".1 /T i=OA MUNIC IPAL SOL IC w;..STE MANAGEMENT sr,!: issued uncior provision:, of ':'ex21-s H eal~h & Satery Code -Ann. Chocter 36i (Vernon) CSC Disposal and L::.ndfil l, 1'1.c . P.O. Box ~26 Avalon. Ellis Coumy, Texas 76623 . CSC Disposal and Landfill, lnc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Republic Serv ices. Inc.) Type I Municipal Solid Wasre Ma.uage::nenr faciiicy Municipal Solid Waste, Cfass 1 Industrial Solid Waste, Class ::2 IndusLrial So lid ·1v1.raste, Class 3 Industrial Solid Waste, and Speciai \Ilaste. The perm..itte:: is authorized to store. process, and dispose of wastes i.n accord:rnce wiili the limitations, requirements, and oi:.h!r conditions set forth b~rein. Th.is a.fnended perm.it is granted subject to the rules and Orders of me Commission and laws of the Stare of Texas . N otl1ing in this permit exemprs the perai.inee from compliance with omer applicable rules ai."ld regu1acions of Lbe Texas Narural Resource Conservation Comraissicn. Tb.is perm.it will be valid umi1 :a.nee.led, amended, or revoked by the Commiss ion. or unril the sire is :omplerely filld or rendered unusable, whichever oc::cu.rs frrst. A.PPRO'VED, ISSUED _:...:.'-iD EFFECTIVE mis l'?b day of __ . .1.D_::-_. :_: ~---- ···········~··~ For :he Cc;:;;;z;;;;;, ~ .1..1..Jf U-..lf .L..UU I .1..U• UU ..J ( LUL-( ..JL..J ( tvlr. '.'-iichobs Scdkovich Repub lic \VJ.se e S:;!rvic~!i of T;::x as G.P , l..1c . L2 L2 H,mison Avenue Arling ton. Ti::x:is 760 l l _l\farch 2-L 200 5 Re I\ilunicipal Sol.id \V:.i.scc. Ellis Cou nty Rc=pub lic W:isre Se:rvices of T~x;is. Ltd. -CSC Landfil l MSW Permit No. 1209B Pennie M.odific::i.cion RN l 00 ~180 3 .L. CN 60013::2534 Dear Mr. Sl:t:!fk.o·v·ich: UUl .l.L We h:1.ve revie wed your :i.pplic:icion for a municipal solid was 1:e. permit modi flcucion d:itcd J:.i.n uury 5. 2Q()j c1n d re cei ved by the Municip:.i.l So lid WJ.sce t"MSW) Penni es s~ction on hnu;iry 7. 2005 ;ind the rcv is.i ons dJ.ted fa11u Jry t?.. 20 05 re questin g co i.nc orpo r.:i.te c.h c u.uchoriz:.ition t'rom th~ U.S. En vi ro nmenc;.1 ! Prncc:cci0n Agenc y to :iccepc for disposal polych Jori n;ice.d biphen:-l (PCB ) waste at the .1bove referenced fa ci:i ty and to tr:insfer cbe p<:!rmic from CSC Disposal & L1C1dfi11. Inc. co Republic W:isce Services of T:::xas. l td. Tbc inform ation presenced is ti::c hnic ally sufficient for .i mu.nicip;il solid w.1ste permit modif.ic:1cior:. E nclo sed is J. cop y of ch e a.bove referenced penni c modi ftc:uion which is now pare of your permit J..id s hou ld be :i.tt:i.ch ed thereco ::i.s pun of Att:i.c hmencs !-\ :i.nd B . T he documemation prep;ired. md submi tted r.o su p port the mod ifi c:i.t lo n requ~st s h.i Jl be considered .is requirernc::ncs of c.h e permit. [f you h:.tv e an y que sc ions C'.)ncerning chi s rn:.trt.!r, plc:isc conuc.:c Ms. K:i.ren D. Ck ve l.1:1cl.. P.E . of rn ;1 scu.ff :.ic ; 51:::.) :.3lL .. ~5 l 9 . \Xihe::;i :.i.d.dress ing written corre~~on de~c;:. please use ~L.i.il Code l 24 ( .\1!C-l 2.i). S . /.# /) /) /) ,~-/~~/ Kic !urc! C. Cur:-.i.c:1:.i.e!. P h.D ., PE .. Clli \,(,.m i..:ipa.l S,)lid "'i :.is te i?:~~--:n.ils Se:::t ir:in \\i:':!s::e ?~rrr:i[s LJl,:~s:c n· -.. ·-·· ... ...!.~:..::": .......... , ._.....,, ................ ..JtL.UL.1-'L.-'I UNiT:::J S7A:cS ::NV IRONME NTAL P~O"i=STIO N AGcNCY ~~5 .~cs.s ,.\\.1 :::~rJ =. sL.:iT= ;2·00 D~L~.S ~ IX ~52C:·.2-2722 Mr. Randy Farris Republic Industries, Inc . lOl Republic Way P.O. Box 236 Avalon, TX 76623 Dear Mr. Farris: This letter is in response to our conversati on regarc ing t~e Off-site s t atus of your facility, the CSC Disposal & Landfill, Inc., (CSC ) located in Avalon, Texas. It is understood that CSC has been =eceiving non-hazardous wast.e generated as a result of reinoval and rernedial activities under the Comprehensive En~ironmental Response, compensation, and Liability .Act (CERCLA). A review of our records indicates that csc remains acceptable £or the receipt of non-hazardous waste as a result of CERCLA activities. csc will remain ac.ceptable unt il the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency notifies the facilit y otherwise. If y ou have any questions concerning this mat~er, please contact Ran Shannan at (214) 665-2282. Sincerely yours, /') u /tH \ /) It /Lt-t<,-0. ._ ' - Ron Shannon Regional Off-site Contact UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY REG ION 6 1445 ROSS AVENUE , SUITE 1200 DALLAS, TX 75202-2733 .~ 2 6 ~Jf l f\j::. ---.......... ,,,, ... CERTIFIED MAIL-RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED Mr. Depnis Delesandri General Manager Republic Waste Services of Texas LTD CSC Landfill 101 Republic Way P.O. Box 236 Avalon, TX 76623 Dear Mr. Delesandri: We are in receipt of your Jetter of July 11, 2006 , requesting approval to include disposal of polychlorinated biphcnyls (PCBs) in Cell 11 pursuant to 40C.F.R. § 761.75 (Chemical waste landfills) al the CSC Landfill (CSC) facility located in Ellis County near Avalon, Texas. This landfill is currently permitted by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) as a Type I municipal solid waste landfill able to receive municipal solid waste and Class I (non-hazardous), IL and III industrial solid waste for disposal. After review ·of the modification requt;':st, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region 6 concludes that granting this modification to land dispose of PCBs in Cell 11 will not pose an unreasonable risk to human health or the environment. By this Jetter, your modification request is hereby approved in accordance with the enclosed conditions of approva.1 . A viola6on of 40 C.F.R. Part 761 , or any condition included as part of the approval, may subject CSC to an enforcement action under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and/or other applicable laws and regulations. Such action could result in termination, revocation , or modification of this approval. Furthermore, receipt of evidence that: (l) a misrepresentation of any material fact has been made in any CSC submittal; (2Y all rel.evant facts have not been disclosed; or (3) the namre of PCB disposal has substantially changed from the subm~tted application after the effective date of this approval may .::o.nstitute sufficient cause for termination, revocation or modification of this approval. If any PCBs are detected in the ground water monitoring wells c.:hed for sampling and analysis in this approval, CSC must immediately cease PCB disposal, n~nify EPA by tek:phone and in writing, and begin an investigation as to the cause and source of the contamination along with any remedial action. that may be required. PCB disposal may not resume until EPA Region 6 has given CSC permission to do so. The EPA reserves the right to add. modify or delete any approval condition upon proper not ice to the applicant. Jhis ~pprcival becomes effective on the date of this letter., and shall Internet Address (URL ) • h~:/tWWW.epa.gov R~ycled/R9Cyclable , Pr1nled w"h Vegetable Oil Based Inks on Racycl9d Paper (Minimum 25% Pos1coMumi?r ) 2 expire at midnight, Jun~ 10, 2009.: P'ease re-apply for renewal a~ ~east six months bef?re the expiration date . If you have·quest1ons, please contact Mr. James Saks, Facility Assessment Section , at (214 ) 665-6796. Enclosure cc : Ms. Jacqueline Hardee, TCEQ Sincerely !,'.Q.u:.S,· ; .r!:8~~--' c~i· E. Eol~·nd , P.E . Director Multimedia Planning a.nd Permitting Division 1u:04 am r rom-wa s te mana emen t t,143ZB1,S~ WASTE IVIANAGEMENT OF TEXAS , INC. Fax To: Company: -· Fax No: Date From: Subject: Total # pages: NORTHTEXASMARKETAREA P.O. Box400 1201 North Central Avenue Ferris, Texas 75125 Fax: (972) 842-5873 •r odd Tr i c e 8 1 7 -535-81 8 7 10/4/2007 Paula Carboni , MA Environmental Manager (972) 842-5892 DFW Pre Bid Package 15 (including cover pag,s) Susie Koser asked me ~--·--to tax thi~ ___ t_o~y_o_u_. ____ _ -··-- ., .. _____ - --.. ,_ ... ~ -.... , ... _ ----------··--------····---If you have any quest ions ; please call tne at 972-842-5892 or _etnail me at pcarboni@wm.com --··---- Please call , at the number above, if you do nor receive all of this fox tranmittal. Thank yon. The City of Fort Worth : Department of Environmental Management RCRA Hazardous Waste TSD Facility Audit Pre-Aud.it Package For: Date: iO-2 -ol ATT.I\CH!1ENT l ~ci.ge 1 ol: c Please print or type each response. Supporting docum entation should be attached to any section as is needed. 2-18 Secrion 1: General lrifomiation ATTA C:HME~'T 1 Page 1 of 5 l. Date Pre-Audit Package completed: Io-Z -o ·1 ---------·---------- 2. Primary Contact: Pa..u.Ja C.a.r bon l Title: f(\aJb_t fuea fhurn::in!l'\efl.tol rn<at - 3. Company Name: ~UQ.S k IY\a..no.~ern.e.fl! _____________ _ 4. Facilityl,)cation: \to DO-l3 S. 'R.o..drcocl St. --------------- ' Le.wi S'\J l He 5. Telephon,:: Number: (11':1}7%-)(J IO Fax Number: (@'g',/ ?-5'67 L I Seccion 2: F acili,'y Infumu.1tion , l. Is there a secu~ity ~ystem/fence around this facili ry? '\j e.S Describe: T ~ ~ Clr~u.ne\ 213. f) Lb. ~ J.y,tgn~ 1 lltlcl lccted ~o.U i 9o.a o.Tu.nda.1tt an Su:t cu_w.1r\~ op~rZCfi::ny hiO.W'S 2. Are securi ty guards used? no 1f so, when? --------------- 3. Is there an acti;ve landfill Tiearby? yes If :iO, what types of wastes are accepted? --- ID.SW-r\o.h hD..1-o..rcLOus nan Clp.s.s \ wa.s+e. --------------- 4 . What (if any) bodies of water are nec1rby and at whal distance are they? Tu ru.,ty lc..UJC,.l 5u.XYC),,L V\£is Z/ ~ ~-vb_. . ' 5 . Describe ~ice fire-fighting capabilities, nu.ct w/ r.o2'2..le ~ kW ~ OJt0Jt:t ID. Vl ~ L,Q_ : LU o.hr ~ 1 h:" Luu L,QUl..ile_ wl vn 5 rYLLV1 . • 2-19 I U; .l'ldfil l,TT:O.CfiMENT l Page 3 of 6 Section 3: Federal and Srare Pennirs 1 . List rhc: n ame, ad.dres!:i. and EPA and State lD numbers for all treatment, storage, and disposal facilities ro be used for this project. Be sure to attach copies· o( any p_erinits to ihoi· ~thie~t·tii ··;:\nc . DF L\J RDF (Lcu'\d~-i\) rc')5w ····1~26-B . ilDO~ Snu.:th f<.cu..O...ra:rl She.e-t lausvd\e l'X 15001 2. Atmch:prooi of your company's registration with the EPA and State agency. NA 3. What were the dates of the latest fedtrral and state inspections? Specifically, which agencies inspecled? · ~ :2.f.~'-'--E"""'-U__.,,~=µ,LO!lc....!.....!.n-!.4: _________ _ 4. What were the results of these inspections? Include a description of any violations and correctivd actions. no \J L ol cLh ·o"' s w CLJ.hn. 9, o.h ~ -ho Y'l"'1 M . ~ U)n Lf 5. Wha-c is i:h:! ~tatus of your RCRA Part B permit? ..!.N=~-------------- -.. ,. · ··11· . . . ' 6'. Please arudtc·opies of:yo~ current insurimce coverages. · ., ..... , .... ,. . . . . . ·-. . . . . 2-20 u~1-uo-ur 1-ou.; r .uuo !>.T't:.CliNENT l P.,g" ~ of 6 Section 4 : Employ ee Training 1. List the rnini~um qualifications of all key positions that would handle wastes for thi s project. Include minimum college education, certifications, and other relevant training: 5Uc\9'f'.'.I~::;§.:ee· .c a.i:tCd'\ed SOP 5hee.ts 1. Attach :resume~ of key personnel who will be assisting with completion of chis project. ·--~-'.'.~: Section 5: Wasre Jnv~1tory Conrrol 1. What · types of wastes an: aCC(.'J)ted /not accepted., and how are unacceprahle wast es handled'? 1 ' lhl·s ~ik ha..:nd les o...r1~ -t-y~ i.)..)0.Sk:--tho.-t t ~ non 'cio.7oxd.nus etnd ~h e.xas f.:f Qj--=s=--s._..._l '--. ___ _ SLh.: <'' AA 0-.(.C o pL Cu, 4W .d $ Ccpe.n ttp) au loCt cts 5:-re.med ~ ;;LCl.U Otncl otpuomrs rraiJLO d -=fB ,-e co9Y\rze l..U")QCCe.Ptb.b le. u:x:c.ste 2. In general, des~ribe the methods used to characterize wastes. s.pe.o'.o.J_ wo..s+e... 9::eproved -\1i.rou~h P.--.J?..8rovo.ls qrOU:P· su bm tt±v, \ o-£ \A JC.D an d on a I "{ sf s a nd-Jn r proce~ tnaig\eclq"". _________________ _ 2-21 IV •;.l'+d.111 Secrion 5 : Waste lr.vento1y Control, continued i>.'rTACHMENT 1 P~g,:: 5 of 6 3 . What method i~ us ed Lo determine which treatment facility, landfill, or in~~rator a waste is sent to ? onyt--1.oqctn I\ co.pa b-1 l l~:b-t-1----------- 4_ Whac proc~dur~s are used to ensure (verity) wastes are sent ro their intended destination for disposal. tre,rnuent, etc.? __ a_a._ ____________________ _ ----·--·-------------------------------- Section 6: Environmental Monitoring 1. In general, describe your facilicy 's groundwater monitoring program-How many groundwater motiitoring wells are on site? _Niim~e(°of wells dov.:n ~<li~nt~n~ number, up ..,. · gradient?}ncludel groundwater monitoring Tor landfills, incineracors,-and treatment facilities .... ··10 be used fo r this project. 2.0 Gro.1-1haw0-u.r-w e..l.Lo o.-v-o.u.n d para me.tif 2. In general, <les6ribe your facility's air monitoring program for air emissions. Include air mo:piwring fo r landfiJls, incincrat,ors, and treatment facilities to be used for this . project. ( -St.b_ ~cs Ql r ~.rrnte (Sub Ll) fur \Mdtt \.\ \ f-lo.xe .s_\ ~ S sou cu t 1co b:bV'I 1 ffi\St .:s4sk.(YI -NSPS starts \ \-0\-01 2 -22 1u:~4a m r rom-waste manie ment +21 432 81 295 Secrion 6: Environmemal Municoring, cominzu.,-'d 3. How is srormwat1:r runoff I run-on managed? TPDE.S -pet"m-Lt ·w~cn have 4 ou.tfa ns J-5U3 ~.UU(/Ulo r-(~~ AT !l'.Cr~E N·r l P.~qc 6 or o 4. What is your groundwater monitoring compliance status? f _ lio.vt : L\ wLLL~ u.sse.ssm-e.nt _ ronnlIQrt10 q -rm ~. ( 2-23 1u :oo am rro m-wasts man iemsnt -.- TEXAS NATURt\.L RESOURCE CONSERVATION COMMISSION . Permit No. MSW-1025B ' Name of Perm.ittee and Site Owner: Facility Name: Classification of Site: Wasres to be Accepted: PERMIT FOR MUNR:IPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT SITE lssuDCI undar provisions of Texas Health & Safat:v Code Ann. Chapter 361 .(VemanJ Waste Management ofTexas, Inc. 1.600 Railroad. Street I...e.visville, Tex.as 75067 D FW Recycling and Disposal Facility T ype I Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility M unicipal Solid Waste, Class 2 Industrial Waste, Class 3 Induso:fal Waste and Special Waste. The permittee is authorized :o store, process, and dispose of wastes in accordance \Vitb. the limitations, requirements> and other conditions set forth herein. This amended permit is granted subject to the rules and Orders of the Commission and laws of the State of Texas. Nothing in this permit exempts the permi~ee from cornpliam:e mth other applicable ·rules and regulations of the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission. This permit 'Will be valid until canceled, amended, or revoked by the C o mmission, or until the site is completely filled or rendered unusable7 whichever occurs first. APPROv"ED ; ISSUED A ... "ND EFFECTIVE in accordance with 30 Texas Admini_stra.tive Code Chapt e r 3 3 O. ISSt.JED DA TE : ur;t-u o-u1 1u:ooam rrom-wa ste man ieme nt ll2-1'3-07 08:~Sam Fram-J l;u:t a l,fanaiBl!llllt +l!7231S2Z1!S T-646 P.001/001 F-12'3 " V ' '' 1CERTIFICA T~ OF INSURANCE Dare: Q\JIM/OON"'I') 12/1312006 PRCt:iUCc:R. THIS CER.Tll=ICATa IS ISSUE:O AS A MATTiR OF INFOR~."nON _ Lockton Companies of Hou*'" ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTlFJ,:A.TE: .. g8"4-7 San Feflpe, Sulr;e 320 .. "loiu.ton, T.:C nos7 ·'. HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE: DOES NDT AMENO. EXTEN iJ OR --260-35!8 {?hone) IA.:TER. niE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY TI-<E POUCl!,G DC:l.OVII. 8$.492'1U!ob v-=a:z:i INSURERS AFFORDING COVZ:RAGE ·- INSURfD: Waste Managemi!.nt Holdings, Inc. & AJI Affilla1ed, Insurer A: ACE Atneric:an Insurance Company Rela1ud & Subtiidia,y Comp.miln!I including: · · lnsurer 8; lnd~mntty lnsuml'lee Company at Nonr, Amen~, W~ Man:agement of1P.:l'r.15i 1600 C South Railroad -Insurer C: . P.O Box276 Lev.1svll!c, 1'X 76067 Insurer D: . lnsurerE: C-.0\fERAGES -THE POLICIES OF INSURAl',i ~E LIS113l saovv HAVE BEl:N lSSU!!O TO ntE IN,S\JR~ NP.MEO ASOYI! FOR THe POI.ICY P6R;OO IND1'2:ATEtl. N0nvrn1STAND~la ANV ~.llJ~c:N'T, TCRM OR CONDl'l'lON o, AIII'( COIIITRACT OR O"HJ:~ nOC:ll'MmllT wmi RESPECT TO WHICH THl5 c;i;RTIFICATE MAY ae issuer.: OR MAY ?ERTAIN, niE INSUR.ANc-e AFF-OROEC E!YTHi.:. POLICl!S OE'SCRIBED HEREIN IS SU8JEr:TTO ALI. "rHE: TE!'lMS, 5XCLUSIONS AND C::ONCJmD111!> 01-~Ul,;H ~OLICll!!s. AGGR!aG11ll'r'E LIMITS ~HDWN W.'I' cc CQ IALICT'EO SY PAID ClAlMI.. 11'15R lYPI;; OF IMSURANG.l~-PCUC'f NUMB~ EJlll!!CTTYC: CAT: ~IRATl<'lPII LIMITS 1'.l'R CIATI! GENERAL L.JAl.ill.11 Y CACI I 0CCU11J11;NC!a $ 5 000,000 ··-A X COIVIM-CIN. ~iiNliPA"-LIA[ULnY Fike. DAMAGE ""'1 o,,,el'l~lll s 5,000,000 ~ oc:curu.c.Nec HD0 ~118200 1/112007 1/1!'-0Cl!! MED ~ ll'laR l'ERUlHl X XCV INCt.Uoa, PERSONAL& AOV l~URY s 5,000,000 X l<!O rg""I CC =ill C1 1:, o., GENERAL AGGRECiATia :s 6,000,000 G'\:N"l. AGGRI;GA'T!:lJMIT APPUli:E PER: , l"ROOUCTS/COMP. OP. AGG $ 6,000,000 X ~OJC:i:T-1...0CA'!!<lN . IAUTOt.,i;;ian.-e UABll.rTY ' COMBINED SlfllGLJ; LIMIT $ 1 oon nao A X ANf AU'l'C (~H .M:Crmll\lTI ALL OWlll!O AUTOS --ISA 'HOS225994 1/1/2007 1/1/2008 -X . .:.. y --1 X HIRED AUTOS I --X NON-O'M/l,D AUTOS - X ~ ·-A t=xcESS AUTO I 1.6.RIL.llY XAAHOB22707 A 11112007 1/1/2008 COMBINEO 611-lGLE lJMIT $ 9,000,000 r>-n1.-n Al.."I.."_,, ~~~$~ UAISILIT'TflJMBNf.J..LA ~fol t:lr.l"JlRRFNCb $ 15.CC0.000 A X U\;L.UIUC~N= X00~:1792866 . 1/1/2007 1/1r..1008 AGGR~Tt: s 15.0C-0,000 CUolNIS MACl: Wg~M" CQMPl;N~A'1"10Jlll · WODl(l!'l:U:1.1 r:~l"E1,ISA.'T10N STATUT,:>RY B :and E.IIIPLO'Yl:RS I l~Rll l'i'Y VJI.R r~'iB226(A0S} 1/112007 111/2008 1:1. ~CH ACCIC~NT s ~.oc1a,ooo A WI R C44458196 (CA) 1n/2007 1/1/2008 El. DIS!:AsE-EA EMl"LCTl:I= $ 3,0C10,000 .- SCF C44458214 {Wll 1/"1/2007 1/1/2008 $ 3,0Ci0,000 A EL CISEASE-POUCY Llh!IT ru:MARK'S': DSaCRIP'rlON OF o~Tlo,,tM ni:ATIO},j~HIClSSJEXCLUSIO~S ADDEO BT 1:WOORSl:MENT PROVISJONS: c~efx"' ~ t:11.J,)jKETwAM<111n'l:'su111r11:ii:.A'llCIN is~ llil PAVCII cP~ HOLDER ON A.LI.. POUCIE!S wtleRI! NII.I TO THala:rieiTRl;QIJIRED BYWRrlffN -- a».ITRAC1' WHSJIE ~=,,,..s, BY I.AW, IZl CBrnPICA1ti HQ~ lS N.!,IIE'D /1,.S AN AllCITIONAl.lHSURll.i l~ 1 1'1.11'<; ll'IO~' CCllllll'll:\.l '"WHCRI: NICI TO ,,,c 1lXTEHT Ra'CIUJIW) gy WRJTIF.lJ .-..nll!Tll.ll":t". I ' CERTIFICATE HOLDER: CANt.eLLATION: -.. Q«)JAD l,J,IT'cF,-:'1110\fl: ~am POUCIES.ilc CANe:&l.fo ~&ol!EiJ.ig 5'l<l'.'IRATinN DA'Tl5.~I' mE l~IHG U<SURER ~ ENDEAVOR TO MAIL~ !),•'rS .--tw,trm!NNOTIC!TOTH!CSR: FlC Jlii'IOL.OE:R ~1ncim.u,i-1, 1:1u1 t-A11.uou: ,cc,o- j SO SHA&.~~ NO ~~CN CR LIAl!llm' CP' A~ )Clt,lDlJPON nta 1NSU~ l'!'S Aaa!TS OR REPIIU:Sl: :A: .•f:Xt:l!PT io U,,.TS NU 111.:t; Fi:lR ~Ot.-l"KffllCr<T, ·-:-.---"' ~r or Ole 1"1urpoe10c 01'1:ly'' · ·-L Managemest olT=• AUTHORIZED ~-=:-~"".:::'.:'~~: 1 r\11\11:: ~---.e::;;. ~- Frgm-t97ZS1622SS To-waste mani'8m!nt OFW Ree:yding & Di:pc,:;;;;I /:a,,;i /ily Pan I V· Sile Operating Pl sn 2. PERSONNEL AND TRAINING §330.114(1, 3, 4) 2.1 Perso11ruel (§330.114(1)) WMTX will' p rovide on-s ite management of the facility operations. On-site landfill personnel will in clude at a minimum, a landfill manager, equipment operator, a gate attendant, and Iaborer(s). Site personnel that will implement the Special Waste Program, described in Section 6 of thi s plan are the landfill manager, gatehouse and fie ld personnsl. Descriptions of their job functions are provided in Section 6 . As necessary, additional personnel will be provided as waste volume increases . Only an operator and a gate attendant are required to be on-site .'.or the facility to accept waste. ···~ ... ~:-·;,,:'".······-·' .. The DFW RD F will be staffed with qualified individuals experienced ·wtth municipal ·sorid . ·. ,"'•:,.':i:,.;~,. waste disposal operations and earthmoving construction projects . See Figure 2. 1 • Organizationa l Chart for the proposed personnel organization .. Refer to Table 2-1 for a summary of job descriptions, minimum qualifications, and required training for landfill personnel. The landfill manager is responsible for overa ll facility management and is designated as the contact p er son for regulatory compliance matters. The landfill manager is responsible fm assuring that adequate personnel and equipment are available to provide facility operati,::l n in accordance with the SOP and the TCEQ regulations. The landfill manager is rnsponsible for daily operations, administers the facility's SOP and will also serve as the emergency coordinator. The landfill manager will be on sit e at least 75 percent of the tirne. The landfill manager will designate an individual to fulfill his duties during period s when the landfill manager is absent during waste acceptance hours . When the landfl!t manager is absent during waste acceptance hours, that individual will have the sar,1e on-sit e training as required for the landfill manager. The landfill manager, as a minimum, will have a high school diploma or equivalent, experience in earthmoving operations, experience in municipal solid waste disposal operations , and obtain and . maintain a license consistent with the requirements of §§30.201 , 30.207 , 30.210, and 30.212. The lead operator is responsible for actual landfill operations. The equipment operators receive di recti on from the lead operator on a daily basis regarding waste disposal operations , induding the active working face, excavation operations, and placement of daily and interm ediate cover. The lead operator will report to the landfill manager. The lead operator, as a minimum. will have one year experience in earthmoving operations. and have the ability to be trained in municipal solid waste disposal operations . The gate attendant(s), stationed at the site entrance, is primarily responsible for maintaining complete and c.iccurate records of veh icles and solid waste entering the facility. The sate attendant will be trained in site safety procedures . to visually check for unauthorized was1es, to weigh vehicles, measure waste volumes if necessary, and to co ll ect waste disposal fees. The gate attendant will be present all hours the DFW RDF is open to the pub[ic. The gate attendant will report to the landfill manager. The gate attendant, as a m inimum, will have a basic understanding of accounting principles , and basic communication skills . 6iggs & Matll.;w:; :::nvlronmenral F:\Proj\1U1\07\10Z'.SOPNEW-R.doc IV-8 Rev . 7 . 212/06 Oct-05·07 10 :55am From-waste man&ement +2143281295 T-503 P.0 11 /016 F·I ~~ OFW Recycling & Dtsr,os~I Fuc i/i/y Part IV -Sics Oosraung PJ:an Equipment operator(s) are responsible for the sa f e operation of tlie equipment. As the personnel most closely involved with the actual landfill operation , these employees are responsible fo~ being alert for potentially dangerous conditions , or careless and improper actions on the part of non-employees and other persons while on the premises _ Equipment opmatdrs monitor and direct unloading vehicles and are also respons ib le for maintenance, .:onstruction, litter abatement, and general site cleanup . Toe equ ipment operators wilt i;itervene as necessary to prevent accidents and report unsafe conditions immediately to the landfill manager. Equipment operators report to the lead ope rator . Equipment operators , as a minimum, must be experienced rn the opera tion of heavy equipment, experienced in earthmoving operations, demonstrate the ability t o be trained in mur,icipal sol id waste disposal operations. Other site personnel or laborer(s) may be employed from time to time in categories such as maintenance . construction, litter abatement, and general site cleanup. Site personnel may be permanentor part-time. 2.2 Gener.al.Instructions {§330.114(3)} The DFW RDF personnel should have a basic understanding of the contents of this SOP. The landfill manager should have a basic knowledge of the approved Site Development Plan'. The DFW RDF personnel will follow the general instructions provided in the Site Operating Plan and Site Development Plan. 2.3 Training (§330.114(4)) The DFW RDF personnel will be trained consistent with the applicab le training requirements as defined in §335.586(a) and {c). Training requirements are also included in Tab le 2-1 , S ite P'ersonnel Summary. ' The DFW RDF personnel will receive training through a comb ination of classroom rnstruction ancl on~the-job train ing _ The training program will provide instruction to personnel t o · allow performance of their duties to ensure facility comp liance. This training program will be directed by the landfiH manager or designee of the WMTX organization . . Tra'in ing will be conducted by WMTX staff or consultants that are experienced and trained in municipal solid waste management procedures. The facility personnel will be trained in procedures relevant to the position for which they are employed. When the landfill manager designates an individual to fulfill his duties during periods when the · landfill manager · is absent during waste acceptance hours. that individual will have ·the same on-site training as required for the landfill manager. Annual in-house traini11g will address the following topics: ' • Municipal ~olid Waste Permit No. 10258 • S ite Development" Plan (applicable sections) • S ite Operating Plan • Facility emergency monit oring equ ipment and plans • Communication and alarm systems • Health and safety • Fire P ;o te ction Plan Biggs & Mamews E nvironmental F:\Proj, 101107\ 1 03\!';.0PNEVv •R.Cl QC IV-9 Rev. 7, 212/0S r : Figure 2.1 Organization Chart Waste Management OFW Rcc)lt:lin g I: Di:;pc • ..il F~c;itiry Part Iv -Si1c Operating P/<1n ' DFW Recycling and Disposal I I ] North Texas Environmental Manager ' Office ClerQ Gate Att~ndant fj B iggs & Ma th e:ws Environmental F:\Proj\1 D1\07\103\SOPNEW•R.doc Facility Director of Landfill Operations North Texas Market Area I North Texas Engineering Manager Landfill Manager Laborers/ Equipment Operators Part-Time Laborers IV-11 RP.II. 7 . 2/2/06 I Table 2~1 Site Personnel Summai-yl'l Position Summary ol Job Description Minimum Qualifications - Landfill Mana~r lhe landfill manager Is responsible for : . . -• A high school diploma or equlvalanr j . -:· D;;i:1· G·pi!raUon:;, r.:J:nindr.:.lion o? 13-::ili~{::. .. fapcritncc in earthrno\•.ng or,·c;a Fo n5 SOP, SOP, and serving as Iha emergency ooord1nalor. • Experience ill MSW disposal operalfons • Assuring lhat adequate persor.nel and • Mainlains a license consisten1 with the equipment are availab1e. lo provide facility requirements ol §§30.201, J0 .207, ope~alion In aocordanoe with 111is SOP, the 30.210, and 30.212 SOP, TCEQ regulations. and o\her applicable local, state or federal regulations . • Overa11,lacilily management and is the designated conlact person (()f regulatory compliance mailers . • lhe hiring ancf lerrninating ol other facility pl';rsonnel. • Ma intaining the site opernUng reoord and required legs. Blm:1 s & MalJ1 ews En~ronme:"ltal IV-12 F :\Prnfl 101101'1103\SOPNEV'/-R. doc DfW Recycling~ Di11 . :acimv Pnrl 111 -SHe O~erafing Pian Requ Ired Training on • Site Orienlali , Site Opeiat io ns • end angerea ~pecies • Htizarclous W as le ldentificaUon ' . saret, • Fire Ple•,enr IOn • Load lnspecli on • Prohibited W asles esponse • Eme1gency R • SPCC • SWPPP • Liller Coot10l • Random lnsp eclioris Rev. 7, 212106 C n ..... I C u I C .. u u JU 3 ,. ~ 0 3 I .~ JU .,, ..... 0, 3 JU :::, ... Cit 3 Cit :::, ... " .,, .. " a ' " a: . 0 I 0 C ... ., C -, I a " Position -. l.~il rlO~i ?.l_rir l j '--- Cii'.lg;; ~ P\~at:-,c·,·,~ ~1.·.;irn 11 mcn lo l F :IProi\101\071103 \SO PN EW-R .do c Ta ble 2-1 SIi e Pers onneJ Summary(1 t (Continued) . -Summary of_Job Descri ption Mlnill\um Qu.illflcalions The krnd op e,a l(]r is re~po nslbl?. 'or c Ex~-!'ri enca 1n e;ir lhrr.o-..~ng r:pem !irm ~ Actual lan dfill operation s. s On e )'ea r ol landnll OfIB ra tlon • Di,ec li ng the equ ipment op ernl or s on a dall y experience bas i s regarding waste dispos al op era li ons • Ability lo he trained in municipa l sol id including lhe wo,king faoe, ex ca vatio n was te disposal operations operations , and placement of dai ry an d • Trained by lhe landfill manager in SOP inteim ediate cover. requiremenls • Personnel salely during wasla and cover constructions. • other !asks as required by lh e lan dfil l manager. !\/-13 DFW Re=1c!ir.g & Dis,. Facility Prv1 IV -Silo Op e1 8 /in g PI M j ---- -.. Req uired Tr aini ng ... - I a Si!e0r!im1 al !o11 " Sile Opcrat icns I • Endangerel1 Species • Hazardous Wasle lden1ifica li on • Sale\y • Fire Preventio n • Loa:i Inspe ction • Prohibiled Wastes • Em erge nc,• Response • SPCC • SWPPP • Liller Control • Random ln spe~lions n ... "'r,f"''"" i,,o ,, J , L t LJ VIJ C ' I C " I C , 4 r .. " r <J -r " <: Position Gale A1tend0nl l F\lno.'; A, M~HlP.'/,-,:; ~rwirom:nP.nl;;1/ F:•i roj \10 11 07 1103\SOPl'IEVI -R .dor, Table 2-1 Site Personnel Summary(11 (Continued) - Summary of Job Description Minimum Q1.1allficallons rne gate allendant is responsible £01: • Br1slc 11nderslRnrlinr, of .10::01.•ntin!J • Beino s!ationed a1 the .site en!rance . . prin ci ples • Mainl.Bining oomplele and acoorate rec<Jrds of • Basic comrnun icaUon skills veh icles and solid waste entering the lacllily . • Visually checking for unauthorized wasles . • Weighing vehicles o, measuring 'tlaste volumes (if necessar,). • Collecijng v,asle disposal fees . • Directing vehicles lo the worl ;i n!J face . • Controlling sile acoess . • Providing general customer direction and inlormalion . • Reviel'lin!J manifesls ana olher shfpping documents. • Reviewing ar.d e-0nfi1ming special waste dcOJments. • Olh er tasks as required by the lafldfill manager . IV-14 DPN Recyvfir.g & Dis. . f ac."l'ly P;;rl IV -Sile Operalilig PJ.m Required Tra[nl11g • Sile Olien I allofl ! e Endangered Species • Hazardous Wasle ldenUflcation • Safely • Fi re Prevenllon • Load Inspe ction • Prnhlbited Wasles . • Emergency Response • SPCC • Random Inspections P.C 1 .'. 7. 2.':>:'05 C C C < .. .... -.,, .. .... 0 .... a " - I " C <, ~ C -, I (j (j [ Position ( Equipment Ope ra!01 i I -. Laborern ' Table 2-1 Site Personnel Sumrnai-y'1> (Continued) ~ Summary of Job Description Minimum Qualifications lhc equipmen t operatnrn Arf! 1R~r,rm~ihle ,or " Ex~crim:o in l1em'i' equir.menl • The safe operation of equipmenl operaUon • Being aler l for potenlially da ngerous condillonr., • -Abilil>' to be !rained in mun icipa l sol :d or cmeless a.nd improper aci lo ns on lhe part or waste disposal operations non-empklyees ar\d other persons whil e on lhe prem ises . • Mooiloring and direc1ing unloading vef-licies . • Performing random load in 'specli ons . • Mainteriance, construcibn, litter aba\emen l, and general site cleanup . • rnte,ven ing BS neoessary lo prevenl acx:icfan!s and report unsale oondlUons lmmecfialely lo the landfill manager or leml operator. • Ol h e1 las~ s as requir ed by lhe la ndfill manage!. The Laborers are responsible lor: • Abi lit~· lo be lrained in compleling the • Coliecfing litter . assigned tasks • Directing vehlcies at the work ing fa ce . • Olhe, lasks as needed including bu( not limiled lo maintenance, conslwction, lilter oba lement. and general site cleanup. LJF-W 11&cycJ.vig & Dis, Facili(y P?.fl IV -Sile Opu.ifirrg Pl,m Rsquired Training " Si le Orer~(ions D Sile Oti enla lion · • Endangered Spe~es • Hazaido us Waste ldentinc:a!ion • Safely • Fire Prevention • Load Inspect ion • Prohibiled Wastes • Emergency Respcme I SPCC ·, . SWPPP • Litter C-Ontrol • Random Inspections • Sile Drrenlalion • Endanger ed Species • Safety • Fire P1evenlion • Emergency Response • L mer Conirol • SPCC • SWPPP 'Mo:e delai!ed job desalplions along with writlen descri plion or the lype ar,d amount of inllcductory and co11linued training provided lo each employee will be main l alned In tt1e· sl:.e ope ,aling 1e oo rd . o:;:ig :; 3 M~thc ~\·~. !::n,..:r.:,r.rn un~~: F:l.Proj110 II D7\ 1 OJ\SOPNEW -R. :Jee C C" I C t; I C - C t; C ~ -< .... -.. .. .... a - ' <. C <. l ' ., ,, TI1e City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management RCRA Hazardous Waste TSD Facility Audit Pre-Audit Package For: . Please print or type each response. Supporting documentation should be attached to any section as is needed; ATTACHMENT l Page l of 6 2-18 Se ction 1: General Inform ation ATTACHMEN T l Page 2 o f 6 l. Date Pre-Audit P ackage c ompl eted: --------------------- 2. Prima ry Contact : l/f::'12.("IA rJ Cl? '(d /l. . 3. Company Nam e: _ _,__f :::...S...,C~-'--=fl.:...::e-c.sc""o:...:11_,f;T'--'l-:C:...Lt_~:5'--''lc...5"--'rc:.'-'c:,,,_~-"-,...,.,__..,_[ _____________ _ · 4 . Facility Loca tion: __ <.-=--=-\ ~~'-'1 _ _,_f..::l?;..,,O::......,:::~'-=/lc.:ce.,.s;""-s:__,t....:u:...::e-'---""o!Z.=..,.., ---'------------ 7, 2...1 t 5 . Telephone Number: (1.r11) '-5?-'>'>7 > Fax Number: {Z/'{} 6/~ -ITLf z._ Section 2: Facility Jr?fonnation ' 1. Is there a security system/fence around this facility? '{2> Describe: 8 c Jf;1 ,,1 l'.f,...~ K:rJC..G '? f/fA,-;!) £&fl($ v-'(fU / 5~C..,t-, TY 61-,,...,.c?,z..A[: I 7 . 2. Are security guards used? C{es If so, when? _..2./J=-.,..cl i:;"-'-ft_,._T_~"'e:"'c"""=--,<-=..,...r -,....r _,._'r __ f._>t-c.:...,..7::::.ll--=""'L~-- 3. Is there an active landfill nearby? /JO If so, what types of wastes are accepted? __ _ 4. What (if any) bodies of water are nearby and at what distance are they? --------- Tft-fl'-'11'( (L1Ji!'/L L lq ;..1/tf 5. Describe site fire-fighting capabilities . -------------------- 2-19 Section 3: Federal and State Permits ATTACHME:NT 1 Page 3 of 6 1. List the name, add ress, and EPA and State ID numbers fo r all treatment, storage, and di sposal facilities to be used for this project. Be sure to attach copies of any permits to show each are cuJTent: / b s: ~ /42-( TY 7:r2.(la 2. Attach proofofyour company's registration with the EPA and State agency. . . 3. What were the dates of the latest federal and state inspections? Specifically, which agencies inspected? 4. What were the results of these inspections? Include a description of any violations and corrective actions . 5. What is the status of your RCRA Part B permit? 6 .. Please attach copies of your current insurance coverages. 2-20 Section 4: Employe e Training I\TTACHMBNT l Pag e 4 of 6 1. Li st the minimum qualifications of all key positions that wo uld handl e wastes for thi s project. Include minimum college educati o n, certifications, and other rel evan t training: 2. Attach resumes of key persoMel who will be assisting with completion of this project. Section 5: Waste Inventory Control 1. What types of wastes are accepted/not accepted, and how are unacceptable wastes handled? <.Y,-rt.. '{Ae. D~ · Oc>oJ )· A,vl> QtL<( t+Ub:TIT L C.q5[ $ ,-.Jff f-tf:,-,0 2. In general , describe the methods used to characterize wastes . 2-21 fl.("1"/... Section 5: Waste Inventory Control, co ntinu ed ATTACHM ENT l Page 5 of 6 3. What method is used to determine which treatment facility, land fill, or incinerator a waste is sent to? 4. What procedures are used to ensure (verify) waste s are sent to their intended destination for disposal, treatment, etc.? Section 6: Environmental Monitoring 1. In general, describe your facility's groundwater monitoring program . How many groundwater monit01ing wells are on site? Number of wells down gradient and number up gradient? Include groundwater monitoring for landfills, incinerators, and treatment facilities to be used for this project. 2. In general, describe your facility's air monitoring program for air emissions. Include air monitoring for landfills, incinerators, and treatment facilities to be used for t!lis project. 2-22 Section 6: Env ironmental Monitoring, continued 3. How is stonnwater runoff/ nm-on managed? 4. What is your groundwater monitoring compliance status? ATT~CHMENT l l'age 6 of 6 2-23 2.4. Technology Description • Methods for ensuring that th e City has access to the Provider's services 24-h ours per day, seven days a week ; TAS Environmental L.P. (TAS) is a 24-hou r emergency response company that has established a solid reputation for time ly , reliable , and efficient emergency response services. Our phones are answered 24 -h ours a day, 365 days a year by a trained, professional staff that will provide the appropriate personnel to respond accordingly. TAS has a resource coordinato r, eme rgency response supervisors , and environmental technicians on call and ready for rapid deployment at all times . • Methods for conducting on-site hazcat analysis of wastes; TAS professionals use a HazTech Systems Kit™ for identifying or characterizing any unknown substance encountered during an emergency response. Experienced personnel are able to utilize this kit to categorize the unknown, or potentially hazardous substances accurately while in the field. The ability to make these determinat io ns quickly and accurately can be critical for the safety of our employees and could be necessary to protect the public health. HazCat analysis of unknowns while in the field can also eliminate any delays or unnecessary costs associated with laboratory analytical testing. TAS also utilizes a Spilfyter ™ Wastewater classifier system for categorization of unknown liquids. • Methods for ensuring Provider has 24 -hour access to the following equipment: drum moving equipment, CAT 963 front-end loader or equivalent, motorized road broom, vacuum truck, 30 or 40 yard roll-off box, 21,000 gallon frac tank, Bobcat 7 43 or equivalent, photo-ionization detector {PIO); TAS has an inventory of emergency response equipment that includes drum dollies and fork lifts for moving drums, a skid-steer loader with broom attachment for road sweeping, a fleet of 4-80 barrel and 4-130 barrel vacuum trucks, numerous (over 40) roll-off boxes of all sizes and roll-off trucks to transport them, a 21,000 gallon frac tank, a Caterpillar skid-steer loader that is equivalent to a Bobcat 743 , and several photo-ionization detectors, as well as various other meters and monitors . All of this equipment is readily available at our Fort Worth facility at 3929 E. California Parkway. TAS also has arrangements for emergency mobilization of a front end loader equivalent to a CAT 963 , or any other heavy equipment that might be necessary through a local equipment rental company with three locations in Tarrant County. • General procedures used to respond to and facilitate the removal of any chemical spill or any potentially hazardous material or waste ; TAS employees possess a wealth of practica l field experience in . emergency resp ons e situations. Additionally, TAS has a full array of state of the art equipment and technology to aid in the safety, effectiveness , and efficiency of spill resp onse . All TAS emergen cy respons e personnel have received a minimum of forty hours training in Hazardou s Materials Management as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1910 .12 0 and a minimum of eight hours t raining in Confined Space Training and Rescue Training as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1910 .146. Additionally , our personnel are trained in First Aid and CPR by National Safety Council. In general, the first action in any emergency response spill situation is to mitigate the source of the spill, or contain and prevent the spread of material into the surroundin g environment. Once the spill has been contained, the next general procedure is to begin remed ia t io n, usually achieved by removal of spilled materials. TAS takes great care in selectin g the proper Personal Protective Equipment for each incident to minimize risk and ensure employee safety. Storage options and disposal methods for all potentially hazardous materials or wastes are also evaluated . Safety is our top priority. • Methods of assisting the City in the preparation of waste profiles, manifests, and land bans to ensure compliant disposal of wastes; TAS has well established relationships with numerous waste disposal facilities throughout North Texas. TAS personnel have the experience and knowledge to hand le waste disposal challenges in a timely and effect ive manner, with an emphasis placed on eliminating any potential liability to our customers. Required semi-annual training keeps TAS employees abreast of the changing rules and regulation regarding the transport and disposal of wastes . In regards to waste disposal, it is of utmost i mportance to fully understand the codes, regulations, and documentation that is required to make the waste disposal process r un efficiently. At TAS, we have the knowledge and experience to ensure that the any disposal needs that may arise from emergency response calls are handled in the most professional manner. • Methods for deciding when to conduct remediation of waste disposal sites and how remediation (such as bio-remediation) will be done; In responding to emergency situations, TAS typically presents a couple of different remediation options to the client. Decisions are made based on levels of contamination , accessibility to the site., remediation timeframe, and a cost-benefit analysis . In general, the most practical options are (1) excavation and disposal of contaminated soil , with subsequent backfill with clean, imported soil; and (2) in-situ bio-remediation. When a decision is made to utilize the disposal and backfill option for remediation , TAS will excavate the contaminated soil, using confirmation sampling to ensure that the entire extent of the contamination has been excavated . This soil will generally be loaded into end dump trucks or roll-off boxes. In certain circumstances , such as situations that require analytical testing to determine the waste classification for disposal , the contaminated soil will be stockpiled on-site and encapsulated in poly sheeting . Any open excavations will be bar ricade d for safety purposes . TAS will import fill materials to backfill the excavation and place the fill in lifts and compact to specifi cations . When a decision is made to utilize the bio-remediation option on a contaminated site, TAS w ill typically construct an earthen remediation cell and line it with poly sheeting . The contaminated material is placed within the cell and treated with a microbial agent that breaks down, degrades , and digests the hydrocarbon contaminates within the soil. Typ ica lly a series of treatments is requi red to reduce contaminate levels in the soil to meet EPA or TCEQ guidelines. With each additi onal treatment the microb ia l agents are re-applied and the soil is mixed and aerated to expedite the remed iation process . If the spill resulted in only shallow contamination of the soil, then bioremediation can also take place in-situ. This is a similar process as described above can be executed without building the poly-lined remediation cell. • Methods through which transportation of hazardous and non-hazardous solid and liquid wastes will be provided; TAS is a licensed hazardous materials transporter with the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the US Department of Transportation . TAS is also licensed as a Hazardous Material Transporter by the Texas DOT, as well as possessing licenses by the TCEQ for transportation of both solids and sludge . T AS transports solid wastes in covered and poly-lined roll-off boxes. Vacuum trucks are utilized for any contaminated liquids or rinse water. In addition, TAS also provides stainless steel equipment for the transportation of ac idic or corrosive liquids . • Methods for providing sorbent products to the City on an as-needed basis (a list of sorbents and associated costs should be provided in Section 2. 7 Cost Estimate). T AS maintains the largest inventory in North Texas of a variety of sorbent products and is able to deliver to the City large or small quantities of clay absorbent , hydrocarbon sorbent boom , petroleum sorbent pads, chemical sorbent pads , chemical sorbent boom, and/or microbial agents (MicroB laze , MicroBlaze Out, PetroClean) for remediation of hydrocarbon contamination . • Any unique capabilities Provider has that could be beneficial to the City 's emergency spill response program. T AS Environmental holds certification from the United States Coast Guard as an Oil Spill Response Organization (OSRO) and certification from the Texas General Land Office as a Discharge Cleanup Organization as related to the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 . TAS Environmental provides training exercises and actual spill response to all of the major oil companies . T AS customers have grown accustomed to our high quality emergency response services which now accounts for approximately 70 % of our business. INDUSTRIAL SERVICES GROUP FACILITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC RECOVERY SYSTEMS, INC. DALLAS, TEXAS Type V Municipal Solid Waste Processing Facility 2131 Progressive Dr. Dallas , Texas 75212 Phone: 214 -637-5575 FACILITY AUDIT PACKAG E PSC Reco very Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX TABLE OF CON TENTS Facility Informa tio n ............................................................................................................. 3 Address ......................................................................................................... 3 Phone and Fax Numbers ............................................................................... 3 EPA ID Number ............................................................................................. 3 General Information ....................................................................................... 3 Operating Hours ............................................................................................ 3 Site History .................................................................................................... 3 Permit Status ................................................................................................. 4 Location ......................................................................................................... 4 Facility Size ................................................................................................... 4 Climatology , Hydrogeology , and Topography ................................................ 4 Security ......................................................................................................... 5 Financial Information ..................................................................................... 5 Key Personnel ............................................................................................... 6 Current On-Site Operations ........................................................................... 6 Types of Materials Handled ........................................................................... 7 Types of Containers Accepted (DOT Approved ) ............................................ 7 Waste Codes Accepted ................................................................................. 8 Licenses and Permits .................................................................................... 9 Regulatory Agency Contacts ......................................................................... 9 Operations ......................................................................................................................... 10 Waste Acceptance Procedures .................................................................... 1 O Laboratory and Quality Control .................................................................... 1 O Treatment of Wastes ................................................................................... 1 O Regulatory Inspection Summary .................................................................. 11 PSC 's Other TSO Facilities .......................................................................... 12 Other TSO Facilities Utilized ........................................................................ 13 Attachment: Waste Analysis Plan ................................................................................... 14 Facility Audit -PSC Dallas.doc Revised: 12/23/04 Page 2 FACILITY AUDIT PACK AGE PSC R e covery Sy stems, Inc., D all as, TX FACILIT Y IN F ORMATION A ddress 213 1 Progress iv e D r. Dallas , Texas 75 212 Dallas , Coun ty Phone and F ax Numb ers 214 -637-5575 Loca l Phone Number 800-882-9957 T o ll -F ree Phone Number 214-637-5542 Fax Number EPA ID Number TXD102599339 General Information The facility can receive characteristically Hazardous (with the exception of 0003) RCRA regulated wastes, industrial and oily wastes (Class 1 Nonhazardous and Class 2 Nonhazardous), and municipal wastes (sand grit and grease trap wastes). Operating Hours The facility operates five days per week , Monday thru Friday , 7:00 a .m . to 6:00 p .m . Site History The site , developed in 1988 , is located in an industrial area of Dallas , Te xas . Biosystem, Inc. began initial operations at the facility , and then sold the s ite in 1990 to Nation a l Waste Company. Allwaste , Inc. acquired the facility in 19 92 a nd operated the facil ity as Allwaste Recovery Systems. In 1997 , PSC acqui red the site from Allwaste . The site has operated since 2002 as PSC Recovery Systems , Inc . Fa cili ty A udit-PSC Dallas .doc Revised : 12 /23/04 Page 3 F ACI LITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Sys t ems, Inc., Dallas, TX Permit St a tu s Location Facility was issued Affidavit of Exclusion for receip t of Ch aracteristica lly Hazardous Waste by the State of Texas on March , 2, 1992 , and receive d Class 1 Non-hazardous Waste Authorization on Febru rary 2 1, 199 5 . The Facility also has a New Source Air Permit No . 12637, a Municipal Sol id Waste Type V (Sand , Grit and Grease Trap) Wastewater Treatment Permit No. 1421 , a Texas Discharge Elimination System Multi-Sector General St ormwater Permit No . TXR05Q864 and a City of Dallas , TX Pretreatment Permit No . 031154 . All permits and authorizations are current and acti ve. PSC Dallas is located within the city limits of Dallas , Texas at 2131 Progressive Drive on the west side of Dallas near Interstate Loop 12 Singleton Exit. Approximate distance from facility to : Residences : 1.0 miles Schools : 5 .0 miles Water-Nays : <1 .0 miles Wetlands : <1 .0 miles Public Facilities : 5 .0 miles Floodplains : <1.0 miles Facility Size Office/Warehouse : 15 ,000 sq . ft Total Area: 1.25 acres Shop : NIA Active Area: 1.25 acres Climatology, Hydrogeology, and Topography The PSC Dallas facility is located at 2131 Progressive Drive , Dallas, Texas . The facility is located an industria l area on the west s ide of the city . The area surrounding the subject property is industrial and rather flat in nature but the concrete containment of the site is graded to drain to the northern end of the property toward a drainage basin with automatic sumps . The subject property is bound on the north , south and west by Driver Pipeline and on the east by Jolly Shelf. The climate of the Dallas area is moderate wi th relatively mild win ters and warm summers . The Site is situated on an outcrop of Quaternary-age a lluvial deposits . Generally , fine -grained clays and silts are present in the upper portions of these deposits , while coa rser-grained silty sands and clayey g ravels lie directly on the Facil ity Au d it -PSC Dallas .doc Revised : 12/23/04 Page 4 Security FACILITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX weathered Eagle Ford Shale. The lateral extent and thickness of the sand, silt , clay, and gravel units are variable . These alluvial deposits were likely laid down by the nearby West Fork Trinity River. Regional groundwater flow within this unit is predominately south to southeast , however, any occurrence of shallow groundwater near the Site is likely to flow the northwest and toward the West Fork Trinity River. The Quaternary alluvium is underlain by the Cretaceous-age Eagle Ford Shale , which consists of a medium to dark gray shale with some interbedded sandstone lenses, especially near the base. The Eagle Ford reportedly dips gently to the east in this area . The thickness of this unit ranges from 200 to 300 feet. According to the Geologic Atlas of Texas (UT-BEG, 1972), the Site is located more than 10 miles from the surface contact between the Eagle Ford (younger) and the Woodbine Formation (older), a regionally significant , minor aquifer consisting of sandstone with minor amounts of shale. Typically, groundwater is encountered in the weathered portions of the Eagle Ford formation and averages 10 to 20 feet below ground surface. If the weathered portions are less than 5 feet below ground surface, shallow groundwater is not normally encountered. This was a greenfield site previously undeveloped when the site was initially constructed by Texas Biosystem , Inc. No groundwater contamination is suspected at this site. This facility is surrounded by an 8 foot high security fence and adjacent buildings providing complete security around the facility property. All gates and doors remain closed and locked whenever the facility is unoccupied. All visitors must sign in at the front office and be escorted while on the property . Financial Information Facility Audit -PSC Dallas .doc Bank Reference: Southwest Bank of Texas 5 Post Oak Park , 4400 Post Oak Parkway Houston, TX 77027 Phone: 713-235-8881 Account Name: Philip Services Corporation Account Number: 340235 Revised : 12/23/04 Page 5 FACILITY AUD IT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX Key Personnel Insurance Ad ministrator: Frank Crystal & Company Sarah Slonski , Agent Phone : 713-627-2250 Fax: 713-621-5430 Federal 1.D. Number: 76-0309456 Dun & Bradstreet Number: 62-254-0037 Facility Manager: Charles Norfol k Materials Manager: Charles Norfolk Compliance Manager Open (Charles Norfolk Acting) Customer Service: Donna Tadlock Sales Manager Thomas Regan Customer Site Services : Donna Tadlock Current On-Site Operations Haz Waste Storage ./ Haz Waste Transport ./ Characteristic Haz Wastewater Treatment PCB Storage Only Resource Recovery ./ ./ Transfer Station ./ ./ Sand , Grit & Grease Trap Wastewater Treatment Facility Audit -PSC Dalla s.doc Rev ised : 12/23/04 Cyanide Destruction Emergency Response Fuel Blending Lab Packing Oil Recycling Silver Reclamation Page 6 Types of Materials Handled Aerosol Cans Asbestos Batteries Chlorinated Hydrocarbons Contaminated Soil Contaminated Water Cyanides Drums (empty) Explosives Fluorescent Lamps Inorganic Acids/Bases Lab Packs Metals Oils Organic Acids Organics PCB Capacitors PCBs/PCB-contaminated Pesticides Polyurethane PCB Transformers Radioactive Material Rags Solvents Water Reactives Liquids FACILITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX Solids Drums Bulk Drums Bulk ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ ./ Types of Containers Accepted (DOT Approved) • Carboy • Overpack • Palletized Waste • Sludge Box • Steel Drum • Supersack • Tanker • Tote Tank Fa ci lity Aud it - PSC Dallas .d oc Revised : 12/23/04 Page 7 FACILITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX Waste Codes Accepted ,('' " ' it'",, ' ' ,. ":;,,C "D" W,astes , .. ,,, ·, • ,:::;>: '/· " ... ,,,,. ,, : • '·.l' 1:: > D0 01 D002 D004 D005 D006 D007 D008 D009 ------····--... ·--·· .. -·-···-···--· D010 D011 D018 D019 D0 21 D022 D023 D024 ·----··-.. -----· .................................... D025 D026 D027 D028 D029 D030 D031 D032 ··--··--·-.. ·----·--··· ·-··--··-··--······-···--· D03 3 D034 D0 35 D036 D037 D0 38 D039 D040 ··----·--·-··-··-··· --··-···· .. ···-···-·-··-····· D041 D042 D043 -- The table below lists examples of the non-hazardous types of materials that the facility can accept. Material can be received at the facility in bulk tankers and drums. Industrial Sand Traps Heavy Equipment Cleaning Operations Truck Repair Facil ity Sand Traps Oil Water Separators Industrial Waste Treatment Systems Heavy Metal Bearing Wastewaters from Wire Manufacturing , Cooling Towers , Machining, Appliance Manufacturing Inorganic Paint Wastewaters Zinc Coating Wastewaters Off-Specification Water Treatment Chemicals Latex Wastewaters Starches and Inks from Cardboard Container Manufacturing Rinse Waters from Underground Storage Tank Remediation Wastewaters with Heavy Metals Waste Waters with flash points <140°F Water Soluble Coolants Facility Audit -PSC Dallas.doc Rev ised: 12/23/04 Page 8 FACILITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dalfas, TX Licenses and Pe rmits RCRA " - Affidav it of Exclusion CERCLA (CERCLA Authorization Applied For) Type of Permit: Type of Permit: 03/02/92 ; Class I Nonhazardous Autho rization Regu la t ory Agency: Permit Number: 02 /21/1995 Expiration Date: Regulatory Agency: TCEQ Permit Number: N/A Municipal Solid Wase Permit ·.+ .. , ,., '"" ,!. Expiration Date: N/A Type of Permit: Type V MSW Permit Regu latory Agency: TCEQ Federal Water Pollution Control Act .. Permit Number: 1421 Type of Permit: TPDES Multi-Sector General Stormwater Permit Expira tion Date: No Expiration Date Regulatory Agency: TCEQ City of Dallas Texas y Permit Number: TXR05Q864 Type of Permit: Pre-Treatment Permit Expiration Date: August 20 , 2006 Regu latory Agency : City of Dallas Texas Clea~ Ai f Regulations ,4 ' ,,'\, '''.,\ti .,'.)ti ,,; Permit Number: 031154 . Expiration Date: No Expiration Date Type of Permit: New Source Air Permit Regulatory Agency: TCEQ Permit Number: 12637 Exp i ration Date : Standard Exemptio ns, No Expiration Date Regulatory Agency Contacts Federal: State: Local: Faci lity Aud it -PSC Dallas .doc U.S . Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region 6 Phone: 214-665-6444 Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Municipal Solid Waste Permits ; Waste Permits Division Jeff Holderread, Permit Writer Phone : 512 / 239-6616 City of Dallas , TX Yilma Zerihun , Pretreatment Coordinator Phone : 214 -243-2362 TCEQ Region 4, Fort Worth , TX Stephanie Morrison , RCRA and MSW Inspector Phone : 817-588-5800 Revised : 12/23/04 Page 9 OPERATIONS Was te Acceptance Procedures See Attached Waste Analysis Plan. Laboratory and Quality Control FACILITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) will be implemented by the fac ility to ensure that all analytical procedures are appropriately implemented and documented . QA/QC procedures are established to ensure that the waste analys is criteria is implemented in a manner which ensures that unauthorized waste are not accepted at the PSC Recovery, Dallas , TX Facility . A copy of the QA/QC procedures will be ma intained at the facility at all times . Treatment of Wastes Physical treatment for hazardous and Class 1 materials consists primarily of separation, settling and decanting processes . Chemical treatment includes the use of acids , caustics & polymers to alter the pH of the streams, enhance separation of the organic and aqueous phases of the wastewater and to aid in precipitation of fine suspended solids and metal hydroxides. If necessary , separated organic phase materials (i.e. gasoline , oils, sludges) are transported to and managed by a sister company , PSC -Chemical Reclamation Services , Inc., in Avalon, Texas , for fuel blending for energy recovery . The separated wastewater is then taken into a biological wastewater treatment system consisting of three (3) aboveground 15 ,000-gallon activated sludge cone bottomed treatment tanks with fine bubble diffusion, and an aboveground clarifier tank . Once the wastewater is processed the non-hazardous wastewater is pumped to the Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) side of the plant for further processing prior to discharge to the City of Dallas POTW. The MSW side of the facility consists of four (4) 15 ,000-gallon cone-bottom tanks and a portable steamer, utilized to facilitate the physical separation of grease trap waste . Sand trap , septic, and Class 2 non-hazardous wastes are sent to a 15 ,000-gallon sludge tank. Alternatively , if the solids concentration in the waste steam after screening is less than 20%, the waste stream may be sent directly to a 5 ,000 gallon batching tarik. A total of nine (9) batching tanks are used to treat the waste streams. Once the waste steams have been segregated , lime slurry is used to precipitate fine suspended solids remaining in the waste streams forming metal hydroxides resulting in the removal of metals through precipitation and Facili ty Audit -PSC Dallas .doc Revised: 12/23/04 Page 10 FACILITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX alleviating malodorous compounds in grease trap wastewater. In addition , polymers are added to remove surfactants and fac ilitate sett ling in th e batch tanks . Sulfuric acid is used to adjust the pH of treated wastewater so biological treatment will not be impeded and to keep metal hydroxides at their lowest solubility , at a range of between 7.5 to 9 .5 standard units. An oil/water separator separates free phase oils and greases from the effluent prior to treatment in the Metals Treatment System . Suspended solids and meta ls are removed from the wastewater by use of a skid-mounted inclined plate clarifier (Enviro-Solutions, San Antonio , TX), rated at up to 100 gpm influent flow, with a 60° slope sludge hopper in conjunction with polymer addition to facilitate solids removal. The system utilizes zero head flow into the flocculation chamber minimizing floe breakup. The effluent exiting the secondary clarifier is sent via lift station to a Triton High Rate Sand Filter for final pol ishing treatment. The pH is then adjusted back to @7 .5 prior to treatment in the Activated Sludge tanks. After wastewaters are successfully treated through phys ical and chemical methods , the streams are diverted to three (3) 15,000-gallon equalization tanks , which are metered to the Activated Sludge Treatment System (ASTS). Th is system is a modified Racetrack Extended Air Plug Flow ASTS consisting of four (4) 15 ,000-gallon aboveground cone bottom tanks with fine bubble diffusion , a 533 SCFM blower, a 350 SCFM blower, and an above ground clarifier with 12 ,100 gallons capacity . The aeration tanks contain baffle walls giving the ASTS its "racetrack " performance allowing the water to pass through the aeration tank in an "S" fashion thereby increasing the retention time for the process. This design allows the facility to reduce the amount of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS) discharged to the City of Dallas POTW. Sludge solids are subsequently filter pressed (dewatered) prior to landfilling . Regulatory Inspection Summary This facility receives an annual TCEQ inspection covering both the RCRA and MSW compliance inspections . In addition the facility is subject to spot inspections by the City of Dallas, TX Pretreatment Division and the City of Dallas maintains a wastewater sampling device that allows them to collect a dai ly composite sample of the treated effluent from the wastewater treatment system for compliance purposes. Fa cility Audit -PSC Dallas .doc Revised: 12/23/04 Page 11 FACILITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX PSC's Other TSD Facilities ADDRESS EPA ID NO./ DESCRIPTION/CAPABILITIES PHONE NO. ALABAMA 500 Medco Rd. ALO 094 476 793 RCRA Part B; storage capacity o f 344 drum s and over 67,000 Birmingham 35217 205-841-1707 gallons; so lvent rec overy/distillation; fuel blending. CALIFORNIA 425 Isis Aven ue CAD 008 364 432 RCRA Part B; storage capacity of 18 3,400 gallons and 1,080 In glewood 90301 800-870-6233 drums; liquid fuel blending; solvent recycling/distribution. FLORIDA 3428 SW l l 5'h St. FLO 984 217 877 Haz waste transport ; photographic waste processing/recycling, Deerfield Beach 33442 800-804-2003 si lver reclamation; Small Quantity Generator (SQG) services. GEORG IA 8025 Spence Road GAR 000 026 088 Fully-permitted non -hazardous wastewater facility ; truck to truck Fairburn 30213 770-969-7886 transfer ; product decas ing & recovery services. HAWAII 91-416 Komohana St. HIR 000 000 927 Permitted used oil reclamation facility; bulk storage capacity of Kapolei 808-682-3033 161,700 gals ; blending & water separation through evaporation . HID 982 041 402 Permitted o ily water treatment facility; bulk storage capacity of 125,000 ga ls; Oil water separation , ozonation , and activated carbon absorption; s lud ge by-product solidification. MICIUGAN 421 Lycaste Street MID 980 615 298 RCRA Part B; capacity 1.1 million gals , 2,020 drums ; largest Detroit 48214 313 -824-5840 liquid & solid haz waste fuel blending facility in N. America; solvent distillation; metal /so lid s shredding; drum recycling. MISSOURI 700 M ulberry St. MOD 000 610 766 RCRA Part B; CERCLA approved; storage capacity 119 ,000 Kansas City 64101 816-474-1391 gals., 2,850 drums; fuel blending; solids shredding; lab packing . NEVADA 2095 Newlands Dr E NV D 980 895 338 RCRA Part B; storage capacity of 156,00 gals and 310 drums Fernley 89408 702-575-2760 (l iquid), 1,200 cubic yards (so lid ); waste treatment; resource recovery; battery recycling. NEW YORK 120 S. 4th Street NYD 082 785 429 RCRA Part B; storage capacity of 25 ,950 gals and 840 drums of Bay Shore 11706 631 -586 -0333 RCRA-regulated wastes; approved to accept 440 RCRA waste codes; photographic silver rec overy system. OHIO 1701 E . Matzinger Rd. OHO 981 000 557 Transfer station; bulk & containerized oi l recycling ; treatment of Toledo 43612 419-726-1500 non-haz wastes; o n-site laboratory; emergency spill response; SQG services; tran s portation. PENNSYLVANIA 2869 Sand sto ne Dr. PAD 085 690 592 RCRA Part B; approved to accept 440 waste codes; storage Hatfield 19440 215-822-8995 capacity of 569 drums, 160,000 gals , and 750 tons bulk solids; can process 150,0 0 gals liquid s , 300 ton s so lid s, and 270 drums/ day; cyanide destructi on ; heavy met a l stabi li zat ion; lab packing. Facility Audit -PSC Dallas.doc Revised : 12/23/04 Page 12 ADDRESS RHODE ISLAND 275 Allens Avenue Providence 02905 T EXAS 505 Powell Street Ava lo n 76623 2131 Progres s ive Dr. Dallas 75212 4050 Homestead Rd. Houston 77028 WASHINGTON 20245 77th Ave. South Kent 98032 170 l A lexander Ave . Tacoma 98421 625 South 32"d St. Washougal 9867 1 EPA ID NO./ PHONE NO. RID 040 098 352 40 I -781 -6340 TXD 046 844 700 972 -627-3224 TXD 102599 339 214 -637-5575 TXD 074 196 338 713-674-2406 WAD 991 281 767 253 -872-8030 WAD 020 257 945 253-627-7568 WAD 092 300 250 360-835 -85 94 FACILI TY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX DESCRIPTION/CAPABILITIES RCRA Part B; storage capacity of 130,000 gals and over 5,000 drums; specializes in lab packing; other servi c es include oil recycling, fuel blending, si lver reclamation , emerg ency response. RCRA Part B, CERCLA approved; storage capacity of 204 ,000 ga ls a nd 314,820 drums; solvent recovery; fuel blending. 10-d ay tran sfe r area; sewer & line c leanin g; sand & grease t rap cleani ng/treatment; vacuum trucks ; water/wastewater treatment. RCRA Part B, CERCLA approved; 50,000 ga ls and 1,100 drums storage capac ity; transportation permits in 40 states; solvent recovery; lab packing; on -s ite lab, CSS, vac tankers . RCRA Part B, CERCLA approved fac ili ty, storage capac ity of 500,000 gals and 3,200 drums; carbon adsorption; chemical oxidatio n I precipitation/stabilization ; wastewater and sludge tr eatment; PCB waste storage; permitted tran sfer facility. RCRA Pa rt B, CERCLA approved; storage capacity in excess of 600,000 gals. bu lk a nd 27,000 gals. in drums; treatment of wastewater, acids , & bases ; thermal treatment; fuel blending; permitted transfer faci li ty. Perm itted tran sfer facil ity and so lid waste act ivities; SQG and HHW events; recycling programs. Other TSD Facilities Utilized PSC Recovery Systems, Inc. Dallas, TX Name Location Type of Facility EPA ID# DFW Landfill Lewisville , Texas Landfill (MSW1025B) TXD000838953 Alco Environmental Mansfield, Texas Grease Recov.ery MSW 2256 CSC Disposal & Landfill Avalon , Texas C lass 1 Landfill TXD000836585 Facility Audit -PSC Dallas .doc Revised: 12/23/04 Page 13 ATTACHMENTS Facility Audit -PSC Dallas .doc FACILITY AUDIT PACKAGE PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX Revised : 12/23/04 Page 14 PSC Recovery Syste1ns, Inc. Dallas, TX WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN Facility Audit -PSC Dallas .d oc Revised : 12/23/04 Page 15 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Re covery Systems, Inc ., Dallas, TX Table of Contents Section Title Page 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 Introduction .................................................................................. 1 References .................................................................................... 1 Scope ............................................................................................ 1 Facility Description ...................................................................... 1 Facility Proce sses and Activities .................................................. 2 Identification/C lassification and Quantities of RCRA Characteristic and Class 1 Wastes Generated or Managed at the Facility ................................................................................ 2 Description of Hazardous Waste Management Units .................. 3 Selecting Sampling Procedures .................................................... 3 Selecting Waste Analysis Parameters .......................................... 4 Pre-Acceptance Requirements ..................................................... 4 Submissions ................................................................................. 5 Samp le Evaluation ....................................................................... 6 Periodic Reviews and Updates ..................................................... 6 Environmental Health & Safety ................................................... 6 Laboratory Files ........................................................................... 7 10.0 Laboratory Test ing and Analytical... ......................................................... 7 10.1 Mandatory Analysis ......................................................... , ........... 9 10.2 Supplemental Ana lysis ................................................................. 9 10.3 Additional Used Oil Analysis ...................................................... 9 I 0.4 Special Procedural Requirements .............................................. 10 10.5 Procedures for Receiving Wastes Generated Off-Site ............... 10 10.6 Scheduling of Incoming Wastes ................................................. I 0 11 .0 Incomin g Waste Acceptance Procedure and Waste Recordkeepin g ....... 11 Page i Table 1 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX Tables Class I & RCRA Characteristic Waste Analy tical Requirements Attachments Attachment I Site Plans .................................................................................. 14 Attachment 2 PSC Waste Characterization Data Sheet (WCDS) .................. 19 Attachment 3 PSC Land Dispo sal Characterization Form ............................ 22 Attachment 4 Lab Work Sheet ....................................................................... 27 Attachment 5 PSC Dallas Process Flow Sheet ............................ (not included) Page ii WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Syste m s, In c , Dallas, TX 1.0 Introduction PSC Recovery Systems, Inc. Dallas, TX (PSC Da ll as) has developed a protoco l by wh ich incoming wastes will be tracked and eva lu a ted for acceptance int o the PSC Dallas Fac ilit y. The purpose of this protocol is to provide co nsistent waste acceptance procedures that will a ll ow the facility t o o perate in accordance with Federal, Sta te and local regu lations in a manner consistent with the available o n-s it e treatment capab ilities . 2.0 References All applicable Federal , State, a nd Local Regulations , and permits includin g but not limited to: PSC Dallas Affidavit of Excl usion issued by TNRCC (predecessor agency t o TCEQ, March 1992) Clean Air Act Clean Water Act TAC Chapter 335 City of Dallas Pretreatment Permit # TCEQ MSW Permit No. 1421 3.0 Scope This Waste Analysis Plan (W AP) is designed to meet the requirements of 40 CFR 264.13(a) for suspected Hazardous Waste and 31 TAC 335.41 (a) and 335.69(a) for Texas Class 1 waste received at the PSC Dallas Facility. Additionally, this WAP will address the procedure(s) for acceptance of new waste into the facility, as well as, prescribing the minimal analysis nece ssa ry to determine if each individual waste shipment is consistent with the approved generator's waste profile. Physical and chemical analyses required to be determined for treatment or processing of waste streams at the facility will be conducted following the methods outlined in this WAP. Waste composition changes that may a rise due to treatment, processing, or commingling of waste will be evaluated in light of operating acceptance limits using the sampling and analytical parameters detailed in this plan. Any waste evaluation pro cedures that mu st be followed for wastes generated b y ARS Dall as w ill be sent to an off-site facility for treatment or disposal, are detailed in this WAP. 4.0 Facility Description The PSC D a lla s facility is a wast ewater/liquids pretreatment faci lity operating under the authority of the Texas Commission o n Environmental Quality (TCEQ) via an Affidavit of Exclusion iss ued in March 1992, and expa nd ed on February 1995. T he fac ility is inv o lv ed in the 1 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, In c., Dallas, TX management of characteristi c hazardous waste , indu strial so lid waste as defined under the Texas Solid Waste Di sposal Act (Class 1 and Class 2 Wastes) and Municipal So lid Waste (MSW) as defined under the terms of MSW Permit No. 1421. 5.0 Facility Processes and Activities Physical treatment for hazardous and Class 1 m ate ri als consists primarily of se parati o n, se ttlin g and decanting processes. Chemical treatment includes the use of acids, caustics & polymers to alter the pH of the streams, enhance separat ion of the organic and aqueous ph ases of the wastewater and to aid in precipita ti o n of fine suspended solids and metal hydroxides. If necess a ry, separated organic phase materials (i.e. gasoline, oils, sludges) are transported to and managed by a sister company, PSC -Chemical Reclamati on Services, Inc., in Avalon, Texas, for fuel blending for energy recovery . 6.0 Identification/Classification and Quantities of Hazardous and Class 1 Wastes Generated or Managed at the Facility PSC Dallas can accept at the facility Texas Class 1 and 2 wastewaters and characteristic wastewaters for treatment in the biological process or for elementary neutralization and decharacterization. A listing of acceptable waste codes is attached to this W AP as Attachment A. The facility does not accept 0003 reactive wastes or any RCRA Listed Wastes (i.e. F,K,P or U coded wastes). The types of processes that generate acceptable wastes received by PSC Dallas include but are not limited to: 1. Industrial sand traps 2. Heavy equipment cleaning operations 3. Truck repair facility sand traps 4. Oil waste separator operations 5. Industrial waste treatment systems 6 . Starches and inks from cardboard container manufacturing (usually Class I I) 7. Rinse water from Petroleum Storage Tanks or Underground Storage Tank removal/remediation projects. 8. Waste waters containing heav y meta ls 9. Waste waters with flash points between 140° and 150 ° F 10. Water soluble coolants 11. Zinc coating wastes 12 . Industrial chemical manufacturing rinse waters 13. Off-spec wate r treatment chemicals (usually Class 1) 2 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, In c., Dallas, TX 14 . Latex waste waters (usually Class 1) 15. Inorganic paint wastewaters (usua ll y Class 1) 16 . Waste waters containing petroleum hydrocarbons 17. Waste waters containing water sol uble a liph atic hydrocarbons 18. Heavy metal bearing waste waters from wire manufacturing, cooling towers, machining and appliance manufacturing 19 . Out-of-state waste waters similar to wastewaters that PSC Dallas is authorized to receive and treat. 7 .0 Description of Hazardous Waste Management Units Class 1 and Characteristic Wastes are managed in a segregated area of the PSC Dallas facility. This area consists of a concrete base with secondary containment walls, an unloadin g/loading dock, three separation tanks, two equalization tanks, two equalization tanks , three activated sludge tanks and a clarifier (See Attachment 2). Once processing of the Class I/Characteristic waste is completed in this area, the now non -hazardous wastewater is pumped to the MSW (non- hazardous) side of the plant for further processing. Any recovered organic fuels material is transferred to a tanker truck for transp ort to an approved hazardous waste energy recovery facility or fuel blender. Hazardous waste fuels generated as part of the separation process are never stored over 90 days at the facility. When the hazardous waste arrives at the facility, after being previously profiled and approved the load goes to the unloading area for confirmation sampling, analysis, and pre-acceptance processing verification. Once the waste has been verified to match the profiled waste stream unloading may begin. Wastes that are hazardous due to ignitabi lity , DOOi, are usually placed into Separator Tank #3 (5,500 gallons). Other hazardous wastes, may be placed into Separators #1, or #2 (7,500 gallons each) for elementary neutralization (i.e. pH adjustment), settling and/or initial treatment, and polymer addition if necessary to enhance separation, dependent on waste composition. The partially treated wastewaters are then directed to two (2) 60,000 gallon Equalization Tanks which are metered to the Activated Sludge Treatment System (ASTM) for biological treatment. The wastewater flows to AST Tank 2, then to AST Tank 1, then to AST Tank O to the clarifier, where it will then be sampled and analyzed prior to sending the effluent to the non-hazardou s MSW area for further processing and eventual discharge to the Dallas POTW. 8.0 Selecting Sampling Procedures Sampling is performed by PSC Dallas personnel at the facility and by the generator at their location. The methods used by PSC Dallas will conform to the methodologies referenced in 40 CFR, Appendix I. The specific procedure will vary dependent on the nature of the material a nd the type of containment. Almost all wastes recei ved at the PSC Dallas facility are sampled from tanks or from in-line between process areas. Access will influence the number so samples that can be obtained and 3 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN P SC R ecovery Sys tem s, Inc ., Dallas, TX the location of th ose samples, within a particular container. Where po ss ible and appropriate, sev e ral samples will be obtained at locations displaced both ho riz o ntall y a nd vertically. Liquids are sa mpl e d w ith a Coliwasa to obtain a vertic a l section o r by wei g hte d bottles to allow for samplin g at v a ri o us, di screte depth s in the container. H ea vi e r so lid s (i.e. sediments, slud ge s) may be sampled fr o m the bottom valve on the tank. Process in-line sampling has to account for the variability of the waste stream at any point in the treatment process. Knowledge of the process producing the stream and of the waste stream itself will help direct the sampling effort. Typically, in-line samples will be obtained from appropriate sampling points in the process stream or from a single poi8nt over time interval s for composite and analysis to evaluate effluent quality prior to discharge to the City of Dallas POTW. All sampling equipment that comes in contact with the waste will be selected to be free from contaminating the true physical or chemical composition of the waste. If thi s equipment is reusable it will be decontaminated prior to use. Appropriate sample preservation techniques will be followed to ensure pre-acceptance sample integrity during transport and prior to analysis. The holding time, before analysis for the particular hazardous constituent will also be observed. Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) considerations are implemented before the sample is obtained by training the personnel who will be taking the samples. Sampling personnel are trained in sampling methods, equipment to use, documentation requirements, preservation techniques, and analytical considerations prior to obtaining any samples at the facility. 9.0 Selecting Waste Analysis Parameters The following waste acceptance procedure is provided to detail the necessary paperwork, analytical information and sample requirements for all wastes being evaluated by the facility for treatment. The Waste Analysis Plan will be continuously updated to reflect regulatory changes or to incorporate information obtained from operating experience at the PSC Dallas facility. 9.1 Pre-Acceptance Requirements Class 1 and Characteristic RCRA wastes must be approved and be assigned a profile number prior to acceptance at the facility for treatment. A Generator's Liquid Waste Profile Sheet (Attachment 2) completed by the waste generator, a waste sample, a Generator's Certification of Representative Sample (Attachment 3), and analytical information consistent to the following requirements , must be submitted to the facility prior to approval of a waste stream for treatm e nt. Industrial waste types that are historically likely to contain Class I or Characteri stic RCRA wastes are classified internally as PSC Dallas, as Type IV materials. Types I through III are non-hazardous so urces. Determination of Type 4 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX IV wastes is based on generator's knowledge of the material and the process generating the waste, and the analytical results for the waste. 9.2 Submissions A. the generating process associated with the waste. Wastes generated from sources other than agricultural operations are not required to be analyzed for pesticides and herbicide s . (1) Industrial process wastes (2) Petroleum storage tank condensates (3) Petroleum-contaminated wastes ( 4) Commercial transportation sand traps and oil /water separators (5) Automobile and truck repair shop sand traps and oil /water separators (6) Landfill leachates (7) Tank wash rinsates (8) Non food -grade industrial wastewater treatment (9) Non food-grade industrial lint traps ( 10) Commercial laundry I int traps (11) Industrial sand and grit traps (12) Other industrial wastes not listed above Generators of wastes identified within this section are requested to also supply a TNRCC Waste Code Number for the incoming material. Non-Class 1 Industrial Wastes submitted for approval must be accompanied by a Class 2 Non-hazardous registration . B . Wastes generated from the remediation of petroleum underground storage tanks must be analyzed for flashpoint and screened for chlorine content at the time of acceptance. If the material is determined to be hazardous, it must be managed within the lndustrial/Characteristic RCRA Waste Treatment area. Wastes determined to be non-hazardous may be managed within the Type V Facility (MSW). C. Wastes not falling within the above guidelines must be profiled in a manner simi lar to the wastes listed in A, above. Required paperwork, samples, and analytical information are to be submitted to the facility 's sales coordinator or designated alternate. Representative samples must be placed in an appropriate, secure plastic or glass container, and labeled with the generator's name, location, sample date, and material description. Samples submitted to the facility for total metals analysis must be placed in a 5 9.3 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX laboratory grade container and preserved with nitric acid to a pH of 2.0 or less. Samples sho uld also include a ce11ificate of representative sampling (Attachment 3). Samp le s will not be evaluated for approval unless a ll required paperwork is received. The samp le wil l be assigned a sample ID number and logged in on the Lab Work Sheet (Attachment 6). If the generator is new , a generator number is issued and a billing profile is completed upon approval and subsequent assigning of a profile number. Sample Evaluation Prior to the initiation of any evaluation testing, information provid ed by the generator will be reviewed by the Laboratory manager to determine whether the waste is hazardous and /or treatable by the facility. If the waste is determined to be hazardous, the sample, GLWP, MSDS, and any required analytical data will be submitted to the laboratory for treatability testing. It is the goal of PSC Dallas to complete evaluation testing for treatability within three (3) working days of the receipt of a sample and complete paperwork. The facility laboratory will perform the required testing as outlined on the Sample Evaluation Report and any other testing deemed necessary by the Laboratory Manager. All samples will be evaluated before and after bench scale treatability testing to determine the effectiveness of the prescribed treatment processes. At this time a determination will be made to ensure that the waste stream is compatible with the treatment processes available at the facility. Results of all evaluation testing will be reported on the Sample Evaluation Report and submitted along with the complete file to the Laboratory manager for final approval. If a waste is rejected, the Laboratory Manager will document a written explanation for the rejection. 9.4 Periodic Reviews and Updates All profiles will be reviewed and updated on an annual basis. At a minimum a new Waste Characterization Data Sheet (WCDS) will be obtained from the Generator. The Generator's WCDS will provide an annual recertification of generator knowledge that the profiled material has not changed. Where applicable, additional laboratory data will be obtained to confirm that the characteristics of the waste have remained unchanged. 9.5 Environmental Health and Safety Upon determination that a waste can be accepted into the designated facility, a per so nal protective equipment must be made on the waste. The determination of 6 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN P SC Re covery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX what level o f equipment is required will be m a d e by the facility compliance office r. 9 .6 Laboratory Files Copies of approved profiles , MSDS (if applicable), analytical data, and completed SERs will be sent to the lab to establish the la bo ratory fingerprint file as described · in this WAP. An individual fingerprint log will be maintained on-site for each approved profile at the facility. Fingerprint a nalyses will be performed on each load of incoming waste. Results from these analyses will be recorded in the respective log and used to establish consistency with previously received loads. A deviation of greater than 50% from the original fingerprint analysis will constitute a condition that requires notification of the customer. The content of the conversation will be such that a determination can be made to identify the reason for the discrepancy. If the waste is rejected, notice will be made to the customer stating the reason for the rejecti o n. 10.0 Laboratory Testing and Analytical Methods The laboratory, to augment or verify pre-existing waste characterization and to comply with facility acceptance criteria, provides sample analyses to augment or verify pre -existing waste characterizations and to comply with facility material acceptance requirements. Evaluation of the waste streams involved and the processes at the facility indicate three (3) distinct analytical mileposts: pre-acceptance, incoming loads, and process operations. The generator's knowledge of the waste is the initial building block during the pre-acceptance evaluations. Waste streams considered in this WAP focus on Texas Class l and RCRA Characteristic waste streams. Class l wastes will essentially be any "industrial waste" from an "industrial generator" as defined in Title 30, Texas Administrative Code (TAC) Chapter 335.1, that contains Total petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH) > 1,500 ppm and/or equals or exceeds the limits of the contaminants listed in Appendix l of Chapter 335. Hazardous waste will be any waste stream that exhibits a RCRA characteristic hazard (i.e. DOOi, D002, D004-D043) as defined in 40 CFR §261.21, 261.22, and 261.24 . Included in Table l is a summary of the analytical requirement for the various waste streams. 7 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, In c., Dallas, TX TABLE 1 Class 1 and R C RA Characteristic Waste A n al ytical Requirements Mandatory Metals To xici ty Scan Analytical Requirements * COC, FP, SG, Permit MSD S (if Ph, Chlor Specific applica ble) Metals TYPE IV X X X X Industrial Process Water X X X X Petroleum Storage Tank Conden sa te s X X X Underground Stora ge Tank Rin se Wate r s X X X Petroleum Contaminated Wastes X X X Commercial Transportation Sand Traps X X X X and Oil/Water Separators Landfill Leachates X X X Tank Wash Rinsewaters Non-Food Grade Industrial Wastewaters X X X X Non-Food Grade Industrial Lint Traps X X X Other Industrial Wastes That May Not Be X X X X Listed Above COD -Chemical Oxygen Demand Permit Specific Metals (Ar, Cd, Cr, Cu, Pb, FP-Flash Point SG -Specific Gravity Chlor -Chlorine Hg, Mo, Se, Zn) MSDS -Material Safety Data Sheets TCLP -Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (less pesticides and herbicides) *Any material designated for treatment within the Class 1/RCRA Characteristic treatment area must also be analyzed for benzene, toluene, etltylbenzene, and xylenes. 8 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Rec overy Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX l 0.1 Mandatory Analyses These tests apply to all pre-acceptance, incoming, and process operations waste streams received at PSC Dallas. • Physical description • COD -except on grease trap wastes • PH • Flash point -by Pensky-Martens apparatus • Specific gravity -Class l and Hazardous Wastes only • Chlorine screen -Class l and Hazardous Waste only 10.2 Supplemental Analyses These tests may be run on pre-acceptance, incoming, o r process operation wastes at the discretion of the Laboratory Manager unles s triggered by the results of mandatory tests: • TCLP for Volatile Organics, Semi-volatile Organics a nd In organ ics (meta ls) • PCBs for oil bearing wastes only • RCI -Reactivity, Corrosivity, and Ignitability • Selected total metals • TPH • BTEX • Phenols • Oil and Grease • Total Solids • Total Cyanide A number of these supplemental test are parameters for which discharge limits are set. These parameters may need to be checked more often than annually to monitor compliance with discharge allowances. 10.3 Additional Used Oil Analysis Prior to PSC Dallas' acceptance of any used oil, screening analysis of halogens as chlorine must be performed. EPA's "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste Physical/Chemical Methods, SW-846, Fifth Edition" and updates I, II, TIA , IIB , III and IJIA contains a number of screening methods for halogens as chlorine: • Method 90208 -Total Organic Halides (TOX) • Method 9021 -Purgeable Organic Halides (POX) • Method 9022 -Total Organic Halides by Neutron Activation Analysis • Method 9023 -Extractable Organic Halides (EOX) in Solids • Method 9077 -Test Methods for Total Chlorine in New and Used Petroleum Products (Field Test Kit Methods) For pre-acceptance of used oil waste streams any acceptable method above may be used. The recommended method would be Method 9020B , Total Organic Halides. For incoming used oils, fingerprint analysis, and process samples. Method 9077 (Method A) will be used to screen for halogens as ch lorine. If 9 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, In c., D aJ/as, TX any of the se samp les indicate chlorine level s are greate r than I 000 ppm, then further compound spec ific testing is required (i.e. SW -846 Met hod 8260B o r 8270C). EPA's SW-846 ana lytical method s are specified for any Class 1 or Characteristic Hazardous sample ana lysis that a re covered by that manual. 10.4 Spec ial Procedural Requ i rem en ts PSC Dall as will provide a mechanism by wh ich approved wastes will be accepted and tracked throughout the facil it y. The purpose of this mec han ism will be to provide consistent waste acceptance procedures that will allow the fac ility to operate in accordance wit h Federal, State and Loca l regulations. The procedures wi ll assure that incoming wastes are cons iste nt with pro fil e samp le s and are proces sed according ly. 10.5 Procedure s for Rece ivi ng Wastes Generated Off-Site PSC Dall as waste acc eptance procedures outline all required steps involv ed with the procedures out line a ll required ste ps inv o lved with the proper acce ptance an d treatment of ap proved wastes . The follow ing pro gra m is provid ed to det a il the necessary procedures, paperwork, analytical data a nd processing requirements fo r a ll wastes accepted for tre at ment at the facility. Prior to acceptance, any inc o ming waste must have been: 1. Evaluated in accordance w ith the Waste Analysis Pl an, 2. Approved for treatment by the Laboratory Manager, and 3 . Assigned a profile number If any of the above elements are not completed, the waste may be rejected by the f acility. 10.6 Scheduling oflncoming Waste All incoming waste mu st be coordinated through the Customer Service Representative , Laborato ry, and Operations designated individuals for the facility. The incoming waste schedule will be prepared ba se d upon the dail y available treatment capacity for the facility . The sc hedule will be communic ated to the Laboratory Manager/Operations on a daily basis. 10 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX 11.0 Incoming Waste Acceptance Procedure and Waste Recordkeeping: Upon arrival of the waste in to the desi g nated fac ility , the Laborat o ry Manager or designated individual will perform the following steps to accept th e material into the facility for treatme nt: (1) Obtain the manife st for the incoming material a nd verify that: a) a ll the generator information is correct b) PSC Recove ry Systems Dallas is shown as the designated facility o n the shipping document c) the incoming material has a valid WCDS number and d) the manifest/s hipping document has all appropriate signatures For wastes generated during remedial actions at petroleum underground storage tank facilities, a profile may be submitted at the time the material arrives at the facility . Prior to acceptance, the material must be tested for flashpoint and chlorine screened. If the material is determined to be hazardous, the material must be managed within the RCRA Characteristic/Class 1 Area. Wastes that are determined to be non- hazardous can be managed within the Type V Permitted Facility. (2) Measure the incoming vehicle waste volume. (3) Collect a representative verification sample of the incomingwaste and perform the necessary analyses to determine consistency with the Fingerprint analysis performed on the treatability sample. This information will be recorded on the Lab Work Sheet. Representative samples will be collected in accordance with the following protocol: Results from the verification sampling will be compared to the analyses performed on the pre-acceptance treatability sample. If a measured value ( obtained from the verification analyses) deviates more than 50% from the original analyses, or the qualitative analyses differ significantly from the original, the Customer Service Representative must notify the customer immediately for further direction. Results from the verification analyses will be recorded on the Lab Work Sheet (Attachment 4). One Lab Work Sheet Log will be completed for all profile wastes received that day. Bulk Liquid Shipments A representative sample will be collected from the top of the vehicle with a Coliwasa tube or sampled from the bottom valve. Bulk Solid Shipments 11 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN P SC Rec overy Sys tems, Inc ., Dalla s, TX Bulk solid shipment s w ill be sa mpled by ha nd o r with a small , decontamin a te d sho ve l. If th e m ate ri a l is in a semi-so lid state , the materi a l may be sa mpl e d w ith a Co li wasa tub e o r fr o m th e bo tt o m valve. Drum or Containerized Shipments Drums of RCRA Ch aracte ri stic haza rd o us ma teri a ls mu st be label ed w ith a completed "Hazardou s Wa ste" label. In a ppropriately labeled or unlabeled ha za rdou s drum s w ill not be accepted int o the des ig nate d facility. Upon verification that the drum s o r containerized wastes are label e d properly, the drums will be unloaded in an appropriate staging area. Once unloaded , the drums will be co unted to ensure consistency with th e manifest piece count. Since the sampling of the drums at the time of acceptance is not fea s ible, actual sampling of drummed materials will be performed after acceptance of the drums or containerized wastes. (4) A random sampling and analysis of the drums or containers identified as hazardous or Class 1, will be conducted within twenty-four hours of acceptance into the facility. A random sampling and analysis of the drums or containers identified as non-hazardous will be conducted within eight (8) days of acceptance into the facility. Ten per cent (10%) of the drums under each incoming profile will be sampled and fingerprinted. (5) The attached Lab Work Sheet be used as a Waste Recordkeeping Log of all wastes received, a nd will include the generator account number, transporter, volume received , manifest number, date received, and PSC representative on duty. The on-site unit receiving the incoming waste will be designated by one of the following codes: I. Gx Where G indicates the material will be routed to the grease portion o f the Type V facility. 2. Sx Where S indicates the material will be routed to the sand trap (non-hazardous) portion of the Type V facility. 3. Px Where P indicates the material will be routed to the RCRA Ch a racteri stic/Class 1 areas of the facility. In each case, x designates the xth load of each material received on a particular day . 12 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc ., Dallas, TX (6) Drum or container shipm ents w ill be billed by actua l quantity of materia l receiv ed at the facility. Discrepancies in -the number of drums or containers must be recorded on the manifest. (7) Prior to the veh icle le aving the faci li ty, the manifest must be signed by the Laboratory Manager or designated individual. The signature will verify receipt and acceptance of the waste. All complet ed paperwork pertaining to the acceptance of waste material will be r etained by the processing facility. Records associated with the acceptance of any material will be retained at the processing facility for a minimum of three years from th e date of acceptance. Land ban forms will be maintained for five years. Files that are older than three years may be moved to an off-site storage facility. Attachment 5 illustrates the process flow for management of incoming wastes at the facility. 13 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc ., Dalla s, TX Attachment 1 Site Plans 14 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc ., Dalla s, TX I I~-------t-----------1 ]l e 15 .... m ""tJ (/) 0 ::0 (1) 8 :E c/5 )> '< C/l (/) -I ~ m cii )> 3 z _(I) )> r s--< {") C/l C) C/l Q) ~ ""Cl _(I) r )> >< z G GJO II G) n ®0 --~ ---· H-2 ALLWASTE RECOVERY SYSTEMS WASTE WATER l'REATMENT UHJT ( \) (/) () :D C1l () 0 :E <::: C1l ~ '< (/) (/) --i '<::: m (/J co ~ 3 z _CIJ ~ s-r {") -< (/) C) (/) Q) ~ ""CJ _C/J r >< ~ z SCCONo-.RY SCR[[No LIi£ l[M:HAT~ LN...0.--Dli__J ---LN.llADI GRUS[ 1.ROADI ~ t; ~ z g ~ ( PCh' SAND PIT LlrT STATIOl 0 0~ !'I 0~ ti GR(ASC PIT Llf'"T STATIO"f lJ C/) 0 :::0 CD () ALLWASTE RECOVERY SYS TEM S 0 :E OALLAS TEXAS <: CD )> NON -HAZ WASTE GREASE TRAP '< (/) AND GRIT TRAP TREATMENT FACILITY C/) '-i <TYPE V FA CIL ITY> 's:: m C (/) ""-'NTS qi )> :3 z _r.,, )> s-r 0 -< (/) C) (/) Q) ~ "Cl _r.,, r >< )> z WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX Attachment 2 PSC Waste Characterization Data Sheet 19 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN P SC Recovery Systems, Inc ., Dall as, TX WASTE CHARACTERIZATION WORKSHEET FAX WCW# ____ _ Customer Ref erence # BILLING IN FORMATION PSC Con-µ>,y D N3T,e Address Mai Slc,p Cly Same as Generalor D State ----ZI P ------ Contacl T~e Phone FAX IMPORTER OF RECORD ----Benz ene Neshap ? 0 Yes D No Nane ~===MA==Nl=F=E=ST==R=ETU==R=N=l=NF=O=R=MA==TIO==N=.,-s -ame--as_G_e_n_e_ra-tor~0-----1 Address ~ N3T,e Add re ss ----ZIP City State Phone EPAID# Slate ID# ----ZIP _____ _ FAX MSDS Atta ched D Yes D No Sample Enclosed D Yes D No DOT Hazardous Material DOT St>ppic,gName Technica l Description Hazard C lass 0Yes 0No :rir UN/NA# ll!_i Report ab le Quantity (RQ ) in Ifs ------- Free Liquids ~-Odor l ·.~ Free Liquids Specific G ravity Liquid Flash Point pH ColOf Fuel Blending BTU's/# ___ _ O#'s DGals 0Drums DTons O other ____ _ 0Monthly Doua rteny D Yearly 0 0ne Ton-e D o tt>e< ----- Deuk Solid D Conta iner {Size/Type) Marine Pollutant 0 Yes 0 No ERG # Packing Group Con taine r Specification 0 Sludge O SoHd O Debris O (',lonotithic 0Lab Pack D Bi-layered D Multi -Layered · Descri be --------- 0 Strong -Describe·------------------- --%·--% Solid Range --%·--% 0 1.0-1.2 0,12 D ,o ,. 140'F D 141. 200°F D, 2oo'F D so-a.o Os., -124 0,= 12.s Appearance Halogens --% Wate r --% Actual __ Ac lua l -- Actua l -- 0 None D Heated Material (>14D° F) 20 Hon-Rea CTCLPl (0004) (D005) (D006) (D007) (D009) (DOOB ) (D010) (D01 1) ~ <S ppm < 100 ppm <1 ppm < 5 ppm < 0.2 ppm < 5 ppm < 1 ppm < 5 ppm Generator liQn,o ~ An.a.!W> ~ D __ ppm Dioxins B _ppm H erbicides __ ppm HOC's 8 _ppm Aromatic Amines --ppm Pesticides D __ ppm Fungicides D _ppm Urea I Thiourea D --PPm Phenols § __ ppm TOC"s _ppm voc·s --W"1 Chemcal Na~ .... ~ .. --. . ,· .a.. USEPA regulated H azardous Waste? State regulated Hazardous Waste? Subject lo categorical discharge standards? TSCA Regulated PC8"s CERCLA cie anup action waste? D im:in bearing waste per 40 CFR 261.31 State Waste Code "rt EPA W aste Code(s) if D D D 8 D 8 § D D ~ D § ~ Yes ~No Yes N:) Yes N:) Yes flt> Yes N:> Yes N:) ---ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ---PPm ___ pp m ___ ppm ---PPm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ---ppm Il1Aiil Ouinone·s Ammon ia Phosphorous Cyanides: Reactiv e Amenable Total Sulfides: Reactive Total WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc ., Dallas, TX Generator Il2lal ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm AnalY.>.i.s ~ ---PPm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm ___ ppm tl2n.Q Alal!fil MfilXill. § -PPITT D 8 --!'Pm --!'Pm 8 --!'Pm D --!'Pm D D _ppm D 8 _ppm B _ppm Mniwm ~ ~ ~ ----"• ----"• ~ ~ ----"• Generator ~ § D D D 8 ~ --5, --5, --5, --5, ---"• ____% --5, ____ % Radioactive Waste? ~ Yes ~ No Explosive material? Yes l\b Does this waste co ntain fria ble asbestos? Yes N:) Does this waste contain non-friable asbe stos? Yes No Waste subject to Subpart CC regulalions? Yes No In fectious or medical waste? Yes No Additional lnfonnalion----------------------------------- Waste Subject 10 land Ban Resirictions? too Was te meels RCRA De bris standards? z ; Identify all underlying hazardous constil uents Identify au treatme nt sub-categones 8Yes 8No Yes NJ This waste is a Owaslewater D N,Q.Q ·Waste~ter Land Di sposal restricl1 on notification attached? U Ye s U r-b 21 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX Attachment 3 Land Disposal Characterization Form 22 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, In c., Dalla s, TX PSC Recovery Systems, Inc . Dallas, Texas !AND DJSPOSALRFSIRICTIONNOTIFICATION * Required for all Hazardous wastes identified in 40CFR Part 261 Refer to Treatment Standards in 40 CFR 268.40 • For wastes not meeting treatment standards or exceeding prohibition levels of268.32 or RCRA section 3004( d) Generator Name : Manifest No. Manifest Line Item No. WCDS No. NWW WW -- EPA Waste Code(s) & Subcategories: - Attachment I -EPA Was te Code Li stin g is being s ubmi tte d with thi s notification unle ss li sted above. Waste Constituent Notific at ion (s): Attachment 2 -Waste Constituent Not ifi cati on is being s ubmitted with this notificati o n unle ss list ed above. 23 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX Manife st Line Item No. PreQual No. NWW WW -- EPA Waste Code(s) & Subcategories: Attachment 1 -EPA Waste Code Listing is being submitted with this notification unless listed above. Waste Constituent Notification(s): Attachment 2 -Waste Constituent Notification is being submitted with thi s notific at ion unless listed above. Manifest Line Item No. PreQual No. NWW WW -- EPA Waste Code(s) & Subcategories: Attachment 1 -EPA Waste Code Listing is being submitted with this notification unless listed above . Waste Constituent Notification(s): Attachment 2 -Waste Constituent Notification is being submitted with thi s notification unless listed above. Manifest Line Item No. PreQual No . NWW WW -- EPA Waste Code(s) & Subcategories: Attachment 1 -EPA Waste Code Listing is being submitted with thi s notification unless listed above. Was te Constituent Notification(s): Attachment 2 -Waste Constituent Notification is bein g submitted with this notification unless li sted above. 24 .... > ~ • -esc: dt~f;,f', ,,t,-; :z_.{ +,~~ ->' WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Re c overy Systems, Inc., Dall as, TX SUBCATEG ORIES are req uir ed fo r: DO OJ , D 002, DOOJ, D 006, DO OB, D009 DOO Hig h TO C Ignitab le Chara cteri stic Liq uids 1 Ig nita ble Character is tic Wa stes DOO All co rr osives , m anaged in n on-CWA sys tems 2 All co rros ives, managed in CWA systems DOO Cadm ium Con taining Batter ies or Cadmium 6 Characterist ic Was tes DOO L ead Acid Batteries or Lead Character istic Wa s tes 8 DOO H igh Mercury -Organic or Inorg anic 9 WASTE CONSTITUENT NOTIFICATION is required for: DOOJ (other than liquid> 10% TOC, if not combusted), D002, and D004-D043. PSC Recoverv Svstems Dallas Texas receives onlv characteristic wastes, ex cluding DOOJ. No F-1 K-1 P-or U-list ed was te codes mav be received at the facilitv. LOR ATTACHMENT 1 -EPA WASTE CODE LISTING I. Gen e r a tor Nam e ________ _ 2. Ma nife st No . ______ _ Page I of __ 3. Manifest Line Ite m No. (o ne onl y ) ___ _ 4. WC DS No. ____ _ "D" Listed Codes 0 DOOi LQ ::: 10 % TOC D D 006 D DOil 0 D020 D D029 0 D038 D DOOi Other D D 0 06 C B 0 D012 0 D021 D D030 0 D0 39 0 D002 D D007 0 D013 0 D0 22 D D0 3 1 0 D 040 0 D003 OR* D D 00 8 D D014 0 D023 D D0 32 0 D041 0 D0 0 3 R C* D D 0 0 8 LB D D015 0D024 D D0 33 0 D 042 0 D00 3 RS * D D 0 09 H M Organ D D 0 16 D D 0 25 D D0 34 0 D043 0 D003 W R* D D 009 LM D DOI? D D026 D D035 0 D004 D D009 HM lnorg D DOI8 D D027 D D 036 0 D005 D DOIO D DOl 9 D D02 8 D D037 *Not Accepted for was te wa ter tre a tment by PSC Re co very Systems, Dallas, Texa s . 25 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, Inc., Dallas, TX WASTE CONSTITUENT NOTIFICATION I. Generato r Na me ---------- of Manifest Line Item 'o. (o ne onl y) ____ _ 2. Manifest No. ______ _ ~ WCDSN~ ____ _ Underlying Inorgani c Constituents A ntim ony D Cyanides (Total) D Selenium Arseni c D Cyanides (Amenable) D Si lver Barium D Fluoride (F03 9 only)* D Sulfide Beryllium D Lead D Thallium Cadmium D Mercury D Vanadium C hromium (Total) D Nickel Underlying Organic Constituents Carbon tetrachloride D E ndrin [D012) 0 Trichloroethy lene {0040] [DO 19] Ch lordane (alph a & gamma D Heptachlor [003 1] 0 2 ,4 ,5 -Trichloropheno l [D04 l J isomers ) [D 020] Ch lorobenzen e [D02 I J D Hexachlorobenzene [0032] D 2 ,4 ,6 -T ri chlorophenol [D 042] Carb o n tetrach lo ride D Hexac hlorobutadiene [D0 33) 0 2,4 ,5-T (2,4,5 - Page I [DOI 9] Tric hl orophenoxyacetic acid) [DO I 7] Ch loroform [D022 ] 0 Hexachloroethane [D034] D Vinyl c hl o ride [0043 ) o -Cresol [D023] D Lindane {D013] m-Cresol [D 024] 0 N itroben zene [D03 6) p-Creso l [D 025] D Pentachlorophenol {0037) D Cresol [D 026] D Py r id in e [D038] D 2,4-D(2,4 -D Tetrachloroethylene {D039 Dichlorophenoxy - Acetic acid) [DO I 6] D 2,4 -Dinitrotolu en e [D030] D Toxaphene [D040] 26 WASTE ANALYSIS PLAN PSC Recovery Systems, In c., Dallas, TX Attachment 4 Lab Work Sheet 27 "' 00 LAB WORK SHEE T DATE r--"l Worko rderij Cu s tomeru Hanifesti Dilj ~imej COD \.: (( NAHE SHEET.NUMBER~~~ &. Sample ~ ID ! "tillliLill !A ppr ers I-~ !on~ ~~rt ll:f Number Numbers Numbers on Read n oved ing . na y / N DI I .g ~ ! Dl D I DI BJ D I D ! Di BJ -· ID on--.. -- II I I . - \ I I Ii I! '! I i i I I ; \) C/) () ::u ! (!) 0 j 0 :E <:: (!) )> '< Cl) C/) -I '-s:: m (/) <ii )> 3 z -"' )> s-r (") -< Cl) t) en OJ :::::: "tJ OJ -"' r >< )> z 2 .8 . Proposed Disposal Facilities List all disposal facilities, including Class II Landfills, grease/grit trap waste facilities, and other disposal facilities that are propose d under this Contract. The City plans on using its existing hazardous waste disposal company for Class I Non-Hazardous and Hazardous Waste. Facility Name, Owner, Phone Number/ and Address Primary Contact Person Type of Disposal EPA and State ID Numbers fZ(i>"'k\,t-CSC.. Lclt'ti-{\\\ D-t.nn, s ~\eS~t\c:\(, , b.M. \~E..Q r2...oq 6 CSl Dil?3\ i \...a"dJi\\ '\1"2. ~27. 3"\\3 d~!>~ Jt lal'\J(.'.;\\ \I>\ IZ(f"' lie. w~ A-.JiloV\ , 1-; ilPl#l.3 wast'-/1\1>'(\a~emtv,.-\:-"t)fW ~,\\ ?a\l\a l~<boni \woo -s s. ~1i,1',a~ 1-l-. E:Y\'1/, (OV\-Mevt-\c\ M~<. "'~ l[ L~~-\\ TlE.t;,. ,oi.s (3 Le.wi$"i\lt, 11-1so1D7 '2,.\~ -"l'tC,,-61lO ~ l. ~et,../-e<y ~~t-MS ,T~e, Gha1 lts No<,h;\ \L. 0 ·, \ 1 o, \~ Wi.\er , 1.r,1 Pro~<es~·,..ie De fai, \~+y M-a\'\o~~.,.. sc1"'c1, ~<·,+, i. ~<ase e_?A ·. T)( t:>1 oz..S "<i33l\ 1)a\\~~ ,i; ,5211-u ~ ~ "'7 -5"5 7 5 ~op wa~wa..\-tr 2-24 2.9. Financial Statement Providers must provid e a current certified or compi lation financial statement within this section of the Proposal. The fin a ncial statement shall be no more than six (6) months old. INCLUDE A COPY OF THE STATEMENT FOLLOWING THIS PAGE BOUND WITHIN THE PROPOSAL PACKAGE 2-25 Sales Cost of Sales Gross Profit TAS EN VIR ONMENTAL SERVI CES LP STATEMENT OF INCOME FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2007 Operating Exp enses Net Income $ 6,592,369 4,421,287 2,171,082 1,148,530 $ 1,022,552 I certify that th e above statement of income for TAS Environmental Services LP i~correct to the best of my knowledge and belief J Salzer for AJCO LLC , General Partner, TAS Environmental Services LP 2.10. Bonds 2 .10 .1. Bidder's Bond Proposals must be accompa ni ed by a bidder's bond in the amount of $1,250. Alternatively , the City will acc ep t a cashier's check , in said amount , with the City named as payee , to be held in escrow until the successful Contractor signs the project contract. This bond will se rve as a guarantee th at the successful Contractor will enter into an agreement with th e City to perform the project. The bond is subject to forfeiture in the event th e successful Contractor fails to execute the contract documents within 10 cal e ndar days after the contract has been awarded. 2.10.2. Payment and Performance Bonds Before beginning the work, the Contractor shall be required to execute to the City of Fort Worth, a payment bond if the contract is in excess of $25,000, and a performance bond if the contract is in excess of $100,000. The payment bond is solely for the protection and use of payment bond beneficiaries who have a direct contractual relationship with the Contractor or subcontractor to supply labor or material; and in 100% the amount of the Contract. The performance bond is solely for the protection of the City of Fort Worth; in 100% the amount of the Contract; and conditioned on the faithful performance by Contractor of the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. Contractor must provide the payment and performance bonds, in the amounts and on the conditions required, within 14 calendar days after Notice of Award. 2.10.3. Requirements for Sureties The bonds shall be issued by a corporate surety duly authorized and permitted to do bus iness in the State of Texas that is of sufficient financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of the City. The surety must meet all requirements of Article 7.19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. In addition, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein . No sureties will be accepted by the City that are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the Contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City , notice will be given to the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. ATTACH CASHIER'S CHECK OR BIDDER'S BOND HERE 2-26 ill~i•l•i3 1Ml*i4'0lklMWi~1611H;MM ;ll~llitiflM•iHl·l:Bfl3rl;J•l'l:1•1·1:l•t·ikt·i·illii:IMIW·ii#;l@i;J:C•i~ii:i=l:f·irl3-i!•iiWii: .. illl3;f.i#rl'i;Jiiii#·ii'ldfi~IHl!~ii4• REMITTER WORTHINGTON NATIONAL BANK 200 WEST MAIN STREET ARLINGTON , TEXAS 76010 01 TAS ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES L.P. AMOUNT ***ON E THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED FIFTY and 00/100***USDollars PAYTOTHE ORDER OF CITY OF FORT WORTH CASHIERS CHECK 10/09/07 f,Oooo. cu• WORTHINGTON NATIONAL BANK 01 10/09/07 I TAS ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES L.P. ***O NE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED FIFTY and 00/1 OO***USDollars CITY OF FORT WORTH $ -- NO: 01222 5 37-2462/1119 ***1,250.00*** 012225 r I \i J ***1,250.00*** CUSTOMER COPY NON-NEGOTIABLE 2.11. Minority and Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE) Utilization Requirements The City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority and women business enterpris es (M/WBE) in City contracts . For a Proposal which exceeds $25,000 to be considered responsive, a (M/WBE) compliance statement must be submitted as one of the Propos a l Documents . The expected not-to-exceed amount for this Contract will be $24,999 per year which is below the $25,000 threshold requiring a Minority and Women Business Enterp rises (M/WBE) Participation Goal. There is no M/WBE Goal for this Project. 2-27 2.12. Statement of Residency The following information is required by the City of Fort Worth in order to comply with provisions of state law, TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE § 2252 .001, State or Political Subdivision Contracts for Construction, Supplies , Services; Proposals by Nonresident. Every provider shall affirmatively state its principal place of business in its response to a request for proposal. Failure to provide the required information shall result in your proposal being declared non-responsive . Contractors ' cooperation in this regard will avoid costly time delays in the award of proposals by the City of Fort Worth. For this reason , each Contractor is encouraged to complete and return in duplicate , with its proposal, the Statement of Residency Form , but in any event the low bidder shall submit this information within five (5) business days after the date of receipt of notification of apparent low bidder status from the Purchasing Division of the Finance Department. Failure to provide all required information within this designated period shall result in the apparent low bidder being considered non-responsive, and the second low bidder being considered for award. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE § 2252.001 defines a Texas "resident bidder" as a bidder whose principal place of business* is in the state of Texas, including a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in the state of Texas. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE § 2252.001 defines a "Nonresident bidder" as a bidder whose parent company or majority owner does not have its principal place of business* in the state of Texas. Bidder's complete company name State your business address in the adjacent space provided if you are a Texas Resident bidder: ~tit2.t\ -E.. ul;.fornia fk.w 1, f+. \>kf-J.k 1;., c~ll'\ State your business address in the adjacent space provided if you are a Nonresident bidder: *The State Purchasing and General Services Commission defines Principal Place of Business as follows: Principal Place of Business in Texas means, for any type of business entity recognized in the State of Texas, that the business entity o has at least one permanent office located within the State of Texas, from which business activities other than submitting proposals to governmental agencies are conducted and from which the proposal is submitted , and o has at least one employee who works in the Texas office Form (Section 2.10) prepared by: Name ,~ Sa )z~r Title frtJ,Jo1j e9fl~I Date (0.//. 2-28 2.13. Nondiscrimination All City contractors are required to comply with Chapter 17, "Human Relations ," Article Ill , "Discrimination," Division 3, "Employment Practices ," of the Code of the City of Fort Worth, prohibiting discrimination in employm ent practices . Contractor agrees that Contractor, its employees , officers, agents, or subcontractors, have fully complied with all provisions of such Ordinance, and that no e mployee, participant, applicant, contractor or subcontractor has been discriminated aga inst according to the terms of such Ordinan ce by Contractor, its employees, offi ce rs, agents, or subcontractors herein. CON~: SiQ..1J_ature Company . j S'a: {z~ e ;r Name .(c.r AT<-o LLC Date G e.nu-,;,, f ~r-tne.- 2-29 2.14. Prevailing Wage Rates The Contractor selected for this project will be required to comply with TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE, Ch apte r 2258, with respect to payment of Prevailing Wage Rates for public works contracts. The current wage scale for membe rs of the Building and Construction trade immediately follows this page . A worker employed on a public work by or on behalf of the City of Fort Worth shall be paid not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed; and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. A worker is employed on a public work if the worker is employed by a contractor or subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work with the City of Fort Worth. The contractor who is awarded a public work contract, or a subcontractor of the contractor, shall pay not less than the prevailing wage rates to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract. A contractor or subcontractor who violates this requirement shall pay to the City of Fort Worth, $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. This requirement does not prohibit the contractor or subcontractor from paying an employee an amount greater than the prevailing wage rate. The undersigned acknowledges the requirements of Chapter 2258 of the Texas Government Code, and intends to comply with same in the execution of this contract. Signature J S:a. ( Zer- Name .fo ,~ A Tc O LL c__ 0 t. 11 frtl ( !u r f h d,.. Company Date Lf 2-30 City of Fort Worth Building & Construction Trades Prevailing Wage Rates For 2007 Classifications Hourly Rates Classifications Hourly Rates Air Conditioninq Mechanic $21.6 9 Sprink le r Syste m Instal ler $18 .00 Ai r Conditioninq Mechanic Helper $12.0 0 Sprinkl er System Install er Helper $9 .00 Acoustic Ceil ing Mechanic $15.2 4 Steel Worker Structura l $1 7.43 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $19 .12 Weld er $16.06 Brick la ye r/Sto ne Mason Helper $10.10 Welder Helper $9.75 Ca rpenter $16.23 Carp enter Helper $11.91 Co ncrete Finish er $13.49 Concrete Form Build er $13.12 Drywall Mechanic $14.62 Drywa ll Helper $10.91 Drywall Taper $13 .00 Drywall Taper Helper $9.00 El ectrici an Journeyma n $20.20 Heavy Equipment Operators Hourly Rates Crane , Clamshell, Backhoe , Electrician Helper $14.43 Derrick , Draqline , Shovel $17.76 Electronic Technician $19 .8 6 Forklift Operator $12.63 Electronic Technician Helper $12.00 Front End Loader Operator $10 .50 Floor Layer (Resilient) $20.00 Truck Driver $14.91 Floor Layer Helper $13 .00 Glaz ier $18.00 Glazier Helper $13 .00 Insulator (Pipe) $14.78 Insulator Helper (Pipe) $11 .25 Laborer Common $10.27 Laborer Skilled $13.18 Lather $16 .10 Painter $14.83 Painter Helper $8.00 Pipefitter $18.85 Pipefitter Helper $12 .83 Plasterer $17 .25 Plasterer Helper $12.25 Plumber $20.43 Plumber Helper $14.90 Reinforcing Steel Setter $10.00 Roofer $14 .00 Roofer Helper $10.00 Source is Fort Worth Chapter Sheet Metal Worker $16.96 Associated General Contractors (www.Quoin.org ) Sheet Metal Worker Helper $12 .31 9/19/2007 2-31 2.15. Insurance Certificates A successful Contractor will be required by the contract to have insurance coverage as detailed below. Contractor must provide Certificates of Insurance in the amounts and for the coverages required to the Environmental Management Department, Administrative Offices, within 14 calendar days after Notice of Award . (a) Insurance coverage and limits : (b) 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance o $1,000,000 each occurrence o $2,000 ,000 aggregate 2. Professional Liability Insurance -NOT APPLICABLE. 3. Automobile Liability Insurance 4. 5. 1. 2. Coverage on vehicles involved in the work performed under this contract: o $1,000,000 each accident A commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined a.s autos owned, hired and non-owned. Liability for damage occurring while loading, unloading and transporting materials collected under the Contract shall be included under this policy. Worker's Compensation o Coverage A: statutory limits o Coverage B: $100,000 each accident $500,000 disease -policy limit $100,000 disease -each employee Environmental Impairment Liability (Ell) and/or Pollution Liability $2,000,000 per occurrence. Ell coverage(s) must be included in policies listed in subsections 1 and 2 above; or, such insurance shall be provided under separate policy(s). Liability for damage occurring while loading, unloading and transporting materials collected under the contract shall be included under the Automobile Liability insurance or other policy(s). Certificates of Insurance evidencing that the Contractor has obtained all required insurance shall be delivered to the City prior to Contractor proceeding with the contract. Applicable policies shall be endorsed to name the City an Additional Insured thereon, as its interests may appear. The term City shall include its employees, officers, officials, agents, and volunteers as respects the contracted services. Certificate(s) of Insurance shall document that insurance coverage specified according to items in section 2.13(a) are provided under applicable policies documented thereon. 2-32 3 . Any failure on part of the City to req uest requi red insurance documentation sh a ll not constit ute a waive r of the insuran ce req uirements . 4 . A minimum of thirty (30) da ys notice of canc e ll ation or mate ria l c ha nge in co verage sha ll be provi ded to the City . A ten (10) days noti ce shall be acceptable in the event of non-pay ment of premiu m. Such terms shall be en dorsed onto Con trac tor's insu rance policies . Not ice shall be sen t to Br ian Boerne r, Direc tor, En vironmental Managem ent Departmen t, City of Fo rt Wort h, 1000 Th ro c kmorton St., Fort Worth , Texas 76102 . 5. Insurers fo r all po licies must be a uthorized to do business in the state of Te xa s or be oth erwi se approved by the City ; and , such insurers s hall be acc eptab le to the City in term s of their financial strength and solv ency. 6. Dedu ct ible li mits, o r se lf-insured retentions, affecting insura nce require d herein shall be acce pt abl e to the City in its sole discretion; a nd, in lie u of tradit ion a l insurance, any a lte rnative coverage mainta ined throug h insurance po ols o r risk retent ion groups must be also approved. Dedicate d financi al reso urces or Letters of Cred it may also be acceptable to th e City . 7. Appli cab le policies shall each be endorsed with a waiver of sub rogation in favor of th e Cit y as respects the contract. 8 . The City shall be entitled, up o n its request and without incurring ex pe nse , to review the Contractor's insurance policies including endorsements thereto and, at the City's discretion, the Contractor may be required to provi de proof of insura nce premium paym e nts. 9. The Commercial General Liability insurance policy shall have no exclusions by endorsements unless the City approves such exclusions . 10. The City shall not be respons ible for the direct payment of any insu rance premiums required by the contract. It is understood that insurance cos t is an allowable component of Contractor's overhead . 11 . All insura nce required in Section 2.13(a) above , except for the Pro fessio nal Liability insurance policy, sh a ll be written on an occurrence basis in order to be approved by the City. 12. Subcontractors to the Contractor shall be required by the Contra ct or to mainta in the same or reasonably equivalent insurance coverage as requ ired for the Contractor. When subcontractors maintain insurance cove rage, Contractor shall provide City with documentation thereof on a certifica te of insuranc e. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in t he event a subcontractor's insurance coverage is canceled or terminated , such cancell at ion or te rmin atio n sh all not constitute a breach by Con t ractor of the contract. FOR PURPOSES OF EVALUATING THIS PROPOSAL, PLEASE ATTACH A C O PY OF YOUR CURRENT INSURANCE CERTIFICATE(S) HERE AND BOUND W ITHIN THE PROPOSAL PACKAGE. 2-33 ~ ACORD™ CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MMIDD IYY) 08/30/2007 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTE R OF INFORMATION JOHN L . WORTHAM & SON, L .P. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE P.O. BOX 1388 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR HOUSTON , T EXAS 77251-1388 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. 078934-60-97 bj b -lpe re z INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED INSURER A: Nau tilu s Insura nce Company TAS ENVIRONM ENTAL S ERVICES , LP . INSURER B: Grea t Di vide Insurance Company ATTN: J SALZER 3929 CALIFORNIA P ARKWAY INSURER c: Texas Mutual Insu rance Company FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76 119 INSURER D: I INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN , THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. 1~f: TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER A ~NERAL LIABILITY ECPC020018610 ./ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY = =i CLAJMS MADE W OCCUR >------------- >------------- GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER : r7l POLICY n ~wT n LOC 8 ~TOMOBILE LIABILITY _:f_ ANYAUTO _ ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS ...L.._ HIRED AUTOS ....:f_ NON-OWNED AUTOS BAP020018810 08/30/2007 01 /01 /2009 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 08/30/2 007 01/01/2009 FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) S MED EXP (Any one person) S PERSONAL & ADV INJURY S GEN ERA L AGGREGATE PRODUCTS · COMP /OP AGG S COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accid ent) BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) 1 ,000 ,000 100,000 10,000 1,000,000 1 ,000 ,000 1 ,000,000 1 ,000 ,000 >-------------PROPERTY DAMAGE $ r.,,,J f----l--'------------+---------------1-------+-------+-(P_e_r_•c_c_Jd_en_t_) -----+----------, W -GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY· EA ACCIDENT $ '-'' Fl ANY AUTO A EXCESS LIABILITY FFX020018710 =i OCCUR D CLAJMS MADE I DEDUCTIBLE ~ RETENTION $ 10.000 C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS ' LIABILITY A OTHER CONTRACTORS POLLUTION TSF 0001183043 ECP C0200186 10 08/30/2007 08/30/2007 08/30/2007 01 /01/2009 08/30/2008 01 /01 /2009 OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE EA ACC $ AGG $ 1°.w· s E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE· EA EMPLOYEI $ 5 ,000,000 5,000,000 1,000,000 1 ,000 ,000 E.L. DISEASE· POLICY LIMIT $ 1 ,000,000 CLAIMS MADE POLIC Y-RETRO DATE 8/24/04 $1,000,000 EACH CLAIM $1,000 ,000 TOTAL FOR ALL CLAIM S DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES /EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPEC/AL PROVISIONS CERTIFICATE HOLDER I I AD DITIONAL INSURED ; INSURER LEITER : .. MASTER .. I ACORD 25-S (7/97) CANCELLATION (BELOW & SEE REVERSE) SHOULD ANY O F THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLI C IE S BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPI RATI ON DATE THEREOF , THE ISS UING IN SURER WILL EN D EAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRI ITEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT , BUT FAI LU RE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIG ATI ON OR LI AB ILITY OF ANY K IND UPON THE ISSUER, ITS AGENTS OR REPR ESENT AT IV ES. ~ ·. "'ESENTATIV~-I ,1 :.ri.~-, r f A,,f'. . .......t···-. ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 Ce rt . # 078934 -60 -97 **MASTER** ACORD 25-S (7/97) IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED , the policy(ies) must be en dorsed. A statement On this certificate does not confer r ig hts to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED , subject to the terms and co nditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate hold er in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend, or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. CANCELLATION NOTICE The CANCELLATION NOTICE on the CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE is amended to include the following additional wording: The Insurance Company may cancel the described policy(ies) by mailing or delivering ten (10) days written notice of cancellation to the Certificate Holder for: (1) Non Payment of premium or (2) any other circumstance permitted by state law or policy conditions. 2.16. Contractor's Responsibilities Contractor is responsible for becoming familiar with the character, quality, quantity of work to be performed, materials and equipment required. Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, costs, and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work, unless otherwise specified in this Requ est for Propo sal. All costs associated with preparing a Proposal in response to the Solicitation shall be borne by the Contractor. The undersigned acknowledges the requirements of this section, and intends to comply with same in the execution of this RFP . CONTRACTOR: ~ Signature Company Name Tit le 2-34 2.17. Contractor's Legal and Compliance History Contractor's legal and compliance history is a critical component of this Request for Proposal. Read this section with care and respond accordingly. Failure of the Contractor to provide all the information requested and to certify the report, will result in the Contractor's submittal being declared non-responsive . Contractor shall attach a written report of legal action brought against Contractor, Contractor's officers, Contractor's employees , AND Contractor's proposed subcontractors relating to the protection of the environment. The terms "legal action " and "relating to the protection of the environment" are defined below . The report shall include all legal action brought within five (5) years of the closing date of this Request for Proposals . The report shall detail the substance, status, and outcome of such legal action. This includes without limitation the names of the agency and/or persons bringing the action, all relevant dates, and all fines, judgments, and/or settlements. Include the following information for each case at a minimum : • Style of Case ( X vs . Y) • Settlement Information (as appropriate) • Cause Number • Names / Addresses of all parties named • Court • Counsel List and phone numbers • Date of Disposition • Judgment and Order of Judgment "LEGAL ACTION" means: ANY enforcement action by the United States Environmental Protection Agency, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, any other federal agency, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (including its predecessor agency the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission), the Texas Department of State Health Services (including its predecessor agency the Texas Department of Health), and any other state agency, commission or department, whether in Texas or elsewhere, when such enforcement action is a result of violations, real or alleged, of any laws, licenses, permits, judicial orders, or administrative orders, relating to the protection of the environment. In this context, enforcement action shall include without limitation, written warnings, notices of violation, consent orders or agreements, compliance orders, administrative hearings, civil litigation and criminal prosecution. Legal action also means any civil litigation brought by any person relating to the protection of the environment. "RELATING TO THE PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT" means: requirements pertaining to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, handling, storage, transportation, reporting, records keeping, permitting, licensing, treatment, disposal, emission, discharge, spill , release, or threatened release of hazardous materials, hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, toxic substances, petroleum, industrial waste, solid waste, pollutants or contaminants into or onto the air, surface water, drinking water, groundwater, storm water, publicly owned treatment works, or land. THE REPORT SHALL BE SIGNED AND CERTIFIED by an authorized representative of the Contractor, using the following form. The top portion of the form is to be completed if a report of legal action is attached. The bottom portion of the form is to be completed if Contractor has no legal action to report. Make certain that the appropriate portion of the form is filled out and signed. 2-35 AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CONTRACTOR shall mean: (1) if the Contractor is a corporation : the president, secretary, or treasurer, or a vice president of the corporation in charge of a principal business funct ion, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for the corporation ; (2) if the Contractor is a partnership, a general partner; and (3) if the Contractor is a sole proprietorship, the sole proprietor. INCLUDE A COPY OF THE REPORT OF LEGAL ACTION FOLLOWING THE CERTIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR'S LEGAL AND COMPLIANCE HISTORY FORM BOUND WITHIN THE PROPOSAL 2-36 Certification of Contractor's Legal and Compliance History Complete ONE of the Following Certifications Certification of Legal Action Report I certify under penalty of law that the attached Legal Action Report detailing Contractor's, Contractor's officers , Contractor's employees , and Contractor's proposed subcontractors legal and compliance history relating to the protection of the environment was prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonmentfor knowing violations. CONTRACTOR: Signature Company Name Date Title Certification of NO Legal Action I certify under penalty of law that the legal and compliance history of Contractor, Contractor's officers, Contractor's employees, and Contractor's proposed subcontractors was researched under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted . Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, I hereby certify that no legal action relating to the protection of the environment was brought against Contractor, Contractor's officers, Contractor's employees , or Contractor's proposed subcontractors within the preceding five years. To the best of my knowledge and belief, this statement is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. CON~R: Signa ure (t6 £:.""\(OY\tl\~~'ta \ Company Name Date Title -2-37 2.18. Health and Safety Program Manuals Each Provider should submit a copy of their Corporate Health and Safety Program Manual and a copy of their proposed Health and Safety Plan for this project. INCLUDE A COPY OF THE PROPOSED HEAL TH & SAFETY PLAN FOR THIS PROJECT FOLLOWING THIS PAGE, BOUND WITHIN THE PROPOSAL PACKAGE. INCLUDE A COPY OF THE CORPORATE HEALTH & SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL BOUND SEPARATELY BUT MAILED WITHIN THE SAME ENVELOPE. 2-38 TAS Environmental Services, LP SITE SAFETY PLAN Job Date: October2 , 2007 Job Supervisor: (1) Larry Baker or Miguel Pagan Team Members: (2) Technicians David Droege Gus Rosales Pancho Limon Stacy Sullins Tony Pagan Decon Leader: Material/ Product Involved: Clean up of Fuel Oil Contaminated Soil Hazard Class: Class 3 ---------------------- Area Map, Egress, Decon Station, Command Post, Wind Direction, Incident: Map Attached Miscellaneous/ Additional Information This Safety Plan Prepared By: Peter Slavik, Health & Safety Mgr. Print Name :Peter Slavik Signature: Print Name: Signature: Print Name: Signature: 1 c:/mydoucments/officeori ginals/s itesafetyp lan-temp SITE SAFETY PLAN This appendi x provides TAS 's plan based on a plan developed by the U.S. Coast Guard f or responding to hazardous chemical releases .1 This TAS plan can be adopted for des ign ing a Site -Sp ec if ic S afety Pl a n to accommodate hazardous waste site cleanup operations. It is not all inclusiv e and should onl y be used as a guide , not a standard . 1. Site Description Date: October 02, 2007 Location: Fort Worth Hazards -Fuel Oil, Power Tools, Lift equipment Area Affected: Surrounding Population: N/A Topography: N/A Weather Conditions: Dry and Cool Additional Information: 2. Entry Objectives The objectives of the initial entry into the contaminated area are to be: (describe actions, tasks to be accomplished; i.e.; identify contaminated soil , monitor conditions, etc .) NIA 1 U.S Coas t Gu ard . Pol icy Guid ance for Re sponse to Hazard ous Ch emical Re le ases . USC G Pollution Res ponse COMDTIN ST-M1 64 65.30 2 c :/m ydoucm e nts/officeorigi n a ls/s itesafety pl an-temp 3. Ons ite Organ ization & Coordination The follo wi ng personn e l a re designated to carry out the stated job func t io ns on s it e. (NOTE: One person may carry out more than one job function .) Project Team Leader ........................... Larry Baker -~'-------------- S ite Safety Officer ............................... _L_a_r~ry_B_a_k_e_r ________ _ Public Inform at ion Officer ..................... Larry Baker -~'--------------Se curity ............................................ _L_a_r~ry,___B_a_ke_r _________ _ Re cordkeepi ng/Fi nan ces ..................... .. Larry Baker -~'--------------F ie Id T e am Leader ................................ Miguel Pagan -~--~---------Fie Id Team Members............................ David Droege -----""----------Pancho Limon To ny Pagan Gus Rosales Stacy Sullins Federal Agency Re ps (DOT , USCG , EPA) N/A -------------- State Agency Reps: N/A -------------- Local Agency Reps: N/A --------------- Cont racto rs : Established as necessary A ll pe rs o n nel arriving or departing the site should log in and out with the Rec ord ke e per. A ll a cti vi tie s on site must be cl e ared through the Project Te am Lea de r . 3 c:/mydoucments/officeorig inals/sitesafetyplan-temp 4. Onsite Control Larry Baker has been designated to coordinate access cont ro l and security on site. A safe perimeter has been established at (distance or description of controlled area) --------------------To be determined by Miguel Pagan on site (No unauthorized person(s) should be in this area.) The onsite Command Post and Staging Area have been established at: Established as necessary_ The prevailing wind conditions are:_N/A ______________ _ (This location is upwind from the Exclusion Zone) Control boundaries have been established, and the Exclusion Zone (the contaminated area), Hot Zone , Contamination Reduction Zone and Support Zone (clean area) have been identified and designated as follows, (describe boundaries and/or attach map of controlled area): ___________ _ N/A These boundaries are identified (marking of zones, i.e.; red boundary tape - Hotline , traffic cones -Support Zone, etc.) _____________ _ Work zones to be defined by Larry Baker or Miguel Pagan 5. Hazard Evaluation The following substances(s) are known or suspected to be on site. The primary hazards of each are identified. Substances ( chemical) Involved Fuel Oil Concentration (if known) Primary Hazards The following additional hazards are expected (i.e.; slippery ground, uneven terrain, etc .) _________________________ _ Slippery ground , power tools, fuel oil , man lift equipment, slips trips falls Material Safety Data Sheets have been provided and copies have been attached. 4 c:/mydoucments/officeoriginals/sitesafetyplan-temp 6. Personal Protective Equipment Based on evaluation of potential hazards , the following levels of Pe rsonal Protective Equ i pment have been designated for the applicable work areas or tasks. Location Job Function Level of Protection Exclusio n Zo ne A B C D Other Work Zone A B C D Other A B C D Other Contamination Reduction A B C D Other Zone S pe cific protective equipment for each level of protection is as follows : Level A Fully-encapsulating suit SCBA Level B Splash gear (type) SCBA Other: Level C Splash gear (type) Full-face canister respirator Coated poly tyvek Organic vapor cartridges Respirator, nitrile gloves Level D The following protective clothing materials are required for the involved substances: Substance Fuel Material Tychem 1 coveralls Nitrile or PVC gloves If air-purifying respirators are authorized, (filtering medium) Organic Vapor cart. is the appropriate canister/cartridge for use with the involved substances and concentrations. A competent individual has determined that all criteria for using this type of respiratory protection have been met. 5 c:/mydoucments/officeoriginals/sitesafetyp lan-temp NO CHANGES TO THE SPECIFIED LEVELS OF PROTECT ION SH AL L BE MADE WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF T HE SITE SAFETY OFFICER AND PROJECT TEAM LEADER AND DOCUMENTED DATA TO SUPPORT PPE REQUIREMENTS. 6 c:/mydo ucme nts /officeorig in als/si tesafetyp lan -temp 7 . On site Work Plans Work party(ies) consisting of _3_ person(s) will perform the following tasks: Project Team Leader Work Party # 1 Work Party# 2 N/A Rescue Team N/A Decon Team 2 1 2 Function On site Supervisor Supervise all work performed Function Demo of caustic Tank T-3000 and all Associated components Function (required for entries into IDLH environments The work party(ies) were briefed on the contents of this plan at TAS Environmental, 3929 E California Parkway , Fort Worth , TX 76119 8. Communication Procedures Pe rsonnel Nextel Cellular Phones/two way radi.os have been designated as the method of communication for all onsite communications. Personnel in the Exclusion Zone should remain in constant radio communication or within sight of the Project Team Leader. Any failure of radio communication requires an evaluation of whether personnel should leave the Exclusion Zone. Verbal communication shall be used to indicate that all personnel should leave the Exclusion Zone. In addition, sirens on the command truck and air horns are available if necessary. 7 c:/mydoucments/officeorigi n als/sitesafetypla n-temp The following standard hand signals will be used in case of fa ilure of radio communications: Hand gripping throat -Can't breathe Grip partner's wrist or both hands around waist -Leave immediately Hands on top of head -Need assistance Thumbs up -OK, I understand Thumbs down -No , negative The Nextel communication to the Command Post should be established as soon as practicable. 9. Decontamination Procedures Personnel and equipment leaving the Exclusion Zone, shall be thoroughly decontaminated. The standard level C decontamination protocol shall be used with the following decontamination stations established as necessary: (1 )Gross Decon (3)Decon (2)Tool Drop (4)Decon Emergency decontamination will include the following stations: Gross Decon Medical/First Aid The following decontamination equipment is required: Detergent and Water Decon Pools Hoses (normally detergent and water will be used as the decontamination solution.) 10. Site Safety & Health Plan A. Larry Baker is the designated Site Safety Officer and is directly responsible for safety recommendations. B. Emergency Medical Care Ray Markle, Michael Wofford, are the qualified EMTs on site. Harris Methodist Fort Worth at 1301 Pennsylvania Avenue , Fort Worth , TX 76104, is located 15 minutes from this location . 8 c:/mydo ucm ents/o ffi ceo ri g inals /sitesafetypl an-tem p Jessica Rangel was contacted at 20:00 hrs and briefed on the situation, the potential hazards, and the substances involved. A map of alternative route s to this facility is located at the Command Post. Local ambulance service is available from MedStar at phone numbe r 817- 927-9620. Their response time is less than 10 minutes. Whenever possible, arrangements should be made for onsite standby. First aid equipment is available on site at the following locations ; First Aid Kit Emergency Eye Wash Emergency Shower Other Command Post Co mmand Post N/A N/A Emergency medical information for substances present: Substance Fuel Oil Agency/Facility Police Fi re Hospital Airport Public Health C. Environmental Monitoring Symptoms Mild Eye Irritation Severe Skin Irritant Phone Number 911 911 817-882-2000 972-57 4-8888 817-871-7200 First Aid Instruct ion Remove from exposure and flush eyes fo r 15 mins. Remove contaminated Clothes and flush with large amounts of water. If skin surface is damaged apply clean dre s sing and seek medical attention. Contact Operator Operator Operator Operator Reception The following environmental monitoring instruments shall be used on site at the specified intervals. ( cross out if not applicable) Combustible Gas Indicator Hourly Daily Continuous Other --- 0 2 Monitor Hourly Daily Continuous Other --- Colorimetric Tubes (type) Hourly Daily Continuous Other --- 9 c:/mydoucments/officeo rig inals/sitesafetypla n-temp Hazardous Material Handling Plan HNU / OVA Hourly Other D. Emergency Procedures2 Hourly Hourly Daily Continu ous Oth er --- Daily Continuo us Oth er --- Daily Co ntinuo us Oth er --- The following standard emergency procedures will be used by onsite personnel. The Site Safety Officer shall be notified of any onsite emergencies and be responsible for ensuring that the appropriate procedures are followed. Personnel Injury in the Exclusion Zone : Upon notification of an injury in the Exclusion Zone, the designated emergency signal shall be sounded. All site personnel shall assemble at the decontamination li ne . The rescue team will enter the Exclusion Zone (if required) to remove the injured person to the hotline. The Site Safety Officer and Project Team Leader should evaluate the nature of the injury, and the affected person should be decontaminated to the extent possible prior to movement to the Support Zone. The onsite EMT shall initiate the appropriate first aid, and contact should be made for an ambulance and with the designated medical facility (if required). No person shall reenter the Exclusion Zone until the cause of the injury or symptoms is determined. Personnel Injury in the Support Zone: Upon notification of an injury in the Support Zone, the Project Team Leader and Site Safety Officer will assess the nature of the injury. If the cause of the injury or loss of the injured person, does not affect the performance of site personnel, operations may continue, with the onsite EMT initiating the appropriate first aid necessary follow up as stated above. If the injury increases the risk to others, the designated emergency signal shall be sounded and all site personnel shall move to the decontamination line for further instructions. Activities on site will stop until the added risk is removed or minimized . Fire / Explosion : Upon notification of a fire or explosion on site, th e designated emergency signal shall be sounded and all site personnel assemble at the decontamination line. The fire department shall be alerted and all personnel moved to a safe distance from the involved area . 2 Should be modified as required for incident 1 Q c :/mydou cments/offi ceori gi nals/s itesa fety pla n-tem p Personal Protective Equipment Failure: If any site worker experiences a failure or a lteration of protective equipment that affects the protection factor, th at person and his/her buddy shall immediately leave the Exclus ion Zone. Reentry shall not be permitted until the equipme nt has been pr e pared or replaced . Other Equipment Failure: If any other equipment on site fails to operate , the Project Team Leader and Site Safety Officer shall be notified and then determine the effects of this failure on continuing operations on site. If the failure effects the safety of personnel or prevents completion of the Work Plan tasks , all personnel shall leave the Exclusion Zone until the situation is evaluated and appropriate actions taken . Eme rgency escape routes shall be designated for use in those situations where egress from the Exclusion Zone cannot occur throug h the decon t amination line prior to beginn ing work on site · In all situations , when an onsite eme rgency results in evacuation of the Ex clusion Zone, personnel shall not reenter unt il: • The conditions resu lting in the emergency have been corrected . • The hazards have been reassessed. • The Site Safety Plan has been revised, as needed , and reviewed . • Site personnel have been briefed on any changes in the Site Safety Plan. E. Persona l Monitoring The following personal monitoring will be in effect on site: All response teams will have a Q rae plus four gas meter in use for continuous monitoring . 11 c:/mydoucments/officeoriginals/sitesafetyp lan-temp F. Medical Monitoring The expected air temperature will be 70 °F. If it is determined t hat heat stress monitoring is required, onsite paramedics will perform all pre-entry and post-entry medical monitoring to determine the medical status of all personnel. Work/Rest schedules shall be established as appropriate and monitored by the site safety officer. All site personnel have read the above plan and are familiar wi t h it 's provisions . Ti t le /Position Project Team Leader / Site Safety Officer Field T earn Leader Nam e (print) Larry Baker Miguel Pagan S ig na t u re 1 2 c:/mydoucments/officeoriginals/sitesafetyplan-temp HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP Health & Safety Guidelines, Procedures, and Policies Rev . 09 .01 .04 Corporate Office 3929 California Parkway E Fort Worth, Texas 76119 Local 817.535 .7222 Facsimile 817 .535.8187 24 Hour Emergency Response -888.654 .0111 1 HEALTH & SAFETY MA NUAL TllS a......;;,;,,r,-, Environxnental Services, LP Health & Safety Guidelines, Procedures, and Policies Rev . 09.01 .04 Corporate Office 3929 Cal ifornia Parkway E Fort Worth, Texas 76119 Local 817.535.7222 Facsimile 817.535.8187 24 Hour Emergency Response -888.654 .0 111 1 H EA LTH & SAFETY MANUA L ~ TAS ~ Environ:rnental Services , LP Tab le of Contents Safety Policy Overview ............................................................................ 4 Company Safety Philosophy Statement .................................................. 6 Company Safety Vision Statement .......................................................... 7 Company Safety Policy ........................................................................... 8 Organizational Structure .......................................................................... 9 Employer/ Employee Responsibilities ................................................... 10 Disciplinary Policy ................................................................................. 11 Employee Disciplinary Report ................................................................ 13 Safety Violations .................................................................................... 14 Accident Investigation ............................................................................ 15 Accident Reporting & Record Keeping .................................................. 22 Alcohol Misuse Prevention .................................................................... 27 Anti-Drug Program ................................................................................ 40 Asbestos Safety Program ...................................................................... 47 Back Safety ........................................................................................... 59 Benzene ................................................................................................ 61 Cadmium ............................................................................................... 64 Blood borne Pathogen Program ............................................................. 67 Boating Safety & Water Operations ....................................................... 75 Confined Space Program ...................................................................... 81 Chainsaw Safety ................................................................................... 91 Heavy Machinery Safety Program ......................................................... 94 Electrical Safety ................................................................................... 105 Excavation & Trenching ....................................................................... 109 Demolition -Fall Protection .................................................................. 128 General Fall Prevention Program ........................................................ 132 Aerial Lift Safety Program .................................................................... 136 Hoisting and Rigging Program ............................................................. 139 Fire Prevention Program ..................................................................... 151 First Aid and CPR ................................................................................ 151 First Aid Kit Supplies (Typical) 25 Person ............................................ 151 Medical Protocols ................................................................................ 151 Mercury Spills ...................................................................................... 172 2 HEALTH & SAFETY MAN UAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Forklift and Pallet Jack Safety ............................................................. 175 Hazard Communicatio n & Chemical Safety ......................................... 184 Hazwoper ............................................................................................ 207 Hearing Conservation .......................................................................... 214 Heat Stress Prevention ........................................................................ 218 Housekeeping & Material Storage ....................................................... 226 Hydroblasting and Chemical Cleaning ................................................. 231 Guideline for Hydrogen Sulfide ............................................................ 236 Ladder & Scaffold User Safety ............................................................ 241 Lead Safety Program -General Industry ............................................. 244 Lockout Tagout. ................................................................................... 256 Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM) ............................. 262 Occupational Health & First Aid ........................................................... 263 Office Safety ........................................................................................ 272 Personal Protective Equipment ........................................................... 279 Pressure Washer Safety ...................................................................... 286 Process Safety Management. .............................................................. 290 Respiratory Protection ......................................................................... 295 Roadway Safety .................................................................................. 312 Sandblasting Safety ............................................................................. 316 Safety Training .................................................................................... 319 General Safety Rules .......................................................................... 321 Tool Safety Program ............................................................................ 323 Vehicle Safety Program ....................................................................... 328 Warehouse Safety ............................................................................... 338 Water Survival (Off-shore Orientation) ................................................. 344 Welding & Cutting Safety (Hot Work) ................................................... 346 3 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Safety Policy Overview Criteria -This safety policy manual is based on experience covering topics of universal applications that have significant impact on TAS Environmental Services, LP and its employees . All standards shall meet or exceed all legal requirements. Purpose -The purpose is to define the general requirements for all Safety policies, in regard to content, compliance and responsibility. Definitions. Must, Shall, Will -indicate mandatory requirements Should -Means "highly" recommended Can, May -indicate recommended or suggested guidelines Attachment -an addendum to the Section containing additional support information Worker -an individual directly responsible for an operation, service, or maintenance activity Employee -any worker who is under direct wage or salary to TAS Environmental Services L. P. Designee -a qualified individual who has been delegated written or verbal authority, of another individual, to approve or reject specific actions Supervisor -an individual give authority to direct or oversee activities of a worker or group of workers Owner -an individual in control of a specific piece of equipment, or process Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) -a written document describing the safe manner in which a specific function is performed. An SOP must comply with the appropriate safety standards and government regulations. When used within a safety standard, it is implied that a "documented" training program is included. Qualified (competent) Person -an individual who is trained and authorized to perform a task or function. The training may be internal or external to TAS. The demonstration of knowledge and skill may be written, performance based or based on work experience. Responsibilities Supervision shall ensure that: ../ Employees know and understand the safety standards that apply to their respective job assignments 4 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP ../ Employe e know that compliance with policy is a condition of employment ../ Compliance is included in job planning and audit procedures ../ All training is documented ../ All non-TAS personnel shall comply while working at TAS locations ../ Audits for compliance are performed in every branch office as required by the standards Employees are responsible for: ../ Complying with all safety policies ../ Address violations of safety as they are observed Branch Safety Directors will: ../ Review all standards every three years and ensure communication of changes or recommendations to Corporate Health and Safety Variances Any variances will require written authorization from Corporate Health and Safety Manager or his/her designee, prior to the implementation of the variance. Compliance Every TAS employee is responsible for knowing and understanding the policies and guidelines, which apply to their respective job, and will comply with those requirements. Violations Violations are not tolerated. Management will determine corrective and disciplinary action. Disciplinary action may be up to and including termination of employment. 5 HEA LTH & SAFETY MANUAL Company Safety Philosophy Statement This TAS Environmental Services L.P . (TAS) policy states our company-wide view of safety and the creed of our safety program throughout our various operation facilities , as well as the administrative offices and maintenance / yard location s . In order to establish and organize good safety policies and procedu re s, this General Safety Policies and Procedures Written Plan summarizes information regarding safety policies and procedures for our company. Health , Safety and Training Manager, is responsible for implementing and updating this plan . The plan is maintained in the Corporate Office, in Fort Worth , Texas. This company safety philosophy has been developed to reflect and commun icate the proactive safety attitude maintained by our company and our employees . The Company will comply with appropriate health , safety and security laws and regulations such as those established by: • (OSHA) The Occupational Safety and Health Administration • (EPA) Environmental Protection Agency • (DOT) Department of Transportation • All other applicable federal, state, and local, safety and health regulations. 6 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environinental Services, LP Company Safety Vision Statement TAS will maintain a dynamic focus on safety , in addition to the Company 's safety philosophy; the following vision statements will enhance our program: 1. We believe that the safety of T AS employees , our greatest asset , is of utmost importance, along with quality, production, and cost-control. 2. Maintenance of safe operating procedures at all times is of both monetary and human value, with human value being far greater to the employer, the employee, and the community. The following principles support this philosophy: 3. • Accidents are caused. Remove the cause and you minimize the potential for an accident. • Implementation and enforcement of safe work practices are methods to ensure compliance . • The prevention of injury and safeguarding of health and well being of our employees are the first considerations in all workplace activities and are the responsibility of every employee at every level. ·• Tailgate Safety Plans are used as a written job plan. All employees at every level are responsible for knowing and following established safe work practices as described and identified on the Tailgate Safety Plan. • TAS employees are encouraged to practice and demonstrate awareness of potential hazards , off the job as well as on the job. 7 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~TAS · ~ Environmental Services, LP Company Safety Policy The safety policy of TAS is to: • Comply with legislation regulating employe e, health and safety. • Provide a hazard-free work environment. • Provide professional resources to develop and support the health and safety program. • Recognize and communicate health and safety priorities, above economic factors. • Hold each employee and supervisor accountable for safety performance within his/her area of responsibility. • Provide training and communication of safety methods, practices and enforce adherence to safety rules and regulations . The objective of our safety program is to eliminate the potential for injury to our employees, to promote maximum efficiency and cost effective operations by minimizing business interruptions, as a result of unplanned occupational accidents during work operations. The success of this safety philosophy is directly effected by and dependent upon participation, cooperation and support of management, supervision and employees. To support this effort, the following basic work processes are in place; • Plan our work and work our plan. Planning is essential to minimize injury, property damage, and loss productivity. • Ensure prompt detection and correction of deficiencies in work procedures or unsafe acts or conditions, by utilizing "Positive Intervention". • Training and proper use of proper personal protective equipment. • Establish effective inspection and maintenance program for tools and equipment. • Encourage personal educational programs to maintain interest and professional growth. • Establish consistent communications through: o Investigating of all accident to determine root cause(s) and corrective actions to prevent recurrence. o Safety meetings . o Posting , communicating and enforcing safety requirements for all job operations. o Use of bulletin boards , posters and other visual aids. 8 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Organizational Structure Officers and Supervision Authorized and Responsible for Safety Program Name J Salzer Jeremmy McEntire Forrest Zolczer Glynn Schmidt Jim Chappell Peter Slavik Teri Decker Shane Thompson Jerry Mann ** In addition -All field supervisors and foremen. Title President of GP North TX Operations Manager South TX Operations Manager Operations Supervisor -San Antonio Operations Supervisor -Austin Health , Safety & Training Office Manager, Human Resources Resource Coordinator Transportation Coordinator 9 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Employer/ Em p lo yee Responsibilities The following respon sib il itie s and ex pectat io ns a re to be taken seriously at all t imes. It is the policy of TAS to provide a place of employment reasonably free of haz a rds to our employees. To establish an effective and continuous safety prog ra m incorporating teach ing safety, correcting deficiencies and providing a safe , cl ean work environment. All T AS managers, supervisors, directors and officers are responsible for enforcement of our safety policies a nd practices. They must ensure that: • Our staff members are trained in appropriate safety procedures , inclu d ing chemical -specific hazard communication training as required. Indivi d ual personal files are maintained in the Corporate Office for all our employees. • They notify the Health and Safety Director or other designated personnel and complete the necessary documentation if an accident or work-related health problem occurs w ithin their respective departments. • Equipment and property within their areas of responsibility is maintained in a safe, hazard-free condition. • If physical inspections of operations reveal the lack of supervisory commitment to established safety goals and culture , then disciplinary accountab ility may be implemented. All employees have a responsibility to themselves , their families and the Company for their own safety and the safety of their coworkers. All employees are required to : • Comply with all federal, state and local rules and regulations relevant to their work activities. • Observe and adhere to Company rules and regulations related to the safe and efficient performance of their job responsibilities. • Integrate safety in each job function and live by and demonst rate belief in t his philosophy by example in the performance of their job duties. • Report and/or correct unsafe acts or cond itions , immediately. • Report immediately any accident that occurs while on the job , to your supervisor. 10 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Disciplinary Policy All safety rules, procedures and work plans in effect at TAS , have been implemented for the protection of our employees and shall be followed at all times. Violation of any Company safety rule will result in disciplinary action. All managers , directors , officers , supervisors and foremen are responsible for demonstrating commitment to policy and enforcement of TAS guidelines, procedures and policies. This procedure will be adm ini stered in a fair and equitable manner to al l employees whose actions fall into one of the following classes of violations. Should certain situations, which fall outside these guidelines; the supervisor should contact Human Resource Department, before taking action against the employee. The list of possible disciplinary actions steps include: Step 1 Verbal Reprimand: • An informal discussion of undesirable behavior and corrective actions required that should take place as soon as possible after the supervisor has knowledge of the misconduct. This discussion should be documented (see attachment this section) and placed within the employee's file . Step 2 Written Reprimand: • A written form (see attachment this section) documenting the misconduct, to be presented to the employee and signed by the employee, then placed in the employee's personnel file . A copy of this document shall be forwarded to Human Resource Dept at Corporate. Step 3 Documented Suspension: • A written form (see attachment this section) documenting the misconduct , identifying the duration of time off without pay, to be presented to the employee and signed by the employee, then placed in the employee's personnel file. A copy of this document shall be forwarded to Human Resource Dept at Corporate Step 4 Dismissal/Termination of Employment: • The permanent separation of an employee from the Company, initiated for disciplinary reasons, safety misconduct, or other types of inappropriate behavior or actions. NOTE: The severity of the penalty will be in direct correlation to the severity of the violation and repeat occurrences. 11 HEALTH & SAFETY MA N UA L ~Tll.S Class I 1. 2 . Class II 1. 2. 3. Cause: Effect: Cause : Effect: Cause: Effect: Cause: Effect: Cause: Effect: Class Ill 1. Cause: Effect ~Environmental Services, LP Classifications of Violations Violation of TAS company policy, including drug scre en procedures . Immediate termination and removal from facility. Violation of customer/client policies (ie., rules and regulations set forth by the customer/client while work is being performed on their site) Immediate termination and removal from facility . Potential or serious violation of T AS, OSHA Standar ds , and/or customer/client safety policy. Immediate suspension and/or termination Willful and/or negligent destruction of company/client property Immed iate suspension and/or termination Sexual harassment/intimidation (depending on severity) Immediate suspension and/or termination 1. Misconduct 2. Refusal of suitable work 3. Refusal of work assignment 4. Absenteeism 5. Unsatisfactory performance 6. Blatant disregard to instructions 7. Insubordination 8. Reasonable suspicion of intoxication Dependent on severity, these violations may become a Class I, or Class II. NOTE: In every class of violation, proper documentation of events , causes and effects must be properly administered prior to metering out disciplinary action . Employees should be required to sign the ass ociated documents and an unbiased witness should be prese nt. 12 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Employee Disciplinary Report Copy to: ____ Employee __ Employee Representative Other Name: ------------------ID.#: ____________ _ Division Branch Office Location : --------- Date of Incident: Time of Incident: ------------------------ Nature of Incident: 1. Unexcused Absence 2. Tardiness 3 . Drinking/Drugs while on Duty 4 . Threatening /eng aging in violence 5 . Dishonesty 6. Lack of cooperation /teamwork 7. Failure to follow instruction 8. Harassment 9. Leaving without permission 10 . Theft Facts of the Incident: Witnesses: Employee 's Comments : Desired Outcome: 11. Substandard work 12. Housekeeping 13 . Violation of company rules of conduct. 14 . Reporting under the influen ce of illeg al substan ces 15 . Violation of safety rule s 16. Carelessness 17. Destruction of compan y property 18. Improper conduct 19 . Sleeping on the job 20 . Other:--------------- Timetable for Improvement: [ ] Immediate [ J 30 Days [ ] 60 Days [ J Other Consequences for failure to Improve Supervisor's Signature : I have read this report Employee 's Signature : [ J Discipline up to and including Termination [ J Suspension; ___ days without pay [ J Immediate Termination Date Date The above deficiencies have been noted and are part of the above employee's personnel file as of this date. Last Offense Date : _____ _ Rea son : Other Offense Date : _____ _ Re aso n : Personnel Department Signature 13 H EA LTH & SAFETY M ANUA L ~.TAS ~ Environmental Services, LP Safety Violations Disciplinary V iolations The following is a parti a l listing of unsafe acts or behaviors that are co ns idered inappropriate and unacceptable , that ma y lead to discipl ine up to an d including term ination: • Failure to use appropriate fall protection • Failure to wear or use required respiratory protection or other PPE • Failure to test atmospheres and/or obtain proper permitting for confi ned space entry • Any employee determined to be under t he influence of alcohol or unauthorized drugs • Fighting or horseplay • Smoking in unauthorized areas • Failure to comply with Hot Work permits • Riding in or on equipment not designed to carry additional personnel • Unsafe, inappropriate , and/or reckless operation of motorized equipment • Any unsafe act and/or behavior considered to be immediately dangerous to life or health shall be grounds for immediate terminat ion without prior wa rn ing or reprimand • Failure to comply with specific written or verbal safety instructions by supervisor or safety technician Any safety violation may result in a multi-step disciplinary action. This can include; discussion and council employee , verbal and/or written documentation , suspension and/or termination. 14 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Accident Investigation Purpose TllS Environmental Services, LP Accident prevention and control of hazards is the result of a well-designed and executed safety and health program. One of the keys to a successful program includes unbiased, prompt and accurate accident investigations. The basic purpose of these investigations is to determine measures that can be taken to prevent similar accidents in the future. This policy addresses: • Company Policy • Responsibilities • Hazard Control • Role and Responsibilities of Supervisors • Investigation Procedures Policy It is the policy of TAS Environmental Services L.P. (TAS) that investigation of all work related accidents, injuries, near-misses, and illnesses are to be conducted in a professional, timely manner to identify probable causes and are used to develop specific management actions for the prevention of future accidents. Roles & Responsibilities Management • Provide all necessary medical care for injured workers • Conduct accident prevention and investigation training for supervisors • Ensure all accidents and injuries are properly and promptly investigated • Ensure immediate and long term corrective actions are taken to prevent reoccurrence • Maintain Accident Reports permanently on file • Ensure proper entries are made on the OSHA 300 Log, OSHA 300A and OSHA 301 Line-Supervision • Conduct immediate initial accident investigations • Report all accidents to management as soon as possible after the event • Collect and preserve all evidence that may be useful in an investigation • Conduct interviews of witnesses in a polite, professional and timely manner 15 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS -....._.., Environmental Services, LP • Do not attempt to find or assign blame for accidents • Take action to protect people and property from secondary effects of accidents Employees • Immediately report all accidents & injuries to their immediate supervisor • Assist as requested in all accident investigations • Report all hazardous conditions and near-misses to supervision Hazard Control Engineering Controls -There are numerous engineered safeguards throughout facilities , used to protect employees and prevent exposure to hazards. Examples of engineering controls are mach ine guards, safety controls , isolation of hazard o us areas , monitoring devices, etc. Specific engineering controls are addressed in other chapters of the company safety manual and in equipment and process procedures. Administrative Controls -These controls involve the use of procedu res , assessments, inspection , records to monitor and ensure safe practices and environments are maintained. Other administrative controls are in place to ide ntify new hazards and implement corrective action. Examples of administrative con t rols are periodic inspections, equipment operating and maintenance procedures, hazard analysis , selection and assignment of personal protective equipment , etc. Training Controls -This aspect of hazard control is used to ensure employees are fully and adequately trained to safely perform all tasks to which they are assigned. No employee is to attempt any task without proper training in the equipment used, required personal protective equipment , specific hazards and their control and emergency procedures, unless under the direct observation of their immediate supervisor. Examples of training controls are ini t ial new hire safety orientation , job specific safety training and periodic refresher tra ining . Supervisor Involvement In most cases , the immediate job supervisor will conduct the initial phase of an accident investigation. This initial activity is primarily a recording of facts involved in the accident , list of affected employees and witnesses. Direct supervisors are fam iliar with employee's work environment & assigned tasks . Supervisors must take the accident situation under control and immediately eliminate or control hazards to others. 16 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S Environmental Services, LP Immediate Steps 1. Provide First Aid for any injured persons . If the victim must be transported to an offsite medical provider, it is the responsibility of the supervisor or safety professional to accompany the vic tim to the medical provider. 2. Eliminate or control hazards. 3. Document accident scene informat ion to determine the caus e. 4. Interview witnesses immediately. Accident Prevention Accidents are usually complex. An accident may have 10 or more events that can be "causes ". A detailed analysis of an accident will normally reveal three cause levels : basic, indirect, and direct. At the lowest level, an accident results only when a person or object receives an amount of energy or hazardous material that cannot be absorbed safely. This energy or hazardous material is the DIRECT CAUSE of the accident. The direct cause is usually the result of one or more unsafe acts or unsafe conditions, or both. Unsafe acts and conditions are the INDIRECT CAUSES or symptoms . In turn, indirect causes are usually traceable to poor management policies and decisions , or to personal or environmental factors. These are the BASIC CAUSES. Most accidents are preventable by eliminating one or more causes. Accident investigations determine not only what happened , but also how and why. The information gained from these investigations can prevent recurrence of similar or perhaps more disastrous accidents . Accident investigators are interested in each event as well as in the sequence of events that led to an accident. The accident type is also important to the investigator. The recurrence of accidents of a particular type or those with common causes shows areas needing special accident prevention emphasis. Initial Investigation Procedures The initial investigation has three purposes: 1. Prevent further possible injury and property damage. 2. Collect facts about the accident. 3. Collect and preserve evidence . 17 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ,~TJlS ___ .,,_, Environmental Services, LP Steps 1. Secure the area. 2. Prepare the necessary sketches and photographs. 3. Interview each victim and witness. Also interview those who were present before the accident , and those who arrived at the site shortly after the accident. Keep accurate records of each interview. Use a tape recorder if desired and if approved. Determine 1. What was not normal before the accident? 2. Where the abnormality occurred . 3. When it was first noted. 4. How it occurred . Follow-up Accident Investigation The follow-up investigation is used to analyze data and determine the causes and corrective actions necessary to prevent reoccurrence. Steps 1. Why the accident occurred. 2. A likely sequence of events and probable causes (direct, indirect, basic). Determine 1 . Determine the most likely causes . 2. Prepare a summary report, including the recommended actions to prevent a recurrence. An investigation is not complete until all data is analyzed and a final report is completed. In practice , the investigative work, data analysis, and report preparation proceed simultaneously over much of the time spent on the investigation. 18 HEAL TH & SAF ETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP Conducting Interviews In general, experienced personnel should conduct interviews. All in terviews should be conducted in a quiet and private location . It is essent ial to get prelim inary statements as soon as possible from all witnesses . Inv estigators should not provide any facts to the witness -only ask non-leading question s. 1. Exp lain the purpose of the investigation (accident prevention) and put each witness at ease. 2 . Listen , let each witness speak freely, and be professional , courteous and considerate . 3 . Take notes without distracting the witness. Use a tape recorder only with consent of the witness . 4. Use sketches and diagrams to help the w itness. 5. Emphasize areas of direct observation. Label he a rsay accordingly . 6. Do not argue with the witness. 7. Record the exact words used by the witness to describe each observation . 8. Identify each witness (name , address , occupation , years of experience , etc.). Accident Analysis Accidents represent problems that must be solved through investigations . Formal procedures are helpful in identifying and solving problems . 1 . Define the problem (What happened?). 2. Establish the norm (What should have happened?). 3. Identify, locate, and describe the change (What, where, when, to what extent). 4. Specify what was and what was not affected. 5. Identify the distinctive features of the change. 6. List the possible causes. 7. Select the most likely causes. 19 HEAL TH & SAF E T Y MANUAL Ail::.. TAS ~ Envi r o nmental Services, LP Investigation Report An accident investiga t ion is not complete until a report is prepared and submitted to the Corporate Office . To be an effective tool , an accident report should be clear a nd concise. The purpose of the invest igation is to prevent future accidents . T he following out lin e has been found especially useful in developing the information to be included in the formal report: 1. Background Information a. Where and when the accident occurred b. Who and what were involved 2. Account of the Accident (What happened?) a. Sequence of events b. Extent of damage c. Accident type d. Agency or source (of energy or hazardous material) 3. Discussion (Analysis of the Accident -HOW; WHY) a. Direct causes (energy sources ; hazardous materials) b. Indirect causes (unsafe acts and conditions) c. Basic causes (management policies; personal or environmental factors) 4. Recommendations (to prevent a recurrence) for immediate and long-range action to remedy: a. Basic causes b. Indirect causes c. Direct causes (such as reduced quantities or protective equ ipmen t or structures) Possible Causes Obvious accident causes are most probably symptoms of a "root cause" problem. Some examples of Unsafe Acts and Unsafe Conditions , which may lead to accidents , are: Unsafe Acts • Unauthorized operation of equipment • Running -Horse Play , Not follow ing procedures • By-passing safety devices • Not using protective equipment • Under influence of drugs or alcohol 20 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Unsafe Conditions • Ergonomic Hazards • Environmental hazards • Inadequate housekeeping • Blocked walkways • Improper or damaged PPE • Inadequate machine guarding Recommendations As a result of the finding is there a need to make changes to: • Employee training • Work Stations Design Policies or procedures Records All accident reports will be maintained on file permanently at each TAS location, with copies being sent to the Corporate Office. They shall receive timely review by upper management to ensure proper corrective actions have been taken. All accident reports shall be signed by the employee, immediate supervisor, and Branch Manager. OSHA 301 and OSHA 300 Log entries will be made within 8 hours of notification of injuries or illnesses. In addition, Corporate Health, Safety & Training must be notified immediately. 21 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TAS ~ Environmental Services, LP Accident Reporting & Record Keeping Purpose Various Federal and State laws require accident, injury and illness report s. Our company insurance carriers also require accurate and timely ac c ident reports. Policy It is the policy of TAS to create, maintain and file accident reports as required by law. Accident reports submitted to outside agencies and agents of the company shall be submitted in the required format. Example : OSHA 300 logs , OSHA 300A and OSHA 301 forms (or equivalent), Employer Firs t Report of Injury (TWCC 1 ). All incidents and accidents result ing in injury or causing illness to employees and events (near-miss accidents) shall be reported in order to: • Establ ish a writt en record of factors that cause injuries and illnesses and occurrences (near-misses) that might have resulted in injury or illness but did not, as well as property and veh icle damage. • Maintain a capability to promptly investigate incidents and events in order to initiate and support corrective and/or preventive action. • Provide statistical information for use in analyzing all phases of incidents and events. • Provide the means for complying with the reporting requirements for occupational injuries and illness • The Incident Reporting System requirements apply to all incidences involving company employees, on-site vendors, contractor employees and visitors, which result in (or might have resulted in) personal injury, illness , and/or property and vehicle damage. Responsibilities Management: • Establish and maintain an effective accident-reporting program . • Establish and maintain an effective record keeping program including security controls over sensitive employee medical and exposure records. • Train all employees in the accident reporting procedures. • Conduct annual program audit. 22 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmental Services, LP Supervisors • Comply with the requirements of th is program. Employees • Comply with the accident reporting procedures. Incidents (Occupational injuries and illnesses) Injuries and illnesses that require reporting include those 1nJunes and illnesses occurring on the job which result in any of the following : lost work time, restrictions in performing job duties, requirement for first aid or outside medical attention, permanent physical bodily damages, or death. Examples of "reportable injuries and illnesses include, but are not limited to, heat exhaustion from working in hot environments , strained back muscles from moving equipment, acid burns on fingers, etc. Other incidents requiring reporting include those incidents occurring on the job which result in any of the following: injury or illness, damage to a vehicle, fire/explosion, property damage of more than $100, or chemical releases requiring evacuation of at least that immediate spill area. Examples of "non-reportable" injuries and illnesses include small paper cuts , common colds, and small bruises not resulting in work restrictions or requiring first aid or medical attention. Events (Near Misses) Other incidents that, strictly by chance, do not result in actual or observable injury , illness, death, or property damage are required to be reported. The information obtained from such reporting can be extremely useful in identifying and mitigating problems before they result in actual personal or property damage. Examples of near miss incidences required to be reported include the falling of a compressed gas cylinder, overexposures to chemical, biological, or physical agents (not resulting in an immediately observable manifestation of illness or injury), and slipping and falling on a wet surface without injury. Incident Reporting Procedures The following procedures are to be followed by all employees in order to effectively report occupational injuries and illnesses and other incidents or events. The Vice President of Operations , shall make all reports to outside agencies, except for those to local emergency response units (police , fire , ambulance), that are needed to ensure immediate care for the injured. 23 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~TAS ~ Environmental Services, LP Incidents (Injuries and Illnesses) Serious injury or illness posing a life-threatening situation shall be reported immediately to the local emergency response medical seNices (Call 911 ). The injured employee shall report injuries and illnesses, to his/her supeNisor in person or by phone as soon after any life-threatening situation has been addressed. If the injured employee is unable to report immediately, then the incident should be reported as soon as possible. Upon notification of an occupational injury or illness, the supeNisor should complete the Incident Investigation Report (see attachment, this section). The injured employee shall be escorted to a local Concentra Medical Clinic (when possible), or equivalent. The Incident Investigation Report Form must be completed and · forwarded to Corporate Health, Safety and Training even if the employee receives medical treatment at the hospital and/or from a private physician. Events Incidents not involving injury or illness, but resulting in property damage, must also be reported within 24 hours of the incident. In cases of a fire or explosion that cannot be controlled by one person, vehicular accident resulting in injury or more than $500 worth of damage, the involved party must immediately report the incident to the emergency response seNices in the area (911 -police, fire, etc.) All near miss incidences also must be reported on the Incident Investigation Report Form within 24 hours of occurrence. Events, hazardous working conditions or situations, and incidents involving contractor personnel must be reported to Corporate Health, Safety and Train ing, immediately. Record keeping Corporate Health, Safety and Training will maintain the required OSHA 300 Log and OSHA 300A, for Corporate. Each Branch Office must maintain a site OSHA 300, OSHA 300A and OSHA 301 reflective of their respective offices. The required portion of the OSHA 300A Summary of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses will be posted February 1, through April 30 throughout facilities for the previous calendar year. Training To ensure that all employees understand the incident reporting requirements and are aware of their own and other's responsibilities, annual training sessions will be held with all employees to review procedures and responsibilities. New Employee Orientation training will include information on incident reporting and procedures. 24 HEALTH & SAFETY MA N UAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Program Audits The effectiveness of a program can only be accomplished if the program is implemented and maintained. Periodic reviews and audits shall be conducted to confirm that all employees are familiar with the incident reporting requirements and that the program is managed properly. These audits will consist of: Annual review of accident reports to ensure all records have been maintained and closed out as complete. Annual review of the program with company insurance carriers and workers compensation third party provider. Annual refresher training, for all employees, detailing the accident reporting procedures. Recording Injuries & Illnesses Basic recordkeeping concepts and guidelines are available with instructions, upon request. The following summarizes the major recordkeeping concepts and provides additional information to aid in keeping records accurately. General Concepts of Recordability 1. An injury or illness is considered work related if it results from an event of exposure in the work environment. The work environment is primarily composed of: ./ The employer's premises, and ./ Other locations where employees are engaged in work-related activities or are present as a condition of their employment. When an employee is off the employer's premises, work relationship must be established, when on the premises, this relationship is presumed. The employer's premises encompass the total establishment. This includes not only the primary facility, but also such areas as company storage facilities, cafeterias, and rest rooms. In addition to physical locations, equipment or materials used in the course of an employee's work are also considered part of the employee's work environment. ./ All work-related fatalities are recordable . ./ All recognized or diagnosed work-related illnesses are recordable . ./ All work-related injuries requiring medical treatment or involving loss of consciousness, restriction of work or motion, or transfer to another job is recordable. 25 H EALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ T.llS ~ Environmental Services, LP Analysis of injuries Recordable and non-recordable injuries . Each case is distinguished by t he treatment provided; i.e ., • If the injury was such that medical treatm e nt was provid ed or should have been provided , it is recordable . • If only first aid was required , it is not recordable. However, medical treatment is only one of several criteria 's for determining recordability. Regardless of treatment, if the injury involved loss of consciousness, restriction of work or motion, or transfer to another job , the injury is recordable. 26 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Alcohol Misuse Prevention TAS has a long-standing commitment to maintain the highest standards for employee safety and health , and to help prevent accidents and injuries resulting from the misuse of alcohol by employees who perform covered functions. TAS must comply with all DOT regulations and other regulations, which require affirmative actions to eliminate the impact of misuse of alcohol in the work place. This policy is designed to reduce accidents and property damage that result from misuse of alcohol by any TAS COL driver of commercial motor vehicles (CMV) §382.107 includes the following definitions: Employer means any person (including the United States, a State, District of Columbia or a political subdivision of a State) who owns or leases a Commercial Motor Vehicle (CMV) or assigns persons to operate such a vehicle. The term employer includes an employer's agents , officers and representatives. Driver means any person who operates a CMV. The use or possession of alcohol while on Company property, in Company vehicles, on Company time, including breaks, lunch or off-duty, paid or unpaid or on any shift is strictly prohibited. This policy conforms within the requirements set forth in 49 CFR § 199 and 40. Those areas of this policy indicated by bold and underlined print reflect TAS's independent authority to require additional provisions regarding the alcohol testing procedures. The following supervisory positions will receive alcohol misuse training; ../ Health and Safety Manager ../ Foremen ../ Supervisors ../ Resource Coordinator ../ Project Managers ../ Vice President 27 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Envi ronmental Services, LP Implementation of the Alcohol Misuse Prevention Plan (AMPP) The Company has implemented the Research and Special Programs Administrat io n, Alcohol Regulations as set forth in 49 CFR 199 Subpart B and the Department of Transportation Workplace Alcohol Testing Programs as defined in 49 CFR § 40, Subpart C. The privacy/confidentiality of any covered employee , subject to this plan 1 , must be maintained at all times. Definitions Accident -an incident reportable under § 191 involving gas pipeline facilities or LNG facilities or an accident reportable under § 195 involving hazardous liquid pipeline facilities. a) § 191.3 -An accident on a gas pipeline of LNG facility is defined as an "incident", as follows: 1) An event that involves a release of gas from a pipeline or of liquefied natural gas or gas from an LNG facility and: i. A death, or personal injury necessitating inpatient hospitalization; or · ii. Estimated property damage , including cost of gas lost , to the operator or others, or both, of $50,000 or more. 2) An event that results in an emergency shutdown of an LNG facility. 3) An event that is significant, in the judgment of the operator, even though it did not meet the criteria of paragraphs 1) or 2). b) § 195.50 -An accident report is required for each failure in a pipeline system in which there is release of the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide transported resulting in any of the following: 1) Explosion or fire 2) Loss of 50 barrels or more 3) A release of more than 5 barrels a day of voes 4) Death 5) Bodily harm resulting in; i. Loss of consciousness ii. Need to remove the injured from the scene iii . Medical treatment iv. Disability causing restriction from normal duty 1 A copy of this plan will be distributed to each covered employee prior to the start of alcohol testing as mandated under RSPA. 28 HEALT H & SAFETY MANUA L ~TllS ~Environmental Services, LP 6) Property damage , inc lud ing clean up an d re covery , i n ex cess of $50 ,000 c ) § 382.303 -Post Accident Testing. (a) As soon as practicable following a n occurre nce involvin g a COL driver of a commerc ial motor vehicle operating on a pub lic ro ad in commerce , eac h employe r shall test for alcohol and contro ll ed s ubstances each surviv ing d rive r: (a )(1) Who was performing safety-sens itive functions with respect to the vehicle, if the accident involved th e loss of human li f e ; or (a)(2) Who receives a citation under Sta te or loca l law for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident , if the acci d ent involved : (a)(2)(i) Bodily injury to any person who , as a result of the injury , immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or (a)(2)(ii) One or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident , requiring the motor vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other mo tor vehicle. Air Blank -A reading by an evidential breath-testing device (EBT) of ambient air containing no alcohol. Alcohol -Intoxicating agent in beverage alcohol, ethyl alcohol or other low molecular weight alcohols includ ing methyl or isopropyl alcohol. Alcohol Concentration -The alcohol in a volume of breath, expressed in terms of grams of alcohol per 210 liters of breath, as indicated by an EBT conducted under federal regulations. Alcohol Use -Consumption of any beverage, mixture, or preparation including any medication , containing alcohol. Breath Alcohol Technician (BAT) -An individual who instructs and assists individuals in the alcohol testing process and operates an EBT. Canceled or Invalid Test -A test deemed to be invalid as listed in Appendix C of the AMPP . Confirmation Test -A second test following a screen t est with a result of 0.02 or greater that provides quantitative data of alcohol concentration. Covered Employee -Any person who performs on a pipeline or LNG facility an operating, maintenance, or emergency response function regulated by § 192, 193 , or 195 . As applied in the regulation , "employee " and "appl icant for employment" have the same meaning , as do "individual", and/or "individual to be tested". 29 HEAL TH & S AFETY M ANUAL TllS -....,.,,,,,.,, Environmental Services, LP Covered Function (safety-sensitive f unction) -An operation , mainte nance or emergency respon se function that is performed on a pipeline or LNG fa ci lity. EBT (Evidential Bre at h Testing Device) -Device approved by Nat iona l Hi g hw ay Traffic Safety Ad min istration for bre at h testing and measurement. Performing (a cov ere d function) -An employee is considered to be perform ing a safety sensitive (covered) function during any pe riod in which he/she is act ua lly performing , ready to perform , or immediately ava ilable to perform s uch co ve red functions. Refusal to Submit (to an alcohol test) -An employee fails to prov ide a n adequate breat h for testing without valid medical explanation . Screening Test (initial test) -Analytical procedure to determine whether or not an employee has a prohibited concentration of alcohol in a breath samp le. Substa nce Abuse Professional (SAP) -Licensed physician , or li censed or certified psychologist, social worker, or employee assistance professional , or addiction counselor , with knowledge and clinical experience in diagnos is a nd treatment of alcohol and control substances-related disorders. Responsibilities Alcohol Program Manager (APM) Appendix A contains name, address and phone number of the Company respons ible individual(s). The APM or Company designated individual will be responsible for preparation and implementation of this plan. The APM will provide oversight and evaluation on the plan; provide guidance and counseling; review plan for consistency and conformance ; scheduling for tes ti ng (post-accident, reasonable suspicion, etc.); maintain secure filing system regarding all documentation , and will ensure that all covered employees are aware of the provisions of this plan. Supervisors Company supervisors are responsible for observing performance and behavio r of emp loyees ; documenting events of suggestive reasonable suspicion; and post- accident testing. Employees Company will ensure all employees are notified and aware of the provisions of the plan and knowledgeable of the requirements, and fully comply with the provision s of the plan. 30 HEALTH & SAF ET Y M ANUAL ~TllS ~Environmental Services, LP Employee/Supervisor Testing Provisions Individuals Subject to Testing All TAS employees are subject to this testing pro v is io n . Refer to Appendi x B for specific titles/job classifications . Notification of Employees Upon receipt of th is Plan , each Branch Manager shall post the Plan in a conspicuous prominent location , readily accessible to all employees. Each employee will be provided a copy of the Plan . Notification Criteria The Company will provide written material to all employees including the fol lowing elements : ../ Name of Company representative designated to answer questions regarding covered employees and alcohol regulations.(see appendix A) ../ List of covered job classifications/titles ../ List of covered functions and requirements to ensure compliance ../ Information regarding covered employee conduct ../ Circumstances under which testing will be conducted ../ Procedures that cover: o Testing for alcohol o Employee rights o Integrity of testing process o Safeguarding validity of test results o Assignment of results to proper employee ../ Requirements for employees to submit to various types of testing ../ Information on what constitutes a refusal and the consequences of such refusal ../ Consequences for violating provisions of the Pl a n, including removal from covered functions ../ Consequences for employees who test at alcohol concentrations of 0 .02 or greater, but less than 0.04 ../ Information detailing alcohol misuse, and: o Impact on health , work and personal life o Signs and symptoms of an alcohol problem o Intervening , evaluating and resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse 31 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ---./ Environmental Services, LP Post-Accide nt Testing The Company w ill prompt ly determi ne and test each employee for alcohol, if it is determined as a contribut ing f act or to an accident. This test will be conducted w it hin two (2) hours of the accid ent. If t he test cannot be conducted with in two hours, a written explanation must be g ive n to su p port reason the test co u ld not be conduc te d. If after 8 hou rs t he test is st il l not completed, the Company will cease all attem pts , and document with written sta tement as to reason. An employee , who is subject to post-accident testing , fails to be available or lea ves the scene without prior permiss ion , shall be deemed by the Company, to have "refused" to subm it to testi ng. T he employee must be available and not consu me alcohol for 8 hours following an acci de nt. Supervisor Gu idelines for Post-Accident Situations The following steps w i ll be used to a satisfactory outcome in a post-acci dent situation : ./ Verify Post-Accident Decision o Does the definition of "accident" (in Section I) apply? o Does employee 's performance appear to be a contributing factor? o Has it been reported t hat there is a "reasonable suspicion "? ./ Isolate and inform employee o Remove employee from work place o Explain the reason you believe the employee 's performance may have contributed to the acc ident. o Inform employee of requirement for submitting to alcohol testing ./ Transport Employee o Employee should not be allowed to proceed alone to collection site. o A designated employee (preferably the supervisor or Safety Tech ) to ensure no opportunity to deviate from route to collection site . ./ Document the Event o Record all associated and pertinent information regarding this accident. This document should be initiated by and signed by the supervisor . ./ Expect Denial o If an employee expects to test positive , he/she may attempt to give many reasons, explanations and protest , wanting to avoid submitting to a test. Additionally , an adamant denial can be expected from an employee who is not under the influence of alcohol. 32 HEALTH & SAF ET Y M AN UAL TllS _ _..,. Environznental Services, LP o Liste n carefully and remember a request for a test is not an accusation , but me rely additional objective data . ./ Follow ing the Alcohol Test o The employee shall not be allowe d to return to duty, pen d ing t he results of the test. Reasonable Suspicion Reasonable suspicion is a tool designed to allow management to ide nt ify alcohol - affected employees , who may pose a danger to themselves and/or others during their job performance . Reasonable Suspicion Determination ./ Reasonable suspicion will be based on specific information , during the specific time frame, of observations concerning, appearance , behavior, speech, body odor, of the employee in question. A supervisor who has completed training in detecting symptoms of alcohol misuse will make this observation . ./ The supervisor making such determination shall not conduct the breath test on that covered employee . ./ Reasonable suspicion testing must be conducted after determination based on activities just proceeding, during, and just after the employee is expected to perform a covered function . ./ Factors to consider when making the determination of reasonable suspicion; o Documented pattern of unsatisfactory work performance o Physical signs and symptoms of alcohol abuse o Evidence of prohibited alcohol use, possession , sale, or delivery while on duty. o Occurrence of a serious or potentially serious accident , which may have been caused by human error, or flagrant violations of established safety, security or other company procedures. Guide to a Satisfactory Outcome The following guide should be used to achieve a satisfactory outcome in a reasonable suspicion situation : ./ Verify the reasonable suspicion decision o Anonymous tips should be taken seriously but not the sole reason for a specimen ../ Isolate and Inform the employee o Remove employee from work place 33 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL o Explain the reason you believe the employee's performance may have contributed to the accident. o Inform employee of requirement for submitting to alcohol testing ./ Review the Findings o Make observations, physical and mental symptoms. characteristics that support or contradict initial information ./ Transport Employee to Collection Site Docu ment o Employee should not be allowed to proceed alone to collection site o A designated employee (preferably the supervisor or Safety Tech ) to ensure no opportunity to deviate from route to collection site ./ Document the Events o Record all associated and pertinent information regarding this accident. This document should be initiated by and signed by the supervisor ./ Expect Denial o If an employee expects to test positive, he/she may attempt to give many reasons, explanations and protest, wanting to avoid submitting to a test. Additionally, an adamant denial can be expected from an employee who is not under the influence of alcohol. o Listen carefully and remember, a request for a test is not an accusation, but merely additional objective data ./ Following the Alcohol Test o The employee shall not be allowed to return to duty, pending the results of the test. The employee should be instructed not to drive ariy motor vehicle. If an employee insists on · driving, the proper local enforcement authority may be notified that a company employee is believed to be under the influence of alcohol and is leaving the Company premises driving a motor vehicle . The Company will conduct test within two (2) hours of a determination to test under reasonable suspicion . If the test cannot be conducted within two hours, a written explanation must be given to support reason the test could not be conducted . If after 8 hours the test is still not completed, the Company will cease all attempts, and document with written statement as to reason. Return to Duty Return-to-Duty Testing is not an option under TAS's Plan for an employee whose test result indicates an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater, or for refusing to submit to an alcohol test, or for an employee who has a second 34 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUA L TllS _ _.,,, Environmental Services, LP test result of confirmed 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04 Any employee who fails an alcohol test or refuses to submit to a test will be removed from the workplace and immediately terminated by TAS. The Company will ensure an employee will undergo a return-to-work a lcohol test with a result indicating a concentratio n of less than 0.02 . If the Substance Ab use Professional (SAP) dete rmines that some form of evaluation and/or treatm e nt is required, then the employee must comply with the recom me ndations . Follow-up Testing TAS requires that a covered employee will be subject to unannounced follow up testing as directed by a SAP . The follow up duration of testing can be for up to 60 months after his/her return-to-duty. The covered employee will be subject to at least (6) six unannounced follow up tests during the first twelve (12) months following his/her return-to-work. The substance abuse professional may terminate this requirement any time after the initial six (6) tests have been completed. The Company may require a covered employee to submit to follow up testing when the SAP has reason to suspect drug involvement. Alcohol Prohibited Conduct TAS will provide guidance to all employees regarding the various type of alcohol prohibited conducts . Concentration No employee shall remain on duty if alcohol concentrations are 0.04 or greater. Pre-Duty Employees are prohibited from consuming alcohol within four (4) hours of responding to duty. On Duty Employees are prohibited from alcohol use while on duty. Disciplinary Action Any covered employee who has violated the rules on alcohol misuse shall not return to duty until: ./ Been evaluated by the SAP to determine if a need for assistance in resolving the alcohol problem ./ Completed treatment recommended by the SAP ./ Has been re-evaluated by the SAP , following treatment ./ Has undergone return-to-duty testing 35 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Levels of Disciplinary Action Refusal to Report for Assessment with SAP ~ Termination TAS Environmental Services, LP Refusal to Enter or Successfully Complete a Rehab Program ~ Termination Positive Result on Alcohol Confirmation Test (0.04 or greater) ~ Termination Refusal to Submit To Testing ~ Termination Alcohol Use on Duty ~ Terminat ion Positive Result on Alcohol Confirmation Test (0.02or greater, but less than 0.04) ~ Removed from work place and suspended without pay for duration of his/her shift. Result of Second Test within 90 days (0.02 or greater, but less than 0.04) ~ Termination 36 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Env i r onmental Services, LP Appendix A -Personnel and Services Alcohol Program Manager Primary Alternate Peter Slavik Jeremmy McEntire 3929 California Parkway E. 17714 Bannister Street, Suite 4 Fort Worth , TX 76119 Dallas , TX 75252 Phone: 817 .535 . 7222 Phone : 972.638.9700 Fax : 817.535.8187 Fax: 972.638.9702 Substance Abuse Professional Primary Alternate Employee Assistance Program 1.800.EAP.CALL Breath Analysis Technician (BAT) TAS does not employ BATs . BATs are covered employees of Company's collections sites. NORTH South Concentra Medical Center -FW Concentra Medical Center -AUS 11323 Everman Parkway 117-B Louis Henna Blvd., Suite 200 Fort Worth, TX 76140 Round Rock, TX 78664 Concentra Medical Center -DLS Concentra Medical Center -SA 1621 South Jupiter Rd., Suite 101 10200 N. Broadway Garland, TX 75042 San Antonio , TX 78217 Employee Assistance Programs Al Anon Family Group Service 817 .336.2492 Alcoholics Anonymous Area Intergroup Association 214.887.6699 Tarrant County Council on Alcoholism & Drug Abuse 817.870.4960 Narcotics Anonymous (24 hour Help line) 817.624 .9525 37 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ T.llS ~ Environmental Services, LP Appendix B -Employee/Supervisor Positions Subject to Testing An "*" indicates supervisory position , requiring 2 hours of drug/alcohol training . Driver *Foreman *Heal t h & Safety Director Laborer Mechanics Operators *Resource Coordinator *Superintendent *Supervisor Technician Traffic Management *Vice-President of Operations *Operations Manager 38 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Appendix C -Employee Sign-off Sheet Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program I acknowledge I have been given a copy of the Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program , I have read and understood it, and I accept the plan as a working document, which I will support and follow in my daily work at TAS Environmental Services L.P. Employee Signature Date Supervisor's Signature Company Name Corporate Health and Safety Manager - - - - ---(use this form to document employee training/information)-- - - - - I acknowledge I have been trained on and been informed how to get access to a copy of the Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program, I have understood this training , which I will support and follow in my daily work at TAS Environmental Services L.P . Employee Signature Date Supervisor's Signature Company Name Corporate Health and Safety Manager 39 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environmental Services, LP Anti-Drug Program TAS, hereinafter Company , has a long standing commitment to maintain the highest standards for employee safety and health and the use of controlled substances is contrary to these standards. The purpose of this policy is to reduce accidents that result from the use of controlled substances, thereby reducing fatalities, injuries, and property damage by any TAS CDL driver of commercial motor vehicles (CMV) The following policy applies to all TAS employees and subcontractor personnel. The sale, possession, manufacture, distribution, use or purchase of prohibited drugs and paraphernalia, and alcoholic beverages on Company premises , or while conduct ing Company business is prohibited. Company premises includes all areas in which Company operates property, Company owned or leased equipment, privately owned vehicles whether entering or parked on Company property, privately owned vehicles in use on the property, lockers, desks, equipment, work spaces, storage facilities and right-of-way, but not limited to the Company's premises but also the property and facilities owned and operated by Client companies utilizing the services of TAS . TAS will comply fully with the provisions set forth in 49 CFR § 40, US DOT Procedures for Transportation Workplace Drug Testing Programs, and 49 CFR § 199, Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA) rules on Control of Drug Use in Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural gas and Hazardous Liquid Pipeline operations. Definitions Accident -an incident reportable under § 191 involving gas pipeline facilities or LNG facilities or an accident reportable under § 195 involving hazardous liquid pipeline facilities . d) § 191.3 -An accident on a gas pipeline of LNG facility is defined as an "incident", as follows: 1) An event that involves a release of gas from a pipeline or of liquefied natural gas or gas from an LNG facility and: i. A death, or personal injury necessitating inpatient hospitalization; or ii . Estimated property damage, including cost of gas lost, to the operator or others, or both, of $50,000 or more. 2) An event that results in an emergency shutdown of an LNG facility. 3) An event that is significant, in the judgement of the operator, even though it did not meet the criteria of paragraphs 1) or 2). e) § 195.50 -An accident report is required for each failure in a pipeline system in which there is release of the hazardous liquid or carbon dioxide transported resulting in any of the following: 40 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUA L ~T.llS ~Environmental Services, LP 1) Explos ion or fire 2) Los s of 50 barrels or more 3 ) A rele as e of more th a n 5 barrels a day of v oes 4) Dea th 5) Bod ily harm resulting in ; i. Lo ss of consciousness ii. Need to remove the injured from the sc e ne iii. Medical treatment iv. Dis a bi lity causing restriction from no rmal duty 6) Property damage , including clean up and recovery, in excess of $50,000 Blind Sample - A urine specimen submitted with a fictitious identifier, spiked with a known quant ity of specific drugs (or no drugs) to ensure the laboratory cannot distinguish it from employee specimens. Chain-of-Custody -Procedure to account for integrity of each specimen , by tracking its handling and storage from point of collection to final disposition Collection Site -Designated facility for collecting urine specimens. Collection Site Person -The qualified person who assists and instructs applicants and employees through the specimen collection process. Company-TAS Environmental Services L.P. Confirmation Test - A second analytical procedure to identify the presence of a specific drug, to ensure reliability and accuracy. Usually, (GC/MS) gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer. Covered Employee -Any person who performs on a pipeline or LNG facility an operating, maintenance, or emergency response function regulated by §192, 193, or 195. As applied in the regulation , "employee " and "appl icant for employment " have the same meaning, as do "individual ", and/or "individual to be tested ". Covered Function (safety-sensitive function) -An operation, maintenance or emergency response function that is performed on a p ipeline or LNG facility. Failed Drug Test (Test Positive) -The positive confirmation of the presence of a prohibited drug in an urine specimen , under DOT procedures Initial Test -An immunoassay screen to eliminate "negative " urine specimens from further consideration . Pass Test (Test Negative) -Initial testing or confirmation testing under DOT procedures , that does not show evidence of a prohibited drug. Prohibited Drug -Marijuana , cocaine , opiates , phencycl idine (PCP), and amphetamines. 41 HEALTH & SAFETY MAN UAL ~ E'!:!~mental Services, LP Refusal to Submit -An employee fails to provide a urine specimen for testing without valid medical explanation, and/or samples that have been substituted and adulterated. SAMHSA -Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Substance Abuse Professional (SAP) -Licensed physician, or licensed or certified psychologist , social worker , or employee assistance professional , or addiction counselor , with knowledge and clinical experience in diagnosis and treatment of alcohol and controlled substances-related disorders. Responsibilities Drug Program Manager (DPM) Appendix A contains name , address and phone number of the Company responsible individual(s). The DPM or Company designated individual will be responsible for preparation and implementation of this plan . The DPM will provide oversight and evaluation on the plan; provide guidance and counseling; review plan for consistency and conformance; scheduling for tes t ing (post-accident, reasonable suspicion, etc.); maintain secure filing system regarding all documentation, and will ensure that all covered employee are aware of the provisions of this plan. Supervisors Company supervisors are responsible for observing performance and behavio r of employees; documenting events of suggestive reasonable suspicion; and post- accident testing. Employees Company will ensure all employees are notified and aware of the provisions of the plan and knowledgeable of the requirements, and fully comply with the provisions of the plan. Employee/Supervisor Testing Provisions Individuals Subject to Testing All TAS employees are subject to this testing provision. Refer to Appendix B for specific titles/job classifications . Notification of Employees Upon receipt of this Plan, each Branch Manager shall post the Plan in a conspicuous prominent location, readily accessible to all employees . Each employee will be provided a copy of the Plan. 42 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~TllS ~Environmental Services, LP Substances for Which Testing Must be Conducted ../ Marijuana ../ Cocaine ../ Opiates ../ Methamphetamines ../ Phencyclidine (PCP) ../ Amphetamines Required Drug Testing Pre-Employment Transfer to a Covered Position Post-Accident Random Testing Reasonable Cause Return-to-Duty Testing Positive Test or Refusal to Test The Company will not use any employee who: ./ Fails a drug test as verified by the MRO, or ./ Refuses to submit to take a test required by this Plan. Consequences for refusing to take a test will result in termination. 43 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environmental Services, LP Appendi x A -Perso nnel an d Se rvices D ru g P rog ram Manager Primary Alternate Pet e r S la vik Je remm y McEnt ire 39 29 Ca lifo rni a Pa rkway E. 177 14 Bannister Stre et , Sui te 4 Fort W o rth , TX 76119 Dal las , TX 75252 Phone : 8 17 .535 .7222 Ph o ne : 972 .638 :9700 Fa x : 8 17.535.8187 Fax : 972 .638.9702 Medical Review Officer (MRO) Primary Alternate Garrett R. Tucker, MD James Baber, MD 2501 Parkview Dr., Suite 610 2501 Parkview Dr., Suite 610 Fort Worth, TX 76102 Fort Worth, TX 76102 817.332.0044 817 .332 .0044 John Hubbard, MD 2501 Parkview Dr., Suite 610 Fort Worth, TX 76102 817 .332.0044 Designated Collection Sites North South Concentra Medical Center -FW Concentra Medical Center -AUS 11323 Everman Parkway 117-B Louis Henna Blvd., Suite 200 Fort Worth , TX 76140 Round Rock , TX 78664 Concentra Medical Center-DLS Concentra Medical Center -SA 1621 South Jupiter Rd., Suite 101 10200 N. Broadway Garland, TX 75042 Sa n Antonio, TX 78217 44 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Appendix B -Employee/Supervisor Positions Subject to Testing An "*" indicates supervisory position , requiring 2 hours of drug/alcohol training . Driver *Foreman *Health & Safety Director Laborer Mechanics Operators *Resource Coordinator *Superintendent *Supervisor Technician Traffic Management *Vice-President of Operations *Operations Manager 45 HEALTH & SAFETY MAN UAL TllS _,,,,.,, Environmental Services, LP Appendix C -Employee Sign-off Sheet Anti-Drug Program I acknowledge I have been given a copy of the Anti-Drug Program , I have read and understood it, and I accept the plan as a working document, which I will support and follow in my daily wo rk at TAS Environmental Services l.P. Employee Signature Date Supervisor's Signature Company Name Corporate Health and Safety Manager ---- - --(use this form to document employee training/information)-- - - -- Anti-Drug Program I acknowledge I have been trained on and been informed how to get access to a copy of the Anti-Drug Program , I have understood this training, which I will support and follow in my daily work at TAS Environmental Services L.P. Employee Signature Date Supervisor's Signature Company Name Corporate Health and Safety Manager 46 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Asbestos Safety Program Purpose , ____ --T 11.S _ _.,, Environ:mental Services, LP The purpose of this program is to establish guidelines and procedures in the operations and maintenance of asbestos containing materials (ACM) at TAS to protect all employees , contractors , visitors and vendors from potential health hazards of asbestos related diseases. This Program applies to all buildings and structures owned by TAS , as well as , field activities involving potential asbestos exposure to all TAS employees who may come into contact with or disturb asbestos-containing material on TAS projects . The Program applies to routine work during which an employee might encounter asbestos as well as work undertaken to repair or remove asbestos-containing material. Policy It is the policy of TAS that only qualified employees shall be involved in any asbestos repairs, maintenance or removal. All unqualified employees shall be protected from exposure to asbestos fibers by isolating and controlling access to all affected areas during asbestos work. All tasks involving the disturbance of asbestos containing material will be conducted only after appropriate work controls have been identified and implemented. A qualified supervisor shall be available at asbestos controlled work sites during all activities . Proper personal protective equipment, vacuums and HEPA filters shall be used and properly maintained. If outside contractors are used , the company shall ensure all contractor employees have been properly trained and · have been issued proper equipment and protective gear. Responsibilities Management • Ensure all Asbestos Containing Material is identified and labeled • Ensure training is effective for authorized employees • Conduct medical surveillance of affected employees • Establish engineering controls for all work with asbestos containing material • Provide adequate and proper equipment and personal protective gear • Ensure proper disposal of all asbestos containing material Supervisors • Qualified supervisors shall provide effective on-site management during work with asbestos containing material • Supervisors will notify TAS 's designated abatement supervisor , immediately upon discovering damaged asbestos material 47 HEALTH & S A FETY MANUAL TAS _ _.,, Environmental Services, LP Employees • Qualified employees must follow the exact procedures for repair or removal of asbestos containing material, including proper use of containment equipment , clean up equipment and personal protective gear. • Unqualified employees are to stay clear of all asbestos work areas and report any damaged asbestos containing material to their supervisor Hazards Asbestos is a common, naturally occurring group of fibrous minerals . Generally, most asbestos is found in pipe insulation, doors, textured paints and plasters , structural fireproofing, and floor tiles . Friable asbestos (that is, material that contains more than 0.1 % asbestos by weight and can be crumbled by hand) is a potential hazard because it can release fibers into the air if damaged. Long-term exposure to airborne asbestos can result in chronic lung disease. Significant and long-term exposure to asbestos from activities that directly disturb asbestos-containing materials can lead to a variety of respiratory diseases, including asbestosis and mesothelioma ( cancer of the lung lining). Asbestosis is a non-malignant, irreversible disease resulting in fibrosis of the lung. Asbestos-related cancers tend also to result from substantial long-term exposure; however, mesothelioma may result from much smaller exposures to asbestos. Hazard Control The following engineering and administrative control shall be utilized if the TWA and/or excursion limit for Asbestos is exceeded. Engineering Controls Engineering controls include the use of enclosures such as glove bags, tenting, negative pressure work areas, monitoring equipment, HEPA filters, controlled vacuums , water misters and other equipment to ensure containment and clean up of asbestos work areas. TAS shall constantly conduct air monitoring to ensure that no employees are exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos greater than 1.0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air in a 30 minute period. Administrative Controls All qualified workers shall be issued proper personal protective equipment, such as respirators, disposable coveralls, gloves, etc. Written procedures and management authorizations are required for all work involving asbestos containing material Training Controls All qualified employees, supervisors and managers have received the proper level of training, as outlined in this program. 48 HEALTH & SAFETY MAN UAL TllS _ _,/ Environmental Services, LP Definitions Asbestos -Asbestos is a generic term describing a family of naturally occurring fibrous silicate minerals . As a group , the minerals are noncombustible , do not conduct heat or electrici t y and are resistant to many chemicals. Although there are several other varieties that have been used commercially, the most com mon asbestos mineral types likely to be encountered are chrysot ile (white asb est o s), amosite (brown asbestos ), and crocidol ite (blue asbestos). Friable Asbestos -Friable asbestos material means finely divided asbestos or asbestos-containing material or any asbestos-containing materia l that can be crumbled, pulverized or powdered by hand pressure. Individual fibers in friable asbestos-contain ing material can potentially become airborne and can then present a health hazard. Three types of friable material commonly used in buildings are :· Sprayed fibrous fireproofing; Decorative or acoustic texture coatings; Thermal insulation . Non-friable Asbestos -Non-friable asbestos includes a range of products in which asbestos fiber is effectively bound in a solid matrix from which asbestos fiber cannot normally escape. Non-friable asbestos includes a variety of products including asbestos cement tiles and boards and asbestos reinforced vinyl floor tiles . Cutting , braking , sanding, drilling of similar activities can release asbestos fiber from even non-friable asbestos materials. Asbestos Work Categories - Category 1 Work includes the installation or removal of non-friable asbestos in which the asbestos fiber is locked in a binder such as cement, vinyl or asphalt, which holds the material together. Category 2 Work involves friable asbestos that is of short duration in situations, which create low levels of airborne asbestos. Example of category 2 work are enclosure of friable asbestos , application of tape or sealant to asbestos containing pipe insulation and minor removal of friable asbestos and minor installation, maintenance or repair work above false ce ilings where sprayed asbestos fireproofing is present on beams. Category 3 Work involves possible exposure to friable asbestos over long periods of time or work that generates high levels of asbestos. Included in category 3 work are removal projects where relatively large amounts of asbestos are removed from a building including removal of friable asbestos from structural material , cleaning or 49 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environmental Services, LP removal of heating or air handling equipment that has been insulated with asbestos. Also included in category 3 work is cutting or grinding of asbestos- containing materials using power tools . General Rules When in doubt, treat all material as containing asbestos and comply with all applicable rules and regulations and protective measures. IF the TWA is exceeded at anytime while working with airborne concen tra tions of asbestos , supervisors shall limit access to the area and access will be limited to only qualified and licensed personnel. Certified and licensed asbestos abatement personnel will handle all Asbestos Co ntaining Material (ACM). The friability of the ACM will dictate the type of removal/maintenance required . Employees who are uncertified and unlicensed will not handle any ACM >1 %. This will include encapsulation projects , renovation/removal and/or demolition of any type of structure. This will prevent the potential for acc idental exposure from the mishandling of any ACM. When an uncertified, unlicensed employee questions whether they may be handling suspect ACM, the employee will immediately contact their supervisor. The employee shall not resume working at the site until the area has been checked to verify the material is not ACM. Uncertified, unlicensed employees will not cross over a barrier/containment area where asbestos projects are in progress. Any employee who discovers ACM or suspect ACM in damaged or poor condition should report it to their supervisor so the identified material is repaired. Medical Examinations Employees assigned to asbestos removal will be given medical examinations at company expense in compliance with 29CFR 1926 .1101 and 40CFR 763-Subpart G. Within 30 days of first employment or assignment to a job exposing the employee to asbestos containing material. Annually . Within 30 days of termination of employment. Medical examination for employees assigned to asbestos removal will include : Medical and work history with special emphasis directed to symptoms of the respiratory system, cardiovascular system and digestive tract. Medical questionnaire contained in 29 CFR 1926.1101. 50 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS -~,, Environmental Services, LP A physical examination including a chest roentgenogram and pulmonary function test that includes measurement of the employee's forced vital capacity and expiratory volume. No employee shall be assigned to tasks requiring the use of respirators if an examining physician determines the employee will be unab le to function normally while using it or that the employee might otherwise be impaired. Records of all physical examinations performed for asbestos work related activities will be maintained permanently by the Company. Asbestos Identification Asbestos identification systems are used to alert people to the presence of asbestos. Tags, stickers, pipe labels , signs and other high visibility means, identify asbestos . Where feasible, stickers indicate the presence of asbestos in thermal insulation, in asbestos board and tiles and in other locations. Warnings may also be placed near the entrances of room's -particularly mechanical rooms where unusually large amounts of asbestos may be present. Repair and Maintenance of ACM Should an employee or a contractor encounter material , which is not identified and is not listed in the Asbestos Inventory and which might reasonably be expected to be asbestos, the person will stop any work which could create airborne asbestos and report the discovery to a supervisor. Where it is determined that friable asbestos-containing material is in a condition that could likely lead to inhalation exposure, the supervisor will immediately limit access to the location and initiate repairs, removal or encapsulation. Where there is reasonable doubt about the composition of a friable material, it will be treated as asbestos until testing demonstrates that asbestos is present at levels below 1%. Cleanup and repair of asbestos-conta ining material will only be carried out by the appropriate clean up procedure by employees or contractors who have been properly trained. When routine work is to take place in an area where asbestos is present or when the work might disturb friable asbestos , employees will be informed of the potential for exposure through a notation on the Tailgate Safety Plan . If upon reviewing the work situation, the employee believes that normal work practices do not provide an adequate measure of safety, the employee will report these concerns to the supervisor. The supervisor will review the work situation and authorize any required additional precautions . All employees , visitors , vendors and contractors will be notified in advance when work-involving asbestos is to be carried out in any area of a TAS field project. 51 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Training All TAS employees who remove, repair or work around friable asbestos shall be trained accordingly with respect to job function and responsibility . Level 1 Training All affected Operations employees who do not receive levels 2 or 3 training will receive Level 1 training which will acquaint them with: ../ The types, properties and uses of asbestos ../ Ways to recognize asbestos ../ The hazards of asbestos fiber inhalation ../ Types of activities, which could release asbestos fibers ../ This TAS Asbestos Policy and Asbestos Identification ../ State and Federal regulations regarding work with asbestos and disposal of asbestos-containing waste Refresher training will be provided annually. Only those with Level 1 training will be allowed to carry out or supervise Category 1 asbestos work. Level 2 Training All TAS employees who conduct or may be expected to conduct Category 2 or 3 works will receive training in: All Level 1 topics Ways to recognize and avoid damage to asbestos-containing material The use , fitting, limitations, care and disposal of protective equipment Asbestos containment and ventilation during removal Wet and dry clean up procedures Refresher training will be provided every second year. Except for ac t ual asbestos removal, only those with Level 2 training will be allowed to carry out or supervise Category 2 asbestos work. Level 3 Training Level 3 training is required for insulators and others who are authorized to remove friable asbestos and for those who supervise asbestos removal work that is performed by either TAS Employees or external contractors. Level 3 training provides practical hands-on experience in all phases of small and medium scale asbestos removal. Those who will carry out small-scale asbestos removal work will receive additional on-the-job training while working with experienced asbestos workers . 52 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _ _.,, Environmental Services, LP Contracted Work -Asbestos Removal Work Major asbestos removal is normally contracted to external firms who specialize in asbestos removal work. TAS requires that all such work be carried out in accord with the requirements established by federal, state and local regulations. At all such projects the contractor will ensure that cleanup is properly completed and that al l asbestos and asbestos contaminated material is collected , and disposed of in accord with the applicable regulations. The contractor will be required to submit air- testing results to demonstrate that the cleanup has been carried out properly and the area can be reoccupied safely. ASBESTOS WORK PROCEDURES When asbestos is discovered, the following steps describe the actions to be taken by TAS Employees and the ir supervisors. The steps comply with TAS Asbestos Policy, which states the long-term goal is to remove all asbestos and the short-term goal is to manage asbestos to minimize exposure to airborne asbestos. All such work will be under the direction and supervision of a Certified Asbestos abatement supervisor. Clean up of Asbestos Containing Material Asbestos only poses a health hazard when it becomes airborne and people inhale the fiber. When asbestos-containing material has been disturbed, effective clean up will ensure that asbestos does not present a health hazard. To ensure that clean up of significant quantities of asbestos will not cause a health hazard, the following procedure will be followed: • Clean up of significant amounts of asbestos containing material will be only be done by Employees who have been trained and who are wearing appropriate protective clothing and a fitted, air-purifying respirator. • Dry sweeping of asbestos-containing waste or other clean up activities which will create airborne dust are not permitted. • Large pieces of asbestos containing material will be collected by hand and properly bagged in accordance with the disposal procedure . • Whenever possible, asbestos dust will be thoroughly wetted and cleaned up with a wet mop or a wet vac . Contaminated water will be discharged to a sewer. Containers , mops and other equipment , which might be contaminated with asbestos, will be rinsed with water and the rinse water discharged to a sewer. • If additional clean up is needed it will be carried out using a vacuum equipped with a HEPA filter. 53 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL (§, E!-!~mental Services, LP Non -friable ACM Work Asbestos that is effectively bonded in a non-asbestos matrix cannot easily become airborne. As such , provided the material is not broken or abraded , there is little risk of inhalation exposure to asbestos. To ensure that minor work involving non-fria ble asbestos (including vinyl asbestos tile , asbestos asphalt roofing , and asbestos ceiling and w a ll tile) the following procedure will be followed. Procedure: ../ Before beginning the work the worker will carefully inspect the asbestos-containing material to ensure that the planned work will not crea t e airborne asbestos dust. ../ Where dust that might contain asbestos fiber is present , the worker will clean the material using a wet method or a HEPA filtered vacuum . ../ Following completion of the task the worker will carry out any required wet cleaning methods or a HEPA filtered vacuum and will then carefully bag for disposal all asbestos containing waste. Note: Cutting, drilling, sanding or breaking the material are likely to create airborne asbestos dusts should be assessed for additional precautions. Work Above False Ceilings Only workers who have successfully completed Level 2 Asbestos Safety Train ing and who are authorized to do so by qualified supervision may move ceiling tiles or perform work above the dropped ceilings where asbestos insulation is present on building structure . The following procedure should be used whenever minor work requires work above the suspended ceiling : • Before removing a ceiling tile, the area around the tile shall be isolated by creating an enclosure of 4 mil or heavier polyethylene sheeting . The sheet ing shall be taped to the ceiling t-bar and the floor using duct tape. • Those working within the enclosure shall wear a properly fitted, air purify ing respirator equipped with a particulate fi lter designed to remove asbestos fibers from inhaled air and a pair of coveralls . • Air supply or return grills located within the enclosure shall be sealed wit h 4 mil or thicker polyethylene sheeting to prevent contamination of the ventilation system. • The ceiling tile shall be carefully removed and the upper surface vacuumed with a vacuum fitted with a HEPA filter. • The worker shall then carefully vacuum the upper surface of surrounding tiles before carry ing out the ass igned task . 54 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP • Following completion of the above-the-ceiling work , the removed ceiling tile shall be replaced and the interior of the enclosure carefully cleaned using wet cleaning techniques or a HEPA filtered vacuum. Note: Additional precautions may be required depending upon the specific tasks to be undertaken. Any task, which is likely to disrupt the sprayed-on insulation , will require additional precautions. Single Use Glove Bag Procedure The following procedure will be followed when single-use asbestos removal glove bags are used. The procedure may only be used on tasks that are small enough to be completely enclosed in the glove bag and which do not leave exposed asbestos in place when the bag is removed . Preparation: Only an Employee who has completed level 3 training and who is wearing appropriate coverall and an air purifying respirator (with appropriate filters) will carry out glove bag removal of asbestos. Before beginning removal work, access to the area will be restricted. If the work site is located in areas where other employees might be exposed to asbestos and in all work sites located in publicly accessible areas, warning notices will be posted. Steps will be taken to prevent accidental movement, contact with heat, cold or electricity, or release of chemicals. The work area will be cleaned using a HEPA filtered vacuum or wet cleaning to remove asbestos-containing material contaminating the immediate work area. Where possible a plastic sheet will then be placed beneath the area from which the asbestos is to be removed. Steps will be taken to prevent exposure where damage to the insulation might allow release of fibers. Steps include making temporary repairs using duct tape or wetting the exposed fiber using amended water. Glove Bag Removal: The asbestos-containing material will be thoroughly wetted using water. With tools in bag, the single-use bag will be positioned and secured using adhesive and tape as necessary. Working through the gloves , the asbestos will be removed, using caution to avoid puncturing the bag. When removal is compete or bag is full, sprayer ( containing water) will be inserted into the bag and the bag interior will be washed. Tools will then be placed in an inverted glove withdrawn from bag and the glove sealed from the bag using duct tape. 55 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS -...--,, Environmental Services, LP The tools will then be removed by cutting through the duct tape ensuring that both the bag and the glove remain sealed . The tools will then be submerged in water and the glove opened. Tools will be cleaned under water. The glove bag will then be carefully removed, sealed and placed in a sea led container pending packaging for disposal. Clean Up: The surface of the area will be carefully wet wiped and treated with sealer. The plastic sheet will then be carefully wet wiped and rolled up. All solid waste created during removal jobs including glove bags, disposable coveralls, wipe rags and plastic sheeting will be treated as asbestos containing waste and handled as detailed in the disposal procedure. Modified Enclosure Procedure The following Modified Enclosure Method my be used for removal of asbestos from ceilings, walls, beams, pipes or other equipment providing that the job is small enough that it can be completed within one shift without the need for repeated entry into the work area . This method should not be used for jobs involving: Amosite Crocidolite Friable asbestos of any type. Additional precautions will be required if the exhaust air cannot be discharged outdoors. Employees may only undertake modified enclosure removals that have completed level 3 training and who have received modified enclosure removal training. Preparation • If dust, which might contain asbestos, is present, pre clean the work site using wet cleaning or HEPA vacuum cleaning. • Protect floor, walls equipment within the work area , which might be damaged by water. • Ensure that steps are taken to protect workers from any energized equipment or systems located within the work area. • Post signs and restrict access to work area. • Seal area to prevent air leakage into adjacent areas or air handling system using framing as necessary,(150 mil plastic sheeting, tape, sealants and 56 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TII.S ..._,,,,,/ Environmental Services, LP caulking as required). Construct an overlapping , double curtained entrance to work area. • Install HEPA filtered negative air unit in work area . Unit must provide 4 air changes per hour whi le maintaining a pressure difference of -0.02 inches of water. Direct filtered exhaust air outdoors , if possib le. Removal Employees entering the work are shall wear a disposable Tyvek type suit including a head cover and an air purifying respirator (with appropriate filters). With the area sealed and negative air unit in operation, saturate asbestos- containing material with water using airless sprayer. Remove asbestos using additional water as needed , being careful not to create airborne dust Brush the area from which asbestos has been removed and then wet wipe or vacuum to remove final traces of asbestos. Following removal of asbestos , treat the area with slow dry sealer. Clean up Place all waste in specially marked heavy-duty asbestos waste disposal bags. Seal waste bags securely using duct tape before removing from the enclosure. Wipe tools with a damp cloth to remove traces of asbestos contamination before removing them from the enclosure . Wet wipe or vacuum (using the des ignated shop vac marked ASBESTOS ONLY) all areas within the enclosure to remove traces of asbestos. If a HEPA filtered shop vac was used, it shall be wiped w it h a damp cloth and the hose end covered with tape before being removed from the enclosure. If the vac is to be opened to change a filter or bag, the work will be carried out in an enclosure under negative pressure with HEPA filtered air exhausted outdoors. Wet wipe the interior of plastic sheeting used to form the enclosure. Remove plastic by rolling, wet wiping any visible particulate matter that make be visible. Wet wipe the disposable Tyvek suit and remove . Place the plastic sheeting, the suit and the used respirator cartridges in an asbestos waste bag along with other remaining contaminated material. Dispose of waste as per waste disposal procedure. 57 HEALTH & SAF ETY MANUAL ~TAS ~ Environ:rnental Services, LP Disposal of Asbestos Containing Waste Materials Handling and disposal of asbestos containing waste is regulated by both State and Federal regulations. To ensure compliance with these regulations and to ensure that no one is exposed to asbestos the following procedure is to be followed: Only an employee who has completed Level 2 training and who is wearing appropriate air purifying respirator will package asbestos waste. Waste asbestos will be thoroughly wetted and then placed in specially labeled 6 mil plastic bags. The bag will be securely sealed using duct tape. The bagged asbestos will then be placed in a second, labeled 6-mil plastic gab, which is again taped , closed Asbestos waste may be transported from the location where it was produced to an interim storage location if the bags are free from punctures or tears and if the outs ide of the bag is free of asbestos. Asbestos waste will be transported in an enclosed vehicle or beneath a secured tarpaulin. No other cargo should be carried while t he waste asbestos is being moved. After the waste asbestos is moved to an inte rim storage site, the driver will , if necessary clean the vehicle to remove asbestos contamination. Asbestos waste must be disposed of at a waste disposal site, which is approved to receive asbestos by the State Dept of the state in which it is being disposed. Shipment of waste asbestos must be coordinated with the waste disposal site , which is to receive the waste. External contractors will normally carry out asbestos disposal. Shipments for disposal must be done in accord with state and Federal DOT regulations and must be accompanied by a properly completed shipping document. 58 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~TAS ~Environmental Services, LP Back Safety The Hazards Most back injuries are sprains and strains from lifting, lowering, carrying, pushing , and pulling materials. You are at higher risk of low-back injury if you often carry heavy loads, must twist while carrying heavy loads , or work a lot while bent over or in other awkward postures . Protect Yourself Injuries can be reduced by planning , changing how work is done , and t raining workers and supervisors. Plan • Warm-up exercises before work can help reduce muscle injuries. • Cut down on carrying . Have materials delivered close to whe re they will be used. • Try to store materials at waist height. • Raise your work to waist level , if you can . Pipefitters use pipe stands. Masons have adjustable scaffolds to keep the work at waist height. • Make sure floors and walkways are clear and dry . Slips and trips are a big cause of back injuries. • Take rest breaks. More injuries happen when you are tired. Get Help • Use carts, dollies, forklifts, and hoists to move materials -not your back . • Use carrying tools with handles to get a good grip on wallboard or other odd-shaped loads. • If materials weigh more than about 50 pounds, do not lift them by yourself. Get help from another worker or use a cart. Move Carefully • When lifting or carrying materials , keep the load as close to your body as you can. • Try not to twist, when lifting and lowering materials . Turn your whole body instead. • Lift and lower materials in a smooth steady way. Try not to jerk the lift. • When you pick up materials off the ground:-Try supporting yourself by leaning on something while lifting.-Don't bend over; instead, kneel on one knee and pull the load up on to your knee before standing. (Wear knee pads when you kneel.) 59 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS _.,,,,, Environxnental Servic es, LP Apprentices get some of the hardest work to do. Being young and strong , they sometimes carry more weight than they should. Make sure apprentices are protected against back injuries , so they don't end up with back problems and have to leave the trades . Work with your employer to decide how the work can be changed to protect you and your co-workers from back injuries. Build back-safety into any tra ining. Fewer injuries mean better productivity and lower costs. What About Back Belts? Some contractors have workers wear back belts . !f a doctor prescribes a back belt, it may help someone recovering from a back injury. But a recent government study (by NIOSH) found no evidence that back belts can prevent injuries . Don't depend on a back belt to protect you; instead , try to change the lifting work so it can't hurt you. 60 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environmental Services, LP Benzene The purpose of this standard is to communicate to employees the potential hazard when exposed to or working around Benzene and to establish uniform procedures to be followed by all TAS Environmental Services L .P. employees . This procedure is based on 29 CFR 1910.1028 requirements. The Program is available to all employees and their representatives, and the Assistant Secretary, the Director of Dept. of Labor. TAS employees may be potentially exposed to benzene while working at a host facility or while working on pipelines and around crude oil spills. Where benzene is present , engineering controls such as isolation , or administrative controls will be utilized first to protect employees. In certain situations , personal protective equipment may be required. This is addressed in the PPE sect ion of this manual, and may require such PPE as respiratory protection, eye, face and splash protection, as well as additional protective clothing, such as dermal protection from liquid benzene . TAS shall provide the necessary PPE at no cost to employees. As part of the Hazard Communication Standard, other regulations such as, Process Safety Management, the "host" company will relay the potential exposure information to TAS representatives prior to the job commencing. To ensure protection of TAS employees , the job supervisor shall obtain from the "host" company representative , a copy of the most current MSDS. The program will be reviewed periodically to ensure all necessary engineering and work practice controls are effective for protection of employee exposures based on historical data . As part of employee training for each job, and the requirements of the Tailgate Safety Form, this information shall be communicated to our employees, so they are aware of the location and hazards associated with benzene, as well as the methods and procedures used to reduce or control exposures. At host facilit ies , regulated areas are established where the PEL can or may be exceeded . General Information Benzene (C 5 H6, CAS Registry 71-43-2) is a highly toxic, flammable liquid or gas that is extremely dangerous even in low concentrations. Routes of exposure can include, skin contact, inhalation and sometimes ingestion. Short-term (acute) exposures can cause irritation to eyes and respiratory tract , with additional symptoms of giddiness , breathlessness, euphoria and headaches. Long-term (chronic) exposures will cause various blood disorders ranging from anemia to leukemia (an irreversible fatal disease. OSHA regulates benzene as a cancer hazard. Benzene liquid is highly flammable and vapors may form explosive mixtures in air. Fire extinguishers must be readily available . Smoking is prohibited in areas where benzene is used or stored. 61 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environmental Services, LP Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) The OSHA established PEL for benzene is 1 part per million for (8) eight hours , which is the concentration to which a normal, healthy adult ~an be exposed for eight hours without adverse effects . The "short-term exposure limit" (STEL) allows exposures to 5 ppm for any 15-minute period . The standard also establishes an "action level" of 0.5 ppm over an eight-hour day , which may require certain "action " - such as adequate respiratory protection, etc. to be taken. Precautions All employees must have a thorough knowledge and understanding of the hazards of this material. Air monitoring must be conducted to determine the concentrations of benzene routinely present or where it may be present, and for those areas that exceed the OSHA PEL, establish regulated work area -designed to control who enters the area and what types of PPE are required. Where benzene is present, engineering controls such as isolation, or administrative controls shall be utilized "first" to protect workers. Monitoring The uses of portable detection devices are used to determine the presence of benzene. These devices will primarily include direct reading instruments , such as Draeger tubes, Draeger CMS, portable GC-MS, PIO, or personal single gas monitors. These detection devices are available through Health and Safety Directors of each office. Subsequently, records will be kept in accordance with OSHA regulations. Respiratory Protection Respiratory protective equipment, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 shall be used when exposed to hazardous concentrations of benzene . Only approved respiratory protection shall be used for exposures up to 10 ppm , half face air purifying respirators with organic vapor cartridge can be used. Supplied air respiratory equipment, such as airline respirators with escape bottles or SCBAs s hall be used for escape or emergency conditions. For additional information, refer to the respiratory protection chapter in this manual. Note: No one is permitted to wear a respirator unless they have been trained, fit-tested, and medically cleared and use only NIOSH-approved respirators. Respirators must be used during: • Periods necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work- practice controls. • Work operations for which T AS Environmental establishes that compliance with either the TWA or STEL through the use of engineering and work- practice controls is not feasible; for example, some maintenance and repair activities, vessel cleaning , or other operations for which engineering and 62 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ----Envi ronmental Services, LP work-practice controls are infeasible because exposures are intermittent and limited in duration. • Work operations for which feasible engineering and work-practice controls are not yet sufficient. • During emergencies. Medical Monitoring TAS employees who are exposed at or above the action level of 0.5 ppm for 30 days or more per year, medical surveillance program is provided free of charge . Concentra Medical Centers will provide a copy of the OSHA standard and will perform medical exams and tests to monitor the health of TAS employees . Evacuation/Escape/Emergency Procedures Prior to entry onto a site where benzene may be present, ensure site specific emergency plans are reviewed, addressed and followed. Whenever unsafe levels of benzene are detected, do not panic. The following escape method should be used: • Don 5-minute escape pack (if available) • Evacuate cross wind then upwind of the emission to a safe area. • Alert others of the emergency condition • Notify your supervisor once you have reached a safe area. Standby for instructions and return only when it has been determined that it is safe to do so. Equipment Opening Anytime process equipment, i.e., p1p1ng , vessels , instruments, drain lines, blinds, etc., which might contain benzene, is entered or opened in any area , or if work is to be performed where benzene may be present, those involved must wear appropriate respiratory equipment while performing the activity. Confined space entry procedures may also apply. For further information , refer to the Confined Space policy in this manual. Responsibilities All employees shall be knowledgeable of these requirements and shall comply with all rules, regulations and policies. If a hazardous concentration of benzene is detected , contact your supervisor immediately. Host facilities are also responsible for posting warning signs and labels on vessels and lines that contain benzene. In addition to host facility training, TAS also provides training to employees as to the hazards of benzene during the HazCom training and prior to becoming potentially exposed to benzene. 63 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TA.S _ _./ Environmental Services, LP Cadmium The purpose of this program is to communicate to employees the potential hazard when exposed to or working around Cadmium and to establish uniform procedures to be followed by all TAS Environmental Services L.P. employees. This procedure is based on 29 CFR 1910 .1027 and 29CFR 1926.1127 requirements. This policy shall be made available to all employees and their representatives, and the Assistant Secretary, the Director of Dept. of Labor. This policy shall be reviewed and updated annually to reflect any significant changes in the cadmium standard. TAS employees may be potentially exposed to cadmium while working at a host facility, and is a metal of concern when working an emergency response. Where cadmium is present , engineering controls such as isolation, or administrative controls will be utilized first to protect employees. As part of employee training for each job, and the requirements of the Tailgate Safety Form, this information shall be communicated to our employees, so they are aware of the location and hazards associated with cadmium, as well as the methods and procedures used to reduce or control exposures. At host facilities, regulated areas are established where the PEL can or may be exceeded. General Information Cadmium (Cd, CAS registry 7440-43-9) is an extremely toxic metal found in industrial workplaces, particularly where any ore is being processed or smelted. Routes of exposure can include skin and eye contact, inhalation and ingestion. Acute effects include irritation to skin and eyes and are considered very hazardous when ingested or inhaled. Severe over-exposure can result in death. Some chronic effects can include target organ damage and general deterioration of health. Cadmium is considered a carcinogen by OSHA, NIOSH and ACGIH. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) The OSHA established PEL for cadmium is 0.005 mg/m 3 for (8) eight hours, which is the concentration to which a normal, healthy adult can be exposed for eight hours without adverse effects. The standard also establishes an "action level" of 0.0025 mg/m 3 over an eight-hour day, which may require certain "action" -such as adequate respiratory protection, etc. to be taken. Precautions All employees must have a thorough knowledge and understanding of the hazards of this material. Air monitoring must be conducted to determine the concentrations of cadmium routinely present or where it may be present, and for those areas that exceed the OSHA PEL, establish regulated work area -designed to control who enters the area and what types of PPE are required. Where cadmium is present, engineering controls such as isolation, or administrative controls shall be utilized "first" to protect workers. 64 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~TllS ~Environmental Services, LP Training All employees who may be potentially exposed to cadmium shall receive training prior to their initial assignment and on an annual basis thereafter . A record of this training shall be maintained in the corporate health and safety office. The training record will , at a minimum, identify the employee trained, the instructor's signature , and the date the training was conducted. These training records shall be kept on file for one year. Respiratory Protection Respiratory protective equipment, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 shall be used when exposed to hazardous concentrations of cadmium. Only approved respiratory protection shall be used. Supplied air respiratory equipment, such as airline respirators with escape bottles or SCBAs shall be used for escape or emergency conditions. For additional information, refer to the respiratory protection chapter in this manual. Note: No one is permitted to wear a respirator unless they have been trained, fit-tested, and medically cleared and use only NIOSH-approved respirators. Medical Surveillance Employees exposed to cadmium at or above the action level for 30 days or more per year will be required to be in a medical surveillance program. This program will be provided free of charge. Concentra Medical Center will provide a copy of the OSHA standard and will perform medical exams and tests to monitor the health of TAS employees. Evacuation/Escape/Emergency Procedures Prior to entry onto a site where cadmium may be present, ensure site specific emergency plans are reviewed, addressed and followed. Whenever unsafe levels of cadmium are detected, do not panic. The following escape method should be used: • Don 5-minute escape pack (if available) • Evacuate cross wind then upwind of the emission to a safe area. • Alert others of the emergency condition • Notify your supervisor once you have reached a safe area. Standby for instructions and return only when it has been determined that it is safe to do so. Written Compliance Program A written compliance program shall be implemented when the PEL is exceeded. The written compliance program shall address the following: • A description of each operation where cadmium is emitted 65 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _,.,./ Environmental Services, LP • A description of the specific means that will be employed to meet compliance, including any engineering plans and the use of respiratory protection • A report of the technology considered in meeting the PEL • All air monitoring data • A detailed schedule for implementation • A work practice program • A written emergency procedure plan • Any other relevant information Maintenance Procedures Whenever ventilation is used to control exposure to cadmium, all employees maintaining the system or changing air filters shall wear appropriate PPE and a NIOSH approved respirator . Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) In certain situations, personal protective equipment may be required. This is addressed in the PPE section of this manual , and may require such PPE as respiratory protection, eye, face and respiratory protection. TAS shall provide the necessary PPE at no cost to employees. As part of the Hazard Communicat ion Standard, other regulations such as, Process Safety Management, the "host" company will relay the potential exposure information to TAS representatives prio r to the job commencing. To ensure protection of TAS employees, the job supervisor shall obtain from the "host " company representative , a copy of the most current MSDS. 66 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL .,......,....,.TAS __ ,, Environmental Services, LP Bloodborne Pathogen Program Purpose OSHA requires employers to perform an exposure determination , which employees may incur as a result of exposure to blood or othe r potentially infectious materials . This exposure determination is made without regard to the use of personal protective equipment (note: exposure is considered even if wearing PPE). An infection control plan must be prepared for all persons who handle, store , use , process, or disposes of infectious medical wastes . This infection control plan complies with OSHA requirement , 29 CFR 1910.1030 , Blood Borne Pathogens. The plan includes requirements for personal protective equipment, house keep ing , training , and a procedure for reporting exposures . Responsibilities • Bloodborne Pathogen Program training is provided by a Certified instructor every 2 years . Records of training are maintained at the corporate office in Fort Worth , Texas . • Management will ensure proper conduct of the program though inspections , record keeping and periodic audit. Definitions Biological Hazard. The term biological hazard or biohazard is taken to mean any viable infectious agent that presents a risk, or a potential risk, to the well being of humans . Medical Wastes/Infectious Wastes. All waste emanating from human or animal tissues , blood or blood products or fluids. This includes used first aid bandages , syringes , needles, sharps, material used in spill cleanup and contaminated PPE or clothing . Universal Precautions. Refers to a system of infectious d isease control that assumes that every direct contact with body fluids , regardless if identifiable or not , is infectious and requires every employee exposed to be protected as though such body fluids were infected with blood-borne pathogens . All infectious/medical material must be handled according to Universal Precautions (OSHA Instruction CPL 2-2.44A) Hazards Unprotected exposure to body fluids presents the possible risk of infection from a number of bloodborne pathogens notably Hepatitis and HIV. 67 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Hazard Control Engineering Controls -prevention of exposure to bloodborne pathogens engineering controls include proper storage facilities and containers. Engineering controls , as well as sound work practices, will be utilized to eliminate or minim ize exposures to employees. These controls are examined and maintained on a regular schedule. The schedule for reviewing the effectiveness of controls shall be inclusive of and during project audits conducted by Branch Manager, Branch Safety Director, and/or Safety Technicians Administrative Controls -prevention of exposure to bloodborne pathogen administrative controls include universal precautions, assignment of PPE, employee training, use of spill kits specifically designed for blood and body fluids, restricted access to waste collection points, waste disposal procedures and hand washing provisions. Reporting and Record Keeping Any reports required by OSHA will be maintained by the branch Health and Safety Director. All reports (Training Certificates, Notice of HBV Vaccinations, exposure reports) will be maintained for 30 years. Occupationally contracted HBV or HIV will be recorded on the OSHA 300 Log of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses as an illness. Training All part-time TAS personnel assigned duties as EMT, Paramedics, First Aid Station Staff, HAZMAT responders; will maintain their annual training by a qualified medical practitioner on the Bloodborne Pathogen Program . Additionally, personnel trained in First Aid shall be offered this annual training. All new and current affected Employees will be trained initially and annually thereafter. The content of the training program will include: 1. Company Policy 2. Types and transmission of Blood-Borne Pathogens 3. General Safety Rules 4 . Universal Precautions 5. Use of Personal Protective Equipment 6. Medical Waste Disposal Procedures 7. Post Exposure Treatment and Procedures 8. HBV Vaccinations 68 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL .,...----...... T llS .......,_.,, Environmental Services, LP All personnel training records will be maintained, for three (3) years by the Training Department, at corporate office, Fort Worth , Texas. All employee records and the exposure control program are available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910 .1020 and shall be available to the Assistant Secretary of Labor for OSHA and the Director of NIOSH upon request. All Employees not affected by this Program will receive an overview of the program requirements during scheduled department Safety Meetings with documentation by Safety Meeting sign in sheet. Hepatitis-B Virus (HBV) Vaccinations Those TAS employees required to provide first aid or emergency response duties or medical care on a routine basis will be offered Hepatitis-B Virus (HBV) Vaccinations at Company expense. Employees that transfer to a job or their job is reclassified to include exposure to blood-borne pathogens will be offered HBV Vaccinations within 10 working days of the transfer or reclassification. The choice for HBV vaccination is not mandatory. If an affected Employee chooses not to have the vaccination at the initial offering, they will have the opportunity to be vaccinated when they are ready. The Company will document the offer, acceptance or declination, and vaccination dates with the Hepatitis A and B Declination Form. (see attachment this section) Post Exposure Treatment and Notification Procedures Should an affected Employee or an Employee acting as a "Good Samaritan" be occupationally exposed to HIV/HAV/HBV the affected Employee will report the exposure to the Branch Health and Safety Director. The Company will provide for the Employee to be tested for HIV/HAV/HBV at Company expense. Following the initial blood test at time of exposure, seronegative Employees will be retested at 6 weeks , 12 weeks and 6 months to determine if transmission has occurred. During this period, the Employee will follow the recommendations provided by the Company consulting physician or the U. S. Public Health Service. An "occupational exposure" is defined as blood or body fluid contact from an injured or ill individual to the affected Employee or injury by a contaminated sharp object. Following the report of exposure, Vice President of Operations or Branch Manager, will contact the exposure source (if possible) and request that person be tested for HIV/HAV/HBV at the employee's company expense. The request is not mandatory and if refused will not effect that Employee's future employment. The source individual's blood is tested as soon as possible and after consent is obtained to determine HBV and HIV infectivity. (Hepatitis B surface Antigen, Hepatitis C Antibody and HIV Screen) 69 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _ _.,, Environmental Services, LP The exposed employee's blood shall be collected as soon as feasible and tested for HBV (Hepatitis Bs Antibody , Hepatitis C Antibody) and HIV serological status after consent is obtained (Employee Consent for HIV Antibody Testing). During all phases of Post Exposure , the confidentiality of the affected Employee a nd exposure sou rce will be maintained on a "need to know basis". The exposure and offer of medical assistance to the affected Employee must be documented . T he results of any HIV/HAV/HBV tests conducted will be provided to the exposed a nd source Employees within 5 business days of receipt. General Procedures Pe rsonnel must follow the following procedures if exposure potential exists: • All supervisors must ensure that employees are trained in proper work practices, the concept of universal precautions, personal protective equipment , and in proper cleanup and disposal techniques. • Resuscitation equipment, pocket masks , resuscitation bags, or other ventilation equipment must be provided to eliminate the need for direct mouth-to-mouth contact in groups where resuscitation is a part of their responsibilities . • Eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and handling contact lenses are prohibited in work areas where there is a potential for exposure to any health hazard. • According to the level of risk , protective clothing may be required for persons entering infectious disease areas . Likewise, showers with a germicidal soap may be required before exit. • Gowns , aprons, or lab coats must be worn whenever there is a poss ibility that body fluids could splash on skin or clothing . • Gloves must be made of appropriate disposable material, usually intact latex or vinyl. They must be used in the following circumstances: • When the employee has cuts , abraded skin , chapped hands , dermatitis , or similar conditions. • When examining abraded or non-intact skin of a patient with ac t ive bleeding. • While handling blood or blood products or other body secretions during routine laboratory procedures. Employees must wash their hands immediately , or as soon as possible , after removal of gloves or other personal protective equipment and after hand contact wi t h blood or other potentially infectious materials . If provision of handwashing 70 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS ......,,,,,, Environmental Services, LP facilities are not feasible, TAS shall provide either an appropriate antiseptic hand cleanser in conjunction with cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towelettes. All personal protective equipment must be removed immediately upon leaving the work area, and if this equipment is overtly contaminated , it must be placed in an appropriate area or container for storage, washing, decontamination, or disposal. All appropriate PPE shall be provided to employees at no cost to the employee. Contaminated clothing must not be worn in clean areas or outside the building. All procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious agents must be performed in a manner that will minimize splashing, spraying, and aerosolization. Medical Wastes Medical/infectious waste must be segregated from other waste at the point of origin. Medical/infectious waste , except for sharps (i.e ., razor blades , broken glass, needles, etc .) capable of puncturing or cutting, must be contained in double disposable red bags conspicuously labeled with the words "INFECTIOUS WASTE" and "BIOHAZARD." Used needles or other sharps (razor blades, broken glass, scalpels, etc.) must not be sheared, bent, broken, recapped, or resheathed. Infectious sharps must be contained for disposal in leak-proof, rigid puncture- resistant containers. Infectious waste contained as described above must be placed in reusable or disposable leak-proof bins or barrels that are conspicuously labeled with the words "INFECTIOUS WASTE" and "BIOHAZARD." These waste barrels are picked up regularly by an outside company licensed to handle infectious wastes. All infectious agents, equipment, or apparatus must be disinfected in an autoclave or otherwise disinfected before being washed or disposed of. Each individual working with infectious bio-hazardous agents is responsible for disinfection, disposal and proper labeling of these agents . Liquid bio-hazardous waste may be disposed of in the sewage system following chemical decontamination. Infectious agents must not be dumped into the building drainage system without prior disinfection. Cuts If an employee has a needle stick , cut, or mucous membrane exposure to another person 's body fluids he/she must report the incident immediately to the Branch Health and Safety Director. 71 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ T.llS . ~ Environmental Services, LP Blood Exposure All employees exposed to human blood and blood products must report to the Branch Health and Safety Director for information and possible inclusion in the Hepatitis B Immunization Program. This immunization program will be offered to all employees with potential t0 occupational exposure. Infection Control Plan The purpose of an effective infection control plan is to protect the health and safety of the persons directly involved in handling the materials. This plan complies with OSHA requirement proposed for 29 CFR 1910.1030, Blood borne Pathogens . Waste Disposal Plan . 1. Medical/Infectious waste must be segregated from other waste at the poin t of origin . 2. Medical/Infectious waste, except for sharps (e.g. razor blades, broken glass, needles, etc.) capable of puncturing or cutting must be contained in double disposable red bags conspicuously labe led with the words , "INFECTIOUS WASTE --BIOHAZARD." 3. Infectious sharps must be contained for disposal in leak-proof, rigid puncture resistant containers. 4. Infectious waste thus contained as described in procedures 2 and 3 above must be placed in reusable or disposable leak-proof bins or barrels which must be conspicuously labeled with the words, "INFECTIOUS WASTE -- BIOHAZARD." These waste barrels are picked up regularly by an outside company licensed to handle infectious wastes . 5. Spills/Disinfectants: a solution of sodium hypo chlorite (household bleach) diluted 1 :9 with water must be used to disinfect, following initial cleanup of a spill with a chemical germicide approved as a hospital disinfectant. Spills must be cleaned up immediately. 7. After removing gloves, and/or after contact with body fluids , hands and other skin surfaces must be washed thoroughly and immediately with soap or other disinfectant in hot water. 8. Other biological wastes that do not contain radioactive or hazardous substances may be disinfected by steam sterilization (autoclave) and then disposed of in the regular trash. 9. Liquid biohazard waste may be disposed of in the sewage system following chemical decontamination . 72 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _.,, Environmental Services, LP 10. Reusable glassware must be decontaminated in sodium hyper chlorite (household bleach) solution (1 :9) prior to rinsing and acid washing. Then the glassware must be sterilized in an autoclave . Personal Protective Equipment for Worker Protection Against HIV and HBV Transmission --······-....... -···· -- TASK GLOVES :IAPRON MASK EYEWEAR ·- Cont~ol of E!leeding "'{/?_purting):>le>od X X X X Bleeding control with minimal bleeding X 'l::111E:lt9E:lrlcy Child Birth X X X X ··-··- Blood Drawing X ' ---··· Handling & Cleaning Instruments X ····-·· Cleaning Bio Spills X ,Taking Temperature ; ·-· . ·-·-· ·-···· ····-·-· Giving Injection X ·- Measuring Blood Pressure ··-···. .... ····-·· The examples provided in this table are based on application of universal precautions. Universal precautions are intended to supplement rather than replace recommendation for routine infection control, such as hand washing and using gloves to prevent gross microbial contamination of hands (e.g., contact with urine or feces). Blood-Borne Pathogen Control Universal Precautions and General Safety Rules For Posting Exposure Determination: TAS Environmental Services L.P., and its Divisions and Subsidiaries will not perform invasive medical treatment or provide intravenous medication. Therefore, the exposure to Blood-Borne Pathogens, as defined in item # 3 below, is determined to be from routine and emergency first aid treatment of common workplace injuries. The following Universal Precautions and General Safety Rules have been established to prevent the spread of viral and bacterial organisms (namely HIV/HAV/HBV). In all cases , the Universal Precautions and General Safety Rules should be followed . 1. Before and immediately after providing patient care , wash exposed areas (hands, arms, etc .) with antibacterial soap. 73 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S ..._,,,.,, Environmental Services, LP 2 . Don and use the required personal protective equipment for the medical care given as outlined in the Persona l Protective Equipment for Worker Protection Poster . 3. Treat all human body fluids and items soiled with human body fluids (blood, blood products, seamen, vaginal secretions, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fl u id, pleural fluid , peritoneal fluid , pericardia! fluid, amniotic fluid , concentrated HIV/HAV/HBV, and saliva (in dental settings) as if contaminated with HIV/HAV/HBV. (Note: Feces, urine, nasal secretions, sputum , sweat, tears, or vomit need not be treated as contaminated unless they contain visible blood) 4. No smoking, eating, drinking or storage of food products is permitted in patient treatment areas. Non-medical items, such as clothing and personal effects, should not be stored in the treatment facility. 5. Patient treatment areas will be maintained in a near sanitary condition at all times. Daily and at least once per shift, the Occupational Health Facility will be disinfected with antibacterial/viral solution (at least 10% Chlorine Bleach or equivalent). All medical and personal protective equipment contaminated with human body fluids will be disinfected before being returned for use again . 6. To avoid special handling, all clothing contaminated with human body fluid will be presoaked (sprayed on the affected areas) with the antibacterial/viral solution before being sent to the laundry. (Note: Gloves and eye protection should be worn when handling contaminated clothing until presoaked for 10 minutes) 7. Any spills of body fluid will be presoaked (sprayed on the affected area) with antibacterial/viral solution for 10 minutes before being removed. (Note: Gloves and eye protection should be worn when handling spills of body fluids) 8. Medical Wastes (those soiled with covered human body fluids) will be treated following the Medical Wastes Treatment and Disposal Procedures before being discarded as ordinary wastes. 9. Any suspected exposure to HIV/HAV/HBV by human body fluid contact (via broken skin, human bites, needle sticks, etc.) should be reported to your Supervisor immediately. 74 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~E!!~mental Services, LP Boating Safety & Water Operations Purpose Safe operation and control of hazards associated with boating operations. This section contains information based on Texas Boating Regulations that are in addition to the Federal Requirements. Responsibilities Supervision has direct responsibility for the enforcement of this policy. Every TAS employee has the responsibility to adhere and follow all federal, state and local requirements when operating a boat on a navigable waterway. Age Restrictions Texas law states, persons less than 16 years of age shall not operate a Personal Watercraft unless he or she is accompanied by a person 18 years of age or older. Exception: If the person is at least 13 years of age and has successfully passed an approved boater education course. It is TAS 's policy that any employee under the age of 21 will have successfully completed the Texas Parks and Wildlife Boating Safety Course or equivalent, before operating a company boat. No person under 16 years of age may operate a motorboat over 15 horsepower unless accompanied by a person 18 years of age or older. Exception: If the person is at least 13 years of age and has successfully passed an approved boater education course . No person born after September 1, 1984, may operate a vessel powered by a motor of 10 horsepower or greater or a sailboat over 14 feet in length unless he or she has in their possession a photographic identification and a boater education certificate issued by the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department. This law will be progressively phased to include a larger segment of the boating population. In the year 2000 persons 16 years of age and in the year 2001 persons 17 years of age will also be required to complete a boating safety course. Texas requires those under 13 years of age to wear a PFD while underway. 75 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S _ _.,, Environrnental Services, LP Personal Flotation Devices All TAS employees shall have and wear an approved PFD when working on water or within 6 ' of the waters edge , regardless of water depth . Effective May 1, 1995 , a wearable PFD is required for each person on board regardless of boat length. Every person under 13 years of age must wear a USCG approved PFD while the vessel is underway. PWC operators and passengers must wear an approved Type I, II, Ill or V PFD. Type I PFD- ./ Off-shore Life Jacket ./ 22 pounds of buoyancy ./ Best for open and rough water Sizes - ./ Two sizes to fit most children and adults. Type II PFD - ./ Near-shore Buoyancy Vest ./ 15.5 pounds of buoyancy ./ Good for calm and inland waters Sizes - ./ Infant, small child , medium child , and adult. Type 111 PFD - ./ Floatation Aid ./ 15 .5 pounds of buoyancy ./ Good for calm and inland water Type IV PFD- ./ Throwable device ./ For calm, inland waters with heavy boat traffic where help is nearby. Required PFDs must be readily accessible . 76 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmental Services 1 LP Speed Limits and Reckless Operation No vessel shall be operated within Texas in a reckless or negligent manner. Examples of reckless or careless operation include : • Excessive speed in regulated or congested areas • Operating in a manner that may cause an accident • Operating in a swimming area with bathers present • Bow riding or riding on the gunwale or transom where no seating is provided • Operation of a personal watercraft which endangers life or property Navigation Rules TAS shall comply in accordance with all state and federally mandated boating safety laws. Every TAS water vessel shall carry and use safety equipment in accordance with U. S. Coast Guard requirements as specified in the Code of Federal Regulations. Additionally, every vessel shall display the lights and shapes required by the navigation rules. Any employee operating a manually controlled boat shall have and use a required "kill-switch lanyard" to ensure safety in the event of being knocked from the boat. Accident Reporting Any accident involving death, disappearance or personal injury, or damage greater than $500 must be reported. A "boating accident" includes, but is not limited to, capsizing, collision, foundering, flooding, fire , explosion and the disappearance of a vessel other than by theft. Accidents should be reported immediately. Report accidents to the nearest office of the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, 4200 Smith School Road, Austin , Texas 78744. Boating While Intoxicated Is a criminal offense punishable by fines up to $2 ,000 , confinement of up to 180 days or both for first offenders. The second offense carries a fine not to exceed $4 ,000 , confinement not to exceed one year or both. The third offense carries a fine not to exceed $10,000, imprisonment for not more than 10 years or less than 2 years . {See TAS Policy on Alcohol Misuse) 77 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _ _,.,, Envir onmental Services 1 LP Registration/Documentation All motorboats regardless of length and sailboats 14 feet in length or over must be registered a nd tit led , and outboard motors must be titled . Title applicat ions and manufactu re r's statement of origin must accompany a requ e st for boat registrat ion for ne w boa ts and outboard motors. When your motorboat or registered vessel is in operation , your certificate of number (registration) or facsimile thereof must always be aboard and available for inspection by an enforcement officer. Your certificate is valid until the expiration date shown thereon . When you renew your certificate the same number shall be reissued , if you apply to the Department within the 90 day period preceding the expiration date. All motorboats regardless of length or horsepower are required by law to be registered . In add ition , a ll vessels and outboard motors must be titled in Texas. You will need to know your Hull I.D . number to title and register your boat. If you have a homemade boat , you are required to have an affidavit as to the origin of the boat , proof of the materia ls used in the construction of the boat (i.e., bills from marine and hardware dealers for parts, etc.), and required to have each homemade boat inspected and certified by a peace officer. Upon regist ration, you wil l be issued a certificate of number and a validation de cal. Th e certific ate must be on board whenever the boat is used. The number awarded to your motorboat or registered vessel must be pain t ed , decaled, or otherwise affixed to both sides of the bow of the boat in such position as to provide easy identification. The number shall read from left to right, must be in block characters of good proportion not less than three inches in height , and must be of a color that contrasts with the background. The numerals must be separated from the prefix and the suffix by hyphens or equivalent spaces such as the following example: TX 0123 AB and TX-0123-AB. Federal and State law prohibits any ot her numbe r from being displayed on either side of the bow of your boat. The validation decal must be affixed on a line and three (3) inches AFT of the registration number. Navigation Rules The Navigat ion Rules establish actions to be taken by vessels to avoid collis ion. The Rules are divided into two parts, INLAND and INTERNATIONAL. Inland Rules apply to vesse ls operating inside the line of demarcation while International apply outside. Demarcation lines are printed on most nav igational charts and are publis he d in the Navigation Rules. 78 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S -...-=:..,,,,,. Environmental Services, LP The operator of a vessel 39.4 feet/12 meters or greater is responsible for having on board and maintaining a copy of the Inland navigation rules. Th e following diagrams describe the whistle signals and action to be taken by vessels in a crossing , meeting or overtaking situation while operating in inlan d waters . These are basic examples, for further information consult the "NAVIGATION RULES" International Inland (Commandant Instruction M16672.2 Series) Copies of the rules may be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents , U.S. Government Printing Office , P.O . Box 37195 4 , Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954 tel. (202) 783-3238. Giv e-way Vessel ... give way Cross ing Situatio ns Starnl--0n Vessel 1 short blast {1 sec.) ... hold course and speed 1 short hfnst (1 sec.} Meeting Head -On or Nearly So Sifuot io ns --- I short libst O sec.) l short blast (1 sec) 79 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS -....;;;;'iitl"'/ Environmental Services, LP Vessels generally pass portside to portside. However, vessels may pass starboard to starboard if proper signals are given . Vesse l~ gooernlly pa ss port~id~ lo r· ort side. Howeirer, Yfmeh ITTO}' pms. ~lorboord to slarboord i pro pes 5ignoh ore gtven , 2 short Mosts ( l sec.eodi) 2 short blasts (t sec.eodl) Ovettaking Situations 2 short blas t t n sec.each) I 2 snort lasts • (I sec • .ad,) • Stond~oo Vessel Overtaken Giv,Hvoy Ve~I 0Yertaklng (keep dear) 80 f-l short blast I O sec.each} J short bl'ost (1 sec.ea HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Confined Space Program Purpose TllS Envi ronmental Services, LP The Confined Space Entry Program is provided to protect authori z ed employees that will be required to enter confined spaces and may be exposed to hazardous atmospheres, engulfment in materials , conditions which may trap or asphyxiate due to converging or sloping walls, or contains any other safety or health hazards . As condition of employment, all TAS field employees are subject to being authorized entrants, attendants, and entry supervisors. All documentation for certification is available to employees and their designated representatives . Reference : OSHA- Permit-Required Confined Spaces (29 CFR 1910.146). Responsibilities Management • Ensure proper training , skills demonstration, and documentation of proficiency for entry & rescue teams • Provide proper equipment for entry & rescue teams • Ensure confined space assessments have been conducted • Ensure all permit required confined spaces are posted • An annual review of this program shall be conducted to assess such issues as employee complaints, accidents and/or injuries, hazards not identified by permit parameters, and all cancelled Entry Permits from previous year • Evaluate Rescue Teams/Service to ensure they are adequately trained and prepared • Ensure rescue team at access during entry into spaces with IDLH atmospheres Employees • Follow program requirements • Report any previously un -identified hazards associated with confined spaces Entry Supervisor Entry supervisors are responsible for the overall permit space entry and must · coordinate all entry procedures, tests, permits, equ ipment and other relevant activities. The following entry supervisor duties are required: • Know the hazards that may be faced during entry , including information on the mode , signs or symptoms , and consequences of the exposure 81 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUA L T.11.S ...__.,, Environmental Services, LP • Verifies , by checking that the appropriate entries have been made on the permit, all test specified by the permit have been conducted and that all procedures and equipment specified by the permit are in place befo re endorsing the permit and allowing entry to beg in • Provide entrants, or representatives , to o bserv e calibration of monitorin g devices, as well as testing results • Terminate the entry and cancel the permit when the entry is complete a nd there is a need for terminating the permit • Verify that rescue services are available a nd th at the means for summoning them are operable • Remove unauthorized persons who en te r or attempt to enter the space during entry operat ions • Determine whenever responsibility for a permit space entry operation is transferred and at intervals dictated by the hazards and operations performed within the space that entry operations remain consistent with the permit terms and that acceptable entry conditions are ma intained. Entry Attendants At least one attendant is required outside the permit space into which entry is authorized for the duration of the entry operation. Responsibilities include: • To know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure • To be aware of possible behavioral effects of hazard exposure on entrants • To continuously maintain an accurate count of entrants in the permit space and ensures a means to accurately identify authorized entrants • To remain outside the permit space during entry operations until relieved by another attendant (once properly relieved, they may participate in other permit space activities, including rescue if they are properly trained and equipped). • To communicate with entrants as necessary to monitor entrant status and alert entrants of the need to evacuate. • To monitor activities inside and outside the space to dete rmine if it is safe for entrants to remain in the space, this would include such concerns as vehicle traffic, pedestrians and orders the entrants to immediately evacuate if: the attendant detects a prohibited condition, detects entrant behavioral effects of hazard exposure, detects a situation outside the space that could endanger the entrants ; or if the attendant cannot effectively and safely perform all the attendant duties . 82 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS --1r-Env ironmental Services, LP • To summon rescue and other emergency services as soon as the attendant determines the entrants need assistance to escape the permit space haza rds. T AS provides in -house rescue services for all entries. • To perform non-entry resc ues as specified by that rescue procedure a nd entry supervisor • Not to perform duties that might interfere with the attendants' primary duty to monitor and protect the entrants. Should monitoring of more than one entry space be needed , the entry supervisor and site safety technician shall assess and determine the additional requirements. • To take the following action when unauthorized persons approach or enter a permit space while entry is under way: • Warn the unauthorized persons that they must stay away from the permit space, • Advise unauthorized persons that they must exit immediately if they have entered the space, and • Inform the authorized entrants and the entry supervisor if unauthorized persons have entered the permit space . Entrants All entrants must be authorized by the entry supervisor to enter permit spaces , have received the required training, used the proper equipment, and observes the entry procedures and permit. The following entrant duties are required: • Know the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information on the mode , signs or symptoms, and consequences of the exposure ; • Properly use the equipment required for safe entry; • Communicate with the attendant as necessary to enable the attendant to monitor the status of the entrants and to enable the attendant to alert the entrants of the need to evacuate the space if necessary; • Alert the attendant whenever; the entrant recognizes any warning signs or symptoms of exposure to a dangerous situation, or any prohibited condition is detected; and • Exit the permit space and cancel the permit as quickly as possible whenever; the attendant or entry supervisor gives an order to evacuate the permit space , the entrant recognized any warning signs or symptoms of exposure to a dangerous situation, the entrant detects a prohibited condition, o r an evacuation alarm activated. 83 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Hazards • Explosive / Flammable Atmospheres • Toxic Atmospheres • Engulfment • Asphyxiation • Entrapment • Slips & falls • Chemical Exposure • Electric Shock • Thermal / Chemical Burns • Noise & Vibration Definitions Confined space: T.11.S Environmental Services, LP Is large enough or so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform work. Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (i.e . tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers, vaults, and pits are spaces that may have limited means of entry). Is not designed for continuous employee occupancy. Permit required confined space (permit space), is a confined space that has one or more of the following characteristics: 1 . Contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere. 2. Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant. 3 . Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly covering walls or by a floor, which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross-section. 4 . Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard. Each Permit-Required Confined Space will be marked "CONFINED SPACE -ENTRY PERMIT REQUIRED". 84 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environ:rnental Services, LP Permit Required Confined Space Entry General Rules During all Confined Space Entries , the following Safety Rules must be strictly enforced: 1. Only Authorized and Trained Employees may enter a Confined Space or act as Standby Attendant. 2 . No Smoking is permitted in a Confined Space or near entrance/exit area. 3. During Confined Space Entries, a Standby Attendant must be present at all times. 4. Constant visual or voice communication will be maintained between the Standby Attendant and Employees entering a Confined Space . 5. No bottom or side entry will be made or work conducted below the level of any hanging material or material which could cause engulfment. 6. Air and Oxygen Monitoring are required before entering any Permit-Requ ired Confined Space. Oxygen levels in a Confined Space must be between 19.5 and 23.5 percent. Levels above or below will require the use of an SCBA or other approved air supplied respirator. Additional ventilation and Oxygen Level Monitoring is required when welding is performed. The continuous monitoring will be provided to ensure acceptable conditions are maintained within the confined space. Entry will not be permitted if explosive gas is detected at a level of 10% LEL or greater. 7. To prevent injuries to others, all openings to Confined Spaces will be protected by a barricade when covers are removed. Confined Space Entry Procedures Each employee who enters or is involved in the entry must: 1. Understand the procedures for confined Space Entry 2. Know the Hazards of the specific space 3. Review the specific procedures for each entry 4. Understand how to use entry and rescue equipment 5. Review of program following any unauthorized entry, 1nJury or near miss, employee complaint, or any hazard identified not covered on permit. These reviews shall be conducted annually. 6. Be provided an opportunity to witness atmospheric monitoring data as well as request additional monitoring at any time . 85 HEA LTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP Confined Space En t ry Permits Confined Space Entry Perm it s (see attachment th is section) m us t be completed before any Employee enters a Permit-Required Confined Space. T he Permit must be completed and s ig ned by an Authorized Representative of Ma nagement before entry. Only properly trained employees listed on the permit will be permitted inside the confined space. A permi t is considered closed : 1) after all entrants listed on the permi t have exited the confined space and accounted for the by attendant ; 2) All equipment has been stowed; and ; 3) The job supervisor has completed a final walkthrough with the client and confirmed that all tasks have been completed . A permit can be cance ll ed in the event of inclement weather or if conditions inside the confined space exceed any flammable , toxic, corrosive levels or oxygen levels inside the confined space become deficient or enriched. • Permits will expire before the completion of the shift or if any p re-entry conditions change . Permits will be maintained on file for 12 months. Rescue & Emergency Services TAS utilizes our own in-house rescue team. The Standby Rescue groups are comprised of professional EMT's, Firefighters and rescue personnel and have substantial and extensive training in all aspects of rescue procedures . Training and certification documentation is maintained within the Training department located at the corporate office in Fort Worth, Texas. Multi-employer/ Contractor Entry All work by non-company employees that involves the entry into confined spaces will follow the procedures of this, or the site-specific program . The information of this program and specific hazards of the confined spaces to be entered will be provided to Contractor Management prior to commencing entry or work . Training Training shall be provided initially and annually thereafter for all affected employees. Successful completion of th is certification shall be documented to verify proficiency. At a minimum , this documentation shall include, name, instructor's signature , dates of training . Training for Confined Space Entry includes: 1. Duties of Entry Supervisor, Entrant and Attendants 2 . Confined Space Entry permits 3. Hazards of Confined Spaces 4. Use of Air Mon itoring Equipment 5. First Aid and CPR Training 6 . Emergency Action & Rescue Procedures 86 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL 7. Confined Space Entry & Rescue Equipment 8. Rescue training, including entry and removal from representative spaces Confined Space Hazards Flammable Atmospheres A flammable atmosphere generally arises from enriched oxygen atmospheres, vaporization of flammable liquids, byproducts of work, chemical reactions, concentrations of combustible dusts, and desorption of chemical from inner surfaces of the confined space. The byproducts of work procedures can generate flammable or explosive conditions within a confined space. Specific kinds of work such as spray painting can result in the release of explosive gases or vapors . Welding in a confined space is a major cause of explosions in areas that contain combustible gas. Chemical reactions forming flammable atmospheres occur when surfaces are initially exposed to the atmosphere, or when chemicals combine to form flammable gases .. This condition arises when dilute sulfuric acid reacts with iron to form hydrogen or when calcium carbide makes contact with water to form acetylene. Other examples of spontaneous chemical reactions that may produce explos ions from small amounts of unstable compounds are acetylene-metal compounds, peroxides, and nitrates . Another class of chemical reactions that form flammable atmospheres arises from deposits of pyrophoric substances (carbon, ferrous oxide, ferrous sulfate, iron, etc.) that can be found in tanks used by the chemical and petroleum industry. These tanks containing flammable deposits will spontaneously ignite upon exposure to air. Combustible dust concentrations are usually found during the process of loading, unloading , and conveying grain products, nitrated fertilizers, finely ground chemical products, and any other combustible material. High charges of static electricity, which rapidly accumulate during periods of relatively low humidity (below 50%), can cause certain substances to accumulate electrostatic charges of sufficient energy to produce sparks and ignite a flammable atmosphere . These sparks may also cause explosions when the right air or oxygen to dust or gas mixture is present. Toxic Atmospheres The substances to be regarded as toxic in a confined space can cover the entire spectrum of gases, vapors, and finely divided airborne dust in industry. The sources of toxic atmospheres encountered may arise from the following: 87 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environ:r:nental Services, LP 1. The manufacturing process (for example, in producing polyvinyl chloride , hydrogen chloride is used as will as vinyl chloride monomer, which is carcinogenic). 2 . The product stored [removing decomposed organic material from a tank can liberate toxic substances, such as hydrogen sulfide (H 2 S). 3 . The operation performed in the confined space (for example, welding or brazing with metals capable of producing toxic fumes). During loading , unloading, formulation, and production, mechanical and/or human error may also produce toxic gases, which are not part of the planned operation . Carbon monoxide (CO) is a hazardous gas that may build up in a confined space. This odorless, colorless gas that has approximately the same density as air is formed from incomplete combustion of organic materials such as wood, coal, gas, oil, and gasoline; it can be formed from microbial decomposition of organic matter in sewers, silos, and fermentation tanks. Carbon monoxide is a dangerous toxic gas because of its poor warning properties. Early stages of CO intoxication are nausea and headache. Carbon monoxide may be fatal at 1000 ppm in air, and is considered dangerous at 200 ppm, because it forms carboxyhemoglobin in the blood, which prevents the distribution of oxygen in the body . Carbon monoxide must be tested for specifically. Another area where CO results as a product of decomposition is in the formation of silo gas in grain storage elevators. In welding operations, oxides of nitrogen and ozone are gases of major toxicologic importance, and incomplete oxidation may occur and carbon monoxide can form as a byproduct. Irritant (Corrosive) Atmospheres Irritant or corrosive atmospheres can be divided into primary and secondary groups . The primary irritants exert no systemic toxic effects ( effects on the entire body). Examples of primary irritants are chlorine, ozone, hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, nitrogen dioxide, ammonia, and sulfur dioxide. A secondary irritant is one that may produce systemic toxic effects in addition to surface irritation. Examples of secondary irritants include benzene, carbon tetrachloride, ethyl chloride , trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, and chloropropene . Prolonged exposure at irritant or corrosive concentrations in a confined space may produce little or no evidence of irritation. This may result in a general weakening of the defense reflexes from changes in sensitivity. The danger in this situation is that the worker is usually not aware of any increase in his/her exposure to toxic substances. 88 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _.,, Environn1.ental Services, LP Asphyxiating Atmospheres The normal atmosphere is composed approx imately of 20 .9% oxygen and 78 .1 % nitrogen, and 1 % argon with small amounts of various other gases. Reduction of oxygen in a confined space may be the result of either consumption or displacement. The consumption of oxygen takes place during combustion of flammable substances, as in welding, heating, cutting, and brazing . A more subtle consumption of oxygen occurs during bacterial action , as in the fermentation process. Oxygen may also be consumed during chemical reactions as in the formation of rust on the exposed surface of the confined space (iron oxide). A second factor in oxygen deficiency is displacement by another gas . Examples of gases that are used to displace air, and the refore reduce the oxygen level are helium, argon , and nitrogen. Carbon dioxide may also be used to displace air and can occur naturally in sewers, storage bins, wells, tunnels , wine vats , and grain elevators. Gases such as nitrogen , argon, helium, and carbon dioxide, are frequently referred to as non-toxic inert gases but have claimed many lives. The total displacement of oxygen by nitrogen will cause immediate collapse and deat h . Carbon dioxide and argon, with specific gravities greater than air, may lie in a tank or manhole for hours or days after opening . Since these gases are colorless and odorless, they pose an immediate hazard to health unless appropriate oxygen measurements and ventilation are adequately carried out. Thermal Effects Four factors influence the interchange of heat between people and t heir environment. They are: (1) air temperature , (2) air velocity, (3) moisture contained in the air, and ( 4) radiant heat. Because of the nature and design of most confined spaces, moisture content and radiant heat are difficult to control. As the body temperature rises progressively, workers will continue to function until the body temperature reaches approximately 102°F. When this body temperature is exceeded, the workers are less efficient , and are prone to heat exhaustion , heat cramps, or heat stroke. In a cold environment , certain physiologic mechanisms come into play , which tend to limit heat loss and increase heat production. Noise Noise problems are usually intensified in confined spaces because the interior tends to cause sound to reverberate and thus expose the worker to higher sound levels than those found in an open environment. This intensified noise increases the risk of hearing damage to workers , which could result in temporary or permanent loss of hearing. 89 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environinental Services, LP Noise in a confined space, which may not be intense enough to cause hearing damage , may still disrupt verbal communication with the emergency standby person on the exterior of the confined space. If the workers inside are not able to hear commands or danger signals due to excessive noise , the probability of severe accidents can increase . Other Hazards Some physical hazards cannot be eliminated because of the nature of the confined space or the work to be performed. These hazards include such items as scaffolding, surface residues, and structural hazards. The use of scaffolding in confined spaces has contributed to many accidents caused by workers or materials falling , improper use of guardrails, and lack of maintenance to insure worker safety. Surface residues in confined spaces can increase the already hazardous conditions of electrical shock, reaction of incompatible materials, liberation of toxic substances, and bodily injury due to slips and falls. 90 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Chainsaw Safety Purpose To provide information and procedures that will reduce t he pos sib ili ty of injury whil e performi ng t asks while using chainsaws. Objective • Common causes of chainsaw accidents • How kickback occurs and how to prevent • PPE necessary when using chainsaws • General chainsaw Safety Overview Chainsaws were once used only in the logging industry, but now they are common tools for ranchers, homeowners, and farmers. These modern tools are used daily for clearing land, trimming trees and cutting fire wood. W ith 600 teeth passing a single point per second, it is the most efficient cutting tools ever invented . However, in the hands of an inexperienced or careless operator, it is one of the most dangerous devices around. Some accidents associated with chainsaws are: • Kickback • Reaching across or holding work too near moving blade • Losing control of saw due to loss of footing • Shifting saw weight while cutting at or above waist level • Climbing while saw is running • Struck by falling limbs or flying debris • Burns from contact with hot saw parts or fires 91 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Safety Precautions TllS Environmental ServicesJ LP Kickback Brake Upper Handle .----Cutter Chain Many chainsaw injuries occur because operators contact the blade by failing to follow recommended operating procedures. The best way to avoid accidents is to read and follow the owner's manual. Proper PPE is necessary to help reduce the possibility of serious injury. Clothing. Clothes should be well fitted (not baggy & loose). Be alert to dangling strings, loose belts and anything else that could become entangled. Note: OSHA requires the use of cut-resistant material for protection of legs and thighs (ref. 29 CFR 1910 .266(d)(iv). Head Protection. Properly fitted hard hat for protection from head hazards. Eye Protection. Safety goggles , face shield will protect from flying wood chips and dusts. Hearing Protection. Ear muffs and/or ear plugs shall be worn to protect operator from continual exposure to noise while operating the saw. Foot Protection. Protection of ankles and feet with appropriate PPE related to activities and terrain. First Aid Kits. OSHA requires employers to provide a first aid kit at each site where chain saws are being used. General Chainsaw Safety Before and after each operation: • Check the saw carefully for loose, damaged or broken parts. Remove from operation until repaired or replaced. • Check for damage to bar such as nicks, dents or distortion. Repair or replace as necessary. 92 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environmental Services, LP • Keep saw cha in sharp and at proper tension. • Fill fuel tank in an open area while engine is cool. Fuel at least 10 feet away from area of operation . Clean any spills promptly. • Ensure chain does not move while idling . Adjust idle as necessary. • Use extreme caution if weather conditions create poor footing. • Remove loose debris and keep operations area clear. Kickback Prevention Kickback occurs when the upper chain or the chain at the nose of the guide bar bites into the wood or other obstruction. This action can cause the loss of control of the saw. To prevent kickback: • Maintain a firm, two-handed grip by: • Grasping the forward handle with the left hand, palm down • Wrapping fingers around the handle bar and keeping it between your index finger and thumb • Firmly grasping the rear handle with the right hand • Never stand directly in back of the cut. Stand to one side. • Cut only with the bottom part of the chain. Never cut with the nose or tip. • Avoid cutting above mid-chest height. 93 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Heavy Machinery Safety Program BASIS: Serious injury or death can be the result of improper use , or use of heavy machinery having defective or poorly maintained components. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) estimates that most of these types of accidents can be prevented if proper safety precautions at job sites are initiated. This poses a serious problem for exposed workers and their employer. The OSHA heavy machinery safety standards establish uniform requirements to ensure that the hazards associated with the use of cranes in U.S. workplaces are evaluated, safety procedures implemented, and that the proper hazard information is transmitted to all affected workers . GENERAL: TAS Environmental will ensure that all heavy equipment used within our facility(s) is evaluated. This standard practice instruction is intended to address comprehensively the issues of; evaluating the associated potential hazards, communicating information concerning these hazards, and establishing appropriate procedures, and protective measures for employees. RESPONSIBILITY: The company Safety Officer shall be solely responsible for all facets of this program and has full authority to make necessary decisions to ensure success of the program. The Safety Officer and other authorized personnel are authorized to amend these instructions and is authorized to halt any operation of the company where there is danger of serious personal injury. 1. Written Program. TAS Environmental will review and evaluate this standard practice instruction on an annual basis, or when changes occur to regulatory standards that prompt revision of this document , or when facility operational changes occur that require a revision of this document. Effective implementation of this program requires support from all levels of management within this company. This written program will be communicated to all personnel that are affected by it. It encompasses the total workplace, regardless of number of workers employed or the number of work shifts. It is designed to establish clear goals, and objectives. 2. General Requirements. TAS Environmental will establish heavy machinery safety operational procedures through the use of this document. This standard practice instruction applies to cranes used in conjunction with other material handling equipment for the movement of material. All crawler, truck, or locomotive cranes in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design , inspection, construction, testing, maintenance and operation as prescribed in the ANSI B30.5-1968, Safety Code for Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes. 94 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUA L However, t he wr itten , dated , and signed inspection reports and records of the monthly inspection of critical items prescribed in section 5-2.1.5 of the ANSI 830.5-1968 standard are not requ ired. Instead , the employer shall prepare a certification record which includes t he date the crane items were inspected ; the signatu re of t he person who inspected the crane items ; and a serial number, or other identifier, for the crane inspected . 3. Initial Training. Training shall be conducted prior to job assignment. T his employer shall provide training to ensure that the purpose, function , and proper use of Heavy Machinery is understood by employees and that the knowledge and skills required for the safe app lication and usage is acquired by employees . This standard practice instruction shall be provided to, and read by all employees receiving t raining. The training shall include , as a minimum the following: 3.1 Preoperational inspection requirements of the equipment to be used . 3.2 Specific opera t ional requirements of the equipment to be used . 3.3 Principals of equipment operations. 3.4 Recogn ition of applicable hazards associated with the work to be completed. 3.5 Load determina ti on and balancing requirements. 3.6 Procedures for removal of heavy machinery from service. 3. 7 All other employees whose work operations are or may be in an area where heavy machinery may be utilized , shall be instructed to an awareness level concerning hazards associated with the equipment. 3.8 Physical and mental requirements of operators . Heavy machinery operators will be screened for physical and menta l impairments that could result in a improper use. Operators will meet as a minimum , the following requirements before being certified to operate heavy machinery. • Be drug and alcohol free during any lifting event. • Be thoroughly trained in all facets of the required lift. • Have a mature and safe attitude at all times. • Have good depth perception ( essential for load spotting). • Have good hearing and vision (corrected or uncorrected). • Have no history of unsafe acts in the workplace. • Have the ability to react quickly in an emergency . 95 HEALTH & SAFETY M AN UAL ~TAS ~Environmental Services, LP • Take no medication that will interfere with the operat ion . • Understand the requ irements for a ll phases of the lift. 3 .9 Certification. This employer shall certi fy that em ployee training has been accomplished and is being kept up to date. The certification shall cont a in eac h employee's name and dates of train ing. 4. Refresher Training. This standard practice instruction shall be provided to, and read by all employees receiving refresher training . The training content shall be identical to initial train ing. Refresher training will be conducted on a(n) basis or when the following condit ions are met , which ever event occurs sooner . 4.1 Retraining shall be provided for all authorized and affected employees whenever (and prior to) there being a change in their job assignments , a change in the type of equipment used, equipment being lifted , lifting procedures , or when a known hazard is added to the lifting environment. 4.2 Additional retraining shall also be conducted whenever a periodic inspection reveals, or whenever this employer has reason to believe, that there are deviations from or inadequacies in the employee's knowledge or use of the equipment's procedures . 4.3 The retraining shall reestablish employee proficiency and introduce new or revised methods and procedures, as necessary. 4.4 Certification. This employer shall certify that employee training has been accomplished and is being kept up to date. The certification shall contain each employee's name and dat es of training. 5. Safe Operating Practices for Operators. Whenever any heavy machinery is used, the following safe practices (as a minimum) shall be observed : 1. Always check warning devices and signals-before use. 2. Always document and maintain inspection records. 3 . Always ensure cranes shall not be loaded in excess of their rated capacities. 4. Always ensure the new location support the weight? 5. Always keep employees clear of loads about to be lifted and suspended loads . 6 . Always keep suspended loads clear of all obstructions. 7 . Always lockout before ma intenance or repairing cranes. 8 . Always position the hook directly over the load before lifting . 96 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL 9. Always test brakes by a short lift to ensure control. 10. Before being lifted , loads will be checked for proper balance . 11 . Follow the manufacturer's recommendations . 12 . Frequently inspect cranes exposed to adverse conditions . 13. Hands must not be placed between the suspens ion means and the load during lifting . 14. Know where you're going to set the load down! 15 . Know your travel path in advance of the lift! 16. Loads will in all cases be properly balanced to prevent slippage. 17. Move loads only after being signaled by the designated, qualified signaler. 18. Never allow riders on loads or hooks. 19 . Never allow unauthorized persons to operate heavy machinery. 20. Never attempt to operate heavy equipment that is suspected to be unsafe. 21. Never carry loads over workers. 22. Never carry loads past workers (they must yield right of way). 23. Never use heavy machinery that is damaged or defective in any way. 24. Operators must watch the signalers. 25. Shock loading is prohibited. 26. Signalers must keep line-of-sight with the operator. 27 . Signalers must watch the load. 28. Test all hoist controls (if applicable) and brakes at the beginning of each shift. 29. Whenever internal combustion engine powered equipment exhausts in enclosed spaces, the employee will verify that tests have been conducted and recorded to so that employees are not exposed to unsafe concentrations of toxic gases or oxygen deficient atmospheres. 30. For overhead lines rated 50 kV or below , minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet. 6. Safe Operating Practices for Signalers. Whenever heavy machinery is used , the following safe practices (as a minimum) shall be observed: 1. Ensure that only one person is the designated signaler. 2. Ensure the operator acknowledges every signal. 3. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Know the new location will support the weight. 5. Maintain line-of-sight with the operator. 6. Operators must watch the signalers. 7. Plan in advance where the load is going! 8 . Stop the operation any time comprehension is lost. 97 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environrnental Services, LP 7. Leaving or Parking Heavy Machinery. Whenever leaving or parking hoists or cranes , the following safe practices (as a minimum) shall be observed: 1. Follow the manufacturer 's recommendations . 2 . Make a visual check for any dangerous condition. 3 . Place all controls in the "off" position. 4. Place main power switch in the "off" position . 5. Raise all hooks to -but not through -limit switches. 6. Report all heavy machinery that is not in operation immediately. 7. Report any defects immediately. 8 . Tag out defective equipment immediately. 8. Handling Sling Loads. The following general safe practices (as a minimum) shall be observed when handling slung loads: 1. Always keep hands and fingers clear of untensioned loads. 2. Always keep suspended loads clear of all obstructions. 3. Always keep suspended loads clear of employees. 4. Always pad or protect slings from sharp edges of the load. 5. Always think before you affect a load. 6. Determine the history of the care and usage of the sling . 7. Determine the number of sling legs (if used) and load requirements. 8. Ensure you know rated capacity of the sling. 9. Ensure you know the angle the sling makes with the horizontal line. 10. Ensure you know the size, weight, and center of gravity of the load. 11. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations. 12. Never load in excess of the rated capacity. 13. Never pull a sling from a suspended load under tension. 14. Never shorten with knots, bolts or other makeshift devices. 15. Never use a sling that is damaged in any way. 9. Estimating the Weight of Loads. Lifting will not be conducted until load weights have been determined. When estimating load weights operators will stay within 50% of the cranes rated capacity when estimating loads (or manufacturer recommendation). Never attempt a load lift based solely on a guess! The following methods may be used to estimate the weight of loads. 1. Check equipment nomenclature plates. 2. Check shipping papers. 3. Consult with the equipment manufacturer. 4. Estimate weight using weights of similar loads. 5. Use a dynamometer. 6. Use industry standard tables or charts. 98 HEALTH & S AFET Y M ANUAL Rated load capacities , and recommended operating speeds , spec ial hazard warnings , o r instruction , shall be conspicuous ly posed on all eq uipment. Ins t ruc t io ns o r w a rning s shall be visi b le to the ope ra to r w h ile he is at h is co ntrol station . 10. Person al Protective Equipment. All superv isors will ensure that a Job Ha zard Analysis is conducted for specific lifting operations. Operators will use the required PPE in the conduct of lifting operations . Protect ive clothing and equipment considerations: 1. Ensure PPE is appropriate for the particular hazard(s). 2. Ensure PPE is kept clean , fully funct ional , and sanitary. 3. Maintained all PPE in good cond ition . 4. Properly store PPE when not in use. 11. Heavy Machinery Inspections. Where not other wise delineated , crane inspections will be conducted in accordance with this section. 11.1 Inspection intervals . 11.1.1 Daily inspections. Heavy machinery will be inspected each day before being used , the equipment will inspected in accordance w ith OSHA , Consensus Standards , and Manufacturer recommendations . 11.1.2 Periodic inspections. Supervisors will determine and schedule additional inspections periodically during crane use, where service conditions warrant. A thorough periodic inspection shall be made on a re g ular bas is, to be determined on the bas is of, frequency of use; severi ty of service conditions; nature of lifts being made; experience gained on the service life of heavy machinery used in similar circumstances, and OSHA , Consensus Standards , and Manufacturer recommendations. 11 .2 Inspection documentation. Heavy machinery inspections will be docume nted as having been inspected. Scheduled inspections will be documented as having been conducted. 1. Identify items that were inspected . 2. Show the status of the inspected items . 3. Provide the signature of the inspector. 4. Show the date . 5. File it and maintain it! 6. Revi ew the manufacturers specific inspection requirements! 99 HEA LT H & S AFETY MANUAL Tll.S ...... _.,, Environmental Services , LP 11 .3 Inspection documentation storage . Inspection re co rd s an d certifications shall be maintained on the TAS Environmental Server. 11 .4 Damaged /unserviceable heavy machinery . Hea vy machinery found t o be damaged or u nserviceab le w ill be imme d iate ly remo ved fro m serv ice . 12. Daily Checks. The following items (as a minimum) shall be checked prior to use of all heavy equipment: 1. Check for air or hydraulic fluid leakage. 2 . Check for load capacity stenciling on both sides of unit. 3. Check for twisted , broken or kinked cables or chains. 4. Check the operation of the heavy machinery; controls & movement. 5. Inspect for deformed, cracked, or stretched hooks (if applicable). 6. Inspect for serviceable safety latches. 7. Observe correct drum spooling as the hook is raised. 8 . Operate empty hook till it actuates the upper limit switch . 9. Operate hoist and trolley brakes, ensure no excessive coasting . 10 . Visually inspect all un its for integrity , leaks etc. 11. Review the manufacturer specific requirements! 13. Monthly Checks. The following items (as a minimum) shall be checked monthly: 1. Follow any additional recommendations of the manufacturer. 2 . Inspect for twisted, broken or kinked cables or chains. 3. Inspect hooks for cracks, missing or broken parts. 4. Measure hooks for deformation or stretching. 5. Measure lifting chains for excessive stretch, twisting etc. 6. Review the manufacturer specific inspection requirements! 7. Visually inspect all critical items. 8. Review the manufacturer specific requirements! 14. Periodic Checks. Review the manufacturer specific inspection requirements! The following items (as a minimum) shall be checked at periodic inspections (1 to 12 month intervals): 1. Interval dependent on the type of activity performed. 2 . Interval dependent on the severity of service. 3 . Interval dependent on the environmental conditions . 100 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _.,, Environmental Services, LP 4. As a minim um the inspection should cover: Chain Or Cable Reeving Hook Condition Electrification Hoist Drives Travel Drives Brakes Limit Switches Couplings Rails Balance Controls Warning Devices End Stops Signage 15. Periodic CMAA Inspection Recommendations: Class A B C D E F Description Standby or infrequent service Light service -2-5 lifts hr. moderate service -50 % capacity, 5-10 lifts hr. Heavy service -50% capacity, 10-20 lifts hr. Severe service -near capacity, 20+ lifts hr. Continuous severe service -near capacity and continuous service throughout day Note: Different conditions may suggest different intervals. Typical Schedule Annually Annually Annually Semiannua lly Quarterly Bi-monthly 16. New, Idle, Altered, Used Heavy Machinery: The use status of heavy machinery will drive specific requirements for periodic maintenance and servicing. The status of the machine will be determined based on manufacturer recommendations and consultation w it h specific regulatory standards. Prior to initial or reintroduction into service heavy machinery will be tested and inspected completely using the criteria applicable to periodic inspections. A report will be generated and kept on file for future reference. The manufacturer specific requirements will be reviewed! 17.Preventive Maintenance: Preventative maintenance procedures will be developed and used for heavy machinery. Maintenance procedures will be determined on the basis of, frequency of machine use; severity of service conditions; nature of lifts being made; experience gained on the service life of heavy machinery used in similar circumstances , and OSHA, Consensus Standards, and Manufacturer recommendations. Modifications or additions which affect the safe operation of the equipment many only be made with the manufacturer's written approval. Typical requirements include: 1. Adjusting the brakes. 2. Adjusting the operation of limit sw it ches. 3. Checking and filling the gear cases to the proper levels . 4. Cleaning and lubricating the wire rope (cable) and load chain . 5. Cleaning or replacing pitted or burned electrical contacts . 6. Cleaning or replacing the air and fluid filters . 101 HEALTH & SAFETY MAN UAL T.llS Environmental Services, LP 7. Inspecting the operation of all controls and warning systems . 8. Lubricating the bearings , gears , pinions , linka ges , shafts , etc . 9 . Replac ing any contaminated oils. 18. Preoperational Testi ng Requirements: Preoperat ional tests will be conduct ed prior to use of any heavy machinery . Testing requirements will be determined on the basis of, frequency of machine use; severity of service condit ions ; nat u re of lifts being made; experience gained on the service life of machinery used in similar circumstances , and OSHA , Consensus Standards , and Manufacturer recommendations. Typ ical requ irements include : Preoperational Tests -General: 1. Check for obstructions in the travel path of the crane . 2 . Check upper and lower lim it switches. 3. Ensure all emergency disconnects are known before any test. 4. Ensure that the manufacturers recommendations are followed. 5. If you have a checklist -follow it! 6. If you 're not familiar with the machinery 's ' operation get help. 7. Inspect all electrical controls for proper operation. 8. Never unwind the spool completely! 9. Observe for smooth operation of the components. 10 . Test all controls to determine proper operation. Preoperational Tests -Hooks (if applicable): 1. Replace if deformation or cracks are found. 2. Check for proper function of the safety latch. 3. Inspect for twists from the plane of the unbent hook. 4. Check for proper swivel. 5. Hook repair is generally not recommended. 6. Emergency hook repair must be performed only under competent supervision . 7. After any hook repairs , the hook must be load tested before being returned to normal service. Preoperational Tests -Rope (if applicable): 1. Broken or worn outside wires . 2 . Corroded or broken wires at end of connections. 3 . Corroded, cracked , bent , worn, or improperly applied end connections . 4 . Reduction in rope diameter (replace if found). 102 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS .._,,../ Environmental Services, LP 5. Severe kinking , crushing, cutting or unstranding. 19. Lockout Tagout Considerations: Lockout Tagout will be conducted w hen maintenance or servicing is performed on any heavy equipment. Lockout requirements will be determined on the basis of, OSHA , Consensus Standards, and Manufacturer recommendations . Typical requirements include: 1. Review requirements for the individual machine. 2 . Integrate lock out and maintenance requirements . 3. Ensure training in adequate for level of maintenance. 4. Ensure written programs are established and reviewed . 5. Carefully select lockout devices, ask the manufacturer for recommendations. 6. Do not necessarily assume devices are interchangeable between different types of heavy machinery. 20. Fire Extinguishers: An accessible fire extinguisher of 5BC rating , or higher, shall be available at all operator stations or cabs of equipment. 103 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environmental Services, LP Equipment Operations & Safety Inspection Date: I Time I Job#: Location : I Own er/Renta l Co .: Equipment: Type: I Make : Model: I Equ ipment#: Legend: I OK -Ready for Service I R -Needs Repair/ See Remarks I N/A -Not Applicable General Conditions OK R N/A Operational Check OK R N/A Paint Start Up Mirrors Clutch Windows Bra ke/ Service Fenders Brake / Parkin g Lights Oil Pre ssu re Tires/ Tracks Electrical /Alt Oil/ Engine Compressor Transmission Flui d Instruments Hydraulic Fluid Controls Radiator & Hoses Exhaust Batteries Tran smiss io n Wipers Out Rig gers Seat Belts Rev . Alarm Horn Fire Extinguisher Liftin~ Eauioment Bucket Boom Line Teeth Load Line Blade Whipline Hydraul ic Cylinder Draw Bar Hydraulic Hoses Load Block Suspension Drums Idlers Headache Ball Rollers Jib Chains Hooks Belts Pins Roll Protection System Winch Remarks: ____________________________________ _ D Above defects corrected D Above defects need not be corrected for safe operations D Condition of the above vehicle is satisfactory Operators Signature: _____________ _ Date : _____________ _ Supervisor Signature: ____________ _ Date : _____________ _ 104 HEALTH & S AFETY MANUAL TAS _ _._, Environrnental Services, LP Electrical Safety and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters Purpose The Electrical Safety program is designed to prevent electrically related injuries a nd property damage. This program also provides fo r proper t raining of field operations employees to ensure they have the basic knowledge and understanding of electrical work practices and procedures. Only qualified employees may conduct adjustment, repair or replacement of, work on or near live electrical components or equipment. TAS does not employ qualified electricians ; therefore , TAS employees are trained on basic electrical safety practices. References : NFPA ?OE, Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces, National Electrical Code (NEC) and OSHA Standard (Electrical Safety) 29 CFR 1910 .331 to 1910.339 Responsibilities Management Provide training for affected employees Conduct inspections to identify electrical safety deficiencies Guard and correct all electrical deficiencies promptly Employees Report electrical deficiencies immediately Not work on electrical equipment unless trained & authorized to do so Properly inspect all electrical equipment prior to use Safe Work Practices When working on or near de-energized electrical parts but have not been locked or tagged out, they shall be treated as energized. It is T AS policy that all circuits and equipment be disconnected from energy sources before work begins. Refer to Lockout/Tagout section for specific details. Prior to working on electrical equipment , TAS requires a "qualified " electrician verify de-energization and equipment cannot be restarted . Before equipment is re- energized we require the following steps ; 1. A "qualified " person conduct the necessary tests and verifies equipment and tools have been removed. 2. All affected employees are warned and clear of circuits and equipment prior to re-start 3 . Authorized employees have removed their own locks and tags 105 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP 4. A visual inspection of the area to ensure all equipment, tools and personnel are clear . On or Near Energized Parts -only "qualified " persons shall work on electrical equipment or circuits that have not been de-energized. These persons shall be capable of performing work safely and be famil iar with proper use of special precautions, techniques , PPE , insulating and shielding materials and insulated tools. Overhead Lines -When performing work near overhead lines, these lines shall be de-energized and grounded, or other appropriate protective means such as guard ing, isolation must be used. Work location must be at least 1 O' for 50kV or below and an additional 4 " for every 1 OkV over 50kV. For "qualified " persons , distances are mandated by the OSHA standards and require the use of approved insulating handle with certain distances , based on voltage. Vehicular & Mechanical Equipment -Vehicles or mechanical equipment having elevated parts near energized overhead lines shall be operated to ensure a clearance of at least 1 O' is maintained. The clearance is increased by 4" for every 1 OkV greater than 50kV. Illumination -Sufficient and adequate illumination shall be provided to ensure safe working conditions. If there is inadequate illumination, the work shall not be performed, and employees are prohibited from reaching blindly into areas where energized parts may exist. Confined Spaces -Work in confined or enclosed spaces , that may contain exposed electrical parts, shall be required to use protective shields , barriers, or insulating materials necessary to protect against contact. Conductive Materials -Portable ladders must be of non-conductive construction . Conductive apparel, such as, jewelry and conductive clothing, unless covered or insulated , are prohibited. Handling of long dimensional conductors, such as pipe , shall be assessed and establish safe procedure for handling . Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) -The ground-fault circuit interrupter, or GFCI, is a fast-acting circuit breaker designed to shut off electric power in the event of a ground-fault within as little as 1/40 of a second. It works by comparing the amount of current going to and returning from equipment along the circuit conductors. When the amount going differs from the amount returning by approximately 5 mill amperes, the GFCI interrupts the current. Definition of Terms Qualified Worker: An employee trained and authorized to conduct electrical work. Unqualified: Employees who have not been trained or authorized by management to conduct electrical work. 106 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S _ _...,. Environinental Services 1 LP Training Training for All Field Employees This section applies to all TAS employees and offices. Training for all employees is general electrical safety precautions to provide an awareness and understanding of electrical hazards . Electrical Safety Practices for Non-Qualified Workers • Do not conduct any repairs to electrical equipment • Report all electrical deficiencies to your supervisor • Inspect all electrical equipment, prior to use. • Do not operate equipment if you suspect and electrical problem • Water and electricity do not mix. • Even low voltages can kill or injure you • Do not use cords or plugs if the ground prong is missing • Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) will be used with fill electrical hand tools • Do not overload electrical receptacles Electrical Lockout & Tagout Requirements Application of locks and tags. A lock and a tag shall be placed on each disconnecting means used to deenergize circuits and equipment on which work is to be performed, except as provided for below. 1. The lock shall be attached so as to prevent persons from operating the disconnecting means unless they resort to undue force or the use of tools . 2. Each tag shall contain a statement prohibiting unauthorized operation of the disconnecting means and removal of the tag. 3. If a lock cannot be applied a tag may be used without a lock. 4. A tag used without a lock must be supplemented by at least one addit ional safety measure that provides a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by use of a lock. Examples of additional safety measures include the removal of an isolating circuit element, blocking of a controlling switch, or opening of an extra disconnecting device. 5. A lock may be placed without a tag only under the following conditions: 107 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TA.S ~Environmental Services, LP A. Only one circuit or piece of equipment is de-energized , and B. The lockout period does not extend beyond the work s hi ft , and C . Employees exposed to the hazard s associated wi th reenerg izing t he circuit or equipment is familiar with th is pro c edu re . Powered Equipment Safety Rules Electrical equipment is defined as cord or plug-type electrical devices , which includes the use of flexible or extension cords . Examples of portable electrical equipment included powered hand tools , powered bench tools , f ans , radios , etc. The following safety rules apply to portable electrical equipment (PEE): 1. PEE shall be handled in such a manner as to not cause damage. Power cords may not be stapled or otherwise hung in a way that may cause damage to the outer jacket or insulation . 2. PEE shall be visually inspected for damage, wear, cracked or spilt outer jackets or insulation, etc., before use or before each shift. PEE that remains connected once put in place need not be inspected until relocated. Any defects; such as cracked or split outer jackets or insulation must be repaired, replaced or tagged "out of service ". 3. Always check the compatibility of cord sets and receptacles for proper use . 4 . Ground type cord sets may only be used with ground type receptacles when used with equipment requiring a ground type conductor. 5. Attachment plugs and receptacle may not be altered or connected in a way that would prevent the proper continuity of the equipment-grounding conductor. Adapters may not be used if they interrupt the continuity of the grounding conductor. 6. Only portable electrical equipment that is double insulated or designed for use in areas that are wet or likely to contact conductive liquids may be used. 7. Employees that are wet or have wet hands may not handle PEEs (plug-in, un- plug , etc.). Personal protective equipment must be used when handling PEEs that are wet or covered with a conductive liquid. 8 . Locking-type connectors shall be properly secured after connection to a power source. 9. GFCl's will be used at all times when working the PEEs. 108 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Excavation & Trenching Purpose TllS _,_,.,, Environmental Services, LP This program outlines procedures and guidelines for the protection of employ ees working in and around excavations and trenches. This program requires complia nc e with OSHA Standards described in Subpart P (CFR 1926.650) for the construction industry. Compliance is mandatory to ensure employee protection when working in or aro u nd excavations . The programs in this manual on confined space , hazard communication, lock-out/tag-out, respiratory protection, and any other safety programs or procedures deemed essential for employee protection, are to be used in conjunction with this program. Scope This program pertains to all TAS branch offices and their employees that work in or around excavations or trenches. References • 29 CFR 1926.650, Subpart P -Excavations • Excavation Equipment Manufacturer Safety Procedures Responsibilities It is the responsibility of each supervisor and foreman to implement and maintain the procedures and steps set forth in this program. Each employee involved with excavation and trenching work is responsible to comply with all applicable safety procedures and requirements of this program. Definitions Benching - A method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating the sides of an excavation to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near vertical surfaces between levels . Cave-In -The separation of a mass of soil or rock material from the side of an excavation, or the loss of soil from under a trench shield or support system , and its sudden movement into the excavation, either by failing or sliding, in sufficient quantity so that it could entrap, bury , or otherwise injure and immobilize a person. Competent Person -One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions, which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. Duration Of Exposure -The longer an excavation is open , the longer the other factors have to work on causing it to collapse . 109 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUA L TAS Environ:rnental Services, LP Excavation -Any man-made cut, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by earth removal. Hazardous Atmosphere -An atmosphere which by reason of being exp losive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen deficient, toxic, or otherwise harmful, may cause death, illness , or injury. Protective System -A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation, or from the collapse of adjacent structures. Protective systems include support systems, sloping and benching systems, shield systems, and other systems that provide necessary protection . Walkways shall be provided where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations . Guardrails which comply with §1926.502(b) shall be provided where walkways are 6 feet (1 .8 m) or more above lower levels. Shield -A structure that is capable of withstanding the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and thereby protects employees within the structure . Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work progresses. All shields must be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.652(c)3 or (c)4. Sloping -A method of protecting workers from cave-ins by excavating to form sides of an excavation that are inclined away from the excavation to prevent cave-ins. The angle of incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with differences such as soil type, length of exposure, and application of surcharge loads. Surcharge Loads -Generated by the weight of anything in proximity to the excavation, push starts for a cave-in (anything up top pushing down). Common surcharge loads: • weight of spoil pile • weight of nearby buildings, poles, pavement, or other structural objects. • weight of material and equipment Trench -A narrow excavation below the surface of the ground, less than 15 feet wide, with a depth no greater than the width . Undermining -Undermining can be caused by such things as leaking, leaching, caving or over-digging . Undermined walls can be very dangerous. Vibration -A force that is presents on construction sites and must be considered. The vibrations caused by backhoes , dump trucks , compactors and traffic on job sites can be substantial. Hazards One of the reasons this company requires a "competent person " to assess excavation & trenching projects , are the numerous potential hazardous that may be encountered or created . Hazards include: 110 H EALTH & SAFETY M AN UAL Electrocu t ion Gas Explosion Entrapm en t Struck by equip men t Suffocatio n Hazard Controls TAS _ _,., Environmental S,ervices, LP Before any work is performed and before any e mployees en ter the excava t io n, a number of items must be checked and insured: • Before any excavation, underground instal lations must be determined . T his can be accomplished by either cont a cti ng t he local utility companies or the local "one-call' center for the area (see att achment this section). All overhead hazards (surface encumbrances) that c rea te a hazard to employees must be removed or supported to elim inate the hazard . • If the excavation is to be over 20 fee t deep , a registered professional engineer who is registered in the sta t e where work will be performed must design it. • Adequate protective systems will be ut ilized to protect employees. This can be accomplished through sloping, shoring , or shielding . • The worksite must be analyzed in order to design adequate protection systems and prevent cave-ins. There must a lso be an excavation safety p lan developed to protect employees. The fo rm used to document the safety plan is the TAS Tailgate Safety Plan. • Workers must be supplied with and wear any personal protective equipment deemed necessary to assure their protection . This is to include fall prote ction from exposure to the excavation site . • All spoil piles will be stored a minimum of four (4) feet from the sides of the excavation. The spoil pile must not block the safe means of egress . • If a trench or excavation is 4 feet or dee per, stairways, ramps , or ladders will be used as a safe means of access and egress. For trenches, the employee must not have to travel any more than 25 feet of lateral travel to reach the stairway, ramp , or ladder. • No employee will work in an excavation whe re water is accumulating u nless adequate measures are used to protect the employees . • A competent person w ill inspect all excavations and trenches daily , prior to employee exposure or entry , and after any rainfall , soil change , or any other time needed during the shift. The competent person must take prompt meas ures to e liminate any and all hazards. 111 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~TllS ~Environrnental Services, LP • Excavations and trenches 4 feet or deeper that have the potential for toxic substances or hazardous atmospheres will be tested at least daily. If the atmosphere is inadequate, protective systems will be utilized. • If work is in or around traffic, employees must be supplied with and wear orange reflective vests. Signs and barricades must be utilized to ensure the safety of employees, vehicular traffic, and pedestrians. Competent Person Responsibilities The OSHA Standards require that the competent person must be capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings, or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and have authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them and, if necessary, to stop the work. This position will be held by the designated Site Safety Representative. A competent person is required to: • Have a complete understanding of the applicable safety standards and any other data provided. • Assure the proper locations of underground installations or utilities, and that the proper utility companies have been contacted. • Conduct soil classification tests and reclassify soil after any condition changes. • Determine adequate protective systems (sloping, shoring, or shielding systems) for employee protection. • Conduct all air monitoring for potential hazardous atmospheres. • Conduct daily and periodic inspections of excavations and trenches. • Approve design of structural ramps, if used . • Excavation Safety Plan An excavation safety plan is required in written form. This plan is to be developed to the level necessary to insure complete compliance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Standard and state and local safety standards. Excavation safety plan factors: • Utilization of the local one-call system • Determination of locations of all underground utilities • Consideration of confined space atmosphere potential 112 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ___ ,,,, Environmental Services, LP • Proper soil protection systems and personal protective equipment and clothing • Determination of soil composition and classification • Determination of surface and subsurface water • Depth of excavation and length of time it will remain open • Proper adherence to all OSHA Standards , this excavation and trenching safety program, and any other coinciding safety programs . Soil Classification And Identification The OSHA Standards define soil classifications within the Simplified Soil Classification Systems, which consist of four categories: Stable rock, Type A, Type B, and Type C. Stability is greatest in stable rock and decreases through Type A and B to Type C, which is the least stable. Appendix A of the Standard provides soil mechanics terms and types of field tests used to determine soil classifications . Stable rock is defined as natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact while exposed. Type A soil is defined as: • Cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1 .5 tons per square foot (TSF) or greater. • Cemented soils like caliche and hardpan are considered Type A. Soil is NOT Type A if: • It is fissured. • The soil is subject to vibration from heavy traffic , pile driving or similar effects. • The soil has been previously disturbed. • The material is subject to other factors that would require it to be classified as a less stable material. • The exclusions for Type A most generally eliminate it from most construction situations . Type B soil is defined as: • Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength greater than .5 TSF , but less than 1.5 TSF. • Granular cohesionless soil including angular gravel , silt, silt loam, and sandy loam. 113 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environmental Services, LP • The soil has been previously disturbed except that soil classified as Type C soil. • Soil that meets the unconfined compressive strength requirements of Type A soil, but is fissured or subject to vibration . • Dry rock that is unstable. Type C soil is defined as: • Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength of .5 TSF or less. • Granular soils including gravel, sand and loamy sand. • Submerged soil or soil from which water is freely seeping . • Submerged rock that is not stable . Soil Test & Identification The competent person will classify the soil type in accordance with the definitions in Appendix A on the basis of at least one visual and one manual analysis. These tests should be run on freshly excavated samples from the excavation and are designed to determine stability based on a number of criteria: the cohesiveness, the presence of fissures, the presence and amount of water, the unconfined compressive strength, duration of exposure, undermining, and the presence of layering, prior excavation and vibration. When examining the soil, three questions must be asked: Is the sample granular or cohesive? Fissured or non-fissured? What is the unconfined compressive strength measured in TSF? Methods of testing soils: • Visual test: If the excavated soil is in clumps, it is cohesive. If it breaks up easily, not staying in clumps, it is granular. • Wet manual test: Wet your fingers and work the soil between them. Clay is a slick paste when wet, meaning it is cohesive. If the clump falls apart in grains, it is granular. • Dry strength test~ Try to crumble the sample in your hands with your fingers. If it crumbles into grains, it is granular. Clay will not crumble into grains, only into smaller chunks. • Pocket penetrometer test: This instrument is most accurate when soil is nearly saturated. This instrument will give unconfined compressive strength in tons per square foot. 114 HEALTH & S AFETY MANUAL Tll.S .,_.,,./ Environmental Services, LP • Thumb penetration teal ~ The competent person attempts to penetrate a fresh sample with t humb pressure. If th e sample can be dented, but penetrated only w ith g reat effort , it is Typ e A. If it can be penetrated seve ra l inches and molded by light pressure , it is Type C . Type B can be penetrated with effort and molded. The competent person w ill perform several tests of the excavatio n to obtain consistent , supporting data along its depth and length. The soil is subj ect to change several t imes within the scope of an excavation and the moisture content will va ry with weather and job conditions. The competent person must also determine the level of protection based on what conditions exist at the time of the test , and a ll ow for changing conditions. Excavation Protection Systems The three basic protective systems for excavations a nd trenches are sloping a nd benching systems , shoring, and shields. The protective systems shall have the capacity to resist without failure all loads that are intended or could reasonably be expected to be applied to or transmitted to the system. Every employee in an excavation shall be protected from cave -i ns by an adequate protective system. Exceptions to using protective system: • Excavations are made entirely in stable rock • Excavations are less than 5 feet deep and declared safe by a compet ent person Sloping And Benching Systems Sloping and benching systems for excavations five (5) to twenty (20) feet in depth must be constructed under the instruction of a designated competent person. Sloping and benching systems for excavations greater than twenty (20) feet must be designed and stamped by a registered professional engineer. Sloping and benching specifications can be found in Appendix 8 of the OSHA Standard (Subpart P). Shoring Systems Shoring is another protective system or support system . Shoring utilizes a framework of vertical members (uprights), horizontal members (whales), and cross braces to support the sides of the excavation to prevent a cave-in . Metal hydraulic , mechanical or timber shoring are common examples. 115 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environmental Services, LP The different examples of shoring are found in the OSHA Standard under these appendices : APPENDIX C -Timber Shoring for Trenches APPENDIX D -Aluminum Hydraulic Shorin g for Tre nche s APPENDIX E -Alterna t ives to Timber Shoring Shield Systems (Trench Boxes) Sh ielding is the third method of providing a safe workplace. Unlike sloping and shoring , shielding does not prevent a cave-in . Shields are designed to withstand the soil forces caused by a cave-in and protect the employees inside the structure. Most shields consist of two flat , parallel metal walls that are held apart by metal cross braces. Shielding design and construction is not covered in the OSHA Standards. Shields must be certified in design by a registered professional engineer and must have either a registration plate on the shield or registration papers from the manufacturer on file at the jobsite office . Personal Protective Equipment It is TAS policy to wear a hard hat , safety glasses, and work boots on the jobsite. Because of the hazards involved with excavations, other personal protective equipment may be necessary, depending on the potential hazards present ( examples -goggles , gloves, and respiratory equipment). Inspections Daily inspection of excavations , the adjacent areas and protective systems shall be made by the competent person for evidence of a situation that could result in a cave- in, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres or other hazardous conditions. • All inspections shall be conducted by the competent person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout the shift . • Inspections will be made after every rainstorm or any other increasing hazard. • All documented inspections will be kept on file in the jobsite safety files and forwarded to the Safety Director weekly. • A copy of the Daily Excavation Inspection form is located at the end of this program. 116 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL ~T.llS ~Environrnental Services 1 LP Training The competent person(s) must be trained in accordance with the OSHA Excavation Standard, and all other programs that may apply (examples; Hazard Communication, Confined Space, and Respiratory Protection), and must demonstrate a thorough understanding and knowledge of the programs and the hazards associated. This training shall be provided by Speed Shore or equiva lent. All other employees working in and around the excavation must be trained in the recognition of hazards associated with trenching and excavating. 117 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ T.llS ~ Environmental Services, LP Appendix B Maximum Allowable Slopes Soil Or Rock Type Maximum Allowable Slopes (H:V /1) For Excavations Less Than 20 Feet Deep (3 ) Stable Rock Vertical (90 Deg .) Type A (2> 3/4 :1 (53 Deg .) Type B 1 :1 (45 Deg .) Type C 1 1/2 :1 (34 Deg .) 1 Numbers shown in parentheses next to maximum allowable slopes are angles expressed in degrees from the horizontal. Angles have been rounded off. 2A short-term maximum allowable slope of 1/2H:1V (63 degrees) is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that are 12 feed (3.67 m) or less in depth. Short-term maximum allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet (3.67 m) in depth shall be 3/4H:1 V (53 degrees). 3Sloping or benching for excavations greater than 20 feet deep shall be designed by a registered professional engineer. 118 H EALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S Environmental Services, LP Figure B-1 -Slope Config urations (All slopes stated below are i n the horizonta l to ve rtic al rat io) B -1.1 Exc avations made in Type A soil. 1. All simple slope excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a max imum allowable slope of 3/4:1 . I 20' Max .. I 3 /4 Simple Slope -General Exception: Simple slope excavations which are open 24 hours or less (short term) · and which are 12 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of%: 1. 1. ,, ' M ..... , ax .. Simple Slope -Short Term 119 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S ....,,,.,,, Environmental Services, LP 2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4 to 1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows: 20' Max. I 20 1 Max. ,. / \ / 4' Max, . '·------1 5' Max. 4' Ma x . Simple Bench / Multiple Bench / / ~ / / ,, I . 3/4 / / . '-.J···· ;, LJ1 3/4 3. All excavations 8 feet or less in depth which have unsupported vertically sided lower portions shall have a maximum vertical side of 3 ~ feet. 120 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL Tl-lS Environmental Services, LP 8'' M:a.x. 3/,4 I Max. Unsupported Vertically Sided Lower Portion -Maximum 8 Feet In Depth All excavations more than 8 feet but not more than 12 feet in depth with unsupported vertically sided lower portions shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1: 1 and a maximum vertical side of 3 ~ feet. 2' Max. l,.. t ... 37 Max. Unsupported Vertically Sided Lower Portion -Maximum 12 Feet In Depth All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower port ions that are supported or shielded shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3/4:1. The support or shield system must extend at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. 121 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S T 1 20r Max. Environrnental Services, LP Support or shield svstem I i I LJ-1 ..1, ~ l ci8'' ,,, Min. Total height of vertical side Vertically Sided Lower Portion 4. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b). B -1.3 Excavations Made in Type C Soil 1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1 ~:1 . Simple Slope 2 . All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1 ~:1. 124 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS 20 1 Kax. Environxnental Services, LP Support OT shield system ' t===::::::11 "---~' ~ l ~n. n Total h~ight of vertiral side Vertical Sided Lower Portion 3. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b). 8 -1.4 Excavations Made in Layered Soils 1. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth made in layered soils shall have a maximum allowable slope for each layer as set forth below. )/4 S OVER A 125 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL .,.-T.llS _ _.,, Environmental Services, LP 1~ - -·- 3/4 C OV€R .'\ ~I ._. --.__... - C OV.t:!R i3 1 A OV£.R 8 126 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ T.llS ~ Env ironmental Services, LP A 0\/f:R C 8 OVER C 2. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b ). National One-Call referral number: 888.258.0808. 127 HEALT H & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Demolition -Fall Protection Purpose OSHA 's Fall Protect ion Standards are intended to protect employees from falling off, onto or through working levels and from falling objects. Fall protection requ irements require significant training , planning and preparation. The purpose of the fall protection program is to: • ensure all demolition and/or construction areas are free from uncontrolled fall hazards • provide a safe working environment for employees • ensure employees are properly trained and documented as to who was trained and who conducted the training in fall prevention and protect ion • Retraining shall be conducted when evidence of deficiencies in training, work place changes , or fall protection systems are changed or rendered obsolete . • fall prevention systems are inspected and monitored to ensure effectiveness Policy It is the policy of TAS, to take all practical measures possible to prevent employees from being injured by falls. We will comply fully with the OSHA Fall Protect io n standard (CFR 1926 , Subpart M, Fall Protection). TAS shall provide fall protection based on assessment of typical fall situations at given jobsites. The criteria for selection of fall protection systems shall be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 .502 , and the use of approved ANSI and ASTM equipment. The first priority is given to the elimination of fall hazards. If a fall hazard cannot be eliminated , effective fall protection will be planned , implemented, and monitored to control the risks of injury due to falling. Fall protection equipment will be provided , free of charge and its use required by all employees. Supervisors and foremen will be responsible for implementation of a fall protection plan for their jobsite. Hazard Identification The foreman on each jobsite will be responsible for identifying fall hazards on their jobsite . The foreman will evaluate each situation or work procedure whe re employees may be exposed to a fall of 6 feet or more . The forem a n will be responsible for developing a plan to eliminate the exposures, if possible , or to select 128 HEA LTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environ:m.ental Services 1 LP the appropriate fall protection systems and/or equipment. When work activities require establishing a "controlled access zone ", the use of a "safety monitor" to warn employees of recognized fall hazards and to be in constant communication with employees , may be required . The need for a "safety monitor" shall be determined by the supervisor and the site safety technician shall be provided as the competent person. The safety monitor will : be assigned to: 1. Recognize fall hazards . 2. Warn employees if they are unaware of a fall hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner. 3. Be on same working surface and in visual sight. 4 . Stay close enough for verbal communication . 5. Not have other assignments that would take monitors attent ion from the monitoring function. Fall Protection Required The following are examples of situations were fall protection would be needed. This listing is by no means complete, and there are many other situations where a fa ll of 6 feet or more is possible. It should be noted that ladders and scaffolding are not included in this list because they are covered by other OSHA standards and other requirements of our safety program . When conventional fall protection is not used these locations must be identified and classified as controlled access zones. Where no other alternate methods of fall protection have been implemented , a safety monitoring system shall be implemented. Wall Openings Each employee working on, at, above, or near wall openings (including those with chutes attached) where the outside bottom edge of the wall opening is 6 feet (1.8 meters) or more above lower levels and the inside bottom edge of the wall opening is less than 39 inches (1.0 meter) above the walking/working surface must be protected from falling by the use of a guardrail system, a safety net system, or a personal fall arrest system. Holes Personal fall arrest systems, covers , or guardrail systems shall be erected around holes (including skylights) that are more than 6 feet (1.8 meters) above lower levels. Leading Edges Each employee who is constructing a leading edge 6 feet (1.8 meters) or more above lower levels shall be protected by guardrail systems, safety net systems , or personal fall arrest systems. Excavations Each employee at the edge of an excavation 6 feet (1 .8 meters) or more deep shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences, barricades, or covers. Where 129 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environm.ental Services, LP walkways are provided to permit employees to cross ove r excavations , guardrails are required on the walkway if it is 6 feet (1.8 meters) or more above the excavation. Ramps, Runways, and Other Walkways Each employee using ramps , runways, and other walkways shall be protected from falling 6 feet (1.8 meters) or more by guardrail systems . Low-slope Roofs Each employee engaged in roofing activities on low-slope roofs with unprotected sides and edges 6 feet (1.8 meters) or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems or a combination of a warning line system and guardrail system, warning line system and safety net system , warning line system and personal fall arrest system , or warning line system and safety monitoring system. On roofs 50 feet (15.24 meters) or less in width, the use of a safety monitoring system without a warning line system is permitted. Steep Roofs Each employee on a steep roof with unprotected sides and edges 6 feet (1.8 meters) or more above lower levels shall be protected by guardrail systems with toeboards , safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems. Fall Protection Systems When there is a potential fall of 6 feet or more, we will utilize one or more of the following means of providing protection: Guardrail Systems Personal Fall Arrest Systems Safety Monitoring Systems Warning Line Systems In the event of a fall , TAS shall provide for prompt rescue of employees of shall assure the employees are able to resuce themselves . Training Employees will be trained in the following areas: (a) the nature of fall hazards in the work area. (b) the correct procedures for erecting , maintaining , disassembling, and inspecting fall protection systems. 130 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS .._,,,,,_,,, Environmental Services, LP (c) the use and operation of controlled access zones and guardrail , personal fall arrest , safety net , warning line, and safety monitoring systems. (d) the role of each employee in the safety monito r ing system when the system is in use . (e) the limitations on the use of mechanical equipment during the performance of roofing work on low-sloped roofs. (f) the correct procedures for equipment and materials handling and storage and t he erection of overhead protection . (g) employees role in fall protection plans. The field supervisor, health & safety director, and/or branch manager are responsible for determining the need for re-training when an employee demonstra t es not having an understanding or skills necessary for fall protection . Incident Investigation -All accidents that result in or have a potential to result in injury to an employee, regardless of the nature , shall be investigated and reported. Incident investigation is an integral part of any successful safety program. 131 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP General Fall Prevention Program Purpose Slips, trips, and falls constitute the majority of general industry accidents. They cause 15% of all accidental deaths, and are second only to motor vehicles as a cause of fatalities. Active participation by management , supervisors and employees is necessary to prevent hazardous conditions that could result in slips , trips or falls. TAS shall provide fall protection based on assessment of typical fall situations at given jobsites. The criteria for selection of fall protection systems shall be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.502, and the use of approved ANSI and ASTM equipment. Responsibilities Management • Conduct routine inspections to ensure all walking and working surfaces are free from slip, trip and fall hazards. • Conduct training for employees who use ladders, scaffolds or other elevated platforms • Conduct training in use and inspection of fall prevention & arrest equipment • Ensure proper ladders are used for specific tasks • Provide adequate fall prevention & arrest equipment Employees • Maintain work areas free from slip, trip & fall hazards • Correct or immediately report slip, trip and fall hazards • Use proper ladders for assigned tasks 132 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ Tll.S ~ Environmental Services, LP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Housekeeping Simple Housekeeping methods can prevent slip-trip-fall hazards: • All work areas , passageways, storerooms, and service rooms shall be kept clean and orderly and in a sanitary condition. • The floor of every area shall be maintained in a clean and, so far as possible, a dry condition. Where wet processes are used, drainage shall be maintained and gratings, mats, or raised platforms shall be provided . • Every floor, work area and passageway shall be kept free from protrud i ng nails , splinters, holes, or loose boards. Aisles and Passageways • Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear and in good repair with no obstruction across or in aisles that could create a hazard . • Permanent aisles and passageways shall be appropriately marked. • Where mechanical handling equipment is used, aisles shall be sufficiently wide. Improper aisle widths coupled with poor housekeeping and vehicle traffic can cause injury to employees, damage the equipment and material, and can limit egress in emergencies. Floor Loading Protection Load rating limits shall be marked on plates and conspicuously posted. It shall be unlawful to place, or cause , or permit to be placed, on any floor or roof of a building or other structure, a load greater than that for which such floor or roof is approved . Guarding Floor & Wall Openings Floor openings and holes, wall openings and holes, and the open sides of platforms may create hazards. People may fall through the openings or over the sides to the level below. Objects, such as tools or parts , may fall through the holes and st rike people or damage machinery on lower levels. Protection for Floor Openings Standard railings shall be provided on all exposed sides of a stairway opening, except at the stairway entrance . 133 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _.,.,,. Environmental Services,. LP Floor openings may be covered rather than guarded with rails. When the floor opening cover is removed, a temporary guardrail shall be in place, or an attendant shall be stationed at the opening to warn personnel. Stairway Railings and Guards Every flight of stairs with four or more risers shall have standard stair railings or standard handrails as specified below . Stair width is measured clear of all obstructions except handrails. • On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides enclosed, at least one handrail shall be affixed, preferably on the right side descending . • On stairways less than 44 inches wide with one open side, at least one stair rail shall be affixed on the open side. • On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides open, two stair rails shall be provided, one for each side. • On stairways more than 44 inches wide, but less than 88 inches, one handrail shall be provided on each enclosed side and one stair rail on each open side. • On stairways 88 inches or more in width, one handrail shall be provided on each enclosed side, one stair rail on each open side , and one intermediate stair rail placed approximately in the middle of the stairs. A "standard stair railing" (stair rail) shall be of construction similar to a standard railing, but the vertical height shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from the upper surface of the top rail to the surface of the tread in line with the face of the riser at the forward edge of the tread. Fixed Industrial Stairs Fixed Industrial Stairs shall be provided for access to and from places of work where operations necessitate regular travel between levels. Requirements include: • Fixed industrial stairs shall be strong enough to carry five times the normal anticipated live load. • At the very minimum, any fixed stairway shall be able to carry safely a moving concentrated load of 1000 pounds. • All fixed stairways shall have a minimum width of 22 inches. • Fixed stairs shall be installed at angles to the horizontal of between 30 ° and 50°. • Vertical clearance above any stair tread to an overhead obstruction shall be at least 7 feet measured from the leading edge of the tread. 134 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _ _.., Environrnental Servicesf LP Portable Ladders The chief hazard when using a ladder is falling . A poorly designed, maintained, or improperly used ladder may collapse under the load placed upon it and cause the employee to fall. The various types of portable ladders include: • Stepladder - A Self-Supporting Portable ladder, non-adjustable in length, having flat steps and hinged back. • Single Ladder - A non self-supporting portable ladder, nonadjustable in length, consisting of but one section. Its size is designed by overall length of the side rail. • Extension Ladder - A non self-supporting portable ladder adjustable in length. Portable Ladder Requirements: • Portable stepladders longer than 20 feet shall not be used . • Stepladders shall be equipped with a metal spreader or locking device of sufficient size and strength to securely hold the front and back sections in open position. • Single ladders longer than 30 feet shall not be used. • Extension ladders longer than 60 feet shall not be used . • Ladders shall be maintained in good condition at all times. • Ladders shall be inspected frequently and those , which have developed defects, shall be withdrawn from service for repair or destruction and tagged or marked as "Dangerous, Do Not Use." Portable Ladder Safety Precautions: • Ladders shall be placed with a secure footing, or they shall be lashed, or held in position . • Ladders used to gain access to a roof o r other area shall extend at least 3 feet above the point of support. • The foot of a ladder shall, where possible, be placed at a 4: 1 ratio (horizontal to vertical) • The worker shall always face the ladder when climbing up or down. • Short ladders shall not be spliced together to make long ladders. • Ladders shall never be used in the horizontal position as scaffolds or work platforms. • The top of a regular stepladder shall not be used as a step. • Use both hands when climbing and descending ladders. • Metal ladders shall never be used near electrical equipment. 135 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP Aerial Lift Safety Purpose Operation of aerial lifts is a significant safety concern. During the operation of aerial lifts there are numerous opportunities for personal injury and property damage if proper procedures and caution are not used. This section applies to all aerial lifts . OSHA reference for Aerial Lifts is CFR 1926.453 Responsibilities Aerial lifts acquired for use on or after January 22, 1973 shall be designed and constructed in conformance with the applicable requirements of the American National Standards for "Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Work Platforms," ANSI A92.2-1969, including appendix. Aerial lifts acquired before January 22, 1973 which do not meet the requirements of ANSI A92.2-1969, may not be used after January 1, 1976, unless they shall have been modified so as to conform with the applicable design and construction requirements of ANSI A92.2-1969 Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) & Rules • Only authorized personnel will operate aerial lifts . • The operator will test lift controls each day prior to use to determine that such controls are in safe working condition . Tests shall be made at the beginning of each shift during which the equipment is to be used to determine that the brakes and operating systems are in proper working condition . • Any safety defects (such as hydraulic fluid leaks; defective brakes, steering, horn, or back-up alarm malfunctions) will be reported for immediate repair or have the aerial lift tagged "Out of Service". • Operators will follow the proper recharging or refueling safety procedures • Operators shall always stand firmly on the floor of the basket, and shall not sit or climb on the edge of the basket or use planks, ladders, or other devices for a work position • When operating an aerial lift between power lines , a minimum clearance of 10 feet is required at all times • Lift capacity will be marked on all aerial lifts. Operator will assure load does not exceed rated weight limits. • Operators are instructed to report all accidents , regardless of fault and severity , to Management. Management will conduct an accident investigation. 136 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S __ , Environrnental Services, LP • Approved fall protection shall be worn and. a lanyard attached to the boom or basket when working from an aerial lift. • There shall be sufficient headroom under overhead installations, lights, pipes, sprinkler system , etc . Operations • If at any time an aerial lift is found to be in need of repair , defective, or in any way unsafe , the truck shall be taken out of service until it has been restored to safe operating condition. • No person shall be allowed to stand or pass under the elevated portion of any aerial lift. • Unauthorized personnel shall not be permitted to operate aerial lifts. • Aerial lifts shall not be parked so as to block fire aisles, access to stairways, or fire equipment. Traveling • The operator shall be required to slow down and sound the horn at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. • The driver shall be required to look in the direction of, and keep a clear view of the path of travel. • Grades shall be ascended or descended slowly. • The driver shall be required to slow down for wet and slippery floors. • Running over loose objects on the roadway surface shall be avoided. Maintenance of Powered Industrial Trucks • Any aerial lift not in safe operating condition shall be removed from serv ice . Authorized personnel shall make all repairs. • Trucks in need of repairs to the electrical system shall have the battery disconnected prior to such repairs. • Only parts equivalent as to safety with those used in the original design shall replace all parts of any such aerial lift requiring replacement. • Aerial Lifts shall not be altered from original manufacturer's design, unless authorized in writing by the manufacturer. 137 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP • Aerial Lifts shall be examined daily before being placed in service , and shall not be placed in service if the examination shows any condition adverse ly affecting the safety of the vehicle. Aerial lift Pre-Use Checklist A check of the following items (as applicable) is to be conducted by the operator prior to use each shift. All lift controls Horn Brakes Leaks Backup Warning Alarm If any deficiencies are noted , the unit is to be placed OUT OF SERVICE until the problem has been corrected . Additionally , it is the operator's responsibility to notify the immediate supervisor so that a replacement aerial lift can be requested. 138 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _,_., Environ1nental Services, LP Hoisting and Rigging Purpose: Because of the many types of mechanical lifting machines, the safe lifting of heavy loads is a complicated subject. The use of a wide variety of associated equipment is likewise of concern for safety. This program is dedicated to the training and competence of operators. Scope: This program will describe only the general aspects of hoisting and rigging safety in the following topical areas. The references section shall be used for detail. Definitions: • Training and Qualification • Lifting Equipment • Rigging and Tackle • Operating Practice • Maintenance and Inspection • Storage • Housekeeping • Fire Safety • References • Related Chapters • Attachments Definitions: The definitions in this section are those not generally used in industry. Refer to the documents identified in the References Section for common definitions. 1. Lift, High-Consequence: High consequence items and lifts are parts , components, assemblies , or lifting operations designated as such by the responsible management , because the effect of dropping, upset, or collision of items could: a) Cause significant work delay. b) Cause undetectable damage resulting in future operational or safety problems. c) Result in significant release of radioactivity or other undesirable conditions . d) Present a potentially unacceptable risk of personnel injury or property damage. 139 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP e) This category of lift applies when the load imposed upon the equipment to be used will be less than 75% of the rated capacity. 2. Lift, Special-High-Consequence: Special-High-Consequence Lifts are High- Consequence Lifts during which the load imposed upon the material-handling equipment to be used will equal or exceed 75% of the rated capacity. 3. Person-In-Charge (PIC): The manager or other responsible person (other than the equipment operator) appointed to be responsible for the safe handling of high-consequence loads and for the safe handling of non-high-consequence items in, around, or above spaces in which high-consequence items are located. 4. Qualified: A person, who by possession of a recognized degree, certificate , or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training , and experience has successfully demonstrated his ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter and work. 5. Qualified Engineer: Qualified Engineering Organization: An engineer or engineering organization whose competence in evaluation of the type of equipment in question has been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the cognizant manager. 6. Qualified Inspector: One whose competence is recognized by DOE, the U.S. Department of Labor, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the State in which inspections are carried out, or the responsible line management. Line management shall have the right and responsibility of review (including right to approve or reject) all qualifications. 7. Qualified Operator: One whose competence to operate equipment safely and effectively (including the ability to accurately spot and control loads) has been demonstrated by extensive experience and/or operational tests. 8. Qualified Rigger: One whose competence in this skill has been demonstrated by experience satisfactory to the appointed person. 9. Qualified Rigging Specialist: One whose competence in this skill has been demonstrated by extensive experience (including rigging and handling of items of a nature akin to the loads to be handled in accordance with this Manual) Satisfactory to the appointed person. 10. Rated Capacity: The manufacturer's rated capacity . The maximum hook load which a piece of hoisting equipment is designed to safely carry; also the maximum load which an industrial truck or a sling, hook, shackle , or other rigging tackle is designed to safely carry. 11. Special-Rated Capacity: The maximum hook load which a piece of hoisting equipment, or the maximum working load which an industrial truck or piece of rigging tackle is permitted to carry, based on its present condition and the operational conditions as determined by an engineering evaluation, load test, or both. The special-rated capacity may be equal to but not greater than the rated capacity of equipment establish by the manufacturer. 140 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL .,--TAS -......~., Environ:tnental Services, LP Training and Qualifications: 1. All operators of hoisting equipment, and all persons performing rigging to supplement hoisting , shall be trained and qualified in these duties. The level of training shall be appropriate to the complexity of the operation and the potential consequences of accident. It is suggested that operators be segregated into two levels of competence. a) Incidental Operators: Persons who may operate small pendant controlled cranes, manual hoists, and small forklifts as an incidental part of their normal work assignment. b) Professional Operators: Persons whose principal assignment is the operation of hoisting and rigging equipment. 2. Riggers , whether working under separate job descriptions or rigging as part of the duties of a qualified operator, shall be trained and qualified in rigging skills . 3. Training, as a minimum, shall include explanations, demonstrations by the trainee, written tests, and continued observation by the supervisor-instructor. Training in operation for ordinary lifts, high consequence, and special high- consequence lifts shall be required. 4 . Qualification shall be based on: a) Trainee demonstrations of his knowledge , skill, and competence. b) Physical condition, and absence of physical disabilities which may contribute to accidents. c) Maturity and conduct. 5. Requalification of operators and riggers shall be required at intervals not to exceed three years. 6. The supervisor of each operator or rigger is responsible to determine of t hat operator or rigger is qualified, though he may use information from other sources, e.g., medical. Complete records of each training activity, demonstration, test, and qualification decision shall be kept (Attachment 1 ). 7. "Qualified Engineers," "Qualified Rigging Specialists," and "Qualified Inspectors" shall be so designed by the responsible supervisor, though he may have assistance in these decisions from other knowledgeable sources. Such designations shall be recorded. 8. The Person in Charge (PIC) of a high-consequence or special high consequence lift shall be selected and appointed by the line management responsible for the safety of the operation. Such appointments shall be in writing. Lifting Equipment: 1. General: Only equipment which has been built to the appropriate design standards shall be used on ID installations. Existing equipment shall be brought to a level of compliance determined by an appropriate level of management. In 141 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL {§, E!!~mental Services, LP some instances the requirements of this manual exceed those of the references . The requirements of this manual shall prevail. 2 . Accessories: Where load indicating devices are used , they shall meet the requirements of SAE J376 and shall be designed so that failure of the device cannot result in dropping , upset , or loss of control of the load. 3. Egress: From cab operated cranes at least two means of egress shall be available. Safe departure shall be possible under emergency conditions . 4. Control: Hoists shall have separate brakes for holding and speed control. Limit switches shall prevent hazardous over-travel. With power off, brakes shall set automatically. 5. Load Limits: Cranes and hoists shall not be loaded beyond the applicable special rated capacity except for required tests and for properly authorized "special heavy lifts ." Special heavy lifts may be performed only with written procedures and precautions approved by an appropriate level of management. 6. Markings: The special rated capacity of each crane or hoist shall be conspicuously displayed on appropriate load blocks. Nameplate data shall be carefully retained on all lift trucks (see ANSI 856.1 ). 7. History: A written history of each piece of hoisting equipment shall be maintained. The history shall record all periodic inspections , all preventive maintenance , all major repairs and alteration, and all lifts in excess of 80% of the special rated capacity. Any other information, which could affect the safe operation of the equipment, should also be recorded. Rigging and Tackle: 1. Load Hooks shall be of forged steel and be designed to good current practice. Hooks for five tons or less shall have safety latches; larger hooks shall have latches if compatible with operating requirements. Hooks shall be regularly inspected and tested with the associated equipment. 2. Slings, whether made of wire rope, chain , metal mesh, or synthetic mesh shall be selected for the intended use, shall maintain a safety factor of five or more , and shall be regularly inspected and tested . Their use shall be governed by good practice and accepted load tables . Particular attention shall be given to end attachments and to protection from sharp edges. 3. Shackles, Links, rings, Turnbuckles, and Related Gear shall be designed and constructed for the use to which they are put. Improvised devices shall not be used. They shall be regularly tested and inspected . 4 . Wire Rope shall be selected by type, size and lay for the conditions of its servic e. It shall be properly cared for and routinely lubricated, inspected and tested with its associated equipment. Re-reeving of wire rope on hoisting equipment shall be done according to the best current practice. It is subject to serious error and shall be done only by qualified persons. 142 HEALT H & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS _ _.,, E nvir o nmental Services, LP 5. Chain used in hoisting service shall be selected by type and size for the service. It shall be tested and certified by the manufacturer. It shall be regularly inspected for damage and distortion and shall be measured for wear against accepted wear charts. Roller chain shall not be used in hoisting operations. 6 . Rigging Practice: Only the best rigging practice shall be used. Gear shall be kept clean and protected from damage. Regular inspection and testing shall be performed. a) Loads shall be stabilized by proper attachment. Sling angle charts shall be used to assure sling loading is within its rated capacity. Accessories shall not be overloaded. Sharp edges shall be avoided. b) All rigging shall be done by qualified riggers . Operating Practice: 1. Only equipment that has been properly designed , constructed, maintained, inspected and tested shall be operated. 2. Equipment shall be operated only by persons whose qualifications are documented (Attachment 1 ). Rigging shall be done only by qualified riggers. 3. A qualified person shall classify each lift into the proper category -ordinary, high- consequence, or special-high-consequence. The appropriate rules shall be applied. 4. When riggers or other appointed persons are to assist the operator by means of signals, those signals recommended by the ANSI B30 Series shall be used. Such signalers shall be positively identified by distinctive attire. 5. Equipment shall be operated by written sets of rules. The operating rules in the Hanford, "Hoisting, and Rigging Manual" are an acceptable example. 6. Personnel shall not ride loads, hooks balls , etc. Specific detailed procedures must be established and followed to lift personnel by mechanical means other than a recognized elevator. Though bucket trucks are designed for this purpose, recognized procedures are still required. All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and of suspended loads. 7. Equipment in proximity to, or passing under, overhead lines shall be subject to the requirements in 29 CFR 1926.550. 8. Tag lines shall be used unless their use creates an unsafe condition. Inspection, Maintenance, and Testing: Maintenance A formal scheduled maintenance program shall be established for all hoisting and rigging equipment. The program shall, in all respects, meet the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications. Lubrication and lubrication systems shal l be 143 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP included. Complete records shall be included . Complete records shall be maintained and made available for examination (Attachment 2). Inspection a) A qualified inspector before use shall inspect all new, reinstalled , altered , modified , or extensively repaired equipment. Full records shall be kept (Attachment 2). b) All hoist ropes in regular service shall be visually inspected each working day. c) Frequent (monthly or more often depending on the part and the service) the operator or other designated persons shall make inspections of all equipment. The inspector, the frequency, the parts or items , and manner of inspection shall be identified in writing (Attachment 2). d) A qualified inspector shall make Periodic (yearly or more often depending on the part and the service) inspections of all equipment. Full records shall be kept (Attachment 2). e) High-Consequence and Special High-Consequence Lifts: Equipment to be used for such service shall have inspections more detailed and more frequent than the periodic inspection. The qualified inspector may require nondestructive testing and other measures to assure the satisfactory condition of the equipment. Full records shall be kept (Attachment 2). Testing a) All new extensively repaired, or altered hoisting and rigging equipment shall, prior to use, be tested by , or under the direction of, a qualified person. Records shall be kept (Attachment 2). b) Periodic testing of all hoisting and rigging equipment shall be accomplished at specified intervals not to exceed the following : • Overhead and Gantry Cranes: 3 years • Mobile Cranes: 1 year • Lift Trucks: 1 year • Slings and Accessories: 1 year Tests shall be observed and recorded by a qualified person. Slings shall be tagged with a mental disc which has stamped on it the date of the most recent test. c) Equipment overdue for inspection shall be appropriately downgraded to lower rated capacities. d) Equipment used to perform high-consequence and special-high consequence shall be tested before use in such service and at six month intervals thereafter. e) All testing shall be accomplished as directed by a qualified person f) The loads used for testing shall be as specified in the Hanford, Hoisting and Rigging Manual. It is pointed out that ROT F8-6T requires testing of the lifting equipment at 125% of the load to be lifted in high-consequence and special- 144 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ·TAS _ _.,, Env ironmental Services, LP high consequence lifts. As the rated capacity of cranes should not be exceeded after the initial test, this effectively reduces the special rated capacity to 80% of the original rated capacity for such lifts . Storage: When not in use, all hoisting and rigging equipment shall be stored so as to prov ide the minimum risk of accident and the maximum protection from damage or excessive wear. Mobile equipment shall be parked on firm footing and shall not be exposed to other traffic. Overhead cranes and hoists shall be left so as to pose the minimum obstruction to other operations. Slings and other tackle shall be stored on racks or as otherwise appropriate. All wire rope, and all slings, shall be kept free of dirt and grit which can cause excessive wear. Housekeeping: All hoisting equipment shall be kept reasonably clean, free from trash, and with gear properly stored . Trash and clutter can inhibit proper, careful, operation and can contribute to errors and serious accidents. Fire Safety: The principles of fire prevention and protection must be applied for the safety of both equipment and the surrounding facilities. Combustibles shall be kept to a minimum. Fire extinguishers shall be properly inspected, maintained, and positioned. Access to fire protection devices shall not be obstructed . References: • 29 CFR 1910, Subpart N, "Materials Handling and Storage ." This reference supplies several additional references which are helpful with respect to detailed specifications. • 29 CFR 1926, Applicable Sections On Hoisting & Rigging 145 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Fire Prevention Program Purpose TAS Environmental Services, LP TAS shall provide portable fire protection equipment for employees to use in the workplace. We will train these employees in general principle of fire extinguisher use and hazards associated with incipient fire controls . All employees will receive initial training upon hire and annual refresher training. This TAS Fire Safety Plan has been developed to work in conjunction with company emergency plans and other safety programs. This includes reviewing all new building construction and renovations to ensure compliance with applicable state , local, and national fire and life safety standards. Fire prevention measures reduce the incidence of fires by eliminating opportunities for ignition of flammable materials . Responsibilities Management • Ensure all fire prevention methods are established and enforced • Ensure fire suppression systems such as sprinklers and extinguishers are periodically inspected and maintained to a high degree of working order • Train supervisors to use fire extinguishers for incipient fires • Train employees on evacuation routes and procedures Supervisors • Closely monitor the use of flammable materials and liquids • Train assigned employees in the safe storage, use and handling of flammable materials • Ensure flammable material storage areas are properly maintained Employees • Use, store and transfer flammable materials in accordance with provided training • Do not mix flammable materials • Immediately report violations of the Fire Safety Program Hazards Fire and explosion hazards can exist in almost any work area . Potential hazards include: • Improper operation or maintenance of gas fired equipment 146 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ...__./ Environ:rnental Services, LP • Improper storage or use of flammable liquids • Smoking in prohibited areas • Accumulation of trash • Unauthorized Hot Work operations Removal of Incompatibles Materials that can contribute to a flammable liquid fire should not be stored with flammable liquids. Examples are oxidizers and organic peroxides, which, on decomposition, can generate large amounts of oxygen. Control of Flammable Gases Generally, flammable gases pose the same type of fire hazards as flammable liquids and their vapors. Many of the safeguards fo r flammable liquids also apply to flammable gases, other properties such as toxicity, reactivity, and corrosivity also must be taken into account. Also, a gas that is flammable could produce toxic combustion products . Fire Extinguishers A portable fire extinguisher is a "first aid" device and is very effective when used while the fire is small. The use of fire extinguisher that matches the class of fire , by a person who is well trained, can save both lives and property. Portable fire extinguishers must be installed in workplaces regardless of other firefighting measures. Classification of Fires and Selection of Extinguishers Fires are classified into four general categories depending on the type of material or fuel involved. The type of fire determines the type of extinguisher that should be used to extinguish it. 1) Class A fires involve materials such as wood, paper, and clothe which produce glowing embers or char. 2) Class B fires involve flammable gases, liquids, and greases, including gasoline and most hydrocarbon liquids which must be vaporized for combustion to occur. 3) Class C fires involve fires in live electrical equipment or in materials near electrically powered equipment. 4) Class D fires involve combustible metals, such as magnesium , zircon ium, potassium , and sodium. Extinguishers will be selected according to the potential fire hazard , the construction and occupancy of facilities, hazard to be protected , and other factors pertinent to the situation. 147 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmental Services , LP Location and Marking of Extinguishers Extinguishers will be consp icuously located and read ily accessible for immediate use in the event of fire. They will be located along normal paths of travel and eg ress. Extinguishers will be clearly visible. Condition Portable extinguishers will be maintained in a fully charged and operable condit ion. They will be kept in their designated locations at all times when not be ing used. When extinguishers are removed for maintenance or testing, a fully charged and operable replacement unit will be provided. Mounting and Distribution of Extinguishers Extinguishers will be installed on hangers, brackets , in cabinets, or on shelves. Extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds will be so installed that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 3-1 /2 feet above the floor. OSHA requires that the travel distance for Class A and C lass D extinguishers not exceed 75 feet. The maximum travel distance for Class B extinguishers is 50 feet because flammable liquid fires can get out of control faster that Class A fires. There is no maximum travel distance specified for Class C extinguishers, but they must be distributed on the basis of appropriate patterns for Class A and B hazards. Inspection and Maintenance Once an extinguisher is selected, purchased , and installed , it is the responsibility of the Safety Technician on duty to oversee the inspection, maintenance, and testing of fire extinguishers to ensure that they are in proper working condition and have not been tampered with or physically damaged. Visual inspections shall be conducted at least monthly, supervisor or safety technician, with an annual inspection and maintenance performed by third party. Fire Safety Inspections & Housekeeping First line supervisors and Safety Technicians are responsible for conducting work site surveys that include observations of compliance with the Fire Safety Program. These surveys should include observations of worksite safety and housekeeping issues and should specifically address proper storage of chemicals and supplies, unobstructed access to fire extinguishers , and emergency evacuation routes. Emergency Exits Every exit will be clearly visible , or the route to it consp icuously identified in suc h a manne r that every occupant of the building will readily know the direction of escape from any point. At no time will exits be blocked . 148 HEALT H & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Enviro nmental Services, LP Emergency Plan for Persons with Disabilities The first line supervisor is assigned the responsibility to assist Persons with Disabilities (PWD) under their supervision . The supervisor will choose an alternate assistant. The role of the two assistants is to report to their assigned person , and to either assist in evacuation or assure that the PWD is removed from danger. • Supervisors, alternates, and the person with a disability will be trained on available escape routes and methods. • A list of persons with disabilities shou ld be kept in each Branch Office. • Visitors who have disabilities will be ass isted in a manner similar to that of company employees. The Host of the person with disabilities will assist in their evacuation. Emergencies Involving Fire Evacuation Routes and Plans Each facility shall have an emergency evacuation plan. All emergency exits shall conform to NFPA standards. Should evacuation be necessary, go to the nearest exit or stairway and proceed to an area of refuge outside the building. Emergency Coordinators/Supervisors Emergency Coordinators/Supervisors will be responsible for verifying personnel have evacuated from their assigned areas. Evacuation Routes 1. Learn at least two escape routes, and emergency exits from your area. 2. Never use an elevator as part of your escape route . 3 . Learn to activate a fire alarm. 4 . Learn to recognize alarm sounds. 5 . Take an active part in fire evacuation drills 149 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL First Aid and CPR Purpose ~TAS ~E nvironmental Services, LP OSHA and/or clients require that a training schedule and method of implementation of various requirements be included in this plan. It is TAS 's intent to comply with the requirements in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.151 and 29 CFR 1926.50 . Training TAS's Training Department will ensure that training is provided at the time of initial assignment where employees may be expected to render first aid and/or CPR. All TAS instructors and Confined Space Rescue team members are certified through National Safety Council, American Red Cross, or equivalent. In addition, this training is offered to other employees including administrative personnel. Training should be structured to the education and language levels of the participants. The training shall be interactive and cover the following: ./ Copy of the Federal Standard, with explanation of its contents ./ Discussion of potential "first aid emergencies", typical of our industry ./ Review of TAS Blood-borne Pathogens Program ./ Use and limitations of methods, practices and PPE ./ Review of appropriate actions, notifications and documentation ./ Injury management, reporting and medical follow up ./ Location, availability and contents of First Aid Kits Recordkeeping The Training Department shall maintain and track all associated training documents. These records are maintained in the Corporate Office, in Fort Worth, Texas. All training documentation shall be maintained for (5) five years from date of training . The following information shall be included: ./ Date of training ./ Outline of training material presented ./ Name and qualification of instructor(s) ./ Name and title of attendees Each supervisor, and/or the Branch Health and Safety Director (or designee) is responsible for frequent inspections to ensure adequate and appropriate supplies are maintained, and the posting of emergency phone numbers . The kits are to be located in each TAS vehicle and to be available at any field activity. The kits are to be of weather-resistant material with packages individually sealed per ANSI 150 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Standard Z308 .1-1998. Each field supervisor should provide a list of local telephone numbers that can be used in an emergency. The contents of the first aid kits shall be checked before being sent out to each job & at least weekly on each job to ensure that the expended items are replaced. If an injury should occur in a remote location, stabilize the victim with initial first aid procedures . The senior person, at the site, shall determine the need for additional medical assistance and the method of transportation, as necessary. For severe, life- threatening cases, utilizing 9-1-1, if available can arrange helicopter evacuation. Should danger exist of exposure to the victim's eyes or body from injurious corrosive materials, suitable facilities, such as portable eyewash and running water for flushing and drenching, will be provided within the work area. First Aid Kit Supplies (Typical) 25 Person 50 Adhesive Strips 1 Adhes ive Tape Roll 3 Ammonia Inhalants 12 Aspirin 1 Cold Pack 1 Combine Dressing 1 Cotton, Yi oz . 1 First Aid Cream Medical Protocols Protocol Company Physician 1 Gauze Bandage 10 Gauze Pads 2 Gloves 1 Scissor 1 Triangular Bandage 1 Tweezer 10 Wound Wipes 1 Instruction Abdominal Injury Trauma to the external abdominal wall may result in injury to underlying organs, even with little evidence of damage. Until seen by a physician, or transported to an emergency care unit, known or suspected internal abdominal injuries should be cared for as follows: External Abdominal Injury 1. Keep employee flat and quiet. 151 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _ _.,,,. Environ m e ntal Services, LP 2. Control bleeding and cover open wounds with moist sterile bandage. 3. If internal organs are exposed, cover with sterile bandage (moistened with sterile normal saline) to avoid contamination . 4 . Do not remove penetrating object. 5. Give nothing by mouth. 6. Avoid unnecessary handling. 7. Arrange for Immediate emergency transportation to hospital and for contact with the company physician, emergency care unit. 8. Check vital signs at 15-minute intervals. Record and be ready to report it when doctor is contacted. Include blood pressure , pulse, skin color, and diaphoresis. Protocol Amputations Company Physician 1. In case of partial or complete amputation, make every effort to preserve the severed part. Keep clean and preferably place in sterile saline moistened gauze. (Place amputated part in sealed plastic bag, place bag in bowl of Ice water, and take along with employee to the hospital.) 2. Give nothing by mouth. 3. Control bleeding and prevent shock. 4. Support with splint if indicated. 5. Arrange immediate transportation to emergency room . 6. Contact company physician and safety director. Protocol Asthma Company Physician If severe dyspnea, respiratory distress, cyanosis or evidence of shock are present: 1. Obtain vital signs 2. Administer Oxygen -4.5 LPM 3. Transfer immediately to Emergency Room If moderate dyspnea, loose wheezing or Rhonchi, and no cyanosis are present: 1. Advise to hydrate well 2. Send to Family Medical Doctor for evaluation (within the hour) 152 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _.,, Environmental Services, LP Protocol Back Pain -Injury Company Physician If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Severe injury with direct or indirect involvement of spine. 2. Severe or incapacitating pain. 3. Specific loss of sensation . 4. Specific loss of motor function. 5. Radiation of pain to legs. Do the following: 1. Immobilize carefully on firm transport support. 2. If neck involvement uses sand bags or immobilizer. 3. Do not move patient; call an ambulance (identify emergency problem). If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Pain in mid to lower back of mild to moderate extent. 2 . No specific loss of sensation of motor function . 3. History of lifting or motion with subsequent development of pain. Do the following: 1. Refer to Company Physician if work related. 2. Refer to own MD if not work related . If pain continues or worsens or radiating pain or numbness occur: 1. Refer to physician care . Protocol Blisters (friction) Company Physician 1. Cleanse area with Betadine Scrub (if not alle rgic). 2. Leave blisters intact. 3. Apply Betadine or Neosporin ointment and dry sterile dressing. 153 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP 4. Seek cause and attempt to correct. If sign of infection , (pustular discharge , redness, etc.), cleanse with Betadine Scrub and hydrogen Peroxide , apply Bacitracin Ointment and dry sterile dressing . 5. f fever (sepsis) or the red streaks of lymphangiltis are present, refer to physician. 6. Refer to company physician, if indicated. Protocol Burns Company Physician If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Major burn, 3rd degree in any area or 2nd degree burn on face or hand. Do the following: 1 . Apply sterile cool wet cloths. 2. Refer to physician care. If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Second degree burn, small area. 2. Mild to moderate pain; Do the following: 1. Apply cold compress for 15 minutes 2. Apply antibiotic cream 3 . Apply protective dressing. 4. Follow-up with physician . If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. First degree burn. 2 . Mild to moderate pain. Do the following: 1 . Apply cold compress. 2. Apply antibiotic cream, if not allergic. 3. Protective dressing. 4. If change or not healing, refer to physician. Follow-up check in 1-2 days. 154 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _.,, Environmental Services 1 LP CHEMICAL BURNS OF THE SKIN Acid and alkali burns can be quite severe . Alkali burns , in particular can be very deceptive and often result in third degree burns due to continuing action of the chemical long after exposure. Chemical burns may be very deep and tend to heal slowly. Emergency shower facilities are available and employees and supervision are aware of locations and necessity of immediate use. 1. Remove all clothing that was in contact or possible contact with chemical. 2 . Immediate and continuous irrigation with large quantities of cool water for 20 minutes is the first and most important emergency treatment for both minor and major chemical burns . This may be done in the shower in the employee 's department, or with cool hydrotherapy if necessary. Note: Wash times of 2 hours to 8 or more hours of the affected areas may limit the severity of chemical burns. Some experience has shown, that for some chemicals, an extended wash time may reduce the subsequent chemical burn from a possible 2nd degree to a 1st degree burn . Longer wash times may result in more of the chemical being leached back out of the skin. This leaves less of the product in the tissue, thus decreased burn severity and reduced healing times Of course, as with all injuries , the person treating the injury must prioritize actions. If the employee has other severe injuries that would be worsened by long wash times the decision must be made . to treat the more serious problem first. Contact physician for direction. 1. After copious irrigation, cover with sterile dressing and arrange for employee to be treated by a physician. 2. Provide chemical Material Safety Data Sheet to treating Physician. 155 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Protocol Cardiac Emergencies Company Physician Suspected Cardiac Disorders -Chest Pain 1. Allow absolute rest in position of comfort with clothes loosened . 2. Get history of symptoms and past history. 3. Check blood pressure, pulse and respirations . ** If employee has own cardiac medication, (nitroglycerin) may take. If not allergic or any stomach problems, have employee chew 10 g ASA. 4 . Administer oxygen if necessary. 5. Transport employee to hospital by Ambulance. 6. Be prepared to begin CPR. 7. Notify hospital emergency care unit, company physician and Safety Director. Cardiac Arrest 1. Summon assistance. Institute CPR immediately. Call paramedics. 2. Continue CPR until relieved by paramedics. 3. Notify Safety Director. Cerebro Vascular Incidents 1 . Keep the employee quiet 2. Move the employee as little as possible. 3. Elevate the head and shoulders. 4. Maintain open airway. 5. Be sure employee does not aspirate mucous 6. Transport to hospital via Ambulance. Protocol Chest Pain Company Physician If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Severe pain, exertion induced. 2 . Substernal in location or radiating to left shoulder and arm. 3. Weakness, dizziness. 4. Shortness of breath . 156 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL .,. ______ T 11.S _ _..,,. Environinental Services, LP 5. Diaphoresis 6. History of heart disease. 7. Strong smoking history. Do the following: 1 . Place at rest. 2. Administer Oxygen ( 3 - 5 liters per minute) 3. Refer to Emergency Care. Protocol Chest Wall Injuries Company Physician Direct blows and compression injuries to the chest wall can result in conditions such as rib fractures, traumatic asphyxia, hemothorax , massive atelectasis, and traumatic pneumothorax, as well as trauma to the heart muscle itself. 1. Obtain an accurate history of how the injury occurred in order to aid the phys ician in determining the treatment. 2. Handle employee with extra care to prevent further injury. 3. Prevent and treat for shock. 4 . Give oxygen 4-6 L/min. if indicated . (Mask should be held in place with hand, rather than strapped on to allow for quick removal if necessary .) 5. Maintain adequate airways. 6. Give nothing by mouth. 7. Note , record and report presence of bloody expectoration or mucous. 8. Record blood pressure, pulse, respirations , skin color, and diaphoresis . 9. Transport to hospital. 10. Notify Safety Director. OPEN OR SUCKING CHEST WOUNDS In addition to above: 1. Immobilize , but do not remove penetrating objects. 2. Cover wound immediately and make as air tight as possible with dressings and anchor f irmly in place. 3. Place individual on injured side in either a prone or semi-prone position. 157 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Protocol Contusions Company Physician 1. Use cool hydrotherapy for 15 minutes or apply Ice packs immediately for 20 minutes , and advise employee to apply Ice pack 20 minutes Q 2 hours during the first 48 hours. 2 . Place the injured part at rest and keep elevated. 3 . After swelling has ceased, heat may be applied at home. Daily warm hydrotherapy for 15 minutes. If soreness or disability persists, arrange for the employee to be seen by physician. Protocol Cuts -Lacerations -Scrapes Company Physician f the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Significant bleeding 2. Large deep irregular break 3. Exposed area 4. Possible vessel , nerve or tendon injury Do the following: 1. Stop bleeding with direct pressure. 2. Clean externally with Betadine and water (if not allergic). 3. Apply pressure dressing. 4 . Support dependent area. 5. Refer to emergency care . If the following signs and symptoms are present: a. Small regular break with edges easily apposed. b. Not a vital scar area. c . Small superficial scrape abrasion with no penetration. Do the following: 1. Clean well with Betadine. 2 . Rinse well and dry. 158 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _., Environmental Services, LP 3. Apply tincture of Bensoin and then Steri Strips, bringing edges together 4. Apply dressing. 5. Check tetanus immunization . Refer to physician for tetanus injection , if no tetanus immunization within last 5 years . Protocol Dermatitis Company Physician Dermatitis related to occupational exposure are usually caused by: PRIMARY CHEMICAL IRRITANTS -including acids; alkalis: solvents, stich as turpehtine1 gasoline, kerosene: and certain oils arid mineral greases, all of which may cause dermatitis in any individual and after only one or a few contacts. The result is an irritant contact dermatitis SENSITIZING AGENTS -including various dyes, fabrics, rubber, insectic ides, cosmetics, oils, resins, plants, woods, and sunlight, which may cause dermatitis in a few susceptible individuals following repeated contacts over a period of time. The result is an allergic contact dermatitis. 1. Determine cause and remove source of irritation. 2. Obtain an accurate history of exposure: treatment, if any has been g iven: previous skin trouble; hobbies and work other than present employment 3. Care for mild acute cases as follows: a. Apply Hydrocortisone 1 % Cream . b. Hydrocortisone 0.5% may be applied to poison ivy , etc. c . Refer to company physician . Protocol Ear Injuries Company Physician Bleeding From One Or Both Ears Following Injury 1. Obtain complete history. Suspect head injury . 2. Consider as serious and handle employee carefully. Gently place small wad of cotton in outer ear canal. 3. Arrange for Immediate transportation to hospital. 159 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Foreign Bodies In Ear Canal 1. Obtain complete history. TllS Envir o nrnental Services J LP 2. If foreign body is easily accessible , remove ca re fu lly. 3. If foreign body is deep in ear canal , send em pl oyee to physician . INJURY TO EXTERNAL EAR -Care for as any other part of body (See Wounds) Protocol Electric Shock Company Physician Do not touch victim until he has first been removed from contact with the electric current. Never try to remove employee from contact with wires until qualified technician can ascertain status of current flow. As soon as victim is free of contact from current. 1. Summon help. Start CPR if indicated. 2. Transport to hospital immediately. 3. If shock is minor employee should be observed with vital signs X 60 minutes. Protocol Epilepsy and Convulsions Company Physician Epilepsy and Convulsions are an irregular discharge of the brain usually w ith violent onset accompanied by unconsciousness , involuntary muscular contractions and relaxations. If the following signs and symptoms are present: A. Mildest form of epilepsy -"petit mal seizure - w ithout convulsion . Brief twitching of muscles . Momentary loss of awareness of surroundings . B. Grand mal seizure" of epilepsy victim may have warning sign or "aura" preceding convulsion. C . Rigidity of muscles last ing few seconds to hal f a minute. D. Jerking movements . E. Bluish discoloration of face and lips . F. Drooling of mouth . G . Gradual decreasing of rigidity. jerking , a nd discoloration followed by disorientation for a time. 160 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ......... _.,/ Environmental Services, LP H. During rigidity the vi cti m could stop breathing , may bite his tongue sev e re ly , a nd may lose bowel an d bla dder contro l. Do the following: 1. Prevent injury to vi ct im. 2. Loosen tight clothing, especially around neck. 3. Keep airway open. 4 . If repeated conv u lsions occur, seek med ical help immediately. 5. Do Not place blunt ob j ect between victim's teeth o r restrain victim or pour liquids Into his mouth . If no previous history of convulsions , seek medical help immediately. If known history of seiz u re disorder, contact fam ily physician . Protocol Eye Contusions Company Physician A variety of non-penetrating ocular injuries can result from a blow directly to the eye , indirectly to the bony orbit , or from an air blast or explosion. A con t usion can produce an insignificant subconjunctival hemorrhage . a simple "black eye ," or a serious disruption of intraocular contents with resulting loss of vision . 1. Obtain a history of injury. Check for and remove contact lenses . 2 . If there is any possibil ity that the eyeball is ruptured , do not wash or exam ine. 3. Any blood seen in Iris -have patient lie flat with head slightly elevated. Send employee immediately to physician. 4. Apply cool compresses for 10-20 minutes. 5 . Send employee to physician . May elect to patch both eyes for comfort. If patched , give reassurance and inform employee why both eyes must be patched. Protocol EYE Injuries Company Physician If the following signs a nd symptoms are present: 1. Direct eye trauma. 2. Loss of vision . 161 HEALTH & S AF ETY MANUAL TllS E nvironmental Services, LP 3. Blurring of vision. 4 . Unusual eye pain. 5 . Unilateral pupil dilatation. 6 . Evidence of corneal abrasion. 7 . Evidence of fore ign body . 8 . Onset of dou b le vision . Do the following: 1. Cover with eye patch. 2. Refer immediate ly to docto r. Eye Disorders -If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Redness and swollen lid gland. 2 Pus formation within lumen of affected gland. 3. Acute pain and tenderness. Do the following: 1. Advise warm compresses few times a day. Conjunctivitis -If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Vary ing degrees of discomfort , itching, and foreign body sensation . 2. Reddened conjunctiva. 3. Sticky , crusty lids with mucopurulent discharge. 4. Increased tearing. 5. Vision acuity test may reveal photophobia. Do the following: Refer to M.D . for treatment. Protocol EYE -Perforating or lntraocular Foreign Bodies Company Physician If history or symptoms indicate any of the follow i ng, care for as a possible perforating or intraocular foreign body. 162 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUA L TllS _ _.,, Envir onmental Services, LP Symptoms Employee reports that: 1. Something hit his eye. 2 He experienced a sudden Impairment of vis io n. 3. He experienced a sudden gush of tears. Change in the shape of the pup il. Conjunctiva! hemorrhage. Emergency Care 1. Do not attempt to handle the eye in any way, especially do not invert the upp er lid. Do not instill anything into the eye . 2 . Lightly patch both eyes to keep the lids closed and arrange for immediate ca re at hospital. Delay can-be exceedingly serious. 3 . Contact eye specialist. Protocol EYE -Protruding Foreign Body Company Physician When foreign body in the eye protrudes: 1 . Do NOT attempt to pull the foreign body out. 2. Have the employee lie flat and quiet and avoid any movement of the face, head , body or eyes. 3. Next , position a paper cup over the impaled object and secure it in place with Kling gauze or tape. 4 . Patch uninvolved eye to reduce movement in injured eye. 5. Give reassurance and explain why both eyes must be bandaged. 6. Contact eye specialist. Protocol Fainting Company Physician 1. Have employee lie down with head even with or lower than t he body , or sit with his head at knee level if he is unable to lie down . 163 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Env i ronrnental Services, LP 2. Provide as much fresh air as possible. 3. Loosen clothing -belts, ties. collars , etc. 4. Administer aromatic spirits of ammonia. 5. Check pulse and blood pressure. 6. Check history of medications employee is taking, esp. diabetic medications, and record them. 7. Assess employee for injuries sustained from falling. 8. If employee is unconscious or exhibit's unusual symptoms; arrange for immediate medical care. a. If employee vomits while lying down, roll him onto his side or turn his head to the side. b. Maintain an open airway. c. Do not give anything orally. d. Transport to hospital. Protocol Frostbite Company Physician 1. Prevent further damage -handle gently; avoid pressure on any involved area. 2. Remove wet, frozen, or constricting clothing and shoes. 3. Cover frozen areas with warm clothing and blankets 4. Do not rub frozen parts. 5. Do not break blisters. 6. If not vomiting, give warm tea or coffee to drink. Do not give alcohol. 7. Do not allow employee to smoke. 8. Immerse area in warm water, not hot. 9. Elevate injured area. 10. Do not allow employee to walk after thawing if feet are involved. 11. Discontinue thawing as soon as the affected part becomes flushed -severe swelling occurs rapidly after thawing. 12. Gently exercise the affected part as soon as it is rewarmed 13. Aspirin 2 tablets may be given for pain during rewarming if necessary. 14. Contact Safety. 15. Place sterile gauze between involved fingers and toes to keep them separated and cover other affected areas with sterile or clean cloths. 164 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS E n vironmental Services, LP Protocol G.I. Symptoms Company Physician If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Severe localized abdominal pain. 2. Fever greater than 1 oo°F . 3. Severe diarrhea. 4. Severe vomiting . 5. Blood or mucus in stool. 6. Signs of dehydration. Do the following : 1. Refer to emergency or doctor care . 2. Advise no oral intake. If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Fever less than 100°F . 2 . Mild d iarrhea. No mucus or pus in stool. 3. Mild vomiting. 4. Not dehydrated. 5. Mild generalized pain . 6. Mild general body aches . Do the following: 1. Advise no solid food for next 24 hours. 2. Advise intake of flat sodas and jello as tolerated for 24 hours. Then soft diet for 2 days . Nothing hot or cold. No milk or milk products. 3. Advise against: milk, soup, broth, crackers, tea, and coffee for first 24 hours. 4. Pepto Bismol - 2 Tablespoons q 1 hour as needed for diarrhea. Indigestion -give antacid liquid 2-4 teaspoons or 1-2 tablets four times a day. Antacids should not be given in conjunction with any antibiotic containing any form of tetracycline. 165 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Protocol Headache Company Physician If the following signs and symptoms are presen t: 1. Sudden severe headache of shattering severity . 2. Specific neurological changes: visual blurring, seizures, mental confusion, drowsiness, loss of consciousness, loss of sensation, loss of body function . 3. Stiff neck . 4 . Recurrent headaches , increasing severity. Do the following: Refer for immediate doctor care. Also refer if the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Recurrent, stable quality headache, generalized after a head or neck injury (several weeks). 2. Occipital headaches , worse on rising, BP elevated (diastolic over 105). 3. Throbbing headache, may be one sided, recurrent with nausea 4 . Mild headache associated with long term vision problem . Do the following: 1. Check BP. 2. Refer to doctor for care. Protocol Nosebleed Company Physician If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. History of recent surgery to the nose. 2. History of bleeding problem . 3 . History of severe nosebleed. 4 . Bleeding mostly posteriorly . 5 . Hypotensive: 10 mm BP difference on upright pos it ion. 6. Pale or shocky . 166 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS -..tr/ Environmental Services, LP Do the following: 1. Stabilize bleeding by applying pincer pressure in sitting position. 2. Check BP. 3. Encourage relaxation. 4. Repeat BP. 5. If no relief in 15-30 minutes refer to physician. If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Recent upper respiratory Infection or sinus infection. 2. History of nasal allergies. 3. Smoking history. Do the following: 1. Apply gentle pressure with pincer motion. 2. Check BP. 3. Maintain sitting position. 4. Relax patient. 5. Repeat BP. 6. Follow up visit with family doctor Protocol Shock Company Physician Some degree of shock is present with every injury of any consequence and may follow even minor accidents. The same emergency measures apply to both the prevention and treatment. Early Symptoms: Weakness, faintness, restlessness, and anxiety. Pale. moist and cool skin. Rapid and weak pulse. probably over 100 . Low blood pressure. Increased irregular shallow respirations. Severe thirst. Nausea or vomiting. Late Symptoms: Unresponsiveness. Eyes vacant and pupils dilated. Mottled appearance of skin. Temperature decreases. 167 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmental Services, LP Must consider other causes of shock-like state, such as : A. Heat exhaustion. B . Cardiogenic shock C . Hypoglycemic shock. Prevention And Emergency Care 1. Handle employee gently and as little as possible. Body motion tends to aggravate shock conditions. 2 . Give emergency care for the underlying cause and maintain an open airway. 3 . Keep the person lying down with feet elevated and head low. Do not lower head and elevate feet in the following cases: A. Head injury -Keep flat. B. Face injury or unconsciousness -Place on side. C . Neck or spine injury -Do not move. D. If breathing difficulties are increased. E . If employee vomits. 4. Maintain body warmth without overheating. Prevent chilling: 5. Give oxygen 4-6 Umin. if indicated. 6 . Give nothing by mouth. 7. Obtain history of possible diabetes, anti-hypertensive medication , etc 8. Take vital signs at least every 15 minutes and record . 9. Transport employee to hospital. Protocol Shortness of Breath Company Physician If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Dizziness with fainting. 2. Wheezing, rhonchi on exam. 3. Cyanosis. 4 . Chest pain or history of heart disease. 5. Abdominal pain. 6. History of phlebitis or calf-tenderness or history of pulmonary embolus. Do the following: 1. Comfort and relax. 2. Transfer to hospital emergency department. 168 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S _ _., Environmental Services, LP Protocol Splinters & Slivers Company Physician 1. Cleanse area with Povidine Scrub (if not allergic). 2. Determine tetanus immuinization status in all cases of splinters and slivers the same as for puncture wounds (See Puncture Wounds). Refer if longer than 5 years. Small, Superficial Splinters And Slivers 1. If careful inspection indicates that sliver or splinter is small and lodged superficially under the skin, attempt to remove aseptically with scalpel and tweezers. Apply Neosporin Ointment (if not allergic). 2. If unable to remove by simple procedures apply Neosporin or Providine Ointment and a dry sterile dressing. Refer employee to company physician if work related, or to his family doctor if non-work related. Large Or lmbedded Splinters Or Slivers 1. If sliver or splinter appears to be other than superficially lodged under the skin, remove if possible without causing extensive tissue damage. If unable to remove splinter, apply Neosporin Ointment (if not allergic) and dry sterile dressing. Refer employee to company physician 2. If splinter cannot be removed and cannot be left in place (due to size. location, etc.) or if employee can not be seen by company physician, send the employee to the hospital. Protocol Sprains -Fractures -Contusions Company Physician If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Major injury . 2. Unstable joint. 3. Severe pain. 4. Marked swelling. 169 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environrnental Services, LP Do the following: 1. Refer for immediate doctor care. If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Any pain on weight bearing . 2 . Edema . 3. Tenderness. Do the following 1. Apply Ice, instruct to continue cold application for 20 minutes every 2 hours . 2. Elevate affected area . 3. Immobilize with splint or ace bandage . If the following signs and symptoms are present at the follow up visit: 1. Edema. 2. Tenderness. 3 . Pain on weight bearing. Do the following: 1. Refer to doctor for evaluation. 2. Continue elevation, no weight bearing. Protocol Sore Throat Company Physician If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Severe pain over 3 days. 2 . Recent strep. 3 . Strep contacUfamily. 4. History of rheumatic fever. 5. Any history of renal disease . 6. Fever over 100.0 degrees 7. Cervical nodes. 8. Exudates on tons ils. Do the following: 1. Refer to doctor for same day care. 170 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP If the following signs and symptoms are present: 1. Temperature under 100.5 degrees. 2 . Mild erythema. 3. No exudates 4. Other symptoms of URI -nasal congestion, cough. Do the following: 1. Refer to family M.D. 171 HEALT H & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Env ironmental Services , LP Mercury Spills Purpose To ensure protection of employees d uring an emerge ncy response for a mercu ry spill cleanup. Scope This policy applies to all TAS offices , fac ilities and e mployees. Responsibility Each Branch Office shall ensure compliance with the requirements of this policy. In addition, shall ensure proper risk assessment, use, handling and cleanup procedures for mercury . Hazards Mercury is a virulent poison that is readily absorbed through the respiratory tract or through unbroken skin. It acts as a cumulative poison since only small amounts of the element can be eliminated at a time. The present accepted threshold limit for Mercury in air is 0.05 mg/m-3 • (NB. air saturated with mercury vapor at 20°C exceeds the toxic limit by 100 times). High concentration of vapor may cause a metallic taste , nausea, abdominal pain, vomiting, diarrhea and headache. Chronic effects from continual exposure to small concentrations can cause severe nervous disturbance , insomnia, loss of memory, irritability and depression. Loosening of teeth , dermatitis and kidney damage are possible in severe prolonged absorption . Mercury can react with ammonia to produce an explosive solid. It can cause severe corrosion problems because of its ease in forming amalgams. Mercury reacts violently with dry Bromine. Precautions Mercury may be transported only in small quantities in plastic containers (glass bottles are unsuitable because breakages will result in possible spillage over a large area). Mercury may be handled only in a fume-hood and over a suitable p lastic tray (mercury may react w ith a metal tray or may be absorbed into a porous tray e.g. wood). Skin contact should be avoided. Wash hands thoroughly after using mercury 172 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS -~,, E nvironrnental Services, LP Secondary containment must be used on all apparatus containing Mercury e.g. manometers, McLeod gauge, Mercury switches , Mercury diffusion pumps (gene rally phased out in favor of t he safer oil diffusion pump). Care must be taken with mercury in glass thermometers. As for all other vacuum pumps, the exhaust from vacuum pumps on systems contain ing mercury must always be vented either to the outside or into a ducted fume-hood. Spill Procedure -General Assessment of each spill scenario is essential to perform an effective cleanup. The following steps should be used as a guide in preparation for the cleanup: Obtain all pertinent information from the client representative , including the size and magnitude of the sp i ll. Obtain an MSDS from the client and review. Complete Tailgate Safety Plan Don required PPE: Tyvek®, preferably poly-coated Full face respirator with Mercury vapor cartridge Chemical booties Nitrile gloves Conduct atmospheric monitoring with "Jerome Meter2" to determine location and concentration of Mercury vapors Mark the perimeter of affected area to ensure all mercury is removed during cleanup Use the appropriate cleanup supplies provided with the spill kit , ie. Sponges , powders , Mercury Vacuum, etc. An aspirating bottle can be used for large droplets or puddles Repeat atmospheric monitoring to verify complete removal of Mercury Decontamination of Equipment The equipment used at a mercury spill scene should be deconned at the scene . No contaminated materials or equipment is to be brought back to TAS facilities (unless there is no secure area at the location) When possible , leave material for later pickup and disposal. Note: All required PPE must be worn during the decon process. The following steps should be followed to decon equipment at the scene: ./ Remove vacuum bag from machine and empty into the provided collection container. 2 Fol low instruction (on hous ing of meter ) for zeroing and operat ing t he Jero me Meter 173 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP ./ Wipe inside of machine with a Mercury Sponge . ./ Wash bag and machine, with soap and water. Place all contaminated liquid into the container with the mercury . ./ Wash through the suction hose, into the mercury container ./ Solidify all liq uid with absorbent clay ./ Doff all PPE in proper manner and dispose of PPE into mercury container ./ Take measurement reading on all equipment used, using the Jerome Meter. Upon completion of the mercury cleanup, restock cleanup kit to ensure ready use for next job . Mercury Spill Kit Inventory The following items should be maintained in a ready mode: Mercury Box Kit ./ Tyvek® Suits ./ Respirator cartridges for Mercury vapor (TC 23C 1032, NIOSH) ./ Chemical booties ./ Nitrile gloves ./ 1 flat blade screwdriver ./ Mercury Sponges ./ Dish Washing Detergent ./ Vacuum Power cord ./ Extra HEPA filters for vacuum ./ Mercury Spilfyter® Kit Amalgamation Powder Indicator Powder Vapor Suppressor Aspirator Bottle Collection Bottle Mixing Tub with Wooden Spatula Chemical Sponge Whisk Pan Mercury Vacuum Cleaner Full Face Respirator Jerome Meter 1-25 gal container with lid 1-5 gal container with lid 1-bag absorbent clay 1-50 ' extension cord 1-Black light 174 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ T.l\S ~ Environmental Services, LP Forklift and Pallet Jack Safety Purpose Material handling is a significant safety concern . During the movement of products and materials there are numerous opportunities for personal injury and property damage if proper procedures and caution are not used . This chapter applies to all powered industrial tucks, hoists & lifting gear. The information in this chapter shall be used to train prospective industrial truck operators and provide the basis for refresher and annual retraining. OSHA reference for Powered Industrial Trucks is 1910.178. Responsibilities Management • Provide adequate training in safe operation of all equipment used to move or access materials • Provide equipment that is safe to operate • Implement an "Out of Service" program for damaged equipment • Not allow modification to equipment except those authorized in writing by the equipment manufacturer • Establish safe operating rules and procedures Supervisors • Monitor safe operations of material handling equipment • Ensure all equipment is safety checked daily • Tag "Out of Service" any damaged equipment Employees • Operate only that equipment for which they have been specifically trained and authorized • Conduct required daily pre-use inspections • Report any equipment damage of missing safety gear • Follow all safety rules and operating procedures Pre-Qualification All candidates for Powered Industrial Truck (forklift) operators must meet the following basic requirements prior to starting initial or annual refresher training: 175 HEA LTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~Tll.S ~Environmental Services, LP • Must have no adverse vision problems t hat cannot be corrected by glasses or contacts • No adverse hearing loss that cannot be corr ec te d w it h hearing aids • No physical impairments that would impair safe ope rat ion of the forklift • No neurological disorders that affect balance or consciousness • Not taking any medication that affects perception , vision , or physical abilities Training Traini ng for Powered Industrial Truck (forklift) Operators shall be conducted by an experienced operator, selected by Management. All operational training shall be conducted under close supervision. All training and evaluation must be completed before an operator is perm itted to use a Powered Ind u strial Truck (forklift , etc) witho ut continual & close supervision. Training consists of a combination of formal instruction (provided by web-based Mockingbird®), practical training (demonstrations performed by the trainer and practical exercises performed by the trainee), and evaluation of the operator's performance in the workplace. Initial Training: Powered industrial truck operators shall receive initial training in the following topics : Truck-related training topics: 1. Operating instructions, warnings, and precautio n s for the types of truck the operator will be authorized to operate 2. Differences between the truck and the automob ile 3. Truck controls and instrumentation: where they are located, what they do , and how they work 4 . Engine or motor operation 5. Steering and maneuvering 6. Visibility (including restrictions due to loading) 7. Fork and attachment adaptation, operation , and use limitations 8. Vehicle capacity 9. Vehicle stability 10. Any vehicle inspection and maintenance that the operator will be required to perform 11. Refueling and/or charging and recharging of batter ies 12 . Opera t ing lim itat ions 176 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environrnental Services, LP 13 .Any other operating instructions , warnings , or precautions listed in the operator's manual for the types of vehicle that the employee is being trained to operate. Workplace-related topics: • Surface conditions where the vehicle will be operated • Composition of loads to be carried and load stability • Load manipulation, stacking, and unstacking • Pedestrian traffic in areas where the vehicle will be operated • Narrow aisles and other restricted places where the vehicle will be operated • Hazardous (classified) locations where the vehicle will be operated • Ramps and other sloped surfaces that could affect the vehicle's stability • Closed environments and other areas where insufficient ventilation or poor vehicle maintenance could cause a buildup of carbon monoxide or diesel exhaust • Other unique or potentially hazardous environmental conditions in the workplace that could affect safe operation Refresher training and evaluation. Refresher training, including an evaluation of the effectiveness of that training, shall be conducted to ensure that the operator has the knowledge and skills needed to operate the powered industrial truck safely . Refresher training in relevant topics shall be provided to the operator when: 1. The operator has been observed to operate the vehicle in an unsafe manner 2 . The operator has been involved in an accident or near-miss incident 3. The operator has received an evaluation that reveals that the operator is not operating the truck safely 4. The operator is assigned to drive a different type of truck 5. A condition in the workplace changes in a manner that could affect safe operation of the truck 6. Once every 3 years an evaluation will be conducted · of each powered industrial truck operator's performance. Employer Certification • Upon successful completion of formal instruction , practical training, and ope rator evaluation, all employees will receive a certificate and wallet car to include the following information: 1. Operator Name 177 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL 2. Training Date 3. Evaluation Date 4 . Trainer/ Evaluator/s Name Safe Operating Procedures (SOP) & Rules • Only authorized and trained personnel will operate forklifts. • All forklifts will be equipped with a headache rack, fire extinguisher, back-up alarm and seat belts. Seat belts will be worn at all times by the Operator, when equipment is in motion. • The operator will perform daily pre-trip inspections. • Any safety defects (such as hydraulic fluid leaks; defective brakes, steering, lights, or horn; and/or missing fire extinguisher, lights, seat belt, or back-up alarm) will be reported for immediate repair or have the forklift tagged "Out of Service". • Operators will follow the proper recharging or refueling safety procedures. • Loads should be tilted back and carried no more than 6 inches from the ground. Loads that restrict the operator's vision will be transported backwards. • Forklifts should travel no faster than 5 mph or faster than a normal walk. • Forklift operators in high lift areas shall wear hard hats. • Operator will sound horn and use extreme caution when meeting pedestrians, making "blind" turns and cornering. • Passengers may not ride on any portion of a forklift. Only the operator will ride forklift. • Forklifts shall not be used as a man lift, unless an appropriate man lift platform (cage with standard rails and toe-boards, and fall protection) is used. • Aisle will be maintained free from obstructions, and should be marked and wide enough (six foot minimum) for vehicle operation. • Lift capacity will be marked on all forklifts. Operator will assure load does not exceed rated weight limits . • When un-attended, forklift will be turned off, forks lowered to the ground and parking brake applied. • All forklifts (with exception of pallet jacks) will be equipped with a multi-purpose dry chemical fire extinguisher. (Minimum rating; 2A:108:C) • Operators are instructed to report all accidents, regardless of fault and severity , to Management. Management will conduct an accident investigation. 178 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _,,,.,, Environmental Services, LP Changing and Charging Storage Batteries • Battery charging installations sha ll be located in areas designated for t hat purpose. • Fac ilities shall be provided for flushing and neutralizing spilled electrolyte , for fire protection , for protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks, and for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries. • Reinstalled batteries shall be properly positioned and secured in the truck . • A carboy tilter or siphon shall be provided for handling electrolyte. • When charging batteries, acid shall be poured into water; water shall not be poured into acid. • Trucks shall be properly positioned and brake applied before attempting to change or charge batteries. • Care shall be taken to assure that vent caps are functioning. The battery (or compartment) cover(s) shall be open to dissipate heat. • Smoking is prohibited in the charging area. • Precautions shall be taken to prevent open flames, sparks, or electric arcs in battery charging areas. • Tools and other metallic objects shall be kept away from the top of uncovered batteries . Operations • If at any time a powered industrial truck is found to be in need of repair, defective, or in any way unsafe, the truck shall be taken out of service until it has been restored to safe operating condition. • Trucks shall not be driven up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object. • No person shall be allowed to stand or pass under the elevated portion of any truck, whether loaded or empty. • Unauthorized personnel shall not be permitted to ride on powered industrial trucks. • Arms or Legs shall not be placed between the uprights of the mast or outside the running lines of the truck . • When a powered industrial truck is left unattended, load engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls shall be neutralized, power shall be shut off, and brakes set. Wheels shall be blocked if the truck is parked on an incline . 179 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL Tl\S Environxnental Services, LP • There shall be sufficient headroom under overhead installations, lights, pipes , sprinkler system, etc. • An overhead guard shall be used as protection against falling objects. It should be noted that an overhead guard is intended to offer protection from the impact of small packages, boxes, bagged material, etc., representative of the job application, but not to withstand the impact of a falling capacity load. • Trucks shall not be parked so as to block fire aisles, access to stairways , or fire equipment. Traveling • All traffic regulations shall be observed, including authorized speed limits. • The driver shall be required to slow down and sound the horn at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs forward view, the driver shall be required to travel with the load trailing. • Railroad tracks shall be crossed diagonally wherever possible. Parking closer than 8 feet from the center of railroad tracks is prohibited. • The driver shall be required to look in the direction of, and keep a clear view of the path of travel. • Grades shall be ascended or descended slowly. When ascending or descending grades in excess of 10 percent, loaded trucks shall be driven with the load upgrade. On all grades the load and load engaging means shall be tilted back if applicable, and raised only as far as necessary to clear the road surface. • Under all travel conditions the truck shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner. • Stunt driving and horseplay shall not be permitted. • The driver shall be required to slow down for wet and slippery floors. • Running over loose objects on the roadway surface shall be avoided. • While negotiating turns, speed shall be reduced to a safe level by means of turning the hand steering wheel in a smooth, sweeping motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, the hand steering wheel shall be turned at a moderate, even rate. Loading • Only stable or safely arranged loads shall be handled. Caution shall be exercised when handling off-center loads, which cannot be centered . • Only loads within the rated capacity of the truck shall be handled. 180 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS -~-Environmental Services 1 LP • The long or high (including multiple-tiered) loads , which may affect capacity, shall be adjusted. • Trucks equipped with attachments shall be operated as partially loaded trucks when not handling a load. • A load engaging means shall be placed under the load as far as possible; the mast shall be carefully tilted backward to stabilize the load . • When loading or unloading a trailer, it is the operators responsibility to verify that trailer chocks, supports, and/or dock plates are in place prior to loading or unloading. Fueling Safety • Fuel tanks shall not be filled while the engine is running. Spillage shall be avoided. • Spillage of oil or fuel shall be carefully washed away or completely evaporated and the fuel tank cap replaced before restarting engine . • No truck shall be operated with a leak in the fuel system until the leak has been corrected. • Open flames shall not be used for checking electrolyte level in storage batteries or gasoline level in fuel tanks. Maintenance of Powered Industrial Trucks • Any power-operated industrial truck not in safe operating condition shall be removed from service . Authorized personnel shall make all repairs. • Those repairs to the fuel and ignition systems of industrial trucks, which involve fire hazards, shall be conducted only in locations designated for such repairs. • Trucks in need of repairs to the electrical system shall have the battery disconnected prior to such repairs. • Only parts equivalent as to safety with those used in the original design shall replace all parts of any such industrial truck requiring replacement. • Industrial trucks shall not be altered from original manufacturer's design , un less authorized by the manufacturer. • Industrial trucks shall be examined daily before being placed in service, and shall not be placed in service if the examination shows any condition adversely affecting the safety of the vehicle . • When the temperature of any part of any truck is found to be in excess of its normal operating temperature , thus creating a hazardous condition, the vehicle 181 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TA.S Environmental Services, LP shall be removed from service and not returned to service until the cause for such overheating has been eliminated. • Industrial trucks shall be kept in a clean condition, free of lint , excess oil, and grease. Noncombustible agents should be used for cleaning trucks. Low flash point (below 100 deg. F.) solvents shall not be used. High flash point (at or above 100 deg. F.) solvents may be used . Safe Operation Procedure for Charging LPG Tank 1. No Smoking. 2. Move LPG forklift outside for refueling. 3. Turn off forklift. 4. LPG tanks will be removed in the following order: -shut off service valve -disconnect tank from hose -unbuckle and remove tank from bracket 5. LPG tanks will be replaced in to following order: -place tank in bracket and re-buckle -reconnect hose to tank and tighten firmly -open valve slowly and assure proper seal NOTE: Federal Law Prohibits dispensing an improper fuel type into any Vehicle or into a non-approved fuel container. In Case of LPG Leaks or Tank Rupture 1. DO NOT start or move the forklift. 2 . If fuel hose is leaking, Close valve immediately and place forklift "Out of Service" until repaired. 3. If tank ruptures, warn other, immediately leave the area (at least 50 feet) and notify Management. Do not re-enter the area until cleared by Management. Powered Industrial Truck Pre-Use Checklist A check of the following items (as applicable) is to be conducted by the operator prior to use each shift. 182 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Lights Horn Brakes Leaks Warning Beacon Backup Warning Alarm Fire Extinguisher TllS Environmental Services,, LP If any deficiencies are noted, the unit is to be placed OUT OF SERVICE until the problem has been corrected. Additionally , it is the operator's responsibility to notify the immediate supervisor and fill out a maintenance request. 183 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environrnental Services 1 LP Hazard Communication & Chemical Safety Purpose This document serves as TAS 's Hazard Communication Program. It provides safety guidelines and instructions for receipt, use and storage of chem icals at our facilities by employees and contractors. Each Branch Office shall implement and design their respective Hazard Communication Program with respect to their hazardous chemicals, labeling, MSDS, and training . Each office shall make readily available the written program and location of MSDS , upon request , to all employees, designated representatives and the Assistant Secretary and Director in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020 (e). Reference: OSHA Standard 1910.1200. Training TAS shall provide training on initial assignment and annual refreshers to ensure effective information is communicated on hazardous chemicals within their workplace. This training program will include: • The requirements of this program • Work activities associated with chemicals and the location of the hazardous chemicals. • Location of the written HazCom Program • Location and listing of chemicals present • Methods used to detect the presence or release of chemicals , by using o Detection devices o Visual appearance and odor, as well as signs and symptoms of exposure. • Physical and health hazards • Protective measures and PPE • Labeling practices & Material Safety Data Sheets, how to obtain and use the information. Responsibilities Management • Ensure compliance with this program • Conduct immediate corrective action for deficiencies found in the program • Maintain an effective Hazard Communication training program • Make this plan available to employees or their designated representative 184 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS _ _., Environmental Service s, LP Shipping & Receiving Manager • Ensure all received containers are properly labeled and that labels are not removed or defaced • Ensure all shipped containers are properly labeled • Ensure shipping department employees are properly trained in spill response • Ensure received Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are properly distributed Purchasing Agent Obtain , from the manufacturer, current MSDS for chemicals purchased from retail sources Branch Office Safety Manager (Program Administrator) • Maintain a current list of hazardous chemicals, using the identity that is referenced on the MSDS • Mon itor the effectiveness of the program • Conduct annual audit of the program • Monitor employee training to ensure effectiveness • Keep management informed of necessary changes • Ensure MSDSs are available as required • Maintain a current list of chemicals on site • Ensure labels and other forms of warning are in place • Monitor facility for proper use, storage and labeling of chemicals • Ensure MSDS are available for emergency medical personnel when treating exposed employees • Provide information, as requested , concerning health effects and exposure symptoms listed on MSDSs Supervisors • Comply with all specific requirements of the program • Provide specific chemical safety information to assigned employees • Ensure chemicals are properly used stored & labeled • Ensure only the minimum amount necessary is kept at work stations • Ensure up to date MSDS are readily accessible to all employees on all shifts 185 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP Employees • Comply with chemical safety requirements of this program • Report any problems with storage or use of chemicals • Immediately report spills of suspected spills of chemicals • Use only those chemicals for which they have been trained • Use chemicals only for specific assigned tasks in the proper manner • If unsure -Ask! General Program Information This written Hazard Communication Plan (HAZCOM) has been developed based on OSHA Hazard Communication Standard and consists of the following elements: ./ Identification of Hazardous Materials ./ Product Warning Labels ./ Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) ./ Written Hazard Communication Program ./ Effective Employee Training Some chemicals are explosive, corrosive, flammable, or toxic. Other chemicals are relatively safe to use and store but may become dangerous when they interact with other substances. To avoid injury and/or property damage, persons who handle chemicals in any area of the Company must understand the hazardous properties of the chemicals. Before using a specific chemical, safe handling methods and health hazards must always be reviewed. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that the equipment needed to work safely with chemicals is accessible and maintained for all employees on all shifts. This written program is available to all employees, their representatives and the Assistant Secretary and Director in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020 (e). Job Specific Training (Non-routine activities) Employees will receive on the job training from their supervisor. This training will cover the proper use, inspection and storage of necessary personal protective equipment and chemical safety training for the specific chemicals they will be using or will be working around. 186 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ....,,,,,.., Envir onmental Services, LP Multi-employer Worksites Should TAS be involved in activities that require multiple employers, those employees will be incorporated during the Tailgate Safety Plan, hazard assessment and subsequent safety plans, including communication of chemicals and their hazards being used at the job site. This program shall be made available, upon request, to all employees, the Assistant Secretary and Director in accordance with requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1020 (e). Annual Refresher Training Annual Hazard Communication refresher training will be conducted as part of the company's continuing safety training program. Immediate On-the-Spot Training This training should be conducted by supervisors to identify hazards associated with non -routine tasks, for any employee that requests additional information or exhibits a lack of understanding of the safety requirements . Off-site use or transportation of chemicals An MSDS will be provided to employees for each chemical and each occurrence of use or transport away from the company facilities . All State and Federal DOT Regulations will be followed including use of certified containers , labeling & marki ng, securing of containers and employee training . General Chemical Safety Assume all chemicals are hazardous. The following general safety rules shall be observed when working with chemicals: • Read and understand the Material Safety Data Sheets. • Keep the work area clean and orderly. • Use the necessary safety equipment. • Carefully label every container with the identity of its contents and appropriate hazard warnings. Labels on incoming containers shall not be removed or defaced. • Provide legible (in English) labels, however for non-English speaking employees , information may be presented in their language as well. • Store incompatible chemicals in separate areas . • Substitute less toxic materials whenever possible. 187 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environ:rnental Services, LP • Limit the volume of volatile or flammable material to the minimum needed for short operation periods. • Provide means of containing the material if equipment or containers sho uld break or spill their contents . Chemical Storage The separation of chemicals (solids or liquids) during storage is necessary to reduce the possibility of unwanted chemical reactions caused by accidental mixing . Explosives should be stored separately outdoors. Use either distance or barriers (e.g ., trays) to isolate chemicals into the following groups: • Flammable Liquids and aerosols: store in approved flammable storage lockers. • Acids (low pH): treat as flammable liquids • Bases (high pH): do not store bases with acids or any other material • Other liquids: ensure liquids are compatible with any other che mi cal in the sa me storage location . • Lips , strips, or bars should be installed across the width of storage shelves to restrain the chemicals from being dislodged. Chem icals will not be stored in the same refrigerator used for food storage. A label on the door must appropriately identify refrigerators used for storing chemicals. Container Labels It is extremely important that all containers of chemicals are properly labeled. This includes every type of container from a 5000-gallon storage tank to a spray bottle of degreaser. The following requirements apply: • All containers will have the appropriate label , tag or marking prominently displayed that indicates the identity, safety and health hazards • Portable containers, which contain a small amount of chemical , need not be labeled if they are used immediately that shift, but must be under the strict control of the employee using the product. • All warning labels, tags, etc., must be maintained in a legible condition and not be defaced. Facility weekly safety inspections will check for compliance of this rule. • Incoming chemicals are to be checked for proper labeling. • Typical NFPA label used in TAS warehouse. 188 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Chemical Read the MSDS for hazards & precautions He alth Haza rd Special Hazard OXY -Oxidizer ACI D· Aci d A LK -Alkali COR R -Corrosive W-U se No Wat er •.• -Radioact ive T.llS -~,,. Environmental Services,. LP Fire Hazard Fla s h Point s 4 -Below 73 dF 3 -Below 100 dF 2 -Below 200 dF 1 -Above 200 dF Reactivity 4 -May Detonate 3 -Shock or heat may cause detonation 2 -Viole nt chemical change 1 -Unstable if heated 0 -Stable Person al Protective Equipment Required Respirator Face Shie ld Boots Coveralls Goggles Gloves Apron Chem Suit Emergencies and Spills In case of an emergency, implement the proper Emergency Action Plan • Evacuate people from the area . • Isolate the area. • If the material is flammable, turn off ignition and heat sources. • Only personnel specifically trained in emergency response are permitted to participate in chemical emergency procedures beyond those required to evacuate the area. • Call for Emergency Response Team assistance if required. Housekeeping • Maintain the smallest possible inventory of chemicals to meet immediate needs. • Periodically review stock of chemicals on hand . • Ensure that storage areas, or equipment containing large quantities of chemicals, are secure from accidental spills. • Rinse emptied bottles that contain acids or flammable solvents before disposal. • DO NOT Place hazardous chemicals in salvage or garbage receptacles. • DO NOT Pour chemicals onto the ground. • DO NOT Dispose of chemicals through the storm drain system . 189 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS _ _.,, Environmental Services, LP • DO NOT Dispose of highly toxic, malodorous chemicals down sinks or sewer drains. Definitions Chemical: any element, chemical compound or mixture of elements and/or compounds. Combustible liquid: means any liquid having a flash point at or above 100 deg. F (37.8 deg. C), but below 200 deg. F (93.3 deg . C), except any mixture hav ing components with flash points of 200 deg. F (93.3 deg. C), or higher, the total volume of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture. Compressed gas: any compound that exhibits: ./ A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70 deg. F . ./ A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container , an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 deg. F. regardless of the pressure at 70 deg . F . ./ A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100 deg. F. Container: any bag, barrel, bottle, box, can , cylinder , drum , reaction vessel , storage tank, or the like that contains a hazardous chemical. For purposes of this section, pipes or piping systems, and engines, fuel tanks , or other operating systems in a vehicle , are not considered to be containers. Employee: a worker who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals under normal operating conditions or in foreseeable emergencies. Workers such as office workers or bank tellers who encounter hazardous chemicals only in non-routine , isolated instances are not covered . Employer: a person engaged in a business where chemicals are either used, distributed, or are produced for use or distribution , including a contractor or subcontractor. Explosive: a chemical that causes a sudden , almost instantaneous release of pressure, gas, and heat when subjected to sudden shock, pressure , or high temperature. Exposure or exposed: an employee is subjected in the course of employment to a chemical that is a physical or health hazard , and includes potential (e .g . accidental or possible) exposure. Subjected in terms of health hazards includes any route of entry (e.g . inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption.) Flammable: a chemical that falls into one of the following categories: ./ "Aerosol, flammable" means an aerosol that yields a flame projection exceeding 18 inches at full valve opening, or a flashback (a flame extending back to the valve) at any degree of valve opening ; ./ "Gas, flammable" means : (A) A gas that , at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a flammable mixture with air at a concentration of thirteen (13) percent by volume or less ; or (B) A gas that, at ambient temperature and pressure, forms a range of flammable mixtures with air wider than twelve (12) percent by volume , regardless of the lower limit; 190 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _..,, Environ:rnental Services,. LP ./ "Liquid, flammable" means any liquid having a flash point below 100 deg. F., except any mixture having components with flash points of 100 deg. F. or higher, the total of which make up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture . ./ "Solid, flammable" means a solid, other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in 1910.109(a), that is liable to cause fire through friction, absorption of moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which can be ignited readily and when ignited burns so vigorously and persistently as to create a serious hazard. A chemical shall be considered to be a flammable solid if it ignites and burns with a self-sustained flame at a rate greater than one-tenth of an inch per second along its major axis. Flash point: the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off a vapor in sufficient concentration to ignite. · Hazardous chemical: any chemical, which is a physical hazard or a health hazard. Hazard warning: any words, pictures, symbols, or combination appearing on a label or other appropriate form of warning which convey the specific physical and health hazard(s), including target organ effects , of the chemical(s) in the container(s). (See the definitions for "physical hazard" and "health hazard" to determine the hazards which must be covered.) Health hazard: a chemical for which there is ev idence that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. The term "health hazard" includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive tox ins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the hematopoietic system , and agents which damage the lungs, skin , eyes, or mucous membranes. Identity: any chemical or common name, which is indicated on the material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the chemical. The identity used shall permit cross-references to be made among the required list of hazardous chemicals, the label and the MSDS. Immediate use: the hazardous chemical will be under the control of and used only by the person who transfers it from a labeled container and only within the work shift in which it is transferred . Label: any written, printed, or graphic material displayed on or affixed to containers of hazardous chemicals. Material safety data sheet (MSDS): written or printed material concerning a hazardous chemical, which is prepared in accordance with OSHA Standard 1910.1200 requirements. Mixture: any combination of two or more chemicals if the combination is no t, in whole or in part, the result of a chemical reaction. 191 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL Oxidizer: means a chemical other than a blasting agent or explosive as defined in 1910.109(a), that initiates or promotes combustion in other materials , thereby causing fire either of itself or through the release of oxygen or other gases. Physical hazard: a chemical that it is a combustible liquid , a compressed gas , explosive, flammable, an organic peroxide , a n oxidizer, pyrophoric , unstable (reactive) or water-reactive. Pyrophoric: a chemical that will ignite spontaneously in air at a tempera t ure of 130 deg. F. or below. Specific chemical identity: the chemical name , Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that reveals the precise chem ical designation of the substance. Unstable (reactive): a chemical which in the pure state , or as produced or transported, will vigorously polymerize, decompose , condense , or w ill beco me se lf- reactive under conditions of shocks , pressure or temperature . Use: to package, handle, react , emit, extract, generate as a byproduct, o r t ransf e r. Water-reactive: a chemical that reacts with water to release a gas that is either flammable or presents a health hazard. Work area: a room or defined space in a workplace where hazardous chemicals are produced or used, and where employees are present. Workplace: an establishment, job site, or project, at one geographical location containing one or more work areas . MSDS Information The chemical manufacturer to provide additional information concerning safe use of the product provides material Safety Data Sheets. Each MSDS provides: • Common Name and Chemical Name of the material • Name , address and phone number of the manufacturer • Emergency phone numbers for immediate hazard information • Date the MSDS was last updated • Listing of hazardous ingredients • Chemical hazards of the material • Information for identification of chemical and physical properties Information Chemical Users must know Fire and/or Explosion Information • Material Flash Point , auto-ignition temperatu re and uppe r/lower flammab ility limits • Proper fire extinguishing agents to be used • Fire fighting techniques • Any unusual fire or explosive hazards 192 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ E!~~mental Services, LP Chemical Reaction Information • Stability of Chemical • Conditions and other materials which can cause reactions with the chemica l • Dangerous substances that can be produced when the chemical reacts Control Measures • Engineering Controls required for safe product use • Personal protective equipment required for use of product • Safe storage requi rements and guidelines • Safe handling procedures Health Hazards • Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) and Threshold Limit Value (TL V) • Acute or Chronic symptoms of exposure • Main routes of entry into the body • Med ical conditions that can be made worse by exposure • Cancer causing properties if any • Emergency and First Aid treatments S pill & Leak Procedures • Clean up techniques • Personal Protective Equipment to be used during cleanup • Disposal of waste & cleanup material • Employee Use of MSDS For MSDS use to be effective, employees must: • Know the location of the MSDS (Copies are maintained at reception and in warehouse) • Understand the major points for each chemical • Check MSDS when more information is needed or questions arise • Be able to quickly locate the emergency information on the MSDS • Follow the safety practices provided on the MSDS Uniform Labeling System Labeling can consist of NFPA 701 or HMIS systems 193 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP TAS ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES L.P. -Fort Worth LOCATION HAZCOM MSDS COMPLIANCE LISTINGS (Updated: 12/27/01) # CHEMICAL NAME QUANTITY LOCATION 1 ACE PURPLE PRIMER 2 ACETIC ACID 55 GALLONS 5 3 ACETYLENE 2 CYLINDERS 3,5 4 AER-0-FOAM 3% 5 AIR, COMPRESSED 14 CYLINDERS 2 ,5 , 7,8 6 AMMONIA 10 GALLONS 2,5 , 7 7 ANALYTICAL STANDARD (IN METHANOL ) 8 APEEL 9 ARGENT GL -5 85W140 GEAR OIL 10 BATTERY ACID 11 BATTERIES 10 COUNT 3 , 8 12 BETA CLEAN 13 BORIC ACID 1000 LBS 2, 5 , 7 14 BRAKE CLEANER 15 BRAKE FLUID 16 BRAT 55 GALLONS 5 17 CAL GASES 110 BOTTLES 18 CARBOGUARD 890 PART A 19 CARBOGUARD 890 PART B 20 CAUSTIC SODA SOLUTION 21 CHEMAXJELDEGREASER 22 CHEMAX POL YTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE 23 CITRIC ACID 110 GALLONS 5 24 COREXIT 165 GALLONS 5 25 CORRECTION FLUID 100 BOTTLES 1 26 CUTTING FOAM 30 CANS 3, 5 27 CYTOSOL 20 GALLONS 5 28 D LIMONENE 29 DEIONIZED WATER 30 DETAR 55 GALLONS 5 31 DIESEL FUEL 200 GALLONS 3 , 5, 7 ,8 32 EMUL-SEA 33 ETHYLENE GLYCOL 10 GALLON 3 , 5 34 ETP GOLD -CUTTING FLUID 194 HEAL T H & SAFET Y MANUAL TAS _,,,, Environmental Services, LP 35 FIRE EX T INGUISHERS 300 LBS 1, 2 ,3 , 5 36 FLOOR GATER (OIL ABSORBENT) 37 FREONS 10 CANS 3 38 GASOLINE 100 GALLONS 3 , 5 , 7 39 GEAR LUBE . 50 40 GYRO 165 GALLONS 5 , 7 41 HELIUM 1 CYLIN DER 4 42 HEXANE 4 GALLONS 2,4 43 HYDRAULIC FLUID 20 GALLONS 3 , 5 44 HYDROGEN CYANIDE 45 HYDROGEN PEROXIDE 3 GALLONS 2,4, 7 46 IMBIBER BEADS 32 BOXES 5, 7 47 INTERIOR FLAT PAINT (BEHR) 48 ISOPROPER ALCOHOL 3 GALLONS 5, 7 49 LPG 20 GALLONS 5 50 LUBCHEM 3200 100 GALLONS 5 51 MICROBLAZE 1400 GALLONS 2 ,5, 7 52 MINERAL SPIRITS 53 MONTMORILLONITE 55 GALLONS 5 54 NES SHORING FLUID 55 NITROGEN 3 CYLINDERS 2 ,4,5 , 7 56 OIL , ENGINE 300 GALLONS 3, 5 57 OIL SPONGE 58 OXYGEN 32 BOTTLES 3, 5 59 PARAGON COATINGS (3725-H/S) SWIFT RED ENAMEL 60 PAINT THINNERS 3 GALLONS 3, 5 61 PAINTS 10 GALLONS 3, 5 62 PERMATEX HIGH TEMP. RTV SILICON E 63 PH STABILIZERS 1 GALLON 2,4, 7 64 PHOSPORIC ACID 55 GALLONS 5 65 SANI-CARE QUAT-128 (GERMICIDAL DETERGENT) 66 SEA WORTHY -MARINE (PETTIT) 5828 GLOSS BLACK 67 SIERRA \PREMIUM GEAR LUBRICANT 68 SODA ASH 1000 LBS 5 , 7 69 SODIUM BICARBONATE 1000 LBS 5, 7 70 SODIUM HYDROXIDE 135 GALLONS 5 , 7 71 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE 5 GALLONS 5 72 SOLVENT DEGREASER 195 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environment al Services, LP 73 STAR DUST 1800 LBS 2, 5 , 7 74 ST -172 75 SYNTHETIC LUBRICANT (ALL-SEASON FOR RECIPROCATING COMPRESSORS) 76 1, 1, 1, 2 TETRAFLOUROETHANE 5 GALLONS 5 77 THINNER#2 78 TONER 1 GALLON 1 79 TRAILERBRITE -ALUMINUM CLEANER 80 1, 3, 5 TRIFLUROMETHYL BENIENE 10 CYLINDERS 1 81 TWO-CYCLE OIL 5 GALLONS 3 , 5, 7 82 UNLEADED GASOLINE 83 WELDING RODS 84 WD-40 20 CANS 2, 3 ,4 ,5 , 7 85 WITE .: OUT 196 HEALTH & SAF E TY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services , LP HazCom Appendix General Safety Information ACIDS BASES & CAUSTICS FUELS 197 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Env iron:m.ental Services 1 LP Acids The acids group includes organic acids, inorganic acids , and acid-containing materials such as battery refill kits, paint removers , de-rust sprays , and certa in cleaners. Ask your supervisor or company safety officer for guidance if you are in doubt about when or where to wear PPE or about what type of safety equ ipment you need for a particular job . Proper use of PPE, engineering and administra ti ve controls w ill provid e th e necessary protection aga inst potential injuries and long term health effects . CONTROL MEASURES 1 Ensure that local exhaust ventilation (fixed or temporary) exists in the vicinity of areas where acid cleaning is being performed or in situations where large quantities (1 gallon or more) of acid are open to vaporize into the air. 2 . When working with acids wear a long sleeved shirt with the sleeves rolled down. 3 . When using liquid or powder acids in a situation where acid vapors or dust may be breathed , wear a half-face air purifying respirator with an acid -type (white-or yellow-coded) cartridge and pre-filter installed. Ensure a proper face-fit. Perform positive and negative pressure check after donning respirator. 4. Wear acid resistant gloves at all times while working with acids. 5. Wear splash-proof chemical goggles at all times while using acids or in t he immediate vicinity (within 10 ft.) of acid use (for instance , dip tank or battery refill operations). 6. Use a face shield in addition to goggles for face and neck protection (especially when pouring or mixing acid solutions). 7 . When working with 1 gallon or more of strong/concentrated acid solutions wh e re shoes may come in contact with the acid (for instance , floor stripping with acidic strippers or pouring a quart or more of acid) wear rubber boots. 8. Wear a rubber apron when pouring or working w ith strong/concentrated acid solutions or powders . 198 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TA.S -~, Environrnental Services, LP PRECAUTIONS 1. Avoid skin , eye, and clothing contact with acids . 2. Avoid breathing acid vapors or dust. 3. Always maintain as much distance as possible between you and the acid. If your clothing comes into contact with an acid , change immediately into a clean set of clothing. 4. When working with acids, acidic cleaners , or any laboratory chemicals, ensure that the correct concentration is used . Follow all dilution and mixing directions. 5. Always add the acids to water . Never add water to concentrated acids. 6. Never mix an acid with another substance unless specifically instructed by written procedures. 7. Use the particular acid only for its intended purpose . DO NOT use any acid material for unauthorized applications. 8 . Return all acids to storage upon completion of a job. (NEVER STORE ACIDS AND BASES TOGETHER.) 9 . Ensure that empty acid containers are not used for any other purpose . 10. Store acids only in cool , dry areas such as acid storerooms, acid lockers, and storage battery shops. 11. Store inorganic acids in their original glass containers or approved plastic containers . 12. Store organic acids in an acid locker in a flammable storeroom separated by a partition or by at least three feet from all other materials. Keep separately from inorganic acids. Make sure that all acid containers are cushioned against shock . Protect containers from physical damage. 13 . Avoid freezing organic acids. 14 . Keep acids away from heat (and out of direct sun-light), metal surfaces, and oxidizing agents. 199 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS EnvironI't1e ntal Services,, LP HEAL TH HAZARDS 1. Skin contact with acids can range from a minor skin rash to very painful chemical burns. If acids contact the skin, wash the affected area immediately with a large amount of water for 15 minutes. If necessary go to the nearest safety shower; remove contaminated clothing and stand under the shower for 15-20 minutes. Get medical attention immediately, even if the injury does not seem severe. 2. Breathing acid vapors or dust can irritate or severely damage the lining of the nose , throat, or lungs. If you experience breathing discomfort (coughing/choking) or irritation in the nose, throat, or lungs while using acids, stop work and go to an area with fresh air. Obtain medical attention. 3. Eye contact with acids can cause discomfort or even loss of vision. If acids contact the eyes, stop work and immediately go to the nearest emergency eye-wash . Flush the eyes, including under the eyelids, for at least 15 minutes. Get medical attention right away, even if the injury does not appear to be severe. 4. Ingestion of acids can burn the mouth, corrode the teeth , and cause internal bleeding in the esophagus and digestive tract. If an acid is accidentally swallowed, immediately obtain medical assistance. DO NOT induce vomiting or give the victim anything to eat or drink unless instructed by medical personnel. SPILL CONTROLS 1. Clear all unprotected persons from the area of the acid spill (NOTE: Evacuation is only required for a large spill which involves danger to personnel). 2. Ensure that personal protective equipment (PPE) such as goggles , face shield , gloves, and correct respirators are on hand before attempting any spill control actions. Minimum required protection is acid resistant gloves , and splash goggles. Ask your supervisor or the company safety officer about additional PPE requirements. 200 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL 3. Stop the leak if it can be done without risk. Neutralize the acid spill with a weak base such as sodium bicarbonate , soda ash or lime. (Never use a strong base o r an ammonia base to neutralize acids.) Have the spill tested for pH to determine if the spill is adequately neutralized (pH = approximately 7). 4. Once the spill is neutralized and diluted , the spill may be collected in approved drums for disposal. 5 . If a spill involves battery electrolytes or acids containing lead or other heavy metals , containerize the residue for proper disposal. (DO NOT flush into the sewage system.) 6 . Flush acid-spill areas with large amounts of water and ventilate areas well to re lease any irritant vapors. Avoid breathing the vapors . 7 . If a spill involves a fire , report fire in accordance with established procedures . Use carbon dioxide or a dry chemical extinguisher to fight the fire. (NOTE: DO NOT use water to control sulfuric acid fires.) BASES & CAUSTICS The alkalis/bases/caustics group includes ammonia, ammonium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide , sodium bicarbonate , tri-sodium-phosphate and certain cleaners/detergents. Ask your supervisor or company safety officer for guidance if you are in doubt about when or where to wear PPE or about what type of PPE you need for a particular job . Proper use of PPE, engineering and administrative controls will provide the necessary protection against potential injuries and long term health effects. CONTROL MEASURES 1. When working with strong alkalis/bases in liquid form, wear a long sleeved shirt with the shirt sleeves rolled down. 2. When working with ammonia or ammonium hydroxide in a situation where ammonia vapors may be breathed, wear an air-purifying respirator with a green coded cartridge installed . Ensure a proper face-fit. Perform positive and negative pressure check after donn i ng respirator. 3. When working with powdered alkalis in a situation in which an airborne dust may be breathed , use a disposable dust respirato r. 201 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS __ ,, E n vironmental Services, LP 4. Wear rubber gloves at all times while working with alkali/base/caustic materials . 5. Wear splash-proof goggles at all times while working with alkalis/bases or while in the immediate vicinity (within 10 ft) where alkalis or bases are being used. 6. Use a face shield in addition to eye goggles for face and neck protection when pouring or mixing alkali/base/caustic solutions. 7. When working with one gallon or more of strong alkali/base or caustic solutions , or where shoes may come in contact with the solution, wear rubber boots. 8. Wear a rubber apron when pouring or working with strong alkali/base/caustic solutions. PRECAUTIONS 1. Avoid clothing, skin and eye contact with alkalis/bases or caustics . 2. Avoid breathing alkali/base or caustic vapors or dusts. 3. Always maintain as much distance as possible between you and the alkali/base/caustic. If your clothing comes into contact with an alkali/base/caustic, change into a clean set of clothing immediately. 4. Before using bases or basic cleaners, make sure that the correct concentration is being used. Follow all dilution directions. 5. Use the particular alkali/base/caustic only for its intended purpose; DO NOT use any base for unauthorized applications. 6. Never mix an alkali/base/caustic with another substance unless you are instructed by written procedures . 7. Return all alkalis/bases/caustics to proper storage upon completion of the job. (NEVER STORE ACIDS AND BASES TOGETHER.) 8. Store alkalis/bases/caustics only in designated cool, dry areas such as base lockers. 9. Store alkalis/bases/caustics in original glass or approved plastic containers. 202 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TA.S _,_,,, E n vironrnental Services, LP 10 . Keep alkalis/bases/caustics away from heat (and out of direct sunlight), me tal surfaces and oxidizing agents . HEAL TH HAZARDS 1 Skin contact with alkalis/bases/caustics can range in minor skin rash to very painful chemical burns. If alkalis/bases/caustics contact the skin , wash the affected areas immediately with large amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. A longer period may be required to remove the soapy feeling from the skin . If necessary, go to the nearest emergency shower; remove contaminated clothing and stand under the shower for 15 minutes. Get medical attention immediately, even if the injury does not seem severe. 2. Breathing alkali/base/caustic vapors or dusts can irritate or severely damage the lining of the nose , throat, or lungs. If experiencing breathing discomfort (coughing/choking) or irritation in the nose, throat, or lungs while using alkalis, stop work and go to an area with fresh air. Obtain medical attention . 3 . Eye contact with alkalis/bases/caustics may burn the eyes and cause blindness. If alkalis/bases/caustics contact the eyes, stop work and immediately go to the nearest emergency eye-wash. Flush the eyes including under the eyelids, for at least 15 minutes. Obtain medical attention immediately, even if the injury does not seem severe. Alkalis are readily absorbed by the eye. Even after 15 minutes of flushing, there could be enough material in the eye tissue to continue damaging the eye . 4. Ingestion of alkalis/bases/caustics can cause corrosion of the mouth and damage to the digestive tract. If an alkali/base/caustic is accidentally swallowed, immediately obtain medical assistance. DO NOT induce vomiting or give the victim anything to eat or drink unless a qualified medical person says so. If drinking water is available , rinse mouth immediately with one glass of water. 203 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Envir onrnental Services, LP SPILL CONTROLS 1. Clear all unprotected persons from the spill area. (NOTE: Evacuation is only required for a large spill which involves danger to personnel.) 2. Ensure that personal protective equipment (PPE) such as goggles, face shield, gloves, and correct respirators are on hand before attempting any spill control actions. Minimum required protection is acid/corrosive resistant gloves , and splash-proof goggles. Ask your supervisor, or the company safety officer for additional PPE requirements. 3. Stop the leak or spill source if it can be done without risk. 4. Neutralize the spill with a weak acid such as diluted acetic acid . Never use strong acid to neutralize alkalis. Have the spill tested for pH to determine if the spill is adequately neutralized (pH = approximately 7). 5. Collect the spill using absorbents and store used absorbents and other wastes in properly labeled containers pending disposal 6. Flush the spill area with large amounts of water and ventilate the area well to release vapors. Avoid breathing the vapors. 7. If an alkali/base/caustic spill involves fire , report the fire in accordance with established procedures. Use carbon dioxide or dry chemical extinguishers to fight the fire. FUELS The fuels group includes regular or unleaded gasoline, kerosene, and d iesel fuel. The prime danger and concerns are fire/explosion hazards and toxic vapors. Ask your supervisor or the company safety officer for guidance if you are in doubt about when or where to wear PPE, or about what type of safety equipment you need for a particular job. Proper use of PPE, engineering and administrative controls will provide the necessary protection against potential injuries and long term health effects. CONTROL MEASURES 1. Ensure that local exhaust ventilation (fixed or portable) is in operation in the areas of fuel-operations such as filling tanks , defueling , or spilled-fuel clean up . 204 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ....... ,,,,,,,.J' Environmental Services, LP Ensure that local exhaust ventilation (fixed or portable) is in operation when performing maintenance on fuel handling/filtering equipment. 2. If local exhaust ventilation cannot be provided and the work would result in breathing fuel vapors , wear an air purifying respirator equipped with an organic vapor (black-coded) cartridge . 3. Wear at least a full-face continuous-flow supplied air respirator when working with fuels in confined spaces. 4. Wear splash/vapor-proof chemical goggles at all times while working with fuels . 5. If the hands may come in contact with fuels, wear butyl rubber gloves to prevent prolonged , repeated skin contact. 6. Use a face shield over the eye goggles to protect the face and neck in situations where fuel splashing is possible or expected (for instance, when filling fuel tanks or when working with fuel injection equipment/tester or when working with fuel system under pressure). 7. Wear a polyethylene splash suit or coveralls when working with five or more gallons of fuel and splashing of fuels is possible or expected. PRECAUTIONS 1. Avoid repeated and prolonged skin contact with fuels. 2. Avoid splashing of fuels onto eyes, skin, and clothing. 3. Avoid purposely breathing the fuel vapors. 4. Use pumps to transfer fuels; never use the mouth to siphon. 5. Keep fuel tanks/containers closed. 6. Use a particular fuel only for its intended purpose; fuels such as gasoline/diesel fuel/kerosene shall NOT be used for cleaning purposes under any circumstances. 7. DO NOT allow smoking or carrying of matches, lighter, or any spark producing devices when handling fuels. 8. Use only approved, explosion-proof, protected lights when working near fuels. 9. Store fuels in containers only in areas free from sources of ignition, spark, open flames, and oxidizers such as calcium hypochlorite, sodium nitrate, and hydrogen peroxides. 10. DO NOT enter or allow anyone to enter any fuel tank that has not been declared safe for entry by a Qualified Inspector. 11. Store fuels only in designated tanks or flammable liquid storerooms. 205 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environinental Services, LP HEAL TH HAZARDS 1. Fuel vapors can irritate breathing passages such as the nose , throat or lungs . Fuel vapors may contain trace amounts of lead compounds and other to xi c chemicals (i.e. benzene). Long-term health effects may cause blood , liver , kidney, or lung damage . If experiencing light-headedness, difficulty in breathing or coughing because of irritation in the nose, throat, or lungs while working with fuels , stop work and go to an area with fresh air. Report the incident to a supervisor. If a worker is overcome by breathing too much fuel vapor, get the person to fresh air immediately. Give artificial respiration if breathing has stopped. The injured person should be seen by a medical person immediately. (CAUTION -put on proper respiratory protective equipment such as a self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) respirator or a pressure demand supplied air respirator with an auxiliary air supply prior to attempting a rescue of a person in an isolated compartment or tank.) 2. Direct skin exposure to fuels can result in drying of the skin/irritation which may result in dermatitis, a skin disease. If fuels contact the skin , wash the affected areas with soap and water as soon as possible after exposure. If the skin gets red, dry, irritated or forms cracks/blisters from using fuels , wash affected areas with soap and water then report conditions to the supervisor and get medical attentions . 3. Contact of fuels with the eyes can cause discomfort and irritation . If fuels contact the eyes, stop work, proceed to the nearest eye wash and immediately flush the eyes, including under the eyelids, with water for at least 15 minutes. Obtain medical attention immediately. 4 . Ingestion of fuels can cause damage to vital organs and the central nervous systems. If a fuel is accidentally swallowed call for medical assistance right away. DO NOT induce vomiting or eat or drink anything unless instructed by a qualified medical personnel. 206 HEALT H & SAFETY MANUAL TAS -_,-E n vironi:nental Servic e s, LP Hazwope r Scope This section covers emergency response for re lease of , or substant ial threats of release of hazardous substances without regard to the location of the hazard. TAS Environmental Services L.P. employees are or may be engaged in emergency response situations no matter where they occur. As required by 29 CFR 1910.120 , TAS employees are trained in the elements , and with respect to their job duties, in accorda nce with the Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Respo nse (HAZWOPER) standard. Normally TAS is called to assist in stopping , containing, and/or certain clea nup activities. In this support role , we rely on the "Host" employer to provide necessary information regarding the hazards and protective measures required, as well as our internal expertise for emergency response , including such functions as air monitoring and associated equipment. TAS does not transport or store hazardous waste. All contaminated soils and elements will be placed in proper containers and be disposed according to customers responsibi lities. Em e rgency Response Pla n A well developed pl an must be implemented before the emergency response operations start. This plan must be in writing and available for review . T he document used is the TAS Tailgate Safety Plan and/or the Site Specific Safety Plan . The Tailgate Safety Plan shall be completed for each job performed. This document is comm u nica ted to all parties involved as well as used for historical data to meet these needs. Elements of an Emergency Response Plan The "host" employer shall develop and implement an emergency response plan for the emergency and site-specific information to be incorporated within the TAS plan . At a minimum, the following shall be addressed: ./ Pre-emergency planning and coordination with outs ide parties . ./ Personnel roles , lines of authority , train i ng and communication ./ Emergency recognition and prevention ./ Safe-zone distances and refuge ./ Site security and control ./ Evacuat ion routes and procedu res ./ Decontam ination Procedures based on assessment ./ Medical t reatment and firs t a id ./ Emergency alerting and response procedures ./ Crit ique and fo ll ow up 207 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TA.S Environmental Services, LP ./ PPE and emergency equipment Note: Depending on the authority having jurisdiction , plans may be local or state or both . Handling Emergency Response a) The senior emergency response official responding shall become the IC of the incident. All emergency responders and their communications shall be directed, coordinated and controlled through the IC. Typically we do not serve as IC, but rely on the "host" employer's representative. b) To the extent possible, all hazardous substances or conditions must be identified. The IC must address site analysis , engineering controls , exposure limits, handling procedures and use of new technology. c) Based on the hazard assessment, the IC must implement appropriate emergency operations, assure proper PPE is worn and is appropriate for the hazards to be encountered. TAS emplovees do not fight fires. a. No employee shall leave Decon area without appropriate decontamination be conducted. b. Site safety shall oversee all Decon activities. c. Decon shall be set up in uncontaminated area and control maintained. This area will located geographically upwind and may also be referred to as the Contamination Reduction Zone. d . All PPE and equipment shall be decontaminated before leaving the Decon Area. PPE shall be decon or disposed of properly. e. Change room shall provide . washing capabilities and be maintained contaminant free. d) Employees engaged in emergency response and exposed to inhalation or potential inhalation hazards, shall wear appropriate respiratory protection until the IC has established through historical air monitoring data that the level of protection can be down graded. a. Air monitoring data should address initial entry, periodic monitoring, and possible IDLH environments. e) The IC shall limit non-essential personnel to the site. However, hazardous operations shall be performed using the "buddy system" (two in -two out) f) Back up personnel must be in standby-mode with appropriate rescue equipment ready. Qualified basic life support personnel shall be readily available with transportation capability. g) The IC shall designate a Safety Officer, with specific responsibilities toward identification and evaluation of hazards and provide direction and advice for the safety of operations at hand. The Branch Health and Safety Director or other specially-trained and designated personnel may serve as Site Safety Officer. 208 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S ._,,,,._,,, Environxnental Services, LP h) The Site Safety Officer shall have the authority to alter, suspend or terminate field operations if it is determined that an IDLH or imminent danger condition exists. The Site Safety Officer shall inform the IC immediately of the condition . i) Upon termination of operations , the IC shall implement appropriate decontamination procedures Skilled Support Personnel Support personnel, not necessarily TAS Environmental Services L.P. employees, who are skilled in certain operations activities , such as equipment operators , laborers , etc., and who are needed temporarily to perform emergency support work that cannot be performed in a timely manner by TAS employees, and who may or will be exposed to the hazards associated with the emergency response, are not required to meet the training requirements of 29 CFR 1910 .120. However, these personnel shall be given an initial briefing, at the site, before they participate in any emergency response activities. In addition, daily briefings shall include appropriate PPE , chemical hazards associated with the emergency, specific duties to be performed, reporting procedures for injuries and emergencies, and all other pertinent health and safety information identified on the TAS Tailgate Safety Plan. All personnel shall read , understand, sign and abide by the conditions and precautions indicated on the Tailgate Safety Plan. The Tailgate is the written plan designed to identify, evaluate, control safety and health hazards during an emergency response. Job positions and tasks will be documented and identify the chain of authority on each job . Training Training is conducted by TAS instructors, who have field experience, instructional experience and third party academic training to provide the competency level required for instruction. Employee training will be based on duties and function to be performed by each responder of TAS. The skills and knowledge levels will be established through training before employees are permitted to take an active part in actual emergency response operations. All employees shall have 40 hours of instruction and 3 days of field exposure. Employees who participate or are expected to participate in emergency response will be trained in accordance to the following: First Responder Awareness Level (sufficient training to demonstrate competency) ./. Understanding of hazardous substances, potential outcome of emergency situations , and the hazards associated with the incident ./ Recognition of the presence of a hazardous substance ./ Understanding of the role of a first responder. 209 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmental Services 1 LP ./ The ability to realize the need for additional resources Operations Level -First Responder (at least 8 hours & demonstrate competency) ./ Application of defensive mode . ./ Basic hazards and risk assessment techniques . ./ Selection and use of proper PPE ./ Basic hazardous material terms ./ Basic control and containment ./ Understand and implement decon procedures ./ Termination procedures HazMat Technician (at least 24 hours & demonstrate competency) ./ Implement the ER plan ./ Classify, identify, and verify known and unknown materials using field survey instruments and equipment. ./ Function within a role of the IC System . ./ Selection and use of specialized PPE ./ Hazard and risk assessment ./ Advanced control and containment techniques ./ Implementation of decon procedures ./ Termination procedures ./ Basic chemical and toxicological terminology and behavior HazMat Specialist ./ Implementation of local emergency response plan ./ Classify, identify, and verify known and unknown materials using field survey instruments and equipment. ./ Know state emergency response plan ./ Selection and use of specialized PPE ./ In-depth hazard and risk techniques ./ Specialized control, containment and confinement operations ./ Termination procedures ./ Development of a site safety and control plan ./ Understand chemical, radiological and toxicological terminology and behavior. HazMat IC (at least 24 hours & demonstrate competency) ./ Implementation of incident command system ./ Implementation of ER plan ./ Implementation of local emergency response plan ./ Understand hazards and risks associated with employees working in chemical protective clothing ./ Know state ER plan and of the Federal Regional Response Team 210 HEALTH & S AF ETY MA N UAL ./ Implementa t ion of decon procedures Refresher Training Annual refres he r t ra inin g will be of sufficie nt content and durat ion to mai ntain employee co mpe tencies. Medical Surveillance All members of the TAS HazMat Team and hazardous materials specialist , shall have baseline physical examinations and be certified for hazardous material activities in accordance w ith 29 CFR 1910 .120 . The consulting fac ility used by TA S, will be Concentra Medical Cente rs. Personal Protective Equipment When engineering controls or not feasible, work practices shall be identified a nd established to prevent exposure to employees. PPE must be selected which wi ll protect employees from specific hazards , which are likely to be encountered. The selection process is a complex process , requiring detailed consideration of a variety of factors. Key factors are: ./ Ident ification of the hazards or suspected hazards ./ Potential routes of entry of exposure (inhalation , absorption, ingestion , a nd eye and skin contact. ./ Performance of PPE ma t erials Other factors to consider are matching the PPE to the employee 's work requirements and task-specific conditions. PPE durability, tear strength and seam strength and configuration must be considered. The effects of heat stress related to work activities while wearing PPE. The more that is known about the hazards at the site , the easier PPE selection will be . As more "documented " information about the hazards and conditions become available , the site supervisor can decide to up-grade or downgrade PPE requirements , as indicted by the historical data collected. The following guidelines should be used to begin the selection process . Level A -When the greatest level of skin , eye and respiratory protection is requ ired . Level A should be used when : • The hazardous substance has been identified and requ ires the highest level of protection based on "measured " high concentrations of atmospher ic gases , vapors , or particulates ; or 211 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environrnental Services, LP • Work activities involve high potential for splash , immersion , or exposure to materials that are harmful to skin or being absorbed through the skin. Typical Level A Ensemble • Positive pressure full face SCBA or SAR with escape • Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit • Coveralls • Gloves , outer, chemical-resistant • Gloves, inner, chemical-resistant • Boots, chemical-resistant, steel-toe and shank Level B -The highest level of "respiratory" protection but, lesser skin protection needed. Level B should be worn when: • The type and concentration of atmospheric hazards have been identified and requires respiratory protection. • The atmosphere contains less than 19.5 % oxygen, or • The atmospheric presence is incompletely identified as indicated by a direct- reading organic vapor detection device. Typical Level B Ensemble • Positive pressure full face SCBA or SAR with escape • Hooded chemical protective suit (2-piece) • Coveralls • Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant • Gloves, inner, chemical-resistant • Boots, chemical-resistant, steel-toe and shank • Boot covers, outer, chemical-resistant (disposable) • Hard Hat, face shield Level C -The concentration(s) and type(s) of airborne substances are known and the criteria for using APR are met. Level C should be worn when: • The atmospheric contaminants, liquid splashes or other direct contact will not adversely affect or be absorbed through exposed skin. • Air contaminants have been identified, concentrations measured and air purifying respirators are available and can remove the contaminants, and • All criteria for air purifying respirators have been met. Typical Level C Ensemble • Positive pressure full face SCBA or SAR with escape 212 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ...__.,,.,. Enviro n mental Services, LP • Hooded chemical protective suit • Coveralls • Gloves , outer, chemical-resistant • Gloves, inner, chemical-resistant • Boots , chemical-resistant, steel-toe and shank • Boot covers, chemical-resistant, (disposable) • Hard Hat, safety glasses / goggles / face shield Level D -A work uniform affording minimum protection. Level D can be worn when: • The atmosphere contains no known hazards; and • Work functions rule out splashes, immersion , or the potential for unexpected inhalation of or contact with hazardous levels of any chemical. Typical Level D Ensemble • Coveralls • Gloves • Boots, outer, chemical-resistant, steel-toe and shank • Boot covers, chemical-resistant , (disposable) • Hard Hat, Safety glasses or splash goggles 213 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Hearing Conservation Purpose Conservation of hearing is achieved through preventative measures. To reduce occupational hearing loss, all employees , who work in potentially noisy areas, are provided hearing protection , at no cost to the employee, training and annual hearing tests. OSHA's hearing conservation standard is covered in 29 CFR 1910.95. This information is available to all employees , their representatives , the Assistant Secretary and Director and is maintained at each branch office as well as the corporate office , in Fort Worth , Texas Audiometric testing program is in place and is established, conducted, and maintained by Concentra Medical Centers at no cost to TAS employees. This program ensures that a valid baseline audiogram is established for exposed employees within 6 months of their first exposure (or within one year if mobile units are used, with employees wearing hearing protection for any period exceeding 6 months). Employees are notified of the need to avoid high levels of noise of non- occupational exposures during the 14 hour period immediately preceding the audiometric testing. The monitoring program shall be continuous and consistent to ensure identifying employees are included in the hearing conservation program. Testing will be repeated annually following basel ine test to compare and determine if a standard threshold shift in hearing has occurred. If a shift has been determined , the employee will be notified in writing within 21 days of determination , and TAS will ; • Ensure employees not wearing hearing protection are fitted with hearing protection, trained in the use and care , and required to use them. • Go through the re-fitting and retraining for employees already using hearing protectors, according to the following method ; o Determine if referral for medical evaluation or otological exam is necessary . o Inform employee of the need for otological exam to determine if a medical pathology of the ear is unrelated to the use hearing protectors is suspected, in writing , verbally or both . Responsibilities Management • Use Engineering and Administrative controls to limit employee exposure • Provide adequate hearing protect ion for employees 214 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Environmental Services, LP • Post signs and warnings for all high noise areas • Conduct noise surveys annually or when new equipment is added • Conduct annual hearing conservation training for all employees Employees • Use company provided, approved hearing protection in designated high noise areas • Request new hearing protection when needed • Exercise proper care of issues hearing protection Training At time of hire and annually thereafter, all affected employees must attend Hearing Conservation Training. The initial training is conducted as part of the New Hire Orientation Program by the branch Safety Department and consists of: ./ Rules and procedures ./ Where hearing protection is required ./ How to use and care for hearing protectors ./ How noise affects hearing and hearing loss Engineering Controls After it is determined that noise exposure above 85 dB(A) are present, engineering controls should be evaluated and implemented to reduce the noise exposure before administrative controls are initiated. Some examples of engineering controls include: ./ Noise reducing baffles ./ Compartmentalization ./ Installing noise reducing gears ./ Installing rubber pads under machinery When new equipment or machinery is evaluated for purchase, the Branch Safety Director should be consulted to conduct an evaluation from a safety and health standpoint. One criteria of the evaluation should include the amount of noise the equipment will produce, how it will affect the overall noise exposure and what protection devices will be issued. 215 HEALT H & SAFETY MANUAL ~T.llS ~Environmental Services, LP Administrative Controls After engineering controls are evaluated for effectiveness or feasib ility , administrative controls should be considered to reduce noise exposure. Administrative controls include restricting exposure time or using personal protective equipment (PPE). Personal Protective Equipment, such as earplugs or muffs, may be used to reduce the amount of noise exposure. Each plug or muff has a noise reductions factor (NR) as evaluated by ANSI Standards (S3.19 -197 4 or Z24 .22 -1957). For example, if a work area has an ambient noise exposure of 96 dB(A), the hearing protectors should be rated 6 NR or better to be effective. According to OSHA Regulations, each location with noise exposures of 85 to 89 dB(A) will provide hearing protectors for the Employee's use. Noise exposures at 90 dB(A) or above require the mandatory use of hearing protection. Further, OSHA requires that a variety of hearing protectors be available for Employees to choose (both a variety of plug and muff type hearing protectors). Types of Hearing Protectors Hearing protection devices are the first line of defense against noise in environments where engineering controls have not reduced employee exposure to safe levels. Hearing protective devices can prevent significant hearing loss, but only if they are used properly. The most popular hearing protection devices are earplugs, which are inserted into the ear canal to provide a seal against the canal walls . Earmuffs enclose the entire external ears inside rigid cups. The inside of the muff cup is lined with acoustic foam and the perimeter of the cup is fitted with a cushion that seals against the head around the ear by the force of the headband. TAS provides a variety of suitable hearing protection for the specific noise environments in which the protectors will be used . They are evaluated foe adequacy of attenuation according to specifications outlined in appendix B of 20 CFR 1910.95 and assistance for Concentra Medical Centers. Concentra Medical Centers establish, conduct and document accurate records of all employees. Duplicate documentation is maintained within the corporate office and is available to all employees, their representatives, the Assistant Secretary and Director, upon request. 216 H EALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS -........-, Environmental Services, LP Use of Hearing Protectors Management , Supervision and Employees shall properly wear the prescribed hearing protectors while working in or traveling through any section of a location t hat is designated a High Noise Area. (excluding offices , break rooms , and rest facilities). The following rules will be enforced: • Personal stereos, such as Walkmans, etc., will not be permitted while operating company equipment. • Hearing protectors, at least two types of plugs and one type of muffs, will be provided and maintained by Company. • Hearing protectors and replacements will be provided free of charge. • Hearing protectors will be properly worn at all times, except in offices, break rooms, rest facilities. Preformed earplugs and earmuffs should be washed periodically and stored in a clean area, and foam inserts should be discarded after each use. It is important to wash hands before handling pre-formed earplugs and foam inserts to prevent contaminants from being placed in the ear, which may increase your risk of developing infections. 217 HEALTH & SAF ETY MANUAL Heat Stress Prevention Purpose TllS Environmental Services, LP The following information has been collected from th e National Insti tu te for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). The purpose of th is program is to provide guidance for protecting employees from hazards of high heat conditions and to provide information on engineering , administrative and PPE controls. Being uncomfortable is not the major problem with working in high temperatures and humidity. Workers who are suddenly exposed to working in a hot environment face additional and generally avoidable hazards to their safety and health. Responsibilities Management: ./ provide information to workers on signs of heat st ress ./ provide means of preventing heat stress and other heat related health hazards Hazard Control Engineering Controls ./ Ensure all inside areas have adequate ventilation ./ Provide shaded awnings for outside work when possible ./ Provide portable ventilation when possible Administrative Controls ./ Provide training to all affected employees ./ Provide adequate and sanitary drinking facilities and utensils ./ Rotate workers during high heat operations Protective Equipment Provide cooling PPE when appropriate How the Body Handles Heat The human body, being warm blooded, maintains a fairly constant internal temperature , even though it is being exposed to varying environmental temperatures. To keep internal body temperatures within safe limits, the body must get rid of its excess heat, primarily through varying the rate and amount of blood circulation through the skin and the release of fluid onto the skin by the sweat glands. These automatic responses usually occur when the temperature of the blood exceeds 98.6 °F and are kept in balance and controlled by the brain . 218 HEALTH & SAFETY MAN UAL ~. TllS ~ Environrnental Services, LP In this process of lowering internal body temperature, the heart begins to pump more blood, blood vessels expand to accommodate the increased flow, and the microscopic blood vessels (capi llaries) that thread through the upper layers of the skin begin to fill with blood. The blood circu lates closer to the surface of the ski n, an d the excess heat is lost to t he cooler environment. If heat loss from increased blood circulation through the skin is not adequate , t he brain continues to sense overheating and signals the sweat glands in the ski n to shed large quantities of sweat onto the skin surface. Evaporation of sweat cools the skin, eliminating large quantities of heat from the body. As environmental temperatures approach normal skin temperature, cooling of the body becomes more difficult. If air temperature is as warm as or warmer than the skin, blood brought to the body surface cannot lose its heat. Under these conditions, the heart continues to pump blood to the body surface, the sweat glands pour liqu ids containing electrolytes onto the surface of the skin and the evaporation of the sweat becomes the principal effective means of maintaining a constant body temperatu re. Sweating does not cool the body unless the moisture is removed from the skin by evaporation. Under conditions of high humidity, the evaporation of sweat from the skin is decreased and the body's efforts to maintain an acceptable body temperature may be significantly impaired. These conditions adversely affect an individual's ability to work in the hot environment. With so much blood going to the external surface of the body, relatively less goes to the active muscles, the brain, and other internal organs; strength declines; and fatigue occurs sooner than it would otherwise. Alertness and mental capacity also may be affected. Workers who must perform delicate or detailed work may find their accuracy suffering, and others may find their comprehension and retention of information lowered. Safety Problems Certain safety problems are common to hot environments. Heat tends to promote accidents due to the slipperiness of sweaty palms , dizziness , or the fogging of safety glasses . Wherever there exists molten metal, hot surfaces, steam, etc., the possibility of burns from accidental contact also exists. Aside from these obvious dangers, the frequency of accidents , in general, appears to be higher in hot environments than in more moderate environmental conditions. One reason is that working in a hot environment lowers the mental alertness and physical performance of an individual. Increased body temperature and physical discomfort promote irritab ility , anger, and other emotional states, which sometimes cause workers to overlook safety procedures or to divert attention from hazardous tasks. 219 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environm ental Services , LP Health Problems Excessive exposure to a hot wo rk environment ca n bring about a var iety of hea t- induced disorders. Heat Stroke Heat stroke is the most serious of health problems associated with work ing in hot environments. It occurs when the body's temperature regulatory system fails and sweating becomes inadequate. The body's only effective means of removing excess heat is compromised with little warning to the victim that a crisis stage has been reached . A heat stroke vict im's skin is hot , usually dry, red or spotted. Body temperature is usually 105°F or higher, and the v ictim is men t a ll y confused, delirious, perhaps in convulsions, or unconscious . Unless the vic t im receives quick a nd appropriate treatment, death can occur. Any person with signs or symptoms of heat stroke requires immediate hospitalization . However, first aid should be immediately administered. This includes removing the victim to a cool area , thoroughly soaking the clothing with water, and vigorously fanning the body to increase cooling. Further treatment at a medical facility should be directed to the continuation of the cooling process and the monitoring of complications, which often accompany the heat stroke . Early recognition and treatment of heat stroke are the only means of prevent ing permanent brain damage or death . Heat Exhaustion Heat exhaustion includes several clinical disorders having symptoms, which may resemble the early symptoms of heat stroke. Heat exhaustion is caused by the loss of large amounts of fluid by sweating, sometimes with excessive loss of salt. A worker suffering from heat exhaustion still sweats but experiences extreme weakness or fatigue, giddiness, nausea , or headache. In more serious cases, the victim may vomit or lose consciousness. The skin is clammy and moist , the complexion is pale or flushed, and the body temperature is normal or only slightly elevated. In most cases , treatment invo lves having the victim rest in a cool place and drink plenty of liquids . Victims w ith mild cases of heat exhaustion usually recover spontaneously with this treatment. Those with severe cases may require extended care for several days. There are no known permanent effects. CAUTION Persons with heart problems or those on a low sodium diet who work in hot environments should consult a physician about what to do under these conditions . 220 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Env ironmental Services , LP Heat Cramps Heat cramps are painful spasms of the muscles that oc cur among those who sweat profusely in heat, drink large quantities of water, but do not adequately replace the body's salt loss. The drinking of large quantities of water tends to dilute the body 's fluids , whi le the body continues to lose sal t. Shortly thereafter, the low salt level in the muscles causes painful cramps . The affected muscles may be part of the arms , legs , or abdomen, but tired muscles (those used in performing the work) are usually the ones most susceptible to cramps. Cramps may occur during or after work hours and may be relived by taking salted liquids by mouth . CAUTION: Persons with heart problems or those on a low sodium diet who wo r k in hot environments should consult a physician about what to do under these conditions . Fainting A worker who is not accustomed to hot environments and who stands erect and immobile in the heat may faint. With enlarged blood vessels in the skin and in the lower part of the body due to the body's attempts to control internal tempera t ure, blood may pool there rather than return to the heart to be pumped to the brain. Upon lying down, the worker should soon recover . By moving around, and thereby preventing blood from pooling, the patient can prevent further fainting. Heat Rash , also known as prickly heat , is likely to occur in hot , humid environments where sweat is not easily removed from the surface of the skin by evaporation and the skin remains wet most of the time. The sweat ducts become plugged , and a skin rash soon appears. When the rash is extensive or when it is complicated by infection , prickly heat can be very uncomfortable and may reduce a worker's performance. The worker can prevent this condition by resting in a cool place part of each day and by regularly bathing and drying the skin. Transient Heat Fatigue Transient heat fatigue refers to the temporary state of discomfort and mental or psychologic strain arising from prolonged heat exposure . Workers unaccustomed to the heat are particularly susceptible and can suffer, to varying degrees, a decline in task performance, coordination , alertness , and vigilance . The severity of transient heat fatigue will be lessened by a period of gradual adjustment to the hot environment (heat acclimatization). Preparing for the Heat One of the best ways to reduce heat stress on workers is to minimize heat in the workplace. However, there are some work environments where heat production is difficult to control, such as when furnaces or sources of steam or water are present in the work area or when the workplace itself is outdoors and exposed to varying warm weather conditions . 221 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S Environmental Services, LP Humans are , to a large extent , capable of adjusting to the heat. This adjustment to heat, under normal circumstances, usually takes about 5 to 7 days, during which time the body will undergo a series of changes that will make continued exposure to heat more endurable. On the first day of work in a hot environment, the body temperature, pulse rate, and general discomfort will be higher. With each succeeding daily exposure , all of these responses will gradually decrease , while the sweat rate will increase. When the body becomes acclimated to the heat, th e worker will find it possible to perform work with less strain and distress. Gradual exposure to heat gives the body time to become accustomed to higher environmental temperatures . Heat disorders in general are more likely to occur among workers who have not been given time to adjust to working in the heat or among workers who have been away from hot environments and who have gotten accustomed to lower temperatures. Hot weather conditions of the summer are likely to affect the worker who is not acclimatized to heat. Likewise, the heat in the work environment may affect workers who return to work after a leisurely vacation or extended illness. Whenever such circumstances occur, the worker should be gradually reacclimatized to the hot environment. Lessening Stressful Conditions Many industries have attempted to reduce the hazards of heat stress by introducing engineering controls, training workers in the recognition and prevention of heat stress, and implementing work-rest cycles. Heat stress depends, in part, on the amount of heat the worker's body produces while a job is being performed. The amount of heat produced during hard, steady work is much higher than that produced during intermittent or light work. Therefore , one way of reducing the potential for heat stress is to make the job easier or lessen its duration by providing adequate rest time. Mechanization of work procedures can often make it possible to isolate workers from the heat sources (perhaps in an air-conditioned booth) and increase overall productivity by decreasing the time needed for rest. Another approach to reducing the level of heat stress is the use of engineering controls, which include ventilation and heat shielding . Number and Duration of Exposures Rather than be exposed to heat for extended periods of time during the course of a job, workers should, wherever possible , be permitted to distribute the workload evenly over the day and incorporate work-rest cycles. Work-rest cycles give the body an opportunity to get rid of excess heat, slow down the production of internal body heat , and provide greater blood flow to the skin. 222 HEALT H & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environmental Services , LP Workers employed outdoors are especially subject to weather changes. A hot spell or a rise in hum idity can create overly stressful conditions. The following practices ca n help to reduce heat stress : • Po stponement of nonessent ial ta sks • Permit only those workers acclimatized to heat to perform the more strenuous tasks • Provide add itional workers to perform the tasks keeping in mind that all workers should have the physical capacity to perform the task and that they shoul d be accustomed to the heat. Thermal Conditions in the Workplace A variety of engineering controls can be introd uced to minimize exposure to heat. For instance , improving the insulation on a furnace wall can reduce its surface temperature and the temperature of the area around it. In a laundry room, exhaust hoods installed over those sources releasing moisture will lower the humidity in the work area. In general, the simplest and least expensive methods of reducing heat and humidity can be accomplished by: • Opening windows in hot work areas • Using fans • Using other methods of creating airflow such as exhaust ventilation or air blowers. Rest Areas Providing cool rest areas in hot work env ironments considerably reduces the stress of working in those environments. There is no conclusive information available on the ideal temperature for a rest area. However, a rest area with a temperature near 76° F appears to be adequate and may even feel chilly to a hot, sweating wo rker , until acclimated to the cooler environment. The rest area should be as close to the workplace as possible. Individual work periods should not be lengthened in favor of prolonged rest periods. Shorter but frequent work-rest cycles are the greatest benefit to the worker. Drinking Water In the course of a day's work in the heat, a worker may produce as much as 2 to 3 gallons of sweat. Because so many heat disorders involve excessive dehydration of the body, it is essential that water intake during the workday be about equal to the amount of sweat produced. Most workers exposed to hot conditions drink less fluids than needed because of an insufficient thirst drive. A worker, therefore , shoul d not depend on thirst to signal when and how much to drink. Instead, the worker should drink 5 to 7 ounces of fluids every 15 to 20 minutes to replenish the necessary f luids 223 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS __ ,, Environmental Services, LP in the body . There is no optimum temperature of drinking water, but most people tend not to drink warm or very cold fluids as readily as th ey will cool one s. Whatever the tempe rature of the water, it must be palatable an d read ily available to the worker . Ind ividual drinking cups should be prov ided----neve r use a common drinking cup. Heat acc limatized workers lose much less salt in their sweat than do workers who are not ad j usted to the heat. The average American diet co nta ins sufficient salt for acclimatized workers even when sweat production is high. If, for some reason , salt replacement is required , the best way to compensate for the loss is to add a little extra salt to the food. Salt tablets should not be used. CAUTION Persons with heart problems or those on a low so dium diet who work in hot environments should consult a physician about wh at to do under these conditions . Protect ive Clothing Clothing inhibits the transfer of heat between the body and the surrounding env ironment. Therefore , in hot jobs where the air temperature is lower than skin temperature , wearing clothing reduces the body's ability to lose heat into the air. When air temperature is higher than skin temperature, clothing helps to prevent the transfer of heat from the air to the body. However, this advantage may be nullified if the clothes interfere with the evaporation of sweat. In dry climates, adequate evaporation of sweat is seldom a problem. In a dry work environment with very high air temperatures , protective clothing could be an advantage to the worker. The proper type of clothing depends on the specific circumstance. Certain work in hot environments may require insulated gloves, insulated suits, reflective clothing, or infrared reflecting face shields. For extremely hot conditions, thermally-conditioned clothing is available. One such garment carries a self-contained air conditioner in a backpack, while another is connected a compressed air source which feeds cool air into the jacket or coveralls through a vortex tube. Another type of garment is a plastic jacket, which has pockets that can be filled with dry ice or containers of ice. Employee Awareness The key to preventing excessive heat stress is educating the employer and worker on the hazards of working in heat and the benefits of implementing proper controls and work practices. The employer should establish a program designed to acclimatize workers who must be exposed to hot environments and provide necessary work-rest cycles and water to m inimize heat stress . 224 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environznental Services, LP Special Considerations During unusually hot weather conditions lasting longer than 2 days, the number of heat illnesses usually increases. This is due to several factors, such as progressive body fluid deficit, loss of appetite (and possible salt deficit), and buildup of heat in living and work areas, and breakdown of air-conditioning equipment. Therefore, it is advisable to make a special effort to adhere rigorously to the above preventive measures during these extended hot spells and to avoid any unnecessary or unusual stressful activity. Sufficient sleep and good nutrition are important for maintaining a high level of heat tolerance. Workers who may be at a greater risk of heat illnesses are the obese, the chronically ill, and older individuals . When feasible, the most stressful tasks should be performed during the cooler parts of the day ( early morning or at night). Double shifts and overtime should be avoided whenever possible. Rest periods should be extended to alleviate the increase in the body heat load. · The consumption of alcoholic beverages during prolonged periods of heat can cause additional dehydration. Persons taking certain medications (e.g., medications for blood pressure control, diuretics, or water pills) should consult their physicians in order to determine if any side effects could occur during excessive heat exposure. Daily fluid intake must be sufficient to prevent significant weight loss during the workday and over the workweek. 225 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS -....._.,, Environrnental Services, LP Housekeeping & Material Storage Purpose Attention to general cleanliness, storage and housekeeping can prevent numerous accidents. This chapter covers items not discussed in other areas and is not intended to cover all specific housekeeping requirements. Good housekeeping efforts are a part of TAS 's fire prevention and accident prevention program . Management and Employee Responsibility All Employees share the responsibility for maintaining good housekeeping practice and following the established housekeeping procedures . The Manager, Supervisors, Safety Director will be responsible to monitor housekeeping as part of their facility safety inspection procedures, note any hazards or areas of non- compliance, initiate clean-up procedures and provide follow-up. Management has the additional responsibility to provide disciplinary action when necessary to reinforce compliance with this program. Smoking Policy Smoking is permitted outside in designated areas and in the Smoking Section of authorized break areas before work, after work and during breaks. To prevent fires and keep the grounds neat and orderly, all cigarette/cigar ashes and butts are to be disposed in the provided butt cans or ashtrays only. Hazards Improper housekeeping and material storage can create or hide numerous hazards such as: • Slip & trip hazards • Chemical exposure • Contact with sharp objects • Fire & Explosion hazards • Over loading of storage shelves and bins Hazard Control Offices -Office areas are to be kept neat and orderly. The following general rules apply to prevent injuries and maintain a professional appearance. 226 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL .~TllS ~Environmental Services, LP 1. All aisles, emergency exits , fire extinguishers , etc., will be kept clear (a minimum of three feet of either side) of material storage (temporary and permanent) at all times. 2. Storage areas will be maintained orderly at all times. When supplies are received, the supplies will be stored properly. 3. Spills will be cleaned-up immediately and wastes disposed of properly. 4. All waste receptacles will be lined with a plastic trash bag to avoid direct contact while handling. Custodial Employees will use rubber gloves and compaction bar when handling wastes. 5. Keep file and desk drawers closed when not attended to avoid injuries. Open only one drawer at a time to prevent tipping of file cabinets . 6. At the end of the business day, turn off all office equipment (area heaters, lamps, coffee-maker, PCs, etc.) and lights to save energy and prevent fires. All space heaters be un-plugged at the end of the day to assure they have been turned-off. Operation Warehouse/Shop Areas -These areas will be kept neat and orderly, during operations and as follows: ./ All aisles, emergency exits, fire extinguishers, eye wash stations, etc., will be kept clear (a minimum of three feet in front of and to either side) of product storage, material storage, fork trucks and pallet jacks at all times . ./ Spills will be cleaned up immediately . ./ All equipment leaks will be reported to supervision for immediate repair and clean up . ./ All Employees will be responsible to keep aisles and work floors clear of excessive debris and waste materials during working hours or after hour operation, between breaks and at shift change when necessary or directed by supervision; ./ However, all Employees are responsible to communicate slippery floors to supervision for immediate clean-up . ./ All refuse and waste materials will be placed in the recognized waste containers for disposal. Rest Rooms, Lockers and Eating Areas -Rest rooms, lockers and eating areas are provided as a convenience for all Employees. The following rules will apply: 1 . Employees are expected to clean up after themselves as a common courtesy to fellow Employees. 227 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS ...___._, Environmental Services, LP 2. Flammable materials (fire works, explosive s, gasoline, etc .) may not stored in lockers. 3. Personal food item wi ll not be stored in lockers or cafeteria overnight. 4. All waste receptacles should be lined with a plastic trash bag to avoid direct contact while handling. 5. All refuse and waste mat erials will be placed in the recognized waste containers for disposal. Shop Areas 1. All aisles , eme rg ency exits, fire extinguishers, etc., will be kept clear (a minimum of three feet of either side) of material storage (temporary and permanent) at all times. 2 . Storage Areas will be maintained orderly at all times: All fittings, etc., stored in bins on shelves and sorted by type and use All flammables stored in OSHA-approved Fire Cabinets and self-closing cans where necessary 3. Spills will be cleaned-up immediately by the person responsible and wastes disposed properly. 4. All refuse and waste materials will be placed in the recognized waste containers for disposal. Grounds -The grounds and parking lot areas surrounding the office/shop areas are an extension of the work place. Grounds that are kept neat and orderly show pride by the Company for Employees, customers and neighbors to enjoy. The following guidelines will apply: 1. All trash will be discarded only in the waste containers provided. 2. Park only in the designated parking areas. Do not block loading doors. 3 . Mowing and trimming shall be conducted on a frequent basis. Material Storage -Proper storage procedures are required for dry , raw materials , finished product flammables and compressed gases storage to prevent fires , keep exits and aisles clear and avoid injuries and illnesses . General rules for material storage are as follows: Materials and Finished Products Storage 1. Materials may not be stored any closer than 18 inches to walls or sprinkler heads . A minimum of 3 feet side clearance will be maintained around doorways and emergency exits. Passageways and aisle should be properly marked and a 228 HEA LTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmental Services, LP minimum of six feet in width. Materials, fork lifts , pallet jacks, etc., may not be stored in aisles or passageways. 2 . Aisles and passageways will be kept clear of debris . All spills of materials will be immediately cleaned-up by the person responsible. 3. All platforms and racks will have maximum load capacity displayed. The we ight of stored material will not exceed the rated lo ad capacity . Flammable Storage ./ All flammables (including aerosol cans) will be stored in OSHA-approved flammable storage cabinets or stored outside (at least 50 feet from any structure) ./ Fuels, solvents and other flammables (not stored in original shipping containers) will be stored in OSHA-approved self-c losing containers with flame arresters. Flammables may not be stored in open containers (open parts baths, etc.) . ./ Flammable storage areas will be kept dry and well ventilated . No storage of combustible materials, open flames or exposed electrical components are permitted in the flammable storage area . ./ Flammable or combustible materials may not be stored in electrical rooms. Electrical rooms must be kept clean and dry at all times. Compressed Gas Safety • Gas Cylinder Shipment Receiving • Inspect bottle for defects & proper marking/labels • Ensure stamped date on bottle has not expired • Inspect valve assembly and adapter thread area • Ensure MSDS is on file or with shipment • Follow MSDS requirements for storage • Cylinder cap securely in place when not in use. • Marked with contents and if empty/full. • Stored up right and secured to a stationary structure in a shaded and well- ventilated area. • Cylinders not stored within 50 feet of exposed electrical components or combustible materials . • Cylinders are protected from accidental rupture . • Chemically reactive gases not stored within 50 feet of each other. 229 H EALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Gas Cylinder Movement • Must be secured to a cart or cylinder trolley • Cap securely fastened • Gas Cylinder Usage • Inspect valve adapter threads. • Inspect all fasteners, hoses & regulators prior to hooking up to cylinder. • Use only for approved purposes. • Use in up-right position. • Fasten cylinder to structure or cart. • Regulators must be of same rated pressure as cylinder • Keep cylinder valve shut when not in use; don't depend on regulators 230 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Hydrobl asting and Chemical Cleaning Purpose To protect TAS employees engaged in hydroblasting and/or chemical cleaning activities . T his procedure establishes guidelines that cover the use of high-pressure water jets in cutting and cleaning. Definitions High Pressur e -For this procedure , "high pressure " is defined as a working pressure of 1,000 psi -10 ,000 psi . Shot Gunning -Jetting with a lance and a configuration of jets on the end of a lance where the lance can be manipulated in virtually all planes and the lance operator is not shielded from the high-pressure jet stream . Line Moling -High pressure jetting of a line with a short self-propelled jet nozzle (mole) and a flex ible hose. Tube Lancing -An application whereby a rigid or flexible lance and nozzle combination is inserted into and extracted from, the interior of a tube bundle. Responsibilities The supervisor or foremen in charge of the job has the direct responsibility to ensure compliance with this procedure. All TAS employees must follow the rules within this policy. Training Training shall be conducted by each Branch Office to ensure affected employees have received adequate training to demonstrate competency for "hydroblasting " activities. The training course shall include, but not limited to the following: ./ The cutting action of high-pressure water stream and its potential hazard to the operator . ./ The use and limitations of PPE. Instruction shall be given regarding: o How and when specific clothing and protective devices must be worn and used . ./ Operation of high-pressure systems and associated equipment: o Start up procedures o Shutdown procedures o Potential equipment problems o Corrective actions for those problems 231 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _,,,,,.,, Environmental Services 1 LP ./ Operation and purpose of safety devices ./ Policies against defeating safety devices ./ Pro per hook up and break down of system . Pre pa rat ion a) It must be communicated to all persons working in t he immediate a rea that a hydroblasting job will be in progress. b) The perimeter of hydrob lasting shall be barricaded to indicate a "hazardous " activity. It shall be taped outside of an effective range of the jet nozzle or at least 10 feet from the nozzle, which ever is greater. c) Only authorized personnel shall be within the barricaded area , during hydroblasting operations. d) All associated worksites shall be adequately lighted, during overcast or night activities. e) Hoses shall be arranged to eliminate tripping hazards. Hoses and fittings shall be supported or protected to prevent excess sway or damage from vibration , stress or vehicular traffic. f) The backside of tube bundles shall have a "splashboard " to prevent flying debris and protect other workers . When working from scaffolds, the scaffold deck must be of sufficient and adequate dimensions to ensure a safe working platform for the lance operator. Pressures a) Water pressure and volume should be kept at a minimum to do the job. Maximum pressure for hand-operated equipment shall not exceed 2,000 psi inside any confined space, unless a minimum , four (4) barrel length is used. b) Pressures in excess of 10,000 psig shall not be used until a specific procedure has been written and approved by the Branch Manager. Personal Protective Equipment a) Minimum PPE shall be; slicker suit (or a higher level of protection), steel-toed rubber boots, face shield, safety glasses with side shields ( conditions may require splash goggles), rubber gloves and hard hat. Hearing protect ion shall be worn when pump(s) is in operation. b) If during automated operations, there is no potential for exposure to personnel , including splash, PPE may be down graded to an appropriate level of protection according to hazard assessment. Note: Any downgrade of PPE must be 232 HEALTH & SAFETY MAN UAL documented, on the Tailga te Safetv Plan . with supporting data and authorization signature bv the supervisor. c) Metatarsal and metac a rpal protectors shall be utilized when "sh otg un " ope rations are being con d ucte d. Equipment a) For "shot gunning " in open areas , the barrel (from the deadman switch to the nozzle) shall be a minimum of four ( 4) feet in length. b) The hose shall have a maximum allowable working pressure equal to or g reater than the pressure req u ired to do the job, and must be inspected before ev e ry job by the hydroblasting crew members. c) The lance orifice opening sha ll be designed to minimize back-thrust base upon the operating pressures and flow rates, to be used for hand-held operations. d) The "deadman" switch on the shotgun (including foot pedal) shall have a trigger guard to prevent accidental discharge or engagement of the switch. Moling and Flex Lancing Equipment a) During flex lance operations, an eighteen (18) inch straight lance (stinger) shall be attached to the working end and the nozzle shall be attached to the stinger. b) During line mo ling operations , a positive mechanical device shall be used to prevent the flex nozzle from coming in con t act with the lance operator. Note: Consideration should be given to the diameter of the pipe being cleaned and the need for precautions to prevent line mole reversal. Blasting with Recirculated Water Before recirculated water can be used for a cleaning job , a written specific procedure (authorized by Branch Manager) shall address the following concerns: ./ Identification of the contaminants that will become concentrated during the recirculation process . ./ Exposure hazards associated with the chemical contaminants . ./ PPE and methods and equipment to prevent exposure (including vapors and fumes) ./ Spill contingency plan, should the contaminants be accidentally released. 233 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _.,, Environ:rnental Services, LP Special Considerations a) Pre-job Checklist (see attachment this section) or equivalent shall be completed by the crew prior to stating the job. Note: This checklist is in addition to the Tailgate Safety Plan. b) A safety watch "observer" ( other than the lance operator) shall be present during hydroblast operations. He shall continuously observe the operation and the operator. He will be responsible for notifying the operator in the event of an emergency. c) When line moling, the individual closest to the nozzle tip shall be in control of the deadman switch. If this requirement generates a more hazardous condition, the supervisor shall assess and determine the location of the switch and will establish an effective means of communication between the two locations. d) When an elevated work area is required it shall be a scaffold to provide stable access and work platform. e) If multiple hydro blasting jobs are being conducted in the same area, each operator shall be stationed outside the effective range of the other operators. f) Under no circumstance shall an operator, or other employee use hands, feet or other body parts to stabilize an object being cleaned. g) It must be determined, from the client/owner if collection of waste water is needed. 234 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmenta l Services,. LP HYDROBLASTING PRE-JOB CHECKLIST Date: Supervisor Equip. Operator Equip Operator y N N/A Prior to Receiving Permit All personnel have required safety equipment Are personnel familiar with evacuation procedure? Are personnel familiar w ith assembly points? All employee have read and understand the permit? Set Up ,,.., -' ' Locate & test nearest eyewash and safety shower Identify and eliminate tripping hazards & obstacles Has adequate scaffolding been provided? High pressure end of pump pointed away from bystanders? Equipment is blocked and chocked , as needed? When using condensate or deionized water, proper ground ing is in place? Barricades up and tagged in affected area? All vertical hoses supported adequately? Splash shields installed? Check operation of deadma n switch? Flush all equipment and lines before installing nozzle? Prior to Starting "' " . . Identify chemical hazard , locate MSDS , and review? Discuss special equipment, procedure and precautions Verify equipment has been isolated , de-pressured , and de-inventoried Will an 18 " (or longer) stinger be needed? Post Job >· ••. • ' ,. " Clean work area and remove barricade Inspect all work Complete all paper work 235 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S __ ., Environ:rnental Services, LP Guideline for Hydrogen Sulfide Purpose To communicate to all employees the potential hazards when exposed to Hydrogen Sulfide (H 2S) and establish consistent procedures to be followed by all TAS employees . A release of hydrogen sulfide can occur suddenly and unexpectedly . Typical sources of exposure can come from drilling operations, recycled drilling muds , water from crude wells , field maintenance, pipeline leaks , tank batteries and wells , as well as sulfur recovery units. General This material is highly toxic, colorless and flammable gas that is very dangerous even at low concentrations. High exposures will cause respiratory paralysis and may be fatal. H2S is considered a chemical asphyxiate by tying up oxygen in the blood stream. It is heavier than air and settles in low areas. The human olfactory senses can detect concentrations as low as 0.13 ppm. However, at approximately 50 ppm, these senses are paralyzed, causing hydrogen sulfide to be difficult to detect. Never rely on smell to determine the presence of Hydrogen Sulfide. Definitions Hazardous Volumes -a rate of escape of gas; ./ 100 ppm radius of exposure is > 50 feet and includes public areas, except for public roads . ./ 500 ppm radius is > 50 feet and includes any part of public roadways . ./ 100 ppm radius is > than 3000 feet. Public Area -Any portion or part of a place or area that can be expected to be populated. Public Road -Any thoroughfare maintained for public access or use. 236 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL Precautions Every employee must ensure a thorough knowledge and acute awareness of hydrogen sulfide poisonous gas. Employees must concentrate their efforts on eliminating it 's hazards by use of safe work pract ice s. Special attention must be paid if confined spaces are considered to contain a potential for H2S. Detection Many devices are available to detect hydrogen sulfide. These devices can range from personal devices, MSA Passport, AIM Meter, and a variety of typical 4-gas meters. Indicator tubes are also available . These rely on the sample drawn into a tube with reagent , and the subsequent reaction will cause a change of color inside the tube. Each branch office Safety Director can provide information regarding instrumentation devices for hydrogen sulfide. Respiratory Protection When exposed to hazardous concentrations of hydrogen sulfide, respiratory protection is mandatory. NIOSH certified supplied-air respirators (SAR), such as airline with escape bottles or self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) shall be used. For additional information, refer to Respiratory Protection section of this manual. Note: you must be medically qualified, trained and fit tested before working with respiratory protection. Monitoring Portable H2S Detection Devices -These units can give audible alarms at 10 ppm. These units are calibrated by the manufacturers recommended values and the calibration is conducted by the Air Monitoring Specialist at each office. Fixed Monitors -Some facilities may have fixed systems in place for monitoring the release of hydrogen sulfide. Evacuation, Escape and Emergency Procedures Prior to entry on to a site where H2S may be present , check with owner/operator to determine what specific emergency plans are in place and follow their requirements. Whenever an unsafe concentration of H2S may be present , the following guidelines should be implemented : • Don a 5-minute escape air pack (if available) 237 H EALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environinental Services, LP • Evacuate crosswind & upwind of the H2S emission to the pre-determined assembly point. • Always use the buddy system , and alert others to the hazard . The buddy shall have appropriate resp i ratory equipment with a means of maintaining constant commun ications. • After evacuation, contact your supervisor and standby for further instructions. Rescue & First Aid If someone is overcome by H2S, use the following procedure: 1. Call or have someone call for help 2. Don Supplied Air (SAR) equipped with a 5-minute escape pack or an SCBA. (Supplied air or SCBA are the only respirators that can be used) NEVER ATTEMPT RESCUE UNLESS YOU ARE PROPERLY TRAINED AND EQUIPPED WITH PROTECTION. 3. Remove the person to fresh air. 4. Check for heart beat and administer appropriate first aid measures. 5. Treat for shock 6. Get medical attention as soon as possible 7. Do not allow individual to return to work without medial clearance. Equipment Opening Maintenance & Inspection -Anytime equipment, i.e., piping, vessels, instruments, drains, vents, blinds, etc., which may contain H2S, is opened or entered, those involved in the work must wear appropriate respiratory protection. When working within a confined space, employees shall wear supplied air with escape pack, full- body harness with lifeline affixed to a suitable anchor point outside the entry point. Equipment & Steam-out Operations -Whenever process equipment, tanks, tank cars, rail cars , piping, etc., containing H2S is pressured, the following shall be implemented : • Vent H2S to a flare system (if possible) • If necessary to vent to atmosphere; o Vent at a rate to ensure dissipation without danger to downwind personnel o Monitor wind direction throughout the venting process o Down wind inhabited areas should be evacuated and/or alerted as needed o H2S monitors should be used for parameter measurements and all readings shall be documented . o Never vent H2S in the vicinity of any ignition source o Portable ventilation ( explosion-proof) can be used to assist in dispersion 238 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ E nvironmental Services, LP Supervisor Responsibilities The field supervisor and/or site safety shal l ensure that emp loyees take the necessary precautions and wear approved PPE when working around H2S. The supervisor is also responsible for: • Determining if any H2S exists within the work location • Identifying those locations as having harmful concentrations of H2S . • Barricade and warn personnel by establishing "hot zone " of 50 radius for 100 ppm • Determine wind direction and use wind direction indicators when applicable • Install and monitor with fixed monitoring devices to ensure measurements of 10 ppm or less. • If fixed monitors are not practical or available , the site safety shall provide suitable portable electronic monitoring devices, with strict zone controls to unauthorized personnel. In addition, the supervisor will: • Conduct routine patrols and surveillance as frequent as necessary to en sure personnel protection • Install appropriate barricading to restrict public access within ;14 mile • Ensure adequate supply of respiratory equipment • Provide annual training with documentation of training content , dates and attendees • Prepare local emergency communication and response procedure designed as a contingency to alert and protect public • NOTE: Some states (Texas) require prior approval for flaring H2S in hazardous volumes. Employee Responsibilities Be knowledgeable and aware of H2S presence. Ask your supervisor for specific procedures and: • Take necessary precautions, follow all safety guidelines and use respiratory protection when necessary • Obtain authorization from your supervisor before working in an area that requires specific respiratory protection • Use supplied air (SAF or SCBA with escape bottles) when working in confined spaces or areas suspected of H2S contamination. Employees shall be knowledgeable of these requirements and shall comply with all procedures. If concentrations of H2S is detected , evacuate the area and notify your supervisor immediately. 239 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmen t a l Services, L P Iron oxide is a potential danger associated with equipment and the presence of H2S. Iron oxide is pyrophoric and can ignite in the presence of air. When venting or opening equipment • If possible, steam out equipment before opening • Keep piping and vessels wet , iron oxide will not burn if wetted • Fire watch should be used to monitor and continuously wet areas to prevent ignition • H2S is extremely flammable. Flammable ranges are 4 .3% -46% and an ignition temperature of 500° F H2S Exposure Limits The following have been established for H2S: • The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienist has established a Threshold Limit Value (TL V) of 10 ppm for 8 hour time-weighted average and Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) of 15 ppm (15 minutes max.) • NIOSH has established a Recommended Exposure Level (REL) of 10 ppm Ceiling -which should never be exceeded without protection. Also NIOSH has established an IDLH concentration of 100 ppm (1998). The table below indicates approximate levels and physiological effects. Not everyone responds the same -some may be more sensitive than others. This table should be used as a general rule of thumb: H2S Specific Hazards Concentration % PPM Physical Effects 0.001 10 Obvious odor Loss of smell in 3 -15 0 .010 100 minutes; may sting eyes & throat 0.020 200 Kills smell quickly, stings eyes & throat 0.050 500 Dizziness , breathing stops in minutes Unconscious quickly; 0.070 700 death will result if not rescued immediately 0.100 1000 Death within minutes 240 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _., Environmental Services, LP Ladder & Scaffold User Safety Purpose Ladders/scaffolds prese nt unique opportunities for unsafe acts and unsafe conditions. Employees who use ladders/scaffolds must be trained in proper selection, inspection, use and storage. Improper use of ladders/scaffolds have caused a large percentage of accidents in the workplace. Use caution on ladders. OSHA reference: (29 CFR 1910.25, 1910.26, and 1910.27). Ladder Hazards Falls from ladders can result in broken bones and/or death. Ladder safety is a life saving program at our company. Hazards include: • Ladders with missing or broken parts. • Using a ladder with too low a weight rating • Using a ladder that is too short for purpose. • Using metal ladders near electrical wires . • Using ladders as a working platform • Objects falling from ladders Ladder Inspection Inspect ladders before each use. • All rungs and steps are free of oil, grease, dirt, etc . . • Ladder rungs, cleats, and steps shall be parallel, level, and uniformly spaced, when the ladder is in position for use. • All fittings are tight. • Spreaders or other locking devices are in place. • Non-skid safety feet are in place. • No structural defects, all support braces intact. Do not use broken ladders. Most ladders cannot be repaired to manufact urer specifications. Throw away all broken ladders. 241 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL .~TAS ~ Envi ronmental Services, LP Ladder Storage Store ladders on sturdy hooks in areas where they cannot be damaged . Store to prevent warping or sagging . Do not hang anything on ladders that are in a stored condition . Ladder Ratings Ladder weight ratings • I-A 300 pounds (heavy duty) • I 250 pounds (heavy duty) • II 225 pounds (medium duty) • Ill 200 pounds (light duty). Limits on ladder length. • A stepladder should be no more than 20 feet high. • A one-section ladder should be no more than 30 feet. • An extension ladder can go to 60 feet, but the sections must overlap. Ladder Setup The following procedure must be followed to prevent ladder accidents: • Place ladder on a clean slip free level surface. • Ladders shall not be loaded beyond the maximum intended load for which they were built, not beyond the manufactures rated capacity. • Extend the ladder to have about 4 feet above the top support or work area. • Anchor the top and bottom of the ladder. • Place the ladder base 1 /4 the height, of the ladder, from the wall when using an extension ladder. • Ladders shall be used only for the purpose for which they were designed. • Never allow more than one person on a ladder. • Use carriers and tool belts to carry objects up a ladder. • Do not lean out from the ladder in any direction. • If you have a fear of heights -don't climb a ladder. • Do not allow others to work under a ladder in use. 242 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TA.S ~ Environmental Services, LP Ladder Maintenance • Keep ladders clean. • Never replace broken parts unless provided by the original manufacturer. • Do not attempt to repair broken side rails. • Keep all threaded fasteners properly adjusted. • Replace worn steps with parts from manufacturer. Scaffold User All field employees shall be trained to recognize hazards associated with work activities conducted while on scaffolds. Training will include, at a minimum , the following hazards; • Fall, electrical, falling objects, fall protection, use, and load capacities. • Retraining shall be required when T AS has reason to believe that an employee lacks the skill or understanding needed for safe work involving the erection, use or dismantling of scaffolds. TAS shall re-train each such employee so that the requisite proficiency is regained. All scaffolds shall be inspected by a competent person to ensure scaffolds are safe prior to use and during use. Any scaffold identified as unsafe or a condition that identifies the scaffold as needing attention shall be tagged out of service , until such conditions can be corrected. Only qualified and competent personnel can erect and/or modify scaffolding systems. All scaffolding systems used by T AS will be erected by a third party scaffold contractor. 243 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Lead Safety Program -General Industry Purpose The purpose of the TAS's Lead Safet y Program is to protect both our employees and the environment from lead contamination from our operations . The intent of our program is to be in full , cont inuous compliance with OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910 .1025 and all other local , State and Federal requirements for our industry. Historically, our employees are not involved in "lead abatement " activities , however should an exposure potential be determined , the "Lead Compliance Procedure " shall be implemented. (This procedure is provided by Demolition Group) Responsibilities Management will implement, maintain & monitor effectiveness of: • entire lead safety program, including semi-annual revisions and updates to reflect the current status of the program • engineering & administrative controls for lead exposure • employee training and awareness • medical surveillance program • respiratory protection program • lead disposal program • housekeeping program • protective clothing issue, storage and disposal Supervisors will: • provide effective and continuous control of all lead operations • immediately inform management of any deficiencies in engineering or administrative controls • conduct routine assigned inspections and monitoring • immediate correct any deviation from operational safety requirements • provide immediate on-the-spot training for any employee who shows lack of knowledge or application of required operational lead safety requirements • ensure all employees are properly trained before commencing any operation that may contribute to lead exposure Employees will: • follow all operational and lead safety procedures • seek immediate supervisor guidance to resolve questions • conduct operations in accordance with company provided training 244 HEA LT H & SAF ETY MANUAL TllS _ _.,,, Environm.ental Services, LP • immediate ly report to a supervisor any deficiency in engineering or administra t ive controls • properly use, store and dispose of issued and ass igned personal pro tective clothing . • maintain change and shower a reas neat and orderly Hazards Pure lead (Pb) is a heavy metal at room temperature and pressure and is a basic chem ical element. It can combine with various other substances to form numerous lead compounds . The Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) set by OSHA is 50 micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air (50 ug/m(3)), averaged over an 8-hour workday . Lead can be absorbed by inhalation (breathing) and ingestion (eating). Lead is not absorbed through your skin. When lead is scattered in the air as a dust, fume or mist it can be inhaled and absorbed through the lungs and upper respiratory tract. Lead can also be absorbed through the digestive system if swallowed. Handling food, cigarettes, chewing tobacco, or make-up, which have lead contamination or handling them with hands contaminated with lead, will contribute to ingestion. A significant portion of inhaled or ingested lead goes into the blood stream. Once in the blood st ream, lead is circulated throughout the body and stored in various organs and body tissues. Some of this lead is quickly filtered out of the body and excreted, but some remains in the blood and other tissues. As exposure to lead continues, the amount stored in the body will increase. Lead stored in body tissues can cause irreversible damage, first to individual cells, then to organs and whole body systems. Short-term (acute) effects of overexposure to lead Lead is a potent, systemic poison. Taken in large enough doses, lead can kill in a matter of days. A condition affecting the brain called acute encephalopathy may arise which develops quickly to seizures, coma , and death from cardio respiratory arrest. There is no sharp dividing line between rapidly developing acute effects of lead , and chronic effects which take longer to acquire. Lead adversely affects numerous body systems, and causes forms of health impairment and disease, which arise after periods of exposure as short as days or as long as several years. 245 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Envi ronme ntal Servic es} LP Long-term (chronic) effective of overexposure to lead Chronic overexposure to lead may result in severe damage to blood-forming, nervous, urinary and reproductive systems . Some common symptoms of chronic overexposure include loss of appetite, metallic taste in the mouth, anxiety, constipation, nausea, pallor, excessive tiredness, weakness, insomnia , headache, nervous irritability, muscle and joint pain or soreness, fine tremors, numbness , d izz iness , hyperactivity and colic. In lead colic there may be severe abdominal pain. Monitoring Initial determination . The company has made an init ial determination of lead work areas and exposure levels and will conduct subsequent "initial determinations" in the event of changes to hazard control methods or operational processes that affect employee or environmental exposure . Initial determinations are conducted, at the employee breathing zone, to determine if any employee may be exposed to lead at or above the action level of 30 micrograms per cubic meter of air (30 ug/m(3)) averaged over an 8-hour period. Where a determination is made that no employee is exposed to airborne concentrations of lead at or above the action level, the company shall maintain a written record. The record shall include quantitative sampling data, date of determination, location within the worksite, and the name and social security number of each employee monitored. Monitoring requirements Monitoring and analysis methods shall have an accuracy (to a confidence level of 95%) of not less than plus or minus 20 percent for airborne concentrations of lead equal to or greater than 30 ug/m(3). Where a determination shows the possibility of any employee exposure at or above the action level, the company shall conduct monitoring , which is representative of the exposure for each employee in the workplace or process area who is exposed to lead. For the purposes of monitoring requirements, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator. Monitoring and sample collection shall cover full shift (for at least 7 continuous hours) personal samples including at least one sample for each shift for each job classification in each work area . 246 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Full shift personal samples must be representative of the monitored employ ee's regular, daily exposure to lead . Monitoring Frequency At or Above Action Level and Below PEL Every 6 months if the initia l determination or subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be at or above the action level but below the permissible exposure limit. This monitoring (6 month frequency) will continue until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level. Above PEL. If the . initial monitoring reveals that employee exposure is above the permissible exposure limit the company will repeat monitoring quarterly. Qua rt erly monitoring will continue until at least two consecutive measurements , taken at lea st 7 days apart, are below the PEL but at or above the action level. Additional monitoring. Whenever there has been a production, process , control or personnel change, which may result in new or additional exposure to lead, or whenever any other reason to suspect a change, which may result in new or additional exposures to lead, additional monitoring will be conducted. Employee Notification of Monitoring Results. Within 5 working days after the receipt of monitoring results, each employee will be notified in writing of the results , which represent that employee's exposure. Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure, without regard to respirators , exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the written notice will include a statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action taken or to be taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit. Observation of monitoring The company provides affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to lead . Observation procedures. Whenever observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to lead requires entry into an area where the use of respirators, protective clothing or equipment is required , the company will provide the observer with and assure the use of respirators, clothing and equipment required, and will require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures. 247 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environxnental Services, LP Without interfering with the monitoring , observers is entitled to: • Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures • Observe all steps related to the monitoring of lead performed at the place of exposure • Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results when returned by the laboratory Engineering Controls Where any employee is exposed to lead above the permissible exposure limit for more than 30 days per year, the company will implement feasible engineering and work practice controls (including administrative controls) to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit, the company will still use them to reduce exposures to the lowest feasible level and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection. Where any employee is exposed to lead above the permissible exposure limit, but for 30 days or less per year, the company will implement engineering controls to reduce exposures to 200 ug/m(3), but thereafter may implement any combination of engineering, work practice (including administrative controls), and respiratory controls to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead to or below 50 ug/m(3). Mechanical ventilation When ventilation is used to control exposure, measurements , which demonstrate the effectiveness of the system in controlling exposure, such as, capture velocity, duct velocity, or static pressure shall be made at least every 3 months . Measurements of the system's effectiveness in controlling exposure shall be made within 5 days of any change in production, process, or control, which might result in a change in employee exposure to lead. Recirculation of air. If air from exhaust ventilation is recirculated into the workplace, the system must include: • a high efficiency filter with reliable back-up filter; and • controls to monitor the concentration of lead in the return air and to bypass the recirculation system automatically if it fails are installed, operating , and maintained . 248 HEALTH & SAF ETY M ANUAL TllS __ ,, Environmental Services, LP Administrative Controls If adm inistrative controls a re used as a means of reducing employe es TWA exposure to lead , the company sh a ll establish a nd im plement a job ro tat ion schedul e, which includes : • Name or identification number of each affected employee • Duration and exposure levels at each job or work station where each affected employee is located • Other information which may be usefu l in assessing the reliabili ty of administrative controls to reduce exposure to lead Admin istrative control information and records will be maintai ned as an addendum to this written program Respirators When respirators are used to supplement eng ineering and work practice controls to comply with the PEL and all other requirements have been met , employee exposure , for the purpose of determining compliance with the PEL , may be considered to be at the level provided by the protection factor of the respirator for those periods the respirator is worn. Those periods may be averaged with exposure levels d u ring periods when respirators are not worn to determine the employee's daily TWA exposure . The respiratory protection program will be conducted in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) through (d) (except (d)(1 )(iii)), and (f) through (m). The company will provide a powered air-purifying respirator (PAPRs) when an employee chooses to use this type of respirator and such a respirator provides adeq uate protection to the employee. Respirators must be used during: • Periods necessary to install or implement engineering or work-practice contro ls. • Work operations for which engineering and work-practice controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit. • Periods when an employee requests a respira tor Protective Clothing & Equipment If an employee is exposed to lead above the PEL , without regard to the use of respirators or where the possibility of skin or eye irritation exists, the company will 249 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S E nvironrnental Services, LP provide at no cost to the employee appropriate protect ive work clothing and equipment such as, but not limited to: • Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing; • Gloves, hats , and shoes or disposable shoe coverlets; and • Face shields , vented goggles, or other appropriate protective equipment Cleaning and replacement -the company will: • provide the protective clothing in a clean and dry condition at least weekly , and daily to employees whose exposure levels without reg ard to a resp ira tor are over 200 ug/m(3) of lead as an 8-hour TWA. • provide for the cleaning , laundering , or disposal of protect ive clothing and equipment • repair or replace required protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness. • assure that all protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms provided for that purpose • assure that contaminated protective clothing , which is to be cleaned , laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closed container in the change-room , which prevents dispersion of lead outside the container. • inform in writing any person who cleans or launders protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to lead. • assure that the containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph (g)(2)(v) are labeled as follows: CAUTION: CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD. DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR SHAKING. DISPOSE OF LEAD CONTAMINATED WASH WATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE , OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS. • prohibit the removal of lead from protective clothing or equipment by blowing , shak i ng, or any ot her means , which disperses lead into the air. Housekeeping • All surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of lead. • Floors and other surfaces where lead accumulates may not be cleaned by the use of compressed ai r. • Shoveling , dry or wet sweeping, and brushing may be used only where vacuuming or other equally effective methods have been tried and found not to be effective . • Where vacuuming methods are used, the vacuums shall be used and emptied in a manner, which minimizes t he reentry of lead into the workplace. 250 HEAL TH & SAF ETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Hygiene Facilities & Practices The following is requirements pertain to all areas where employees are exposed to lead above the PEL , without regard to the use of respirators: • No storage or consumption of food or beverages • No tobacco product storage or use • No cosmetics stored or used • No personal clothing or articles , except in authorized change areas Ch a nge rooms Clean change rooms are provided for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL. Change rooms are equipped with separate storage facilities for protective work clothing and equipment and for street clothes, which prevent cross-contamination. Employees who are required to shower after work shifts are not allowed to leave the workplace wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work shift. Showers Employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL must shower at the end of the each work shift. Lunchrooms Separate lunchroom facilities are provided for employees who work in areas where their airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL. These facilities are temperat ure controlled , have positive pressure and filtered air supply, and are readily access ible to employees. All affected employees must wash their hands and face prior to eating , drinking , smoking or applying cosmetics in the lunchroom area. Employees may not enter lunchroom facilities with protective work clothing or equipment un less surface lead dust has been removed by vacuuming, down draft booth , or other cleaning met hod. Lavatories. An adequate number of separate lavatory facilities are maintained for employees who work in lead controlled process areas. 251 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environrnental Services, LP Signs Proper signs will be posted at the entrance and exits to all lead hazard areas , No other signs or statements may appear on or near any lead hazard sign which contradicts or detracts from the meaning of the required sign. All lead hazard sign s will be kept illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible . The signs will contain the following or other appropriate wording/warning: Employee Training WARNING LEAD WORK AREA POISON NO SMOKING OR EATING All affected employees will participate in the company Lead Safety Training program. All affected employees will be trained prior to the time of initial job assignment and at least annually. Employee training will consist of: • specific OSHA requirements contained in o 1910.1025 -OSHA Lead Standard o 1910.1025 App A -Substance data sheet for occupational exposure to lead o 1910.1025 App B -Employee standard summary • specific nature of the operations which could resu lt in exposure to lead above the action level • purpose, proper select ion, fitting, use, and limitations of respirators; • purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program, and the medical removal protection program including information concerning the adverse heal t h effects associated with excessive exposure to lead (with particular attention to the adverse reproductive effects on both males and females); • engineering controls and work practices associated with the employee's job assignment; • contents of the company compliance plan • instructions that chelating agents should not routinely be used to remove lead from their bodies and should not be used at all except under the direction of a licensed physician • materials pertaining to the Occupational Safety and Health Act A copy of the OSHA standard 1910.1025 and its appendices will be readily ava ilable to all affected employees. 252 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS -.-, Environ:r:nental Services,, LP Medical Surveillance The company has instituted a medical surveillance program for all employees who are or may be exposed above the action level for more than 30 days per year. This medical surveillance program and all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, at no cost to the employee. The program functions under the requirements of OSHA Standard 1910.1025. Elements of the program include: • Biological monitoring • Employee notification • Medical examinations and consultations • Med ical removal protection • Medical removal protection benefits Record keeping All records relating to the company lead safety program are to be maintained fo r at least 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. The following records will be established and maintained : Exposure monitoring • Date(s), number, duration, location and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable • Description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy • Type of resp iratory protective devices worn, if any • Name, social security number, and job classification of the employee monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent • Environmental variables that could affect the measurement of employee exposure Medical surveillance • The name, social security number, and description of the duties of the employee; • A copy of the physician's written opinions; • Results of any airborne exposure monitoring done for that employee and the representative exposure levels supplied to the physician • Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to lead . 253 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS --..-./ Environmental Services, LP • A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work history • A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results or references to that informat ion; • A copy of the results of biological monitoring. Medical removals • Name and social security number of the employee ; • Date on each occasion that the employee was removed from current exposure to lead as well as the corresponding date on which the employee was returned to his or her former job status; • Brief explanation of how each removal was or is being accomplished; and • Statement with respect to each removal indicating whether or not the reason for the removal was an elevated blood lead level. Lead Health Hazard Information for Employees Prevention of adverse health effects for most workers from exposure to lead throughout a working lifetime requires that worker blood lead (Pb) levels be maintained at or below forty micrograms per one hundred grams of whole blood (40 ug/100g). The blood lead levels of workers (both male and female workers) who intend to have children should be maintained below 30 ug/1 OOg to minimize adverse reproductive health effects to the parents and to the developing fetus. The measurement of your blood lead level is the most useful indicator of the amount of lead being absorbed by your body. Blood lead levels (Pb) are most often reported in units of milligrams (mg) or micrograms (ug) of lead (1 mg=1000 ug) per 100 grams (1 OOg), 100 milliliters (100 ml) or deciliter (di) of blood. These three units are essentially the same. Sometime PbB's are expressed in the form of mg% or ug %. This is a shorthand notation for 1 OOg , 100 ml , or di. PbB measurements show the amount of lead circulating in your blood stream, but do not give any information about the amount of lead stored in your various tissues . PbB measurements merely show current absorption of lead , not the effect that lead is having on your body or the effects that past lead exposure may have already caused. Past research into lead-related diseases, however, has focused heavily on associations between PbBs and various diseases . As a result, your PbB is an important indicator of the likelihood that you will gradually acquire a lead-related health impairment or disease. Once your blood lead level climbs above 40 ug/1 OOg, your r isk of disease increases. There is a wide variability of individual response to lead, thus it is difficult to say that 254 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environm ental Services, LP a partic ular PbB in a given person will cause a particular effect. Studies have associated fatal encephalopathy with PbBs as low as 150 ug/1 OOg. Other studies have shown other forms of diseases in some workers with PbBs well below 80 ug/1 OOg. Your PbB is a crucial indicator of the risks to your health, but one other factor is a lso extremely important. This factor is the length of time you have had elevated PbBs. The longer you have an elevated PbB , the greater the risk that large quantities of lead are being gradually stored in your organs and tissues (body burden). The greater your overall body burden, the greater the chances of substantial permanent damage. The best way to prevent all forms of lead-related impairments and diseases-both short term and long term-is to maintain your PbB below 40 ug/1 OOg. The company lead safety program is designed with this end in mind. You as a worker have a respons ib ility to assist in complying with the company program. You play a key role in protecting your own health by learning about the lead hazards and their control, learning what t he company program requires and following management and supervisor requirements where they govern your own actions. Reporting signs and symptoms of health problems. You should immediately notify your supervisor if you develop signs or symptoms associated with lead poisoning or if you desire medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to lead on your ability to have a healthy child. You should also notify your supervisor if you have difficulty breathing during a respirator fit test or while wearing a respirator. In each of these cases the company will make available to you appropriate medical examinations or consultations. These must be provided at no cost to you and at a reasonable t ime and place. Exposure Levels The company program sets a permissible exposure limit (PEL) of fifty micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air (50 ug/m(3)), averaged over an 8-hour workday . This is the highest level of lead in air to which you may be permissibly exposed over an 8-hour workday. Since it is an 8-hour average it permits short exposures above the PEL so long as for each 8-hour workday your average exposure does not exceed the PEL. This company recognizes that your daily exposure to lead can extend beyond a typical 8-hour workday as the result of overtime or other alterations in your work schedule. To deal with this , our program contains the below formula which reduces your permissible exposure when you are exposed more than 8 hours. For example, if you are exposed to lead for 10 hours a day, the maximum permitted average exposure would be 40 ug/m(3). Formula: Maximum permissible limit (in ug/m(3))=400 divided by hours worked i n the day. 255 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL Lockout Tagout Purpose Tll.S Environxnental Services 1 LP Control of Hazardous energy is the purpose of the Lockout-Tagout Program. This program establishes the requirements for isolation of both kinetic and potential electrical, chemical, thermal, hydraulic and pneumatic and gravitational energy prior to equipment repair, adjustment or removal. Reference: OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910. 147, the control of hazardous energy . Hazards -Improper or failure to use Lockout -Tagout procedures may result in : • Electrical shock • Chemical exposure • Skin burns • Lacerations & amputation • Fires & explosions • Chemical releases • Eye injury • Death Definitions Authorized (Qualified) Employees are the only ones certified to lock and tagout equipment or machinery. Whether an employee is considered to be qualified will depend upon various circumstances in the workplace. It is likely for an individual to be considered "qualified" with regard to certain equipment in the workplace, but "unqualified" as to other equipment. An employee who is undergoing on-the-job training and who, in the course of such training, has demonstrated an ability to perform duties safely at his or her level of training and who is under the direct supervision of a qualified person , is considered to be "qualified" for the performance of those duties. Affected Employees are those employees who operate machinery or equipment upon which lockout or tagging out is required under this program. Training of these individuals will be less stringent in that it will include the purpose and use of the lockout procedures. Other Employees are identified as those that do not fall into the authorized , affected or qualified employee category. Essentially, it will include all other employees. These employees will be provided instruction in what the program is and not to touch any machine or equipment when they see that it has been locked or tagged out. 256 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ._it/I"./ Envi ronntental Services, LP T ra ining Authorized Employees Training All Operations Employees, Supervisors and contract employees will be trained to use the Lock and Tag Out Procedures. The initial and annual refresher training is provided through a contracted web-base program . This web-based program will be supplemented through instructor-lead safety meeting venues. The Operations Supervisor or Branch Safety Director will conduct the training at time of initial hire. Retraining shall be held at least annually. The training will consist of the following : 1. Review of General Procedures 2 . Review of Specific Procedures for machinery , equipment and processes 3 . Location and use of Specific Procedures 4. Procedures when questions arise Affected Employee Training 1. Only trained and authorized Employees will repair , replace or adjust machinery , equipment or processes 2. Affected Employees may not remove Locks, locking devices or tags from machinery , equipment or circuits . 3 . Purpose and use of the lockout procedures. Other Employee Training 1. Only trained and authorized Employees will repair, replace or adjust machinery or Equipment. 2. Other Employees may not remove Locks , locking devices or tags from machinery , equipment or circuits Routine Maintenance & Machine Adjustments Lock and Tag Out procedures are not required if equipment must be operating for proper adj ustment. Only tra ined and authorized Employees when specific procedures have been developed to safely avoid hazards with proper training may use this rare exception. All consideration shall be made to prevent the need for an employee to break the plane of a normally guarded area of the equipment by use of tools and other devices. Locks, Hasps and Tags All Qu alif ied Operations Personnel will be assigned a lock with one key , hasp and tag . These devices shall ind icate the identity of the employee. All locks will be keyed 257 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environxnental Services, LP differently, except when a specific ind ividual is issues a series of locks for complex lockout-tagout tasks . In some cases , more than one lock , hasp and tag may needed to completely de- energize equipment and machinery. Additional locks may be checked out from the Safety Department or Operations Supervisor. All locks and hasps shall be un iquely identifiable to a specific employee. SOP: General Lock and Tag Out Procedures Before working on, repairing, adjusting or replacing machinery and equipment , the following procedures will be utilized to place the machinery and equipment in a neutral or zero mechanical state . Preparation for Shutdown. Before authorized or affected employee's turn off a machine or piece of equipment, the authorized emp loyee will have knowledge of the type and magnitude of the energy , the haza rds of the energy to be controlled , and the means to control the energy. Notify all affected Employees that the machinery , equipment or process will be out of service Machine or Equipment Shutdown. The machine or equipment will be turned or shut down using the specific procedures for that specific machine. An orderly shutdown will be utilized to avoid any additional or increased hazards to employees as a result of equipment de-energization. If the machinery, equipment or process is in operation , follow normal stopping procedures (depress stop button, open toggle switch , etc.). Move switch or panel arms to "Off' or "Open" positions and close all valves or other energy isolating devices so that the energy source(s) is disconnected or isolated from the mach inery or equipment. Machine or Equipment Isolation. All energy control devices that are needed to control the energy to the machine or equipment will be physically located and operated in such a manner as to isolate the machine or equipment from the energy source . Lockout or Tagout Device Application. Authorized employees will affix lockout or tagout devices to energy isolating devices. Lockout devices will be affixed in a manner that will hold the energy isolating devices from the "safe" or "off' position. Where tagout devices are used they will be affixed in such a manner that will clearly state that the operation or the movement of energy isolating devices from the "safe" or "off" positions is prohibited. 258 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ~ TllS ~ Env i r on:m.ental Services, LP The tagout devices will be attached to the same point a lock would be attache d . If the tag cannot be affixe d at that po int, the tag will be located as close as possi b le to the device in a position that will be immed iate ly obvious to anyone attempt i ng to operate the device . Lock and tag out all energy devices by use of hasps, chains and valve cov e rs with an assigned individual locks. Stored Energy Following the application of the lockout or tagout devices to the energy isolating devices, all potential or residual energy will be relieved, disconnected , restrained, and otherwise rendered safe . Where the re-accumulation of stored energy to a hazardous energy leve l is possible , verification of isolation will be continued until the maintenance or servicing is complete. Release stored energy ( capacitors , springs, elevated members , rotating fly wheels, and hydraulic/air/gas/steam systems) must be relieved or restrained by grounding, repositioning , blocking and/or bleeding the system. Verification of Isolation Prior to st arting work on machines or equipment that have been locked or tagged out , the authorized employees will verify that isolation or de-energization of the machine or equipment have been accomplished. After assuring that no Employee will be placed in danger, test all lock and tag outs by following the normal start up procedures (depress start button , etc.). Caution: After Test , place controls in neutral position. Extended Lockout -Tagout Should the shift change before the machinery or equipment can be restored to service, the lock and tag out must remain . If the task is reassigned to the next shift , those Employees must lock and tag out before the previous shift may remove t heir lock and tag . SOP: Release from LOCKOUT/TAGOUT Before lockout or tagout devices are removed and the energy restored to the machine or equipment, the following actions will be taken by supervision: 1. The work area w ill be thoroughly inspected to ensure that nonessential items have been removed and that machine or equipment components are operatio nal. 259 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _.,, Environmental Services, LP 2 . The work will be checked to ensure that all employees have been safely positioned or removed . Before the lockout or tagout devices are removed , the affected employees will be notified that the lockout or tagout devices are being removed. 3 . Each lockout or tagout device will be removed from each energy-isol at in g device by the employee who applied the device . SOP: LOTO Procedure for Electrical Plug-Type Equipment This procedure covers all Electrical Plug-Type Equipment such as Battery Chargers , some Product Pumps, Office Equipment , Powered Hand Tools , Powered Bench Tools , Lathes , Fans , etc. When working on , repairing , or adjusting the above equipment , the following procedures must be utilized to prevent accidental or sudden startup: 1 . Unplug Electrical Equipment from wall socket or in-line socket. 2 . Attach "Do Not Operate" Tag and Plug Box & Lock on end of power cord. An exception is granted to not lock & tag the plug is the cord & plug remain in the exclusive control of the Employee working on , adjusting or inspecting the equipment. 3. Test Equipment to assure power source has been removed by depressing the "Start" or On" Switch. 4 . Perform required operat ions. 5. Replace all guards removed . 6. Remove Lock & Plug Box and Tag . 7. Inspect power cord and socket before plugging equipment into power source. Any defects must be repa i red before placing the equipment back in service. SOP: LOTO Procedures Involving More Than One Employee In the preceding SOPs, if more than one Employee is assigned to a task requiring a lock and tag out, each must also place his or her own lock and tag on the energy isolating device( s ). SOP: Management's Removal of Lock and Tag Out Only the Employee that locks and tags out machinery , equipment or processes may remove his/her lock and tag. However, should the Employee leave the facility before removing his/her lock and tag , the Operations Manager, or his designated representative may remove the lock and tag. The Operations Manager must be assured that all tools have been removed, all guards have been replaced and all Employees are free from any hazard before the lock and tag are removed and the 260 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ,~TAS Environmental Services, LP machinery, equipment or process are returned to service. Notification of t he employee who placed the lock is required prior to lock removal. Program Review This program shall be rev iewed at least annually to ensure compliance with t he program. Periodically, job sites will be audited for specific compliance by the Safety and Health Director at each branch office . 261 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environ:rnental Services 1 LP Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM) Purpose Provide guidelines and support for personnel assigned duties involving activities suspected of NORM and/or Technology Enhanced Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (TENORM) contamination exposures. All Radiation Safety Officers (RSO) shall be trained to the hazards and methods to identify these hazards and provisions for protections against those hazards, in accordance with Texas Administrative Code § 289.202. The training shall be annual and before any exposures occur. Additional references can be found within the Garner NORM RSO Manual. The procedures associated with RSO activities shall include such specifics as; -V Limits on exposure to radiation and radioactive material in restricted and unrestricted areas; -V Measures to be taken after an accidental exposure ; -V Personnel monitoring, surveys and equipment -V Caution signs, labels, and safety interlock equipment; -V Exposure records and reports; -V Options for workers regarding Agency inspections; and, -V Other related matters. Responsibility Program administrator responsibilities are assigned to the Fort Worth, TX Safety Director, with delegation of other responsibilities assigned to the trained RSOs. The administrator's duties are to ensure full compliance pursuant to the Texas Rad iation Control Act, Chapter 401. TAS Environmental Services, LP shall ensure that the regulations are applied to all work involving sources of radiation and shall post or otherwise make available , copies of the Texas Department of Health regulations, licenses , certificates of registration, notices of violations , and operating procedures which apply to work assigned it's employees, or their representatives. Employee shall be familiarized with those provisions, operating procedures and guidelines as communicated by the RSO as it applies to their work assignments. Employees shall observe and comply with required protection methods established and implemented at the job sites. [This program is under development] 262 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL -~T.11.S Occupational Health & First Aid Gen eral Environxnental Services, LP Occupational health concerns receive high priority. It is essential that each location be able to adequately respond to first-aid events and resolve all other occupational health problems quickly. The health and wellness of each employee is a key segment of the overall safety environment. OSHA Requirements OSHA requirements for medical services and firs t aid are found in Standard Number 1910.151 and are listed below: • Ensure the ready availability of medical personnel for advice and consultation on matters of facility health . • In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital in near proximity to the workplace, which is used for the treatment of all injured employees, a person or persons shall be adequately trained to render first aid. • Where the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to injurious corrosive materials, suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body shall be provided within the work area for immediate emergency use. Responsibilities Management • Ensure there is a sufficient number of qualified first-aid providers • Provide first aid training for all supervisors • Offer first aid training for all employees Branch Health and Safety Director • Ensure first-aid and health programs are adequate • Maintain all required records • Ensure First-Aid supplies are always well stocked • Conduct First Aid Training • Administration of a ll med ical management programs 263 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.AS Environmental Services, LP • Administration of the Return to Work Program • Maintain Employee Health/Medical Files • Provide all necessary services in a courteous and professional manner • Conduct Physical screenings • Maintain all clinic areas clean, neat, and well stocked. • Follow accepted medical practices and procedures. • Adhere to all standards of the Blood borne Pathogen Program Records Treatment Records are permanent records and will be filled out for any of the following: • All visits to the First-Aid Station w/ exception of visits for minor cuts, comfort care, etc. • All accidents that result in any injury • All Occupational Illnesses • Prior to referral to any medical provider Authorization for Medical Exam or Treatment Form will be filled in when any appointment for medical treatment, evaluation, or other medical service is made for an employee . This form must be signed by a member of management. Modified Duty Assignment forms shall be completed by Branch Health and Safety Director for any employee who has a condition that prevents them from conducting their normal duties. This form shall be used to notify management of the limitations of the employee. Management will assign tasks consistent with any limitations. Questions concerning the limitations are to be directed to the Corporate Health and Safety Manager. The Branch Health and Safety Director shall maintain a file for original forms . Copies shall be provided to the employee, the employee's Supervisor and Manager. (see attachment this section) Confidentiality: Records of all first aid and medical events shall be kept in each individual's medical file. All medical record information is confidential and shall not be released to third parties without written authorization by the employee involved or as authorized by law. First Aid Kits Well-stocked First-Aid kit(s) for employee use will be maintained . 264 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP • The comp a ny -consulting physician must approve the basic inventory of each first a id kit. Th is approval shall be initiated and record maintained by Branch Hea lth and Safet y Director. • These kits will be located so as to allow easy and quick access . First-aid kits and required contents are to be maintained in a serviceable cond ition. • All items , which must be kept sterile, must be individually wrapped and sealed, and within the expiration date. Items such as scissors, tweezers, tubes of ointments with caps, or rolls of adhesive tape , need not be individually wrapped , sealed , or disposed of after a single use or application . Post Accident Substance Abuse Evaluations For all accidents that result in injuries or property damage or that requires off-site medical attention and/or evaluation, a DOT Drug and Alcohol screening will be conducted in accordance with procedures provided by the State Worker's Compensation Program . This screening is part of the T AS Environmental Services, LP Drug Free Workplace Program. Minor Care Comfort provid ing systems such as wraps, balms , hot wax and other non-invas ive , non-medicative procedures may be employed to provide comfort to the employee expe riencing minor work related physiological stresses . Medical Referrals Branch Manager or Branch Health and Safety Director will arrange for employees to see appropriate medical care providers for other than minor work related complaints . The Branch Health and Safety Director for all medical referrals shall complete an "Authorization for Medical Exam or Treatment Form ". This record shall accompany the employee to the care provider and be returned for use in determining the need for any modified duty. Modified Duty The goal of an early return to work program is to return an injured worker to his/her original job as soon as possible. When an employee has been identified by proper medical authority as having a condition that would limit them in their normal job function , Branch Health and Safety Director shall initiate a Modified Duty Assignment Sheet. This sheet will list t he limitations and advise management of the need for 265 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TA.S __ ,, Environmental Services,. LP assignment to duties that will not exceed the limitations . These limitations may include, but not limited to , such items as temporary modifications to their regular work schedule , reduced hours , reduced capacities , or sharing job respons ibilit ies with other individuals . Management will assign limited duties in writing on t he Modified Duty Assignment Sheet. The original shall remain in a Pending & Review fi le , held by Branch Hea lth and Safety Director to p ro mp t period ic mon it o rin g of th e employees condition . Copies shall be provided to the employee , t he employee 's supervisor and manager. Communication The key to any successful return-to-work program is maintaining frequent and regular communications with the injured worker and the treating healthcare physician. The longer an injured worker is "disconnected " or "away " from his/her job, the more probable it will be that this detrimental separation will result in long term problems . The company designated representative must coordinate frequent and routine contact with the injured worker and the physician. Expressions of sincere regard for the employees "quick" recovery will help reduce the probability of a lengthy lost time . Regular communications about company happenings, events , birthdays , policy changes and/or a company news letter, will help keep the employee "in the know." Employer communicat ion with the physician is essential. The physician must have a working knowledge of the employee's job description and worksite requirements . The physician 's decision to return a worker to duty w ill be based on the level on information provided. Sometimes, that information will be a subjective assessment provided by the injured worker. The return to work assessment will be provided by the physician, listing any applicable restrictions, on a work status report . Provide the treating physician with an information packet. This packet shou ld be provided at the time of the initial visit, when possible . This information can be the difference between a medical claim and a lost time claim. Each injured employee should sign a medical release of information pertinent only to the i njury. The prepared information packet should include such items as: * Overview of Company 's return-to-work program * Insurance carrier information and Company contact • Description of regular job duties of the injured employee • Signed release of medical information • Any other pertinent information. 266 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS E nvironmental Services, LP The insurance carrier should be kept informed of the return to work program and be made fully aware of the employer's expectations of the carrier. The carrier can be a valuable asset in bringing the injured employee back to work. Return to Duty When conditions have changed, such that the Employee no longer has limitations, Branch Health and Safety Director shall initiate Return To Duty actions verifying through written confirmation from the physician. Branch Health and Safety Director shall consult with the employee's manager to provide guidance for any appropriate reconditioning program based on the Employee's normal job functions. Examples of elements that would be considered are normal job functions, length of time away from normal job, type of limitation, etc. If the limitation was caused by physiological stress factors, Branch Health and Safety Director will provided the employee information to be used to minimize the chance of reoccurrence of the same or sim ilar stress limitation. The original form shall be filed in the employee's Medical Record and copies provided to the employee, supervisor and manager. 267 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services1 LP Modified Duty Assignment Employee Name : ----------------------- The above named employee is to be assigned "modified duty". The work restrictions listed below are co nsidere d maximum duty limits and a re not to be exceeded by assignment, even if the employee expresses a willingness to vol unta ri ly exceed these limits . Modified Duty Limitations Associated Limitations D No prolonqed standinq D No prolonged walking D No prolonqed sittinq D No knee bending, squatting, kneeling D Limited or no use of D Weight lifting restr ictions D Keep affected area elevated D Keep dressinq clean and dry D Use crutches , slings , splints Employee & Supervisor Endorsement have been offered a modified duty assignment, which complies with work restrictions of the Company doctor. D I accept this assignment Employee's signature Supervisor's signature D I do not accept this assignment, thereby resigning my employment. 268 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Letter to Treating Physician (Sample) [Date] [Doctor 's Name & Address] [Subject: Employee 's name & date of injury] Dear Dr. -------- TllS Environmental Services, LP TAS Environmental Services , LP has implemented a return-to-work program designed to return any injured worker to medically appropriate duty as soon as possible. Enclosed is a detailed job description of the above named employee, which may be modified, if possible, to meet your medical restriction assigned . We will ensure that any assignment meets all your medical requirements as defined on the Work Status Report . If you need further information about a possible work assignment or about our return to work program, please contact [designated company representative]. Our insurance carrier is [name, address and phone number]. Thank you for supporting our efforts in returning our employees to a safe and productive employment environment. Sincerely, [Signature of Company representative , Title and Company] Encls. Signed authorization, medical release, job description 269 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TII.S Environ:rnental Services, LP Medical Release Form (Sample) AUTHORITY to RELEASE MEDICAL /NFORMA TION [Employee Name] [Employee Address] [Date of Birth] I authorize (name of treating physician) to release medical information to my employer, (name and address of employer), regarding my on the job injury that occurred (date of injury). This information may facilitate my return to medically appropriate productive work. ______________ (Print employee name) ______________ (Employee signature & date) 270 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _ _..., Environinental Services, LP Bona Fide Offer of Employment (Sample) All letters making a bona fide job offer should be coordinated with the Corporate office and the insura nce carrier to ensure that all current requirements are met prior to mailing. [Date] [E m ployee Name & mailing address] Re : Bona Fide Offer of Employment Dear (Employee Name) After .reviewing information provided by your physician , we are pleased to offer you the following temporary work assignment. We believe this assignment is within your capabilities as described by the Work Status Report from your Doctor. You will be assigned tasks consistent with your physical abilities , skills and knowledge and restrictions . If any training is requ ired to perform this assignment , it will be provided . Job title: (Give title of position being offered) Desc ription of physical requirements needed for this pos ition: Locatio n of position to be performed Durat ion of assignmen t: From (Date) to (Date) Work Hours: From (Start time) to (Finish time) Wages : (Per hour, week , or month) (Name of Department) and (Supervisor) Th is job offer will remain open for five (5) wo rk days from the receipt of this letter. If we do not hear from you , it will be determined that you have refused th is offer and your decision may impact your Temporary Income Benefit payments. We look forward to your return 271 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Office Safety Purpose TllS Environmental Servicesr LP The purpose of this program is to provide guidance to office managers and office staff on the elements of safe office work. The office is like any other work environment in that it may present potential health and safety hazards. Most of these, however, may be minimized or eliminated by designing jobs and workplaces properly, and by taking into account differences among tasks and individuals. Inadequate environmental conditions , such as noise, temperature, and humidity , may cause temporary discomforts. Environmental pollutants such as chemical vapors released from new carpeting and furniture may also induce discomforts. Responsibilities Management • provide training for all office staff in: Emergency Procedures General Electrical Safety Practical Office Ergonomics • ensure office equipment is in safe working order • provide proper storage for office supplies Office Staff • Report all safety problems immediately • Do not attempt to repair any office equipment or systems • Maintain a neat and sanitary office environment Noise Hazards Noise can be defined very simply as unwanted sound. Whether a sound is classified as noise or not depends mostly on personal preferences. For noise levels in offices , the most common effects are interference with speech communication, annoyance, and distraction from mental activities. Noise in the office can interfere with communications. For example, it may be difficult to talk on the telephone when other people are talking nearby. Speech is likely to interfere with communications especially if the speakers have similar voices . 272 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environrnental Services, LP Reducing Noise Many unexpected noises cannot be controlled , as when someone accidentally drops something. For many of the annoying sounds in the office environment , the following measures are useful for reducing the level of noise or its effects: • Select the quietest equipment if possible. When there is a choice between two or more products , sound levels should be included as a consideration for purchase and use. • Provide proper maintenance of equipment , such as lubrication and tightening of loose parts that can cause noise. • Locate loud equipment in areas where its effects are less detrimental. For example, place impact printers away from areas where people must use the phone. • Use barriers walls or dividers to isolate noise sources. Use of buffers or acoustically treated materials can absorb noise that might otherwise travel further. Rubber pads to insulate vibrating equipment can also help to reduce noise. • Enclose equipment, such as printers , with acoustical covers or housings. • Schedule noisy tasks at t imes when it will have less of an effect on the ot her tasks in the office. Electrical Safety Electric cords should be examined on a routine basis for fraying and exposed wiring. Particular attention should be paid to connections behind furniture, since files and bookcases may be pushed tightly aga inst electric outlets, severely bending the cord at the plug. Electrical appliances must be designed and used in accordance with UL requirements. Use of Extension Cords • Extension co rds shall only be used in situations where fixed wiring is not feasible. • Extension cords shall be kept in good repair, free from defects in their insulat ion. They will not be kinked, knotted , abraded, or cut. • Extension cords shall be placed so they do not present a tripping or slipping hazard . • Extension cords shall not be placed through doorways having doors that can be closed , and thereby damage the cord. • All extension cords shall be of the grounding type (three conductor). 273 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environ:rnental Services, LP Housekeeping Good housekeeping is an important element of accident prevention in offices. Poor housekeeping may lead to fires, injuries to personnel , or unhealthful working conditions. Mishaps caused by dropping heavy cartons and ot her related office equipment and supplies could also be a source of serious injuries to personnel. Passageways in offices should be free and clear of obstructions. Proper layout, spacing, and arrangement of equipment, furniture , and machinery are essential. All aisles within the office should be clearly defined and kept free of obstructions. Chairs, files, bookcases and desks must be replaced or repaired if they become damaged. Damaged chairs can be especially hazardous . Filing cabinet drawers should always be kept closed when not in use. Heavy files should be placed in the bottom file drawers. Materials stored within supply rooms must be neatly stacked and readily reached by adequate aisles. Care should be taken to stack materials so they will not topple over. Under no circumstances will materials be stacked within 18 inches of ceiling fire sprinkler heads or Halon nozzles. Materials shall not be stored so that they project into aisles or passageways in a manner that could cause persons to trip or could hinder emergency evacuation . Computer Work Stations Complaints concerning musculoskeletal problems are frequently heard from computer operators. Most common are complaints relating to the neck, shoulders , and back. Others concern the arms and hands and occasionally the legs . Certain common characteristics of VDT jobs have been identified and associated with increased risk of musculoskeletal problems . These include: • Design of the workstation. • Nature of the task. • Repetitiveness of the job. • Degree of postural constrai nt. • Work pace. • Work/rest schedules. • Personal attributes of individual workers. 274 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS E nvironment a l Services, LP The key to comfort is in maintaining the body in a relaxed , natural position. The ideal work position is to have the arms hanging relaxed from the shoulders. If a keyboard is used , arms should be bent at right angles at the elbow , with the hands held in a straight line with forearms and elbows close to the body. The head should be in line with the body and slightly forward. D isplay Screens When work is conducted at a computer, the top of the display screen should be at , or just slightly below, eye level. This allows the eyes to view the screen at a comfortable level, without having to tilt the head or move the back muscles. Control glare at the source whenever possible; place VDTs so that they are parallel to direct sources of light such as windows and overhead lights, and use window treatments if necessary. When glare sources cannot be removed, seek appropriate screen treatments such as glare filters. Keep the screen clean. Your Chair The chair is usually the most important piece of furniture that affects user comfort in the office. The chair should be adjusted for comfort; making sure the back is supported and that the seat pan is at a height so that the thighs are horizontal and feet are flat on the floor. An ergonomically sound chair requires four degrees of freedom -seat pan tilt, backrest angle , seat height, and backrest height. Operators can then vary the chair adjustments according to the task. In general, chairs with the most easily adjustable dimensions permit the most flexibility to support peop le's preferred sitting postures. Armrests on chairs are recommended for most office work except where they interfere with the task. Resting arms on armrests is a very effective way to reduce arm discomforts. Armrests should be sufficiently short and low to allow workers to get close enough to their work surfaces, especially for tasks that require fixed arm postures above the work surface. Working Height The work surface height should fit the task . The principle is to place the surface height where the work may be performed in such a manner as to keep arms low and close to the body in relation to the task . If the working height is too high , the shoulders or the upper arms have to be lifted to compensate, which may lead to painful symptoms and cramps at the level of the neck and shoulders. If, on the other hand , the working height is too low, the back must be excessively bowed, which may 275 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP cause backache. Generally, work should be done at about elbow height, whether sitting or standing. Adjustable workstations should be provided so that individuals may change the stations to meet their needs. A VDT workstation without an adjustable keyboard height and without an adjustable height and distance of the screen is not suitable for continuous work . Work/Rest Schedules One solution for stress and fatigue is to design the computer operator's work so that tasks requiring concentrated work at the terminal are alternated with non-computer based tasks throughout the workday. Also, a short break (5-10 minutes) should be taken at least once each hour when involved in continuous work at the computer. Other Solutions Additional measures that will aid in reducing discomfort while working with VDTs include: • Change position, stand up or stretch whenever you start to feel tired. • Use a soft touch on the keyboard and keep your shoulders, hands, and fingers relaxed. • Use a document holder, positioned at about the same plane and distance as the display screen. • Rest your eyes by occasionally looking off into the distance. Office Lighting Different tasks require different levels of lighting. Areas in which intricate work is performed , for example, require greater illumination than warehouses. Lighting needs vary form time-to-time and person-to-person as well. One approach is to use adjustable task lighting that can provide needed illumination without increasing general lighting. Task lamps are very effective to supplement the general office light levels for those who require or prefer additional light. Some task lamps permit several light levels. Since the individual controls task lamps, they can accommodate personal preferences. Indoor Air Quality Indoor air quality (IAQ) is an increasingly important issue in the work environment. The study of indoor air quality and pollutant levels within office environments is a 276 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS ----/ Environ:m.enta l Services, LP complex problem. The complexity of studying and measuring the quality of office environments arises from various factors including : • Office building floor plans are frequently changing to accommodate increasingly more employees and reorganization. • Office buildings frequently undergo building renovations such as installation of new carpet, modular office partitions and freestanding offices, and painting. • Many of the health symptoms appearing are vague and common both to the office and home environment. • In general , very little data on pollutant levels within office environments is available. • Guidelines or standards for permissible personal exposure limits to pollutants within office buildings are very limited. Many times odors are associated with chemical contaminants from inside or outside the office space, or from the building fabric. This is particularly noticeable following building renovation or installation of new carpeting. Outgassing from such things as paints , adhesives, sealants, office furniture , carpeting, and vinyl wall coverings is the source of a variety of irritant compounds. In most cases , these chemical contaminants can be measured at levels above ambient (normal background) but far below any existing occupational evaluation criteria. Waste Disposal Office personnel should carefully handle and properly dispose of hazardous materials, such as broken glass . A waste receptacle containing broken glass or other hazardous material should be labeled to warn maintenance personnel of the potential hazard . Chemical Safety Each office employee must be made aware of all hazardous materials they may contact in their work area . The Hazard Communication Program includes: 1. Written Program 2 . Material Safety Data Sheets for each hazardous substance used 3. Specific safe handling, use and disposal 4. Employee Train ing 277 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmental Services, LP Emergency Action Plans Emergency Action Plans are designed to control events and minimize the affects. Through careful pre-planning, establishment of Emergency Action Teams , training and drills, employees can be safeguarded and potential for damage to Company assets minimized . Emergency Action Plans inc lude: 1. Exits routes, meeting areas and employee accounting 2. Emergency evacuation, incident command and notification to emergency services 3. Personal injury and property damage 4 . Protection of Company information, both hard copy and electronic media 5. Bomb threats and facility security 6. First Aid Response 7. Use of fire extinguishers Emergency Action Team Members (for example, Supervisors, Receptionist /Telephone Operators, and key assigned members) should be trained with quarterly reviews and drills. Semiannual drills with all employees should be conducted to assure effectiveness. First Aid Kits or First Aid supplies should be available with trained First Aid Providers available. 278 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL Personal Protective Equipment Purpose TAS E nvironmental Services, LP The T AS provides all Employees with required PPE to suit the task and known hazards , at no cost to employees . To ensure proper adequacy , training , use , maintenance and sanitation of company-supplied PPE, employee-owned PPE is prohibited from use while on duty. This guideline covers the requirements for Personal Protective Equipment with the exception of PPE used for hearing conservation and respiratory protection or PPE required for hazardous material response to spills or releases, which are covered under separate programs . General Policy Engineering controls shall be the primary methods used to eliminate or minimize hazard exposure in the workplace. When such controls are not practical or applicable , personal protective equipment shall be employed to reduce or eliminate personnel exposure to hazards. Personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided, used, and maintained when it has been determined that its use is required and that such use will lessen the likelihood of occupational injuries and/or illnesses. Responsibilities Management • Conduct hazard assessments to identify specific PPE for specific tasks • Train employees in the proper selection , use , inspection , storage, cleaning, and limitations of specific PPE Supervisors • • • • Ensure the use of required PPE Monitor use of PPE Provide replacement PPE when needed Identify any new hazards that would require the use of PPE Employees • Properly use and care fo r assigned PPE 279 HEAL TH 8c SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP • Immediately inform supervisor if PPE is damaged or not effective General Rules Hazard assessment and equipment selection. Hazard analysis procedures shall be used to assess the workplace to determine if hazards are present, or are likely to be present , which necessitate the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). This hazard assessment shall be documented using the Tailgate Safety Plan. If such hazards are present, or likely to be present, the following actions will be taken: • Select, and have each affected Employee use, the proper PPE • Communicate selection decisions to each affected Employee • Select PPE that properly fits each affected employee. Defective and damaged equipment. Defective or damaged personal protective equipment shall not be used. Training All Employees who are required to use PPE shall be trained to know at least the following: • When PPE is necessary; • What PPE is necessary; • How to properly don , remove, adjust, and wear PPE ; • The limitations of the PPE • The proper care, maintenance, useful life and disposal of the PPE. Each affected Employee shall demonstrate an understanding of the training and the ability to use PPE properly, before being allowed to perform work requiring the use of PPE. Certification of training for PPE is required by OSHA and shall be accomplished by using the current web-based training program and supplemented by Safety Meeting Sign-in Sheet (or equivalent) to verify that each affected Employee has received and understood the required PPE training. 280 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmen t a l Services , LP PPE Selection Selection guidelines. The general procedure for selection of protective equipment is to: ../ become familiar with the potential hazards and the type of protective equipment that is available, and what it can do; i.e., splash protection, impact protection, etc.; ../ compare the hazards associated with the environment; i.e., impact velocities, masses, projectile shape, radiation intensities, with the capabilities of the available protective equipment; ../ select the protective equipment, which ensures a level of protection greater than the minimum required to protect employees from the hazards ../ fit the user with the protective device and give instructions on care and use of the PPE. It is very important that end users be made aware of all warning labels for and limitations of their PPE. Devices with adjustable features. Adjustments should be made on an individual basis for a comfortable fit that will maintain the protective device in the proper position. Particular care should be taken in fitting devices for eye protection against dust and chemical splash to ensure that the devices are sealed to the face . Where manufacturer's instructions are available, they should be followed carefully. Eye and Face Protection. The majority of occupational eye inJunes can be prevented by the use of suitable/approved safety spectacles, goggles, or shields. Approved eye and face protection shall be worn when there is a reasonable possibility of personal injury . • Each employee shall use appropriate eye or face protection when exposed to eye or face hazards from flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals, acids or caustic liquids, chemical gases or vapors, or potentially injurious light radiation. • Each employee shall use eye protection that provides side protection when there is a hazard from flying objects. Detachable hard-type side shields are preferred. • Each employee who wears prescription lenses while engaged in operations that involve eye hazards shall wear eye protection that incorporates the prescription in its design , or shall wear eye protection that can be worn over the prescription lenses without disturbing the proper position of the prescription lenses or the protective lenses. 281 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Env ironmental Services, LP Eye & Face Protector Use Safety Spectacles. Protective eye glasses are made with safety frames , t empe red glass or plastic lenses , temples and side sh ields which pro vi de eye protect ion from moderate impact and particles encountered in job tasks such as carpentry , woodworking , grinding, scaling , etc. Single Lens Goggles. Vinyl framed goggles of soft pliable body design provides adequate eye protection from many hazards. These goggles are availab le w ith clear or tinted lenses, perforated, port vented , or non-vented frames . Welders/Chippers Goggles. These goggles are available in rig id and soft frames to accommodate single or two eyepiece lenses. 1) Welders goggles provide protection from sparking, scal ing or splashing metals and harmful light rays. Face Shields. Face shields will be used in operations when the entire face needs protection and should be worn to protect eyes and face against flying particles , metal sparks, and chemical/ biological splash. ! ................. ········································· ····························-········· ....................................................... ································································································· ........ ··················································--····-····-······· ···-··············--······· ···························-··· Filter Lenses for Protection Against Radiant Energy I Operations I Electrode Size 1/32 in r-Arc Current I Protective Shade ---~-r--·--·-··-··-···-,-----------!-Shielded metal arc Less than 3 Less than 60 I 7 we lding • ! I 3-5 I 60 -160 ,.------8-------1 ,--------,---5-8 _________ T _____ 160-250 ____ I _____ 1_0 ______ _ / I Mo re than 8 I 250 -550 / 11 j Torch brazing I ,-------------r------·-3---------- r·-···-~~;~~~~;~~;;~~ ··r--···· --··· ------·· ·······,-···-·····-················ -·-·r ·······················--··-;--·············-··-······--··-- Note: as a rule of thumb, start with a shade that is too dark to see the weld zone. Then go to a lighter shade, which gives sufficient view of the weld zone without going below the minimum . In oxyfuel gas welding or cutting where the torch produces a high yellow light, it is desirable to use a filter lens that absorbs the yellow or sod ium line in the visible light of the (spectrum) operation. 282 H EAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS I I I I Env ironmental Services, LP Selection chart guidelines for eye and face protection 1,,-T_h_e-fo-l-lowing chart provides general guidance for the proper selection of eye and face protection to protect against hazards associated with the listed hazard "source" operations. r----·-----So~-:C~-----r----H_a._z_a.r_d _____ ,-···-====P=,o=t=e_~-_t_i_o_n_-__ -__ -_-_·-- iiMPACT -Ch ippin ~------~ -------- 1 grinding machining, j masonry work, I woodworking, sawing , I drilling, chiseling, powered fastening , riveting, and sanding I I HEAT-Furnace operation I and arc welding r-···········-·········-····-····-····-······-·-·······-····-······ ·············-·-··· ············-· ........ . CHEMICALS-Acid and chemical handling, I degreasing , plating [ DUST -Woodworking, buffing, general , buffing, general dusty conditions. Head Protection Flying fragments, objects, large chips, particles, sand, dirt, etc. I Hot sparks I Splash Spectacles with side protection, goggles , face shield For severe exposure, use face shield Faceshields,, spectacles with side. For severe exposure use faceshield. Goggles, eyecup and cover types. For severe exposure, use face shield. r. d t I Goggles, eye cup and 1sance us t cover ype Head protection will be furnished to, and used by , all employees and contractors engaged in any activity where existing or potential head hazards are present. Head protection will also be required to be worn by engineers , inspectors, and visitors at construction sites. Selection guidelines for head protection. 283 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ._,,,,.,, Environmental Services, LP All head protection is designed to provide protection from impact and penetration hazards caused by falling objects. Head protection is also available which provides protection from electric shock and burn . Class A helmets, in addition to impact and penetration resistance, provide electrical protection from low-voltage conductors (they are proof tested to 2,200 volts). Class B helmets, in addition to impact and penetration resistance, provide electrical protection from high-voltage conductors (they are proof tested to 20,000 volts). Class C helmets provide impact and penetration resistance (they are usually made of aluminum which conducts electricity), and should not be used around electrical hazards. Where falling object hazards or head-bumping hazards are present, helmets must be worn. Foot Protection General requirements. Each affected employee shall wear protective footwear when working in areas where there is a danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, or objects piercing the sole, and where employee's feet are exposed to electrical hazards. Selection guidelines for foot protection. Safety shoes or boots with puncture protection should be required where sharp objects such as nails, wire, tacks, screws, large staples, scrap metal etc., could be stepped on by employees causing a foot injury. Hand Protection General Requirements Hand protection is required when employees' hands are exposed to hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful substances; severe 284 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Env i r onm.ental Services, LP cuts or lacerations; severe abrasions; punctures ; chemical burns; thermal burns; and harmful temperature extremes. Skin contact is a potential source of exposure to toxic materials; it is important that the proper steps be taken to prevent such contact. Gloves should be selected on the basis of the material being handled, the particular hazard involved , and their suitability for the operation being conducted. One type of glove will not work in all situations. Gloves should also be worn whenever it is necessary to handle rough or sharp-edged objects , and very hot or very cold materials. The types of glove materials to be used in these situations include leather, welder's gloves, aluminum-backed gloves , and other types of insulated glove materials. To protect the hands from injury due to contact with moving parts, it is important to: • Ensure that guards are always in place and used. • Always lock out machines or tools and disconnect the power before making repairs. • Treat a machine without a guard as inoperative; and • Do not wear gloves around moving machinery, such as drill presses , mills, lathes , and grinders. Selection guidelines for hand protection Selection of hand PPE shall be based on the task(s) to be performed, conditions present , duration of use , and the hazards and potential hazards identified . Selection of gloves for chemical hazards The first consideration in the selection of gloves for use against chemicals is to determine , if possible, the exact nature of the substances to be encountered . Read instructions and warnings on chemical container labels and MSDSs before working with any chemical. Recommended glove types are often listed in the section for personal protective equipment. 285 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ......___., Environmental Services, LP Pressure Washer Safety On occasion job scopes may require the use and operation of a pressure washer. These guidelines are provided to greatly diminish the potential of personal injury during the course of using a power washer. SAFETY RULES (General) • Never point the spray gun at other persons or any part of the body. • Never place hands or fingers over the spray tip while in operations . • Never use the spray gun to clean boots or glove while being worn . • Never use hands to stop or check for leaks. • Always shut off the unit and trigger the pressure gun to relieve system pressure before removing the spray tip or performing machine service. • Always wear full eye and face protection (splash goggles and face shield), protective clothing, appropriate gloves and rubber boots for protection from burns caused by hot spray, fluid injection or dislodged debris generated by high pressure spray. • Never modify or alter safety devices associated with the machine. Your persona l safety is at stake. • Never exceed factory pressure & temperature recommended limits. • Never allow pump or burner system on unit to run without constant water supply flowing through the unit. • Never attempt to immediately run or relight the burner, if ignition fails first try. Unburned fuel can accumulate creating an explosive hazard. • Never allow any unauthorized persons to operate the machine. Maintain a safe zone around the perimeter of the machine. • Never use the machine's spray gun to wash down the machine as this can increase the potential for electrical shock or cause damage to the machine. • Never leave an operating unit unattended. Always shut down and relieve pressure from the system . • Never use spray system for dispensing insecticides or other toxic materials. • Do not operate machine in flammable, combustible fumes or dusty environments . • Do not use detergents. (Not compatible with discharge hoses). • Do not use machine in enclosed environment ( confined space). Exhaust fumes contain odorless gases which can kill without warning. • When connecting machine to a power source. Use only approved electrical outlets. 286 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Env ironmental Services, LP • Do not allow electrical extension cords to lay or fall into water. Use only properly rated cords . • Always be alert and attentive to moving , hot or high-pressure parts. • Erect appropriate barricades with adequate signage to alert personnel of pressure washing activities. • Maintain all caution and procedural labels in a legible condition. Do not paint over or remove instructional information. • Always disconnect electrical when performing maintenance/repair activities on the machine. All repairs should be directed to servicing dealer or contractor. • All guards, shields and safety devices should be in place and operational before operating this machine . Never remove or bypass safety devices. • Use only approved fuels for this machine. • Do not over-fill when fueling. Always shut down and allow to cool before adding or refueling machine. • Do not refueling or smoke while refueling. • Always chock wheels to prevent movement of machine. • Report malfunctions or problems to the service agent/company, immediately . DISCHARGE HOSE WARNING The discharge hose supplied with the machine is designed for use on high- pressured steam cleaners. Special care, handling and maintenance are required to provide proper safe and effective operation of the machine. The following guidelines must be followed to ensure safe operations. • Never exceed the rated pressure . • Do not route hose in such a manner that will create sharp bends, kinks, cutting or abrasion, • Do not pull on hose to move the machine, untangle hoses and eliminate all other excessive stress created by pulling. • Do not use hoses if cuts, leaks, abrasions, bulges or coupling damage is evident. • Do not use hose if reinforcements are exposed. • Do not attempt repairs, unless authorized and qualified . • Always examine entire equipment system before use. • Never route hoses in vehicle or pedestrian traffic pathways. • Always allow machine to cool down before attempting to disconnect hoses . 287 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Envir oninental Services 1 LP LOCKOUT/TAGOUT To prevent unexpected energization, startup or release of stored energy , the following steps must be followed before allowing maintenance to start repa irs of a machine . • Shut down & turn off equipment. • Release all residual energy in the machine. • Shut off main power by removing the cord, or shutting off electrical supply . • Secure power cord near machine , lock & tag switch. • Recheck all previous steps , then try to start machine to ensure power is deenergized. MACHINE SETUP 1. Connect 3/8 " x 50" high pressure discharge hose to the coil outlet quick coupler. Note: DO NOT attach wash gun to hose at this time. 2. Ensure proper stacking for exhaust of flue gasses if used in an enclosed area. Important: If exhaust stacking is required and modifications are necessary, contact the service representative. DO NOT attempt with out professional direction. Water Supply 3. Connect machine to a cold water source . Water supply must be at least 1.5 times the gpm output of the machine. a. Water supply hose should be 5/8 " ID if within 50 ' of water supp ly . %" if over 50 '. Electrical Requirements 4. Ensure all machine switches are in the "off'' position . 5. Connect machine to electrical supply. 6. Machine grounding must be ensured with the use of a separate external grounding cable and 18 " grounding rod. Initial Startup 1. Always inspect system for obvious leaks or broken/worn parts. 2. Turn on water supply and fill float tank . a . Don appropriate PPE. Personal protective equipment required for pressure washing is heavy rubber gloves, steel-toe rubber boots, full face shield with splash goggles. 3. Recheck and verify ; a. Machine is off and switches are in "off'' position . b. Electrical power is properly connected. 288 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP c. Turn rotary switch to start engine. d . Shut off "pump " rotary switch , disconnect electrical power. Starting Cleaning Operations 1. Be sure the rotary switch is in "off" position before connecting machine to electrical supply. 2 . Insert detergent suction line into remote detergent solution container. a . Read and follow directions provided by the manufacturer of the detergent, regarding use & safety precautions. 3. Hold gun firmly , squeeze trigger, turn switch to "pump" position. 4. Allow pressure to attain constant and equal pressure operation. a. Never attempt to clean or wash machine with spray gun. 5. To start "soap " mode, open soap control valve and regulate to desired sett ing. a. Note: Do not allow container to become empty. This will cause cavitation and/or damage to machine. b. Do Not let unit run more than 5 minutes with gun in closed position . c. Never tie or tape down trigger (dead-man switch) on any gun. Shutting Down after Use 1. Close the "soap" valve completely. Continue rinsing mode. (run only water through the machine) 2. Switch burner toggle switch to "off" position and leave "pump" toggle switch "on". Allow discharge water to run until heating coil assembly has cooled. (3- 5 minutes) 3. Switch "pump" toggle switch to "off". And trigger down to relieve system pressure. 4. Ensure "soap" valve is completely closed. 5. Unplug power supply, shutoff and/or disconnect the inlet hose, wrap up wand, discharge hose and power cord for safe storage. 289 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Envi r onmental Services, LP Process Safety Management All field employees in TAS have the potential to perform work at Host facilities where hazardous chemicals may be on site , and which may require protections as defined under OSHA's Process Safety Management (PSM) Regulation. Ref. 29 CFR 1926.64 and 29 CFR 1910.119. To enable TAS employees who may work at a facility regulated by the PSM Standard, to prevent or recognize the possibility of an occurrence and to minimize the consequences of a significant release of a toxic substance, as well as , fires , explosions, and other types of catastrophic accidents, employees shall be trained in safe work practices necessary to perform his/her job. This standard includes any activity involving a highly hazardous chemical including any storage, use, manufacturing, handling, or on-site movement of such chemicals, or a combination of these activities. This PSM guideline focuses on the rules, procedures and practices established by our customers , which govern individual processes, activities or pieces of equipment. These rules are detailed and improved as necessary. These rule and guidelines are communicated to and accepted by all persons working within the facility, including TAS, prior to work commencing. Like all PSM written programs, the following major elements are addressed and communicated : 1 . Purpose statement 2. Employee participation 3. Process safety information 4. Process hazard analysis documentation 5. Operating procedures 6. Training 7 . Contracting 8. Integrity Maintenance procedures 9. Non-routine work 10. Management of Change 11. Incident Investigation 12. Compliance Reports 13 . Emergency Action Plan Each branch office has a Health and Safety Director who is the program coordinator. They will review and update the program, communicate such changes to the Corporate Vice President of Health & Safety, as necessary. Copies of the written 290 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL ...... -TA.S Environinental Services , LP program may be obtained from the Host site or from the appropriate TAS personnel, such as the Field Supervisor or Foreman. All employees or their designated representatives can obtain further information on this written program, or the Process Safety Management Standard from the Health and Safety Director at the Corporate Office, in Fort Worth, Texas . Host facilities must make available, certain procedures and processes for employees and contractors. Each of these processes are identified and addressed, and the particular information that may affect TAS employees, must be provided by the Host site, prior to commencing work activities. In turn, TAS, must ensure that this information is pass on to our employee, prior to work commencing. Hazard Communication training will help employees be more knowledgeable rega rding chemicals with which they work , as well as a thorough understanding and familiarization of MSDS. All training and retraining documentation shall include the identity of the employee, the date of training, and the means to verify comprehension, with written quiz relating to the subject matter. EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION Our employees are a significant factor in assisting the Host company implement and maintain an effective PSM program. Our employees are encouraged to partic i pate in: ../ Gathering process safety information, ../ Conducting and developing PSM elements , hazard assessments, as well as incident investigations, ../ Obtaining access to process hazard analysis, as well as the rest of the PSM program. We, TAS, exchange this information through safety meetings, tailgate safety plans, formal training, and working with employees prior to and during actual work activities. If we identify or cause any unique hazards , the Host company or contractor shall be promptly informed. At all times, TAS employees will maintain confidentiality of process and/or trade secret information, where appropriate. TRAINING Employee training is conducted prior to commencing work. The Host facility, the ranking supervisor/superintendent or both, can conduct this training . 291 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TA.S Environmental Services, LP Process Safety Information -Information concern ing process chemicals, technology, and equipment is essential to an effective program . Some of the data that is included in the HazCom training will include: ./ Flow diagrams ./ Process chemistry ./ Max . intended inventory ./ Safe operating parameters ./ Consequences of deviating from the safe operating parameters ./ Materials of construction ./ Electrical classification ./ Ventilation systems ./ Piping and instrument diagrams ./ Safety systems , such as, interlocks, detection, shutdowns , etc. Process Hazard Analysis -The PHA is an organized and systematic effort of identifying and analyzing the significance of potential hazards associated with highly hazardous chemicals . The PHA focuses on equipment , instrumentation, utilities , human error and external factors . The Host facili t y, would have the PHA comple ted and will communicate to TAS prior to work commencing . Some of the information that will be shared with TAS : ./ What-if ./ Checklist ./ HAZOP (hazard and operability study) ./ FEMA (failure mode and Effects analysis) ./ Fault Tree Analysis Operating Procedures -These are the tasks to be performed , data collection , operating conditions, samples to be collected and safety and health precautions to be taken . Some of this information may include: ./ Initial startup ./ Normal operations ./ Temporary operations ./ Emergency shutdowns ./ Emergency operations ./ Normal shutdown ./ Startup after a turnaround ,/ Safety and health considerations: ./ Properties and hazards associated with the chemicals being used 292 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS ....,,,, Environmental Services, LP ../ Precautions while handling to prevent exposure ../ Measures to take in the event of contact or exposure ../ Any special or unique hazards ../ Safety systems and their functions TAS must communicate and follow these procedures and practices while wo rking with in a Host facility . The facility may have safe work practices, such as lockout/tagout, confined space entry, opening process equipment, etc. The Host facility provides information on safety and health hazards associated with . the chemicals they use. The Hazard Communication training will help employees be more knowledgeable of these safe practices as well as familiarizing tern with reading and understanding MSD sheets. Subcontractors TAS, on occasions, do hire subcontractors. They are trained following their own PSM program, which must be approved by the Host facility and TAS, prior to commencing work. Non-routine Work These work activities (lockout/tagout, line breaking , confined space entry, hot work permits) are controlled by the Host facility and communicated to those doing the work. The site-specific health and safety plans, safety meetings and/or written or posted instructions provide information. Hot work permits must be obtained from the Host facility. Their procedures must be followed to avoid fires and all employees prior to commencing work activities must understand explosions and the use and limitat ions. Emergency Action Plans The Host facility will have a system in place to address emergencies. The host emergency system will be identified and communicated to all TAS employees before commencing work at the site. No TAS employee will be allowed to return to work · until the "a ll clear " has been sounded and communicated . The field supervisor is responsible for a daily roster of TAS employees. In the event of an evacuation, all TAS employees will assemble in a pre-determined area, the supervisor will conduct a head count and verify in writing that all employees are accounted for . The Host facility is responsible for providing emergency telephone numbers and will ensure that the emergency numbers are prominently posted. Incident Investigations This process is to identify underlying causes of incidents and the steps necessary to prevent recurrence. Incidents that need to be investigated are those that result in or 293 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP could reasonably have resulted in a catastrophic release. These incidents must be investigated within 48 hours by the appropriate supervisors and reports filed. These reports must be retained for at least five years , and must include at least the following information: ../ Date of incident ../ Description of incident ../ Resulting recommendations ../ Date investigation began ../ Factors contributing to the incident and the corrective actions The Health and Safety Director and the Vice President of Health and Safety shall conduct a compliance review, which evaluates and certifies compliance with the PSM Program. This review shall be conducted at least every three (3) years. 294 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmental Services, LP Respiratory Protection General In the Respiratory Protection program, hazard assessment and selection of proper respiratory protective equipment (RPE) is conducted in the same manner as for other types of personal protective equipment (PPE). All medical, respirators, training and other PPE are provided at no cost to employees. In the control of those occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated with harmful dusts , fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, sprays, or vapors , the primary objective shall be to prevent atmospheric contamination. When effective engineering controls are not feasible, or while they are being instituted, appropriate respirators shall be used. References: OSHA Standards Respiratory Protection (29 CFR 1910.134) Responsibilities All Employees shall follow the requirements of the Respiratory Protection Program. Management • implement the requirements of this program • provide a selection of respirators as required at no cost to employees • enforce all provisions of this program • appoint a specific designated individual to conduct the respiratory protection program Program Administrator • review sanitation/storage procedures. • ensure respirators are properly, stored, inspected and maintained • monitor compliance for this program • provide training for affected Employees • review compliance and ensure monthly inspection of all respirators • provide respirator fit testing Designated Occupational Health care Provider • conduct medical aspects of program 295 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _.., Environmental Services, LP Program Administrator Each Branch Office will designate a "program coordinator" (to work w ith the Program Administrator, Vice President Health & Safety) to administer or oversee the respiratory protection program and conduct the required evaluations of program effectiveness. Program Evaluation Evaluations of the workplace are necessary to ensure that the written respiratory protection program is being properly implemented; this includes consulting with employees to ensure that they are using the respirators properly. Evaluations shall be conducted as necessary to ensure that the provisions of the current written program are being effectively implemented and that it continues to be effective. Any problems that are identified during this assessment shall be corrected . Facto rs to be assessed include, but are not limited to: • Respirator fit (including the ability to use the respirator without interfering with effective workplace performance); • Appropriate respirator selection for the hazards to which the employee is exposed; • Proper respirator use under the workplace conditions the employee encounters; and • Proper respirator maintenance. Record Keeping Each Branch Office should retain written information regarding medical evaluations, fit testing, and the respirator program . This information will facilitate employee involvement in the respirator program, assist the Company in auditing the adequacy of the program, and provide a record for compliance . Training and Information The training must be comprehensive, understandable , and recur annually or more often if necessary. Training will be provided prior to requiring the employee to use a respirator in the workplace . Retraining shall be conducted annually and when: • changes in the workplace or the type of respirator render previous training obsolete 296 HEALT H & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmen t al Servic es ,, LP • inadequacies in the employee's knowledge or use of the respirator indicate that the employee has not retained the required understanding or skill • other situat ion arises in which retraining appears necessary to ensure safe respirator use Instructors, certified by National Safety Council or equivalent, will conduct training. Training should be divided into the following sections: Classroom Instruction 1. Overview of the Company Respiratory Protection Program & OSHA Standard 2. Respiratory Protection Safety Procedures 3. Respirator Selection 4 . Respirator Operation and Use 5. Why the respirator is necessary 6 . How improper fit, usage, or maintenance can compromise the protective effect. 7. Limitations and capabilities of the respirator. 8. How to use the respirator effectively in emergency situations, including respirator malfunctions 9. How to inspect, put on and remove, use, and check the seals of the respirator. 10. What the procedures are for maintenance and storage of the respirator. 11 . How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators. 12. Change out schedule and procedure for air purifying respirators. Fit Testing Hands-on respirator Training 1. Respirator Inspection 2 . Respirator cleaning and sanitizing 3. Record Keeping 4 . Respirator Storage 5. Resp irator Fit Check 6. Emergencies Basic Respiratory Protection Safety Procedures 1. Only authorized and trained Employees may use Respirators. 2. Only Physica ll y Qualified Employees may be trained and authorized to use Respirators. 297 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS E nvironmental Services, LP 3 . Only the proper prescribed respirator or self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) may be used for the job or work environment 4. Only SCBAs or SARs will be used in oxygen deficient environments, environments with an unknown hazardous substance or unknown quantity of a known hazardous substance or any environment that is determined "Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health" (IDLH). 5. Employees with respirators individually assigned will be responsible for the sanitation, proper storage and security. 6. The last employee to use respirators and/or SCBA that are available for general use, shall be responsible for proper storage and sanitation. 7. All respirators will be located in a clean, convenient and sanitary location. 8. Supervision will establish and maintain continued surveillance of jobs and work place conditions to ensure proper use of respiratory equipment. 9. Management will establish and maintain procedures for the safe use of RPE with strict enforcement and disciplinary action for failure to follow all general and specific safety rules. Respirator User Policies Implementation and adherence to the following guidelines will help ensure the proper and safe use of respiratory equipment: • Wear only the respirator you have been instructed and fit tested to use. • Wear the correct respirator for the identified specific hazard. • Check the respirator for a good fit before each use. Positive and negative fit checks should be conducted. • Check the respirator for deterioration before and after use. Do not use a defective respirator. • Recognize indications that cartridges and canisters are at their end of service . • Practice moving and working while wearing the respirator so that you can get used to it. • Clean the respirator after each use, thoroughly dry it and place the cleaned respirator in a sealable plastic bag. • Store respirators carefully in a protected location away from excessive heat , light , and chemicals. Selection of Respirators The supervisor will evaluate the respiratory hazard(s) in each job or project, identify relevant workplace and user factors and base the respirator selection on these factors. In addition , are estimates of employee exposures to respiratory hazard(s) and an identification of the contaminant's chemical state and physical form. The 298 H EALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S --....,.., Environn:1ental Services , LP respirator selection shall be documented on the TAS Tailgate Safety Plan, prior to commencing the job . All selected respirators shall be NIOSH-certified and based on the basis of the hazards to which the employee is exposed. The following types of respirators are used within TAS ; Air Purifying Respirators (APR) Type of Respirator Use 3M-half mask (Disposable) Welding, dusty conditions, grinding, Model 5303 insulation removal, vacuum truck operations, remediation, hydroblasting, decon operations Draeger Full Face , Hazmat spills, asbestos abatement, lead panorama Nova abatement, oil spills, hydroblasting, decon, remediation , insulation removal, painting, vacuum truck operations PAPR-ISi Typhoon Friable asbestos abatement, lead abatement, remediation, operation & site assessments Cartridge & Filter Cartridge/Filter Use Organic Vapor Paints, solvents, hydrocarbons HEPA-P100 Dust & welding fumes Mercury Vapor Mercury Ammonia/methyl amine Ammonia HEPNOrganic Particulates plus organic vapors SCBA & SAR Type & Brand Application Draeger Full face SAR -Confined space, cleaning, service Cascade operations, decon, hydroblasting , site assessment, escape, hazmat, remediations Draeger SCBA Site assessment, spill containment, remediation , emergency escape, hazmat, and for IDLH situations. Filter Classifications -These classifications are marked on the filter or filter package N-Series: Not Oil Resistant 299 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _.,, Environrnental Services 1 LP • Approved for non-oil particulate contaminants • Examples: dust, fumes, mists not containing oil R-Series : Oil Resistant • Approved for all particulate contaminants, including those containing oil • Examples: dusts, mists, fumes • Time restriction of 8 hours when oils are present P-Series: Oil Proof • Approved for all particulate contaminants including those containing oil • Examples: dust, fumes, mists • See Manufacturer's time use restrictions on packaging Respirators for IDLH atmospheres . The following respirators will be used in IDLH atmospheres: • A full face piece pressure demand SCBA certified by NIOSH for a minimum service life of thirty minutes, or • A combination full-face piece pressure demand supplied-air respirator (SAR) with auxiliary self-contained air supply. • Respirators provided only for escape from IDLH atmospheres shall be NIOSH- certified for escape from the atmosphere in which they will be used. Respirators for atmospheres that are not IDLH. The respirators selected shall be adequate to protect the health of the employee and ensure compliance with all other OSHA statutory and regulatory requirements, the respirator selected shall be appropriate for the chemical state and physical form of the contaminant. Respirator Filter & Canister Replacement An important part of the Respiratory Protection Program includes identifying the useful life of canisters and filters used on air-purifying respirators. Each filter and canister should be equipped with an end-of-service-life indicator (ESLI) certified by NIOSH for the contaminant; or If there is no ESLI , appropriate for conditions a 300 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S Environrnental Services, LP change schedule for canisters and cartridges that is based on objective information or data that will ensure that canisters and cartridges are changed before the end of their service life. Filter & Cartridge Change Schedule Stock of spare filters and cartridges shall be maintained to allow immediate change when required or desired by the employee Cartridges shall be changed based on the most limiting factor below: • Prior to expiration date • Manufacturer's recommendations for use and environment • After each use • When requested by employee • When contaminate odor is detected • When restriction to air flow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe normally • Cartridges shall remain in their original sealed packages until needed for immediate use Filters shall be changed based on the most limiting factor below: • Prior to expiration date • Manufactures recommendations for the specific use and environment • When requested by employee • When contaminate odor is detected • When restriction to air flow has occurred as evidenced by increase effort by user to breathe normally • When discoloring of the filter media is evident • Filters shall remain in their original sealed package until needed for immediate use. Physical and Medical Qualifications Concentra Medical Centers are the designated Professional or Licensed Health Care Provider. The medical assessment prior to fit testing will be established and reviewed by the physician on staff at Concentra. Records of medical evaluations must be retained and made available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020. 301 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environmental Services, LP Medical evaluation required Using a respirator may place a physiological burden on employees that varies with the type of respirator worn, the job and workplace conditions in which the respirator is used , and the medical status of the employee . The company provides a medical evaluation to determ ine the employee's ability to use a respirator, before the employee is fit tested or required to use the respirator in the workplace. The designated Occupational Health Care Provider will provide the employee a medical questionnaire. The medical questionnaire and examinations shall be administered confidentially during the employee's normal working hours or at a time and place conven ient to the employee. The medical questionnaire shall be administered in a manner that ensures that the employee understands its content. The company shall provide the employee with an opportunity to discuss the questionnaire and examination results with the Physician. Supplemental information for the Physician The following information must be provided to the Physician before the Physician makes a recommendation concerning an employee's ability to use a respirator: • The type and weight of the respirator to be used by the employee • The duration and frequency of respirator use (including use for rescue and escape) • The expected physical work effort • Additional protective clothing and equipment to be worn • Temperature and humidity extremes that may be encountered • Any supplemental information provided previously to the Physician regarding an employee need not be provided for a subsequent medical evaluation if the information and the Physician remain the same Each Branch Office shall provide the consulting phys ician with a copy of the writte n respiratory protection program and a copy of the OSHA Standard 1910.134 . Medical determination In determining the employee's ability to use a respirator, the Company shall obtain a written recommendation regarding the employee's ability to use the respirator from the Physician. The recommendation shall provide only the following information: 302 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environrne ntal Services, LP • Any limitations on respirator use related to the medical condition of the employee, or relating to the workplace conditions in which the respirator will be used, including whether or not the employee is medically able to use the respirator • The need, if any , for follow-up medical evaluations • A statement that the Physician has provided the employee with a copy of the Physician's written recommendation Respirator Fit Testing Before an employee is required to use any respirator with a negative or positive pressure tight-fitting face piece, the employee must be fit tested and pass qualitative test (QLFT) or quantitative test (QNFT), with the same make, model, style, and size of respirator that will be used. The Company shall ensure that an employee using a tight-fitting face piece respirator is fit tested; • prior to initial use of the respirator • whenever a different respirator face piece (size, style, model or make) is used, and • at least annually thereafter. The Company has establish a record of the qualitative and quantitative fit tests administered to employees including: • The name or identification of the employee tested • Type of fit test performed • Specific make, model , style, and size of respirator tested • Date of test • The pass/fail results for Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) or the fit factor and strip chart recording or other recording of the test results for Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT) Types of Fit Tests The fit test shall be administered by Concentra Medical Centers, using an OSHA- accepted QLFT or QNFT protocol. Concentra Medical Centers will keep on file the medical questionnaires and results of Pulmonary Function and fit testing. The OSHA-accepted QLFT and QNFT protocols and procedures are contained in Appendix A of OSHA Standard 1910 .134. • QLFT may only be used to fit test negative pressure air-purifying respirators that must achieve a fit factor of 100 or less. 303 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.AS Environmental Services, LP • If the fit factor is equal to or greater than 100 for tight-fitting half face pieces, or equal to or greater than 500 for tight fitting full face pieces, the QNFT has been passed with that respirator. • Fit testing of tight-fitting atmosphere-supplying respirators and tight-fitting powered air-purifying respirators shall be accomplished by performing quantitative or qualitative fit testing in the negative pressure mode, regardless of the mode of operation (negative or positive pressure) that is used for respiratory protection. • Qualitative fit testing of these respirators shall be accomplished by temporarily converting the respirator user's actual face piece into a negative pressure respirator with appropriate filters. • Quantitative fit testing of these respirators shall be accomplished by modifying the face piece to allow sampling inside the face piece in the breathing zone of the user, midway between the nose and mouth. • Any modifications to the respirator face piece for fit testing shall be completely removed, and the face piece restored to NIOSH approved configuration, before that face piece can be used in the workplace. Fit test records shall be retained for respirator users until the next fit test is administered. Written materials required to be retained shall be made available upon request to affected employees. Respirator Operation and Use Respiratory protection shall be used when engineering controls are not feasible or during emergency situations. Respirators will only be used following the respiratory protection safety procedures established in this program . The Operations and Use Manuals for each type of respirator, will be maintained by the Program Coordinator at each branch office, and be available to all qualified users. For continued protection of respirator users, the following general use rules apply: • Users shall not remove respirators while in a hazardous environment • In IDLH atmospheres, the standby person(s) shall maintain constant communication, provided with proper training and equipment to conduct effective emergency rescue, provided with procedures for notification should an emergency arise. • Shall have SCBA or SAR with auxiliary air supply & appropriate rescue retrieval equipment or equivalent rescue service in place. • Respirators are to be stored in sealed containers out of harmful atmospheres • Store respirators away from heat and moisture • Store respirators such that the sealing area does not become distorted or warped 304 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environm e ntal Services,, LP • Store respirator such that the face piece is protected Face piece seal protection The Company does not permit respirators w ith tight-fitting face pieces to be worn by employees who have: • Facial hair that comes between the sealing surface of the face piece and the face or that interferes with valve function; or • Any condition that interferes with the face-to-face piece seal or valve function . If an employee wears corrective glasses or goggles or other personal protective equipment , the Company shall ensure that such equipment is worn in a manne r that does not interfere with the seal of the face piece to the face of the user. Effectiveness of Respirators The supervisor shall ensure the following, that employees leave the respirato r use area: • To wash their faces and respirator face pieces as necessary to prevent eye or skin irritation associated with respirator use • If they detect vapor or gas breakthrough, changes in breathing resistance, or leakage of the face piece • To replace the respirator or the filter, cartridge, or canister elements. Cleaning and Disinfecting The Company shall provide each respirator user, with a respirator that is clean, sanitary, and in good working order. The respirators shall be cleaned and disinfected when: • Respirators issued for the exclusive use of an employee shall be cleaned and disinfected as often as necessary to be maintained in a sanitary condition • Respirators issued to more than one employee shall be cleaned and disinfected before being worn by different individuals • Respirators maintained for emergency use shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use • Respirators used in fit testing and training shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use . 305 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Envi ronmental Services, LP Cleaning and Storage of respirators assigned to specific employees, is the responsibility of that Employee. Respirator Inspection All respirators/SCBAs, both available for "General Use" and those on "Permanently Assigned", will be inspected after each use and at least monthly . Should any defects be noted, the respirator/SCBA will be taken to the Branch Program Coordinator. Damaged Respirators will be either repaired or replaced. The inspection of respirators loaned on "Permanent Check-out" is the responsibility of that trained Employee. Respirators shall be inspected as follows: • All respirators used in routine situations shall be inspected before each use and during cleaning • All respirators maintained for use in emergency situations shall be inspected at least monthly and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and shall be checked for proper function before and after each use • Emergency escape-only respirators shall be inspected before being carried into the workplace for use Respirator inspections include the following: • A check of respirator function, tightness of connections, and the condition of the various parts including, but not limited to, the face piece, head straps, valves , connecting tube, and cartridges, canisters or filters • check of elastomeric parts for pliability and signs of deterioration . • Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be inspected monthly. Air and oxygen cylinders shall be maintained in a fully charged state and shall be recharged when the pressure falls to 90% of the manufacturer's recommended pressure level. For Emergency Use Respirators the additional requirements apply: • Certify the respirator by documenting the date the inspection was performed , the name (or signature) of the person who made the inspection, the findings , required remedial action, and a serial number or other means of identifying the inspected respirator. • Provide this information on a tag or label that is attached to the storage compartment for the respirator, is kept with the respirator , or is included in 306 HEAL TH & SAFETY M ANUAL TAS Environmental Services , LP inspection reports stored as paper or elect ronic files . This information shall be maintained until replaced following a subsequent certification. Respirator Storage Respirators are to be stored as follows: • All respirators shall be stored to protect them from damage, contamination , dust, sunlight , extreme temperatures, excessive moisture, and damaging chem icals, and they shall be packed or stored to prevent deformation of the face piece and exhalation valve. • Emergency Respirators shall be : • Kept accessible to the wo rk area; • Stored in compartments or in covers that are clearly marked as containing emergency respirators; and • Stored in accordance with any applicable manufacturer instructions . Repair of Respirators Respirators that fail an inspection or are otherwise found to be defective w ill be removed from service to be discarded, repaired or adjusted in accordance with the following procedures: • Repairs or adjustments to respirators are to be made only by pe rsons appropriately trained to perform such operations and shall use only the respirator manufacturer's NIOSH-approved parts designed for the respirator; • Repairs shall be made according to the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for the type and extent of repairs to be performed; and • Reducing and admission valves , regulators, and alarms shall be adjusted or repaired only by the manufacturer or a technician trained by the manufacturer. Breathing Air Quality and Use The Company shall ensure that compressed air, compressed oxygen, liquid air, and liquid oxygen used for respiration accords with t he following specifications: • Compressed and liquid oxygen shall meet the United States Pharmacopoeia requirements for medical or breathing oxygen; and • Compressed breathing air shall meet at least the requirements for Grade D breathing air described in ANSI/Compressed Gas Association Commodity Specification for Air, G-7 .1-1989 , to include: 307 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS ...._,.,.., Environill.ental Services, LP 1. Oxygen content (v/v) of 19.5-23.5%; 2. Hydrocarbon (condensed) content of 5 milligrams per cubic meter of air or less ; 3. Carbon monoxide (CO) content of 10 ppm or less; 4. Carbon dioxide content of 1,000 ppm or less ; and 5. Lack of noticeable odor. • compressed oxygen will not be used in atmosphere-supplying respirators that have previously used compressed air • For compressors that are not oil-lubricated, the CO levels are monitored and measured to ensure that it does not exceed 10 ppm • oxygen concentrations greater than 23 .5% are used only in equipment designed for oxygen service or distribution • cylinders used to supply breathing air to respirators meet the following requirements • cylinders are tested and maintained as prescribed in the Shipping Container Specification Regulations of the Department of Transportation (49 CFR part 173 and part 178) • cylinders of purchased breathing air have a certificate of analysis from the supplier that the breathing air meets the requirements for Grade D breathing air • moisture content in breathing air cylinders does not exceed a dew point of -50 deg.F (-45.6 deg.C) at 1 atmosphere pressure • breathing air couplings are incompatible with outlets for nonrespirable worksite air or other gas systems. No asphyxiating substance shall be introduced into breathing airlines. • breathing gas containers shall be marked in accordance with the NIOSH respirator certification standard, 42 CFR part 84. 308 HEA LTH & SAFETY M ANUAL TllS _ _.,,. Environmental Services, LP APPENDICES Appendix 1 A. Criteria for Selecting Respirators The user must establish essential toxicological , safety and other relevant data regarding each contaminant , including; • General use conditions (determination of contaminants) • Physical activities (exertion) required to do the task • Physical , chemical and toxicological properties • Odor threshold • NIOSH recommended exposure level (REL), ACGIH threshold limit value (TLV), OSHA permissible exposure level (PEL) and any ceiling limits (C). • Im mediately Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH) concentrations • Eye irritation potential • Skin designation, and • Any service life information available ( for cartridges & canisters) When conflicting or inadequate data is established, maximum protection shall be established and implemented. Cartridge replacement schedules should be determined without regard to warning properties. These evaluations should be based on all gases and vapors present at the temperature & relative humidity in the workplace . B. Restrictions & Requirements for all Respirator Usage . The following requirements and restrictions must be considered to ensure adequate selection and protection under the conditions of intended use: • User must receive annual training and medical evaluation • Fit testing and periodic review of the program for effectiveness • No respirator shall not be used when facial hair, or deformities interferes with face seal • Respirators shall be properly maintained and correctly used . • Limitations of air-purifying elements shall not be exceeded • When using APRs o Contaminant must be identified and quantified o Contaminants must have adequate warning properties o There must be at least 19.5% oxygen present 309 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _ _.,, Environrnental Services, LP o The respirator must be approved by NIOSH o Users must be instructed to leave the area immediately upon suspicion of respirator breakthrough or failure. • Respirator selection will be based on the most toxic and/or carcinogenic property • All users shall be knowledgeable of warning properties 310 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS _ _..,, Env i ronmental Services, LP Appendix 2 APR Instruction for Use and Care Warning 1. This device does not supply oxygen 2. Use only in 19.5% oxygen or greater 3. Do not use when concentrations are unknown or IDLH 4. Leave area immediately if: a. Breathing becomes difficult b. Dizziness occurs c. You become distressed d. Taste or smell contaminant e. If you sense irritation f. To change out the cartridge 5. Use in strict accordance with instructions , labels and limitations 6. Do not use with facial hair (no beards) 7. Never modify or alter equipment Inspection 1. Headband -check for cracks and tears and operational fasteners 2. Facepiece -check for cracks, holes and tears and elastomer is flexible 3. Inhalation/exhalation Valve -cracks, tears, operational 4. Cartridge Holder -Gaskets in place, no cracks 5. Cartridge / Filters -Proper cartridge for contaminant, clean with no dents or other damage. Field Fit Test Positive and negative fit testing shall be conducted prior to entering the contaminated area. Cartridge Replacement 1. Replace when odor or taste breaks through 2. Excessive breathing resistance 311 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Roadway Safety Purpose To provide worker and road user safety in temporary traffic controlled zones with integral and high-priority element of every project from planning through completion of the project. Responsibilities Primary responsibility of the enforcement of this guideline falls on managers , and supervisors, as well as, each employee to abide by these guidelines. General Guidelines Guidelines should be developed to provide safety for workers, drivers, pedestrians, enforcement/emergency officials and equipment. Road user movement should be inhibited as little as practical, based on the following considerations: 1. Temporary traffic control at work and/or incident sites should be designed on the assumption that drivers will only reduce their speeds if they clearly perceive a need to do so. 2. Provisions should be made for reasonably safe operation of work particularly on high-speed, high-volume roadways. 3. Early coordination with officials having jurisdiction over affected cross streets and providing emergency services should occur before roadway and ramp closings. 4. Flagging procedures should be provided to ensure positive guidance to roadway users traversing the temporary traffic control zone. 5. Ensure the individual responsible for temporary traffic control has the authority to halt work until applicable safety measures can be taken. 6. Accommodations for run-off-the-road incidents, disabled vehicles, emergency situations or clear zones provided where applicable. 7. Use of pavement markings, signing and other traffic channeling devices. 8. Work equipment, worker's private or company vehicles, materials, and debris should be stored in such a manner to reduce the probability of being impacted by run-off-the-road vehicles. It should be remembered that only those individuals who are properly trained in temporary traffic control practices and have a basic understanding of the principles , should supervise the selection, placement, and maintenance of temporary traffic 312 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environ1nental Services, LP control devices used for control zones. It is advisable to confer with the enforcement officials when traffic control is necessary. Components of Temporary Traffic Control Zones Traffic control zones are divided into ( 4) four components: (Note: Temporary traffic control may not be needed when work is performed 15 ft or more from the edge of the travel way.) v' Advanced warning area v' Transition Area v' Activity area v' Termination area. Advanced Warning Area Expressways & freeways should provide advanced warning signs as far as 0.5 miles or more because these drivers are conditioned to uninterrupted flow of traffic . Urban streets should range between 4 - 8 times the speed limit in mph with the high end being relative to the max. legal speed limit for the area. Low speed Residential areas can be as short as 100 ft. Rural highways, normally characterized by higher speeds should consider 8 -12 times the speed limit in mph. Transition Area This is the section where traffic is redirected out of their normal path . Activity Area This is where the actual work activities are taking place. Termination Area This is where the "End of Work" or "Resume Speed " starts. Worker Considerations Worker safety is of utmost importance when establishing a safe work zone. The following key elements should be considered to improve worker safety: 313 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP Training All workers shou ld be trained on the hazards associated with working close to mo t or traffic. They should be trained in temporary traffic control techniques , devices , placement and proper usage. Worker Clothing All workers shall wear bright high-visibility clothing . Temporary Barriers Temporary barriers should be placed along the work space depending on such factors as lateral clearance of workers from adjacent traffic , speed of traffic , durat ion and type of operations, time of d ay and volume of traffic . Speed Reduction Reducing speed of traffic through speed zoning, funneling, law enforcement, lane reduction , and/or flaggers, should be considered and controlled by the authority having jurisdiction of the incident. Flagger Qualifications A "flagger" shall be a person who provides temporary traffic control. Because the flagger is responsible for road user safety and because they make frequent contact with the public, "flaggers " should have the following minimum qualifications : A. Sense of responsibility for the safety of workers and the pub lic. B . Adequate training in safe temporary traffic control practices . C. Average intelligence. D. Good physical condition, including sight, mobility and hearing. E . Mental alertness and ability to react to emergency situations. F. Courteous but firm manner; and G . Neat & professional appearance. High-Visibility Clothing For daytime workers , the flagger's vest, shirt or jacket shall be either fluorescent orange, yellow, yellow-green to ensure visibility. For nighttime work, similar outside garments shall be retro-reflective. The retro-reflective material sha ll be either orange , yellow, white, silver, yellow-green, or a fluorescent version of these colors 314 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Env i r o n :r:nental Services, LP and shall be visible at a minimum distance of 1000 ft. The clothing shall be such as to readily identify the wearer as a person. Flagger Positioning: ** Posted speed prior to work starting (or anticipated speed) Speed** (mph) Distance (ft) 20 35 25 55 30 85 35 120 40 170 45 220 50 280 55 335 60 415 65 485 Work Duration Work duration is a major factor in determining the number and types of devices used in temporary t raffic control zones. The duration of a temporary traffic control zone is defined relative to the length of time the work operation occupies a spot location. There are four (4) categories of work duration: ./ Long-term stationary work -Occupies a location more than 3 days . ./ Short-term work-Occupies a location > 1 hour, but< 12 hours . ./ Short duration -Occupies a location :5 1 hour. Since both, long-term operations can extend into nighttime activities, retroreflective and/or illuminating devices shall be used. At long-term stationary temporary t raffic control zones, there is ample time to plan and install full range traffic control procedures and devices. Note : Safety in short-term and short duration activities should not be compromised by using fewer devices simply because duration. 315 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS ---/ Environrnental Services, LP Sandblasting Safety Purpose It is the policy of TAS to permit only trained and authorized personnel to operate abrasive blasting equipment. This policy applies to daily operators and those who occasionally use this equipment, including supervisors . Abrasive blasting applies to all operations where an abrasive is forcibly applied to a surface by pneumatic or hydraulic pressure, or by centrifugal force . An abrasive is a solid substance used in an abrasive blasting operation. "Sandblasting " is a type of abrasive blasting . Blasting Operations -General The use of silica sand, for abrasive blasting , has been fairly common . However, silica sand can create many hazards for employees , including physical hazards such as, excessive noise levels, high pressure, bouncing med ia, heat st ress, and reduced visibility. Other hazards associated with abrasive blasting can include inhalation of silica dust possibly leading to the formation of silicosis , and inhalation of lead or other paint pigments. Silicosis can lead to chronic health problems such as pulmonary edema, pneumonia, or tuberculosis . TAS provides medical surveillance for all employees at risk of exposure to silica, based on pre-placement and annual basis . This service is provided through Concentra Medical Centers. It should be noted that abrasive blasting operations using silica sand should be restricted or eliminated whenever possible. When applicable, appropriate warning signs or notices shall be posted to inform employees of the hazards . Substitute media should be considered, such as baking soda , walnut shells , etc . Explosive Mixtures and Static Electricity Organic abrasives which are combustible shall be used only in automatic systems . Where flammable or explosive dust mixtures may be present , the construction of the equipment, including the exhaust system and all electric wiring , shall conform to the requirements of American National Standard Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust , Stock, and Vapor Removal or Conveying , Z33 .1-1961 (NFPA 91- 1961 ), and Subpart S of this part. The blast nozzle shall be bonded and grounded to prevent the build up of static charges. Where flammable or explosive dust mixtures may be present, the abrasive blasting enclosure, the ducts, and the dust collector shall be constructed with loose panels or explosion venting areas , located on sides away from any occupied area , to provide for pressure relief in case of explosion , following the principles set forth in the National Fire Protection Association Explosion venting Guide. NFPA 68-1954 . 316 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environrne ntal Services , LP Hazards Associated with Silica S ilicosis is permanent scarring of the lung tissue . Signs and symptoms can be cha racterized by shortness of breath, fever and blu ish skin color . Employees are enc ou rage d to report all cases of suspected silicosis to their immediate superv isor. It is irreversible and can cause many other health problems , including imminent death. The three types of silicosis are: Acute -with very high exposures leading to the development of symptoms within a few weeks to years , Accelerated -Symptoms developing approximately 6 -10 years after exposure. Chronic -Even with low exposures, symptoms developing from 1 O+ years. Training The training is required before conducting this type of operation. The tra ining program should consist of classroom instruction , covering typical problems , solutions , and hazards and precautions , as well as, field operational instruction under competent direction of supervision. All training shall be documented to include name , date of training, contents of training , and name of instructor. In addition , training shall include proper personal hygiene, addressing such issues as washing prior to eating , drinking , or smoking . Workers should change into clean clo t hes at the work site . General Requirements Sand blast operators shall wear approved airline respirators -usually type "CE " hood, which incorporates a hardhat system with protective blouse, heavy gloves and safety boots , regardless of air monitoring results for crystalline silica exposures. Good effect ive hygiene practices shall be followed. All employees shall wash face and hands before eating, drinking or smoking. Eating , drinking and tobacco use or prohibited in the blasting area. The breathing air system must meet Compressed Gas Association requirement s for Grade D breathing air. In addition , pre-startup inspections require training for use of air filtration panels with (CO) carbon monoxide alarms as well as temperature regulating devices. If engineering controls are not feasible , additional information on respiratory requirements can be found in the Respiratory Policy in this manual for guidance to protection of silica exposures. · Dust shall not be perm itted to accumulate on the floor or on ledges outside of an a bra sive -b las ti ng enclosure , a nd dust spills sh a ll be cleaned up promptly. A isles 317 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL d:,T.llS . ~Environxnental Services, LP and walkways shall be kept clear of steel shot or similar abrasive which may create a slipping hazard. Abrasive blast cleaning nozzles shall be equipped with an operating valve which must be held open manually. A support shall be provided on which the nozzle may be mounted when it is not in use. Abrasives and the surface coatings on the materials blasted are shattered and pulverized during blasting operations and the dust formed will contain particles of respirable size. The composition and toxicity of the dust from these sources shall be considered in making an evaluation of the potential health hazards. Compressed air used for cleaning. Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning purposes except where reduced to less than 30 p.s.i. and then only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment 318 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS _ _._, Environmental Services, LP Safety Training Purpose Training is one of the most important elements of any safety program. Training is designed to enable employees to learn their jobs properly, reinforce safety policies and procedures. Safety Training also provides an opportunity to commun icate safety principles and commitment of management to a safe work place. New Employee Safety Orientation A New Employee Safety Orientation Class is a part of the overall orientation program that all new hires must attend. This orientation is conducted by Branch Manager or Health and Safety Director. The safety training in these classes should consists of the below listed topics (as applicable): ../ General Safety Rules & Policies ../ Hazard Communication & Chemical Safety Procedures ../ Hearing Conservation ../ Control of bloodborne pathogens ../ Electrical Safety & Lockout!fagout ../ Emergency Plans: Routes & Assembly Locations . ../ Procedures for safety violations, accidents, near miss ../ Proper lifting & ergonomic techniques ../ Job hardening/warm-up exercises ../ Equipment Safety ../ Process Safety Management Awareness After completion of Safety Orientation Class , the new hire's supervisor should provide additional specific informational training applicable to the assigned tasks and job function. Record of this training will be recorded on the New Employee Orientation Form. This record will be filled out by the Employee's immediate supervisor or designee and filed in the Employee's Personnel Record. Annual Training Topics The list below details areas that may require annual retraining all Employees & Supervisors. 319 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environ:m.ental Services, LP Topics a . Annual Review of Safety Policies and Rules b. Ergonomics c. Hazard Communication/Chemical Safety d. Emergency Action Procedures (including evacuation) e. Personal Protective Equipment f. Electrical Safe Work Practices g . Confined Space Entry & Rescue h. Respiratory Protection i. Powered Industrial Truck Operation j. Bloodborne Pathogens I. Lockout/ Tagout Procedures & Machine Guarding k. Hearing Conservation I. 40 Hazwoper & 8 hour refresher 320 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL General Safety Rules Purpose TllS Environmental Services, LP TAS 's primary ob j ectives are to ensure the health and safety of our Employees , and to protect company property. Our goal is to provide safe and healthful working conditions for all TAS Employees . In the interest of employee safety, TAS will provide for frequent and regular inspections of job sites, materials, and equipment to be made by an authorized company representative. Safety Rules have been developed with input from Supervision and Employees . While held to a minimum, the rules address behaviors and work practices that can lead to accidents and injuries Each Employee should become familiar with and follow General Safety Rules. Supervisors must enforce Safe Work practices through strict adherence to Safety Rules. Most accidents can be prevented if everyone uses assigned safety equipment and follows the established safety rules. To operate a safe and successful business, we must work as a team to Plan our Work, and Work our Plan Communication of Safety Rules Safety Rules and expectations are communicated by: • Discussion during New Hire Orientation • Published in the T AS Employee Handbook • Posting throughout the facility • Annual refresher training • On-the-spot corrections and reinforcement by supervisors Additional Operating Safety Rules The TAS has additional safety rules and work practices for specific operations that apply to those engaged in hazardous work areas or operations. Examples of these rules are contained in other safety manual chapters and standard ope rating procedures such as those for: • Lockout-Tagout • Confined Space Entry • HazMat Response • Forklift Safety 321 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS _ _..,, Environmental Services, LP Posting of General Safety Rules General Safety Rules will be posted in conspicuous areas at all locations GENERAL SAFETY RULES 1. Report all work injuries and illnesses immediately to your supervisor. 2. Report all Unsafe Acts or Unsafe Conditions to your Supervisor. 3. Use seat belts when on TAS business in any vehicles. 4. Firearms, weapons, or explosives are not permitted on TAS Property, or TAS projects. 5. Use, possession, sale or being under the influence of illegal drugs, misuse of prescription drugs and/or alcohol is not permitted on TAS Property or while "on duty". 6. Only authorized and trained Employees may repair or adjust machinery and equipment. Lock and Tag Out Procedures must be followed before removing any machine guards or working on powered machinery and equipment. Replace all guards when the job is completed. 7. Only qualified and trained Employees may work on or near Exposed Energized Electrical Parts or Electrical Equipment. Follow Electrical Safety Rules when working with electrically powered machinery and equipment. 8. Only authorized and trained Employees may enter a posted Confined Space. All confined spaces will be posted Confined Space -Permit Required. Entry is allowed only after permits are properly issued. 9. Only authorized and trained employees may dispense or use chemicals. It is your responsibility to know where MSDS's are located and that they are available for your use and review . 10. Keep work areas clean and aisles clear . Do not block emergency equipment or exits. 11. Wear and use the prescribed Personal Protective Safety Equipment. This includes foot protection, head protection, gloves, etc . 12. Smoking is permitted only in the designated "Smoking Areas". Failure to follow the above rules may cause serious injury and/or illness. Please use common sense and think before you act. If you are not sure how to complete a job or task safely or have any questions , ask your supervisor. 322 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tool Safety Program Purpose TAS . E n v i ronntental Servic e s , LP Use of too ls makes many tasks easier. However, the same tools that assist us , if improperly used or maintained, can create significant hazards in our work areas. Employees who use tools must be properly trained to use, adjust , store and ma intain tools properly. This programs covers hand, electrical, pneumatic, powder driven , and hydraulic tool safety. Responsibility Management • Provide correct tools for assigned tasks • Ensure tools are maintained and stored safely • Provide employee training • Provide for equipment repair Employees • Follow proper tool safety guidelines • Report tool deficiencies and malfunctions • Properly store tools when work is completed Gen eral Safety Precautions Employees who use hand and power tools and who are exposed to the hazards of falling , flying, abrasive and splashing objects, or exposed to harmful dusts , fumes , mists, vapors, or gases must be provided with the particular personal equipment necessary to protect them from the hazard. Following five basic safety rules can prevent all hazards involved in the use of tools: • Keep all tools in good condition with regular maintenance. • Use the right tool for the job. • Examine each tool for damage before use. • Operate according to the manufacturer's instructions. • Provide and use the proper protective equipment. • Do not use or operate unless trained and authorized to do so 323 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environm.ental Services, LP Hand Tools Hand tools are non-powered. They include anything from axes to wrenches. The greatest hazards posed by hand tools result from misuse and improper maintenance . Some examples : • Using a screwdriver as a chisel may cause the tip of the screwdriver to break and fly, hitting the user or other employees. • Using a pocket knife as a scraper. • If a wooden handle on a tool such as a hammer or an axe is loose , splintered , or cracked, the head of the tool may fly off and strike the user or another worker. • A wrench must not be used if its jaws are sprung , because it might slip. • Impact tools such as chisels, wedges , or drift pins are unsafe if they have mushroomed heads. The heads might shatter on impact , sending sharp fragments flying. Appropriate personal protective equipment, e.g ., safety goggles , gloves , etc., should be worn due to hazards that may be encountered while using portable power tools and hand tools. Floors shall be kept as clean and dry as possible to prevent accidental sl ips with or around dangerous hand tools. Around flammable substances, sparks produced by iron and steel hand tools can be a dangerous ignition source. Where this hazard exists, spark-resistant tools made from brass , plastic, aluminum, or wood will provide for safety. Power Tool Precautions Power tools can be hazardous when improperly used . There are several types of power tools, based on the power source they use: electric , pneumatic , liquid fuel , hydraulic , and powder-actuated. Power tool users should observe the following general precautions: • Never carry a tool by the cord or hose. • Never yank the cord or the hose to disconnect it from the receptacle. • Keep cords and hoses away from heat, oil, and sharp edges. • Disconnect tools when not in use , before servicing , and when changing accessories such as blades , bits and cutters. • All observers should be kept at a safe distance away from the work area. 324 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S -~,,, Environmental Services 1 LP • Secure work with clamps or a vise , freeing both hands to operate the tool. • Avoid accidental starting. The worker should not hold a finger on the switch button while carrying a plugged-in tool. • Tools should be maintained with care. They should be kept sharp and clean for the best performance. Follow instructions in the user's manual for lubricating and changing accessories. • Be sure to keep good footing and maintain good balance. • The proper apparel should be worn. Loose clothing, ties, or jewelry can become caught in moving parts. • All portable electric tools that are damaged shall be removed from use and tagged "Do Not Use." · Guards Hazardous moving parts of a power tool need to be safeguarded. For example , be lts, gears , shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, or moving parts of equipment must be guarded. Guards , as necessary, should be provided to protect the operator and others from the following: • point of operation , • in-running nip points , • rotating parts, and • flying chips and sparks. Safety guards must never be removed when a tool is being used. Electrical Safety Among the chief hazards of electric-powered tools are burns and slight shocks, which can lead to injuries or even heart failure. Under certain conditions, even a small amount of current can result in severe injury and eventual death. A shock also can cause the user to fall off a ladder or other elevated work surface . To protect the user from shock, tools must either have a three-wire cord with ground and be grounded, be doub le insulated, or be powered by a low-voltage isolation transformer, and must have a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI). The third prong should never be removed from the plug. Double insulation is more convenient. The user and the tools are protected in two ways: by normal insulation on the wires inside, and by a housing that cannot conduct electricity to the operator in the event of a malfunction . 325 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environrnental Services 1 LP Electric Power Tool General Safety Practices: • Electric tools should be operated within their design limitations. • Gloves and safety footwear are recommended during use of electric tools. • When not in use, tools should be stored in a dry place. • Electric tools should not be used in damp or wet locations. • Work areas should be well lighted. Pneumatic Tools Pneumatic tools are powered by compressed air and include ch ippers, drills, hammers, and sanders. There are several dangers encountered in the use of pneumatic tools. The main one is the danger of gett ing hit by one of the tool's attachments or by some kind of fastener the worker is using with the tool. Eye protection is required and face protection is recommended for employees working with pneumatic tools. Working with noisy tools such as jackhammers requires proper, effective use of hearing protection. When using pneumatic tools, employees are to check to see that they are fastened securely to the hose to prevent them from becoming disconnected . A short wire or positive locking device attaching the air hose to the tool will serve as an added safeguard. A safety clip or retainer must be installed to prevent attachments , such as chisels on a chipping hammer, from being unintentionally shot from the barrel. Compressed air guns should never be pointed toward anyone. Users should never "dead-end" it against themselves or anyone else. Powder-Actuated Tools Powder-actuated tools operate like a loaded gun and should be treated with the same respect and precautions. n fact, they are so dangerous that only specially trained employees must operate them . The manufacturer shall provide the only acceptable training for powder-activated tools. Hydraulic Power Tools The fluid used in hydraulic power tools must be an approved fire-resistant fluid and must retain its operating characteristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it will be exposed. The manufacturer's recommended safe operating pressure for hoses , valves , pipes, filters , and other fittings must not be exceeded . 326 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmen t a l Services , LP Jacks All jacks -lever and rachet jacks, screw jacks, and hydraulic jacks -must have a device that stops them from jacking up too high . Also, the manufacturer's load limit must be permanently marked in a prominent place on the jack and should not be exceeded.· A jack should never be used to support a lifted load. Once the load has been lifted, it must immediately be blocked up . Use wooden blocking under the base if necessary to make the jack level and secure. If the lift surface is metal, place a 1-inch-thick hardwood block or equivalent between it and the metal jack head to reduce the danger of slippage. To set up a jack, make certain of the following: • the base rests on a firm level surface, • the jack is correctly centered, • the jack head bears against a level surface, and • the lift force is applied evenly . Proper maintenance of jacks is essential for safety. All jacks must be inspected before each use and lubricated regularly. If a jack is subjected to an abnormal load or shock, it should be thoroughly examined to make sure it has not been damaged. Hydraulic jacks exposed to freezing temperatures must be filled with an adequate antifreeze liquid . 327 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL Vehicle Safety Program Purpose TllS Environmental Services, LP This program covers safe operation and maintenance of all TAS vehicles except those company vehicles regulated by the Interstate Commerce Commission or US Department of Transportation . Examples of vehicles covered include company- owned-or-leased passenger vehicles, pickup trucks, light trucks and vans, as well as those that do require a commercial driver's license for operation . Policy Only employees authorized by company management for specific company purposes will operate all company vehicles . Vehicles will be maintained in a safe condition at all times. In the event of an unsafe mechanical condition, the vehicle will be immediately placed out of service and the appropriate manager notified. Only qualified company vehicle mechanics or approved service facilities are permitted to perform maintenance on company vehicles. All vehicles will be operated, licensed and insured in accordance with applicable local, state and federal laws. All employees authorized to operate any company owned or leased vehicle will be included in the company random drug-testing program. All authorized employees must possess a valid state driver's license for the class vehicle authorized , and be at least 25 years of age. Authorized employees must have a driving record at least equal to that required for maintaining a commercial driver's license. Responsibilities Management Provide annual defensive-driver training for all employees authorized to operate company vehicles. Train authorized employees on vehicle inspection and accident procedures . Maintain company vehicles in a safe condition. Maintain active insurance policies on all company vehicles. Allow only authorized employees to operate company vehicles. 328 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S · Environ:rnental Services, LP Arrange for defensive driving train ing prior to initial authorization Maintain a list of authorized employees in their department. Arrange for required periodic maintenance checks on assigned vehicles. Immediately remove from service any vehicle with any safety defect. Not allow operation of any company vehicle by an authorized employee taking medication that warns of drowsiness. Authorized Employees Operate company vehicles in a safe, responsible manner and obey all traffic laws. Participate in driver-training programs . Participate in the company drug-testing program. Ensure all vehicle occupants use seatbelts before moving the vehicle. Follow safe fueling procedures. Conduct a pre-use inspection before any first daily use. Immediately report any safety defects or vehicle problems. Report use of all prescription medication. Training All employees authorized to operate company-owned-or-leased vehicles will participate in initial and annual driver-safety training that will include: Defensive driving Vehicle inspection Accident procedures Hazardous weather driving Procedure for notification of unsafe vehicle Backing procedures (light truck & van operators) Cargo area storage (light truck & van operators) Loading & unloading (light truck & van operators) 329 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Vehicle Inspection Driver Inspections-Prior to each first daily use the driver shall inspect the vehicle for proper operation of the following safety features, as applicable : Horn Backup warning Head, tail & signal lights Windshield wipers Tire inflation (visual check) Brakes Steering control Mirrors No operational warning lights Accident kit in glove compartment Fire extinguisher (light trucks & vans) Broken glass Mechanical Inspections -Every company vehicle will be inspected by a qualified vehicle mechanics at least every 3 months, or as indicated by maintenance recommendations. Inspection & maintenance points include : Road test Visual inspection of brake system -wheel removal required Fluid system levels & visual inspection Brake pad wear Belts & hoses Battery condition Filter replacement Lubrication Oil change Emissions systems visual inspection Tire tread All vehicle inspections and maintenance records will be maintained at the Corporate Office, Fort Worth, Texas. 330 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL D ri v ing S afely Starting Conduct pre-use inspection Use seatbelts at all times ~ TllS ~ E nvironmental Servic es, LP Adjust seat & mirrors before starting vehicle Allow a 15 second warm up time Check for warning lights Driving Do not drive if drowsy Think ahead -anticipate hazards Don't trust the other driver to drive properly Don't speed or tailgate Drive slower in hazardous conditions or hazardous areas Pass only in safe areas and when excessive speed is not required No loose articles on floor Do not read, write, apply make-up, drink, eat or use a phone while driving Stay at least four seconds behind the vehicle ahead Do not stop for hitchhikers or to provide roadside assistance Back ing Back slowly & be ready to stop Do not back up if anyone is in path of vehicle travel Check clearances Don't assume people see you Getting out & check if you cannot see from the driver's seat Stopping Park only in proper areas, not roadsides Use warning flashers & raise hood if vehicle becomes disabled Acc idents Do not admit responsibility Notify your company and law enforcement as soon as possible Cooperate with any law enforcement officers Move the vehicle only at the direction of a law enforcement officer Fill out a ll sections of the accident report(s) in the glove box (see attachme nt this sectio n) Do no t sign a ny forms unless required by a law enforcement officer At the s cene get the following information 331 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services 1 LP • Investigating officer name and law enforcement agency. • Make, Model & License Plate number of other vehicles. • Names, addressed and phone numbers of all witnesses . • Photos of accident (if camera is available) o all 4 sides of all vehicles o roads and intersection at the scene o interior of all vehicles -seating & floor areas • Name, address & license of other drivers . 332 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Ai::t T AS ~Environxne n tal S ervices, LP This form is to be completed by the vehicle driver after any accident. Your Information Drive r(you) Driver 's Lic ense # Veh icl e Mak e: Mode l: Color : Date : Time : Other Driver's Information Driver Driver's License# Drive r's Address Driver's Phone# Vehicle Make: Model : Co lor: Accident Information-check box to all that apply I License Plate#: Location ( ci ty , street , c rossroad or milemark er Intersection D Traffic Light D Stop Sign D 2 -lane D 4-lane D Divided Hwy D Parking Lot D On -ramp D Up hill D Curve D Down hill D Turning Lane D Off ramp D Loading dock D RR Crossing D Construction Area D One way D Gravel road D Br idge D Dirt D Your direction of travel Other vehicle 's direction of travel Weather Conditions -check box to all that apply Fogg y D Clear D Overcast D Light Rain D Moderate Rain D Heavy Rain D Snow D Ice D Stand ing Water D Sleet D D D Take photos -All 4 corners of all vehicles, license plates , skid marks, all angles of roadway ap proach and all damage Make a Sketch -of accident scene in box below. Pace out distances and record on drawing of accident scen e . t 333 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environmental Services, LP Addendum for Vacuum Trucks All employees authorized to operate vacuum trucks will be instructed on the potential hazards associated with vacuum truck operations. These potential hazards inclu de (but are not limited to): Toxic vapors and their PEL 's and STEL 's Flammable atmospheres Potential hazards associated with the area in which work is being performed Sources of ignition Slips and Falls Spills and Releases Fires and Explosions Atmospheric Testing Areas where vacuum trucks will operate must be free of hydrocarbon vapors in the flammable range. The areas where the vacuum truck operator and others work without respirators must also be at or below air-contaminant PEL's/STEL's. If there is any question whether the area is vapor-or toxic gas-free , atmospheric testing shall be performed by a qualified person using properly calibrated and adjusted detectors. Testing shall be conducted prior to starting any operations, and if necessary, during operations, including but not limited to the following: • when operations in the area are subject to change such as automatic pump start- up or product receipt into, or transfer out of, a tank located in the vicinity of the transfer operations • when off-loading • when atmospheric conditions change such as wind direct ion • when an emergency situation , such as product release , occurs in wit hin the facility that may affect atmospheric conditions in the transfer area. Additional Inspection Requirements Before beginning operations, vacuum truck operators shall obtain any required permits and inspect vacuum trucks , equipment , and loading/off loading sites to assure safe operations. 334 H EALT H & SAFETY MANUAL ~TllS ~Environxnental Services, LP Bonding and Grounding The complete vacuum transfer system needs to be bonded so that there is a cont i nuous conduct ive path from the vacuum truck through the hose and nozzle to t he tank o r source container and grounded to dissipate stray currents to earth (ground). Prior to starting transfer operations, vacuum trucks need to be grounded directly to the earth or bonded to another object that is inherently grounded (due to proper contact with the earth) such as a large storage tank or underground piping. A safe and proper ground to earth may be achieved by connecting to any properly grounded object including but not limited to any one or more of the following examples: • a metal frame of a building, tank , or equipment that is grounded • an exist ing facility grounding system such as that installed at a loading rack. Fire hydrants metal light posts, or underground metal piping with at least 1 O' of contact with earth. • a corrosion free metal ground rod of suitable length and diameter (approximately 9' long and 5/8-in. diameter), driven 8' into the earth (or to the water table, if less). High Discharge Temperatures Associated with Vacuum Pumps and Blowers Under normal conditions, the absence of oxygen minimizes the risk of ignition in a vacuum truck. However, operating rotary lobe blowers and vacuum pumps at high speeds creates high air movement and high vacuum levels , resulting in high discharge air temperatures and high discharge vapor concentrations · that can present potentially ignitable conditions. Conductive Hoses Vacuum hose constructed of conductive material or thick walled hose with imbedded conductive wiring, shall be used when transferring flammable and combustible liquids when the potential for a flammable atmosphere exists in the area of operations. Conductive hose shall provide suitable electrical conductance less than or equal to 1 mega ohm per 100 feet (as determined by the hose manufacturer). Thin walled metallic spiral-wound conductive hoses should not be used because of the potential for electrical discharge through the thin plastic that covers the meta l sp iral. 335 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S _ _., Environmental Services , LP Vacuum Exhaust Venting A number of methods can be used by vacuum truck operators to safely vent vacuum pump exhaust vapors , including but not limited to the following: • Operators can prevent dieseling by locating the vacuum truck upwind of vapor sources and by extending the vacuum pump discharge away from the diesel engine air intake; vapors may be returned to the source container using conductive and closed connections; vapors may be vented into the atmosphere to a safe location using a safety venturi • Vacuum truck operators may provide vertical exhaust stacks, extending approximately 12' above the vacuum truck (or higher if necessary), to dissipate the vapors before they reach ignition sources or other potential hazards and personnel • Vacuum truck operators may attach a length of exhaust hose to the vacuum exhaust that is long enough to reach an area that is free from potential hazards, sources of ignition, and personnel. The hose should be preferably extended 50' downwind of the truck and away from the source of the liquids. Personnel Safety Vacuum truck personnel working in petroleum facilities shall be trained in the safe operation of the vacuum equipment; familiar hazards of the petroleum products, by- products , wastes and materials being transferred, aware of relevant government and facility safety procedures and emergency response requirements; MSDS ; appropriate PPE; assure all personnel leave the vacuum truck cab during loading and off-loading operations; when transferring flammable liquids or hazardous materials, vacuum truck operators shall remain positioned between the vacuum truck and the source or receiving tank, vessel, or container and within 25' of the vacuum truck throughout the duration. Vacuum truck operators shall monitor the transfer operation and be ready to quickly close the product valve and stop the pump in the event of a blocked line or release of material through a broken hose or connection; smoking, or any other source of ignition, shall not be permitted within at least 100' (depending on local procedures and atmospheric conditions) of the truck , the discharge of the vacuum pump, or any other vapor source. Safe Operations Vacuum truck operators shall be trained and properly licensed in accordance with applicable regulations . Vacuum trucks shall not enter into tank dike area until such areas have been checked/monitored and rendered safe. Vacuum trucks cargo tanks 336 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Servic es, LP shall be depressurized. Vacuum truck operators must be aware of the effect of speeds, turns and the changing center of gravity. Vacuum truck operators shall maintain proper distances when operating vacuum trucks inside facilities with restricted clearances . 337 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL Warehouse Safety Purpose TAS Env iro nmental Services, LP Safety and health protection in warehouses , shops and receiving facilities is a mus t for each TAS office. Statistics indicate that warehouse can be hazardous locations, especially as a result of the use of forklifts. Other hazards present can be lack of personal protective equipment , hazardous chemical exposure , and poor material storage and handling practices. The purpose of this policy is to reduce injuries , by providing methods and guidelines for safe practices, improved efficiency , increased profitability, and improved worker morale. Responsibility The enforcement of safety is a front-line supervisory responsibility. Supervisors are charged with tasks resulting in employee performance and behavior. Employees are responsible for identifying hazards, correcting hazards when possible and following all safety procedures and practices. General Safety Rules and Guidelines The following should be considered for employee safeguarding: 1. Wear required PPE at all times. This equipment is intended for the protection of the employee. 2. Observe and obey all workplace signs, labels, alarms, and written and verba l workplace and manufacturer instructions. 3. Safely store and stack materials. Always place heavier, larger materials on the bottom, lighter materials on top. 4 . Be alert for moving equipment such as forklifts and pallet jacks . Stand clear of movement of powered equipment. 5. Observe and adhere to "no smoking" areas where posted. 6. Read, understand and abide by chemical labels on conta iners and material safety data sheets . If you cannot understand the label or the precautions , ask you supervisor. 7. Never block or deactivate any safety device. 8 . Keep machine guards in place. If the guard is missing, do not operate the machine and report this condition to your superv isor. 9 . Always seek assistance and ask if unsure of any operation . 10. Maintain sanitary conditions and good housekeeping practices at all times. This includes your immediate work area, lunchroom , rest room , locke rs a nd surrounding grounds. 338 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL (f:)E'!:!~mental Services, LP 11. Know the location of emergency equipment , exits, first aid kits and evacuation routes. 12. When lifting, use good manual lifting practices, use your legs to lift. Minimize bending at the waist. When possible use mechanical means . 13. Use appropriate ladders for gaining access to racks or shelves. Never climb shelves or rack bracing. 14. Remove personal jewelry such as rings, necklaces , and earrings . Keep hair tied back and tucked inside hard hat. 15. Do not operate equipment or machines unless trained and authorized to do so. 16. Report unsafe conditions immediately to your supervisor. If you can safely correct the condition, you are encouraged to do so. 17. Before performing maintenance on any equipment, ensure you have achieved a "zero-energy" state before proceeding . 18. Keep railings, gates, barricades and barriers in place to prevent falls and employee injuries . 19. Use stairs, walkways and approved gate openings for access. 20. Never stack empty pallets higher than 6 feet. Fire regulations restrict the height of empty pallet storage due to the "chimney-effect" created when pallets burn. 21.Always be alert when walking through warehouse and shop areas. Be observant to grease, nails, oil, boards, water and other hazards that may be on the floor. 22. Keep work clothing in good repair. Never wear loose clothing near moving equipment or machinery. 23. Trailer wheels should be chocked when working inside trailers. 24. Report injuries immediately to your supervisor. Racks/Shelves and Mezzanine Floors The safe storage of materials in warehouses involves numerous elements of control. Operators of powered equipment must be trained and documented to respect material and place storage. It is highly recommended that racks be purchased for maximum-rated capacities. Fire Safety and Protection Primary importance in any warehouse is fire safety. Not only can fire be destructive to human life, but to the building, contents and surrounding property. Fire protection can be accomplished by fixed sprinkler systems, fire suppression systems, or fire extinguishers . A typical fire extinguisher has a duration of discharge for only 10 -18 seconds. The National Association of Fire Equipment Distributors survey, conducted in 1996, found that portable fire extinguishers put out 95.3 percent of the fire reported on the survey. 339 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS E nvironmental S e rvices, LP Fire Extinguisher Tips ./ OSHA requires that all fire extinguishers be certified, labeled or listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory . ./ Appropriate fire extinguishers must be selected for their workplace hazards . ./ Fire extinguishers must be place in locations that provide easy access . ./ They must be readily visible and identified by appropriate signage . ./ Mount extinguishers on brackets at doorways and entrances and in areas where they cannot be damaged . ./ Powered equipment, such as forklifts, should have 5 or 10 # ABC or BC units assigned and placed on the equipment. ./ During daily inspection, check extinguishers on powered equipment. All extinguishers should be inspected on a monthly basis. (see attached Fire Extinguisher Inspection Record, this section) ./ During monthly inspections, check the seal, the pin, and the gauge for full charge . Properly mark and initial the inspection tag . ./ When units need recharging, a substitute must be placed on the bracket. ./ Remove and replace any extinguisher that has been discharged or not fully charged . ./ Ensure hydrostatic testing is current. Flammable and Combustible Liquids Flammable and combustible liquids are frequently found in warehouse and present a high hazard. Basic considerations for handling these materials safe ly are: Flash Point is the lowest temperature at which a flammable liquid gives off enough vapor to form an ignitable mixture. Flammable Liquid Classifications are based on the flash point. • Class I -flash point ~20° F. • Class II -flash point> 20° F and< 70° F . • Class Ill -flash point> 70° F but< 200° F. Combustible Liquids • Class II -flash point ~ 100° F and < 140° F • Class I I IA -flash point ~ 140° F and < 200° F • Class IIIB -flash point~ 200° F. All flammable liquids are volatile and evaporate rapidly. Flammable vapors are usually heavier than air and can settle in low areas, becoming a very dangerous situation. As an example, a drum of flammable solvent can very easily become a potentially powerful bomb. A 1-gallon can of gasoline has enough combustion energy to be comparable to 14 sticks of dynamite or 45 pounds of TNT. 340 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environ:rnental Services, LP Safe storage of such liquids is essential. OSHA permits up to 60 gals of Class I or Class II liquids and up to 120 gallons of Class Ill to be stored in safety cabinets. Aerosols NFPA 308, classifies aerosol products into three categories: Level 1 -base products containing up to 25 percent by weight, of materials with a flash point of 500° F or less. Level 2 -base products containing more than 25 percent by weight of "water- miscible" materials with flash point 500° F or less , or containing more than 25 percent but not more than 55 percent by weight of water-immiscible materials with a flash point of 500° F or less. Level 3 -base products containing more than 55 percent by weight of "water- miscible " materials with flash point 500° For less, or containing flammable propellant equal to or exceeding 80 percent of the net weight of the container contents. Housekeeping Good housekeeping practices goes hand in hand with safety, quality and efficiency. Housekeeping is a combination of orderliness and cleanliness. Practical Housekeeping Tips ./ Walkways and storage areas should be identified by yellow guidelines . ./ Keep objects from projecting into aisles . ./ Maintain walkways free of slip, trip and fall hazards by keeping clean and free of debris . ./ Keep fire potential cans, containers, etc. in approved cabinets . ./ Keep stairs free of obstructions and maintain nonskid surface on stairs . ./ Keep handrails free of dirt, grease, oil and splinters . ./ Keep materials stored and stacked neatly . ./ Do not allow materials to hang out of bins or racks . ./ Discard wrappers, boxes, paper, strapping in proper receptacles . ./ Empty trash containers on a regular basis . ./ Remove or hammer in protruding nails in pallets . ./ Smoke only in designated areas . ./ Never block fire fighting or emergency equipment. ./ Clean up spills immediately . ./ Replace burnt out lighting on a regular basis . ./ Keep lunchrooms and break areas free of trash and debris. 341 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Forklift Trucks Only trained and qualified operators will be allowed to operate forklifts . Training criteria will be provided through the Mockingbird ® web-based training program and hands-on evaluations . Pre-Use Inspection Each piece of equipment must be inspected prior to each work shift . Da ily Inspection Report can be found at the end of this section . Typical Inspection Points ../ Horn ../ Fuel Level ../ Brakes ../ Oil Level ../ Raise, lower & tilt ../ Hydraulic Hoses ../ Steering ../ Coolant Level ../ Gauges ../ Fire Extinguisher ../ Lights ../ Overhead guard ../ Seat belt ../ Tires ../ Back up Alarm ../ Load-limit plate Personal Protective Equipment Despite many safeguards that should be provided in the workplace to ensure employee safety, injuries can still occur. There are situations in which hazards cannot be completely guarded or controlled; thus the need for personal protective equipment (PPE) for employees engaged in work activities within the warehouse environment. Basic PPE Requirements for Warehouses Hard Hat -If overhead or head hazards exist , head protection is required. Steel toe Boots -Whenever there is a potential of foot injuries due to impact, falling , rolling, piercing, or electrical hazards, safety footwear is required. Safety Glasses -Is the "minimum eye protection " during work hours or while working in or around the warehouse. Hand Protection -Warehouse employees can experience cuts , bru ises, fractures and burns in the performance of their duties. Although it is impractical to have any glove that will protect against every hazard, adequate hand protection must be provided and used , while work is being performed. 342 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environmental Services, LP Hearing Protection -If there is a noise exposure of 85 decibels or greater, hearing protection must be used. Fall Protection -If an employee is exposed to a fall of 6' or greater, fall protection shall be used. 343 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environinental Servic es, LP Water Survival (Off-shore Orientation) Purpose This program is to ensure the health and safety of T AS employees when work activities require working around navigable waterways. This program is based on the American Petroleum Institute Recommended Practice T-1, 4th Edition, published in 1995 (referred to as APR T-1 ). It will apply to all work where our employees may be required to work offshore. Policy Our employees rely on boat Captain and helicopter pilots to transport them to and from offshore operations. The vessel operator instructions must be followed to ensure a safe trip. This may include stowage of luggage and equipment, eating and smoking arrangements and emergency procedures. Always use a Personal Floatation Device (PFD) and follow crewmember instructions for both routine and emergency conditions. Emergency procedures for ex its, evacuation routes, fire extinguisher location, etc. should be posted on the vessel and read by each passenger. Reporting to Offshore Location -Employees will report to the pe rson in charge or their designated representative, and follow their instructions. Training First Time Personnel Any new employee who is scheduled to go offshore will be given a detailed orientation conducted by the Training Department. These records shall be maintained in the Corporate Office. Prior to going offshore, employees will be given a medical exam to ensure fitness for the job. Our Offshore Water Survival Orientation covers these basic elements : ./ PPE -Specific to location , work environment and scope of work . ./ Prohibited materials -alcoholic beverages, firearms, illegal drugs . ./ Helicopter transportation -Emergency procedures , authority , embarking and disembarking procedures , etc. 344 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environmental Services, LP ./ Boat operations -Emergency procedures, authority, embarking and disembarking procedures, PFDs, etc. Offshore Orientation will be provided at each location, site-specific and procedure- specific for each operation. Repeat Personnel Personnel who have previously gone offshore are classified as repeat personnel. They have received the above-mentioned orientation. These personnel will require only a condensed version of the orientation . 345 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL Tll.S E n vironrnental Services, LP WELDING & CUTTING SAFETY (HOT WORK) Purpose TAS Environmental Services is dedicated to the protection of our employees from occupational injuries and illnesses. We are responsible for providing a safe working environment, and the employees have and must assume the responsibility of working safely. The objective of this program is to supplement our safety policy by providing specific standards regarding Hot Work and to ensure that each employee is adequately trained and fully aware of safety procedures associated with Hot Work. Welding and Hot Work, such as brazing or grinding presents a significant opportunity for fire and injury. Company employees or contractors must apply all precautions of this program prior to commencing any welding or hot work. Reference : OSHA 29 CFR 1910.252 Elimination of injuries and illnesses improves employee morale, improves customer service , improves product quality , and reduces Workers' Compensation costs. This policy serves as a tool to increase employee protection, and to reduce jobsite hazards. Employees are required to comply with the guidelines set forth. In the event an unsafe condition arises, employees should alert the lead person on the jobsite immediately. Employees should also alert co-workers of any unsafe conditions that arise. Any TAS Environmental Services employee who disobeys and/or disregards the guidelines set forth in this program or the company's safety program will be subject to disciplinary action. Definitions Welding/Hot Works Procedures are any act ivity which results in sparks, fire, molten slag, or hot material which has the potential to cause fires or explosions. Examples include Cutting, Brazing, Soldering, Thawing Pipes , Torch Applied Roofing, Grinding and Welding. Special Hazard Occupancies are any areas containing Flammable Liquids , Dust Accumulation, Gases, Plastics, Rubber and Paper Products. 346 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL .,a:,TAS ~Environmental Services, LP Hot Work Procedures OSHA 29 CFR 1910.252 • Where practicable all combustibles will be relocated at least 35 feet from the work site. • Before cutting or welding is permitted, the area shall be inspected by position responsible for inspection and granting authorized welding and cutting operations. Precautions that are to be taken shall be in the form of a written permit. • Where relocation is impractical, combustibles must be protected with flameproof covers , shielded with metal , guards , curtains, or wet down to help prevent ignition of material. • Ducts, conveyor systems, and augers that might carry sparks to distant combustibles must be protected or shut down. • Where cutting or welding is done near walls, partitions, ceilings, or a roof of combustible construction, fire-resistant shields or guards will be provided to prevent ignition. • If welding is to be done on a metal wall, partition, ceiling, or roof, precautions must be taken to prevent ignition of combustibles on the other side, due to conduction or radiation of heat. • Where combustibles cannot be relocated on the opposite side of the work, a fire watch person will be provided on the opposite side of the work. • Welding will not be attempted on a metal partition, wall, ceiling or roof having a covering nor on walls having combustible sandwich panel construction. • Cutting or welding on pipes or other metal in contact with combustible walls, partitions, ceilings, or roofs will not be undertaken if the work is close enough to cause ignition by combustion . • In areas where there is dust accumulation of greater than 1/16 inch within 35 feet of the area where welding/hot works will be conducted, all dust accumulation will be cleaned up following the housekeeping program of the facility before welding/hot works are permitted. • Any welding, cutting or burning of lead base metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, beryllium or exotic metals or paints not listed here shall have proper ventilation or respiratory protection. • Suitable fire extinguishers must be provided and maintained ready for instant use. • A fire watch person will be provided during and for two hours past the completion of the welding project. 347 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Env ironmental Services, LP • A cutting/welding permit will be issued by the Safety Department for all welding or cutting outside of designated welding areas. • When any welding , cutting or hot work is to be done, first aid equipment shall be available at all times . Cutting or welding will not be permitted in the following situations : • In areas not authorized by management. • In sprinkler installed buildings while such protection is impaired. • In the presence of potentially explosive atmospheres. • In areas near the storage of large quantities of exposed , readily ignitable materials. • If the requirements for addressing fire hazards and proper guarding can not be met. Welding & Hot Work Fire Prevention Measures A designated welding area should be established to meet the following requirements: • Floors swept and clean of combustibles within 35 feet of work area. • Flammable and combustible liquids and material will be kept 35 feet from work area . • Adequate ventilation providing 20 air changes per hour, such as a suction hood system should be provided to the work area. • At least one 10-lb. dry chemical fire extinguisher should be within access of the 35 feet of work area. • Protective dividers such as welding curtains or non-combustible walls will be provided to contain sparks and slag to the combustible free area. Requirements For Welding Outside Designated Areas • Portable welding curtains or shields must be used to protect other workers in the welding area. • A hot works permit must be completed and complied with prior to welding operation. • Respiratory protection is mandatory unless an adequate monitored airflow away from the welder and others present can be established and maintained. • Plastic materials must be covered with welding tarps during welding procedures • Fire Watch must be provided for all hot work operations . 348 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environinental Service s, LP Welding Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) The following lists Welding Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) and are applicable for all electric and gas welding. These SOP are to be posted at each Designated Welding & Hot Work Area for quick reference and review. SOP-Electric and Arc Welding • Perform Safety Check on all equipment • Al l workers assigned to operate elect ric and/or arc welders shall be trained and qualified . • Ensure fire extinguisher is charged and avai lable • Ensure electrical cord, electrode holder and cables are free from defects (no cable splices are allowed within 10 feet of the electrode holder). • Ensure PPE (welding hood, gloves, rubber boots/soled shoes, and aprons ) are available and have no defects. • Ensure the welding unit is properly grounded. • All defective equipment must be repaired or replaced before use. • Remove flammables and combustibles • No weld ing is permitted on or near containers of flammable material, combustible material or unprotected flammable structures. • Place welding screen or suitable barricade around work area to provide a fire safety zone and prevent injuries to passersby (do not block emergency ex its or restrict ventilation). • Ensure adequate ventilation and lighting • Execute Hot Work Permit procedures • Set Vo ltage Regulator no higher than the following for: • Manual Alternating Current Welders -80 volts • Automatic Al t ernating Current Welders -100 volts • Manual or automat ic Direct Current Welders -100 volts • Uncoil and spread out welding cable • To avoid overheating , ensure proper contact of work leads and connect ions , remove any metal fragments from magnetic work clamps (to avoid electric s hock do not wrap welding cables around a body part and avoid welding in wet conditions) • Fire watch for one hour after welding & until all welds have cooled • Perform final fire watch and terminate permit. 349 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TllS Environ:rnental Services, LP SOP-Gas Welding • Perform Safety Check on all equipment. • Ensure tanks have gas and fittings are tight. • Ensure fire extinguisher is charged and available. • Inspect hoses for defects. • Ensure PPE (welding hood , gloves, rubber boots/soled shoes , and aprons) are available and have no defects. • All defective equipment must be repaired or replaced before use. • Remove flammables and combustibles • No welding is permitted on or near containers of flammable material , combustible material or unprotected flammable structures. • Place welding screen or suitable barricade around work area to provide a fire safety zone and prevent injuries to passersby ( do not block emergency exits or restrict ventilation). • Use an authorized Air Filtering Respirator, if required. • Ensure adequate ventilation and lighting. • Execute Hot Work Permit procedures. • Open valves on oxygen and gas tanks to desired flow . • Shut tank valves & relieve hose pressure. Store hoses. • Fire watch for one hour after welding and until all welds have cooled . • Perform final fire watch and terminate permit. Compressed Gas Care, Transporting, Moving and Storage • Valve caps on cylinders must be in place and secured. Valve caps must not be used for lifting. Do not pry cylinder caps while frozen. Loosen caps with warm water. • Cylinders must be transported on a secured cradle only, and by tilting or rolling them. • Cylinders must be moved by tilting and rolling them on their bottom edges. Avoid dropping cylinders or striking other cylinders. • Cylinders transported by powered vehicles must be secured in a vertical position. • Regulators must be removed and caps put in place prior to moving cylinders , unless cylinders are secured on a special carrier. • Proper steadying devices must be used to keep cylinders from falling over while in use . • Cylinder valves must be closed when cylinders are empty or when cylinders are moved . 350 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL • Oxygen cylinders must be stored separated from fuel gas cylinders or combustible materials a minimum distance of 20 feet or by a five foot high non- combustible barrier with a fire-resistance rating of one-half hour. • Cylinders stored inside buildings must be stored 20 feet from combustible materials where they are well protected, well ventilated, and dry. Cylinders must not be stored near elevators, stairs or gangways. Assigned storage locations must prevent cylinders from being knocked over or damaged. • Cylinders must be kept away from welding or cutting operations to prevent sparks , hot slag, or flame from reaching them. Fire resistant shields must be used when this is impractical. • Cylinders must be placed away from electrical circuits. Do not strike electrodes against a cylinder to strike an arc. • Cylinders containing oxygen, acetylene or other fuel gas must not be used in confined spaces. • Cylinders must not be used as rollers or supports. • Only the gas supplier is authorized to mix gases in a cylinder. • No damaged or defective cylinder may be used. Use of Fuel Gas • TAS Environmental Services employees will be instructed in the safe use of fuel gas. • Valves must be opened slightly and closed immediately before a regulator is connected to the cylinder. This is called "cracking" which clears the valve of dust and dirt. The employee must stand to the side of the outlet, not in front. Valves must be cracked away from welding work, sparks, flames or other sources of ignition. • Valves must be opened slowly to prevent damage to the regulator. Valves must not be opened more than 1 ~ turns. If a wrench is required it must stay in position in case of emergency for a quick shut off. Manifold or coupled cylinders must have a wrench available for immediate use. Do not place objects on top of cylinders, or damage may occur to the safety device or interfere with the quick closing of the valve. • Cylinders must be closed and the gas released from the regulator before removing the regulator. • If cylinders, valves, regulators, plugs, or other safety devices are damaged, they must be tagged out of service and removed from the work area. 351 HEALTH & SAFETY MANUAL TAS Environ mental Services, LP Manifolds • Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds · must bear the name of the substance they contain. • Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds must not be placed in confined spaces , but will be placed in safe, well ventilated, and accessible locations . • Hose connections must be made so that they cannot be interchanged between fuel gas and oxygen manifolds and supply header connections. Keep hose connections free of grease and oil , and do not use adapters to interchange hoses. • Manifold and header hose connections must be capped when not in use . • Nothing may be placed on manifolds that will damage the manifold or interfere with the quick closing of the valves. Hoses • Fuel gas hose and oxygen hose must be distinguishable from each other, and not be interchangeable. Contrast may be made by different colors or by surface characteristics distinguishable by the sense of touch. • Employees will inspect all hoses in use at the beginning of each work shift . Defective hoses will be tagged and removed from service . • Hoses subjected to flashback, or which show severe wear or damage must be tested at twice the normal pressure for the hose, but not less than 300 p .s .i. If defective, the hose must not be used. • Hose couplings must be disconnected by rotary motion only. • Hoses stored in boxes must be well ventilated. • Hoses, cables, and other equipment must be kept clear of passageways , ladders and stairs. Torches • Torches must be inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shutoff valves , hose couplings, and tip connect ions. Defective torches may not be used. • Clogged torch tip openings must be cleaned . • Torches may be lit by friction lighters or other approved devices only. Regulators and gauges • Pressure regulators and related gauges , must work properly while in use . 352 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.llS Environmental Services, LP Oil and grease hazards • Oxygen cylinders and fittings must be kept away from oil or grease. Cylinders and fittings must be kept free from oil or greasy substances and may not be handled with oily hands or gloves. • Oxygen must not be directed at oily surfaces, greasy clothes, or within a fuel oil or other storage tank or vessel. Fire Protection • Objects to be welded, cut or heated must be moved to a designated safe location . If the object cannot be easily moved, all moveable fire hazards will be moved or protected. • If the object to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be moved and if all the fire hazards cannot be removed, positive means must be taken to confine the heat, sparks, and slag, and to protect the immovable fire hazards from them. • Welding, cutting, or heating must not be performed in the presence of flammable paints, flammable compounds or heavy dust concentrations. • Fire extinguishers must be immediately available in the work area, free of obstruction, and maintained for instant use. • In locations where more than a minor fire might occur, combustible materials are closer than 35 feet of the work area, easily combustible materials are in the vicinity (even over 35 feet), walls or openings within 35 feet expose combustible materials, or combustible materials are adjacent to the opposite side of metal partitions, ceilings or roofs, a fire watch will be assigned . Sufficient amount of time must be allowed after completion of work to ensure that the possibility of fire does not exist. The designated fire watch must be trained in fire fighting equipment. • Gas supplies must be shut off during lunch breaks, overnight, or during shift breaks. Hoses and torches must be removed from confined spaces. Confined Spaces • When welding, cutting or hot work must be performed in confined spaces, proper ventilation, methods of securing cylinders, removing of electrodes, shutting off all gas cylinders, and warning signs will be posted before performing any work. 353 HEAL TH & SAFETY MANUAL T.11.S Environmental Services, LP Training TAS Environmental Services employees are required to become familiar with and understand the guidelines regarding Welding and Cutting operations . Designated welders and cutters must receive annual training and must demonstrate their understanding of these guidelines. Training should include: 1. Review of requirements listed in OSHA 1910.252 2. Use of Hot Works Permit System 3 . Supervisor responsibilities 4. Fire Watch responsibilities 5. Operator responsibilities 6. Contractors responsibilities 7. Documentation requirements 8. Respirator usage requirements 9. Fire Extinguisher training 10. Specific training for cutters, welders and their supervisors 11. Workers in charge of oxygen or fuel-gas supply equipment (including distribution piping systems and generators) must be instructed and judged competent for such work . Upon completion of Welding and Cutting training , TAS Environmental Services will certify in writing that each designated welder has received and understands the training requirements. Certification must include the employee 's name , name of the trainer, date of training, and subject of certification. Conclusion All employees of TAS Environmental Services are required to comply with the rules set forth in this wr itten program . This program is intended to provide the maximum protection for employees of TAS Environmental Services. Any T AS Environmental Services employee who disobeys and/or disregards the guidelines set forth in this program or the company 's safety program will be subject to disciplinary action . 354